92655 Catalog
2014-09-27
: Pdf 92655-Catalog 92655-Catalog 096359 Batch8 unilog
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 301
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
®
Tools and Grounding Catalog
www.hubbellpowersystems.com
®
Tools & Grounding Catalog 2012
Indexes —
Numeric & Alpha
N umer ic al & Al p h ab et i c al I N DEXE S –10
Section Product
1000 Load Handling Equipment
1100 —
Hoists – Mechanical
1150 —
Hoists – Powered
1200 —
Gins/Booms
1250 —
Load Handling Accessories
2000 Hot Line Tools
2100 —
Insulated Hand Tools
2150 —
Cutters
2200 —
Conductor Support
2250 —
Transmission Tools
2300 —
Jumpers/Load Pick-Up
2350 —
Ladders/Platforms
2400 —
Cover-Up Equipment
2450 —
Instruments and Meters
2500 —
Tool Storage/Repair
2550 —
Lineman’s Accessories
2600 —
Recommended Tools Lists
2650 —
Rubber Insulating Gloves
Section 10
September 2012
3000 Grounding Equipment
4150 Truck Accessories
NOTICE: For the latest revision of our Catalog and Literature, visit our web site: www.hubbellpowersystems.com
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
September 2012
Page 10-1
Indexes
for the
®
Tools & Grounding Catalog 2012
This index lists the contents of only the Chance Tool Cata- These indexes can help you find details on tools to build
log. Tool Catalog sections are listed on the previous page. and maintain your transmission and distribution systems.
N umer ic al & Al p h ab et i c al I N DEX ES –1 0
Table of Contents
Contents of Tools & Grounding Catalog Sections............................................................ Cover
Numerical Index by Product Catalog Number.................................................. 10-3 thru 10-12
Alphabetical Index by Product Type................................................................ 10-13 thru 10-17
These indexes will be out-of-order from time to time
because of page updating. Typically, an item that does
not appear on the page given in the Index will appear
elsewhere in the same catalog section.
Warranty - Material
Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. warrants all products sold by it to be merchantable (as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) and to be free from defects
in material and workmanship. Buyer must notify the Company promptly of any claim under this warranty. The Buyer's exclusive remedy for breach of this warranty shall
be the repair or replacement, F.O.B. factory, at the Company's option, of any product defective under the warranty which is returned to the Company within one year
from the date of shipment. NO OTHER WARRANTY, WHETHER EXPRESS OR ARISING BY OPERATION OF LAW, COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OF TRADE OR OTHERWISE
IMPLIED, SHALL EXIST IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMPANY'S PRODUCTS OR ANY SALE OR USE THEREOF. The Company shall in no event be liable for any loss of
profits or any consequential or special damages incurred by Buyer. The Company's warranty shall run only to the first Buyer of a product from the Company, from the
Company's distributor, or from an original equipment manufacturer reselling the Company's product, and is non-assignable and non-transferable and shall be of no force
and effect if asserted by any person other than such first Buyer. This warranty applies only to the use of the product as intended by Seller and does not cover any misapplication or misuse of said product.
Warranty - Application
Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. does not warrant the accuracy of and results from product or system performance recommendations resulting from any engineering analysis
or study. This applies regardless of whether a charge is made for the recommendation, or if it is provided free of charge.
Responsibility for selection of the proper product or application rests solely with the purchaser. In the event of errors or inaccuracies determined to be caused by Hubbell
Power Systems, Inc., its liability will be limited to the re-performance of any such analysis or study.
NOTE: Hubbell has a policy of continuous product improvement. We reserve the right to change design and specifications without notice.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 10-2
September 2012
Catalog
Number Page
Catalog
Number Page
Catalog
Number Page
4012
1103
22301
1253
22302
1253
03301024 1258
03301025 1258
03301026 1258
03301027 1258
03301028 1258
03301029 1258
03302044 1257
03302046 1257
03302048 1257
03302050 1257
03302052 1257
03302054 1257
033271037 1257
033271038 1257
033271039 1257
033271040 1257
056395P
2508
2102
058717P
2102
058718P
058719P
2102
058735P
2102
2253, 2353
059738P
066780
2116
4169, 4170
067137P
068270P
2102
069214P
2508
2508
069326P
069598
2102
2102
069599P
070358P
2207
200LUGC6 3015
200LUGC7 3015
20320048 1259
20320050 1259
20320051 1259
20320052 1259
20320053 1259
20320054 1259
1256
214PH
215GEHSG 3015
215LBP
3015
216PH
1256
218PH
1256
225GEHSG 3015
3015
225LBP
235GEHSG 3015
235LBP
3015
3011S
1103
640062P
2211
C200T
1256
C3050008 1256
C3050021 1256
C3060000 1106
C3060000
1107, 2153, 2510, 11
C3060023 2153
C3080685
1154, 1158
C3080820 1158
C3080856
1154, 1158
C3080890
1155, 4156
C3080900 1157
C3080903
1155, 4156
C3080909
1155, 4156
C3080925
1154, 1156
C3081170 1153
C3081171 1153
C3081172 1153
C3081180 1153
C3081190 1153
C3081335 1154
C3081370 1157
C3081380 1157
C3081390 1157
C3081443 1158
C3090438 1103
C3090439 1103
C3090440 1104
C3090441 1104
C3090442 1104
C3090457 1105
C3090458 1105
C3160760 1156
C4000073 2206
C4000075 2209
C4000090
1202, 2511
C4000152 2263
C4000171
2204, 2511
C4000172
2204, 2511
C4000219 2262
C4000268
4155, 4161-4162, 69
C4000269 4169
C4000270
4169, 4179
C4000315 1202
2207, 2209
C4000331
C4000345
2205, 4166-4167
C4000351 4155
C4000440 1202
C4000445 2262
C4000464 1204
C4000465 1204
C4000469 1204
C4000470 1203
C4000472 1203
C4000475 1203
C4000483 1203
C4000517 2211
C4000574 2264
C4000575 2264
C4000586 1252
C4000600 2313
C4000612 2257
C4000613 2257
C4000648 1203
C4000690
4155, 4165-4167, 70
C4000691
4170, 4180
C4000730 2507
C4000744
4154, 4161
C4000745 4154
C4000746
4154, 4173, 4178, 82
C4000747
4154, 70, 73, 78, 82
C4000798 1252
C4000799 1252
C4000800 1252
C4000812
2252, 2511
C4000814
2252, 2511
C4000815
2252, 2511
C4000816
2252, 2511
C4000817
2252, 2511
C4000818
2252, 2511
C4000914 1253
C4000915 1253
C4000916 1253
C4000917 1253
C4000918 1253
C4000919 1253
C4000924 1253
C4000925 1253
C4001016 2208
C4001166 2503
C4001175 1107
C4001310 2211
C4001418 2120
C4001467 4159
C4001469
4154, 4162, 4164
C4001509 2211
C4001520 2503
C4001582 2117
C4001583 2117
C4001584 2117
C4001585 2117
C4001586 2117
C4001587 2117
C4001612 4153
C4001613 4153
C4001664 4153
C4001669 4170
C4001677 4153
C4001709 4153
C4001710 4153
C4001711 4153
C4001877
4154, 4162, 4164
C4001878 4159
C4001907
2264, 2313
C4002320 2514
C4002335 2507
C4002364 2503
C4002365 2503
C4002376 4162-4163
C4002377 4163
C4002392 4160
C4002393 4160
C4002399 1107
C4002400 1107
C4002538 2504
C4002561 2476
c4002568 2505
C4002577 4162
C4002719 4153
C4010015 2259
C4010095 2255
C4010168 2261
C4010354 2260
C4010355 2260
C4010356 2260
C4010357 2260
C4010358 2260
C4010359 2260
C4010361 2260
C4010362 2260
C4010410 2254
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
September 2012
Page 10-3
N umer ic al & Al p h ab et i c al I N DEXE S –10
TOOLS NUMERICAL INDEX
TOOLS NUMERICAL INDEX
N umer ic al & Al p h ab et i c al I N DEX ES –1 0
Catalog
Number Page
Catalog
Number Page
Catalog
Number Page
C4010411 2254
C4010455 2260
C4011717 2256
C4011718 2256
C4011719 2256
C4011720 2255
C4011721 2255
C4011722 2261
C4011894 2254
C4011894 2255
C4012142 2253
C4012144 2253
C4012146
2253, 2511
C4012147
2253, 2511
C4012148
2253, 2511
2253, 2511
C4012149
C4012174 2254
C4012175 2254
C4012176 2254
C4012177 2254
C4012178 2254
C4012179 2254
C4012215 2253
C4012216 2254
C4020023 2357
C4020024 2357
C4020119 2353
C4020139 2354
C4020140 2354
C4020155 2354
C4020276 2358
2355, 2478
C4020288
C4020402 2353
C4020404 2353
C4020407 2353
C4020411 2353
C4020418 2353
C4020421 2353
C4020422 2353
C4020426 2357
C4020482 2353
C4020512 2353
C4020513 2353
C4020514 2353
C4020533 2553
C4020534 2553
C4020535 2553
C4020558 2553
C4020578 2553
C4020790 2260
C4021042 2356
C4021043 2356
C4021055 2357
C4021079 2356
C4021164 2357
C4021173 2357
C4030005 2125
C4030006 2125
C4030011
2119, 2125
C4030126
2119, 2125
C4030175 2125
C4030177
2119, 2125
C4030184
2115, 2510
C4030185
2115, 2510
C4030186
2115, 2510
C4030291
2102, 2510
C4030292
2102, 2510
2102, 2510
C4030293
C4030294
2102, 2510
C4030295
2102, 2510
C4030296
2102, 2510
C4030297
2102, 2510
2102, 2510
C4030298
C4030299
2102, 2510
2102, 2510
C4030342
C4030343
2102, 2510
C4030457 2457
C4030458 2457
C4030459 2456-2458
C4030460 2456-2458
C4030464 2456-2458
C4030547 2471
C4030572 2471
C4030613 2105
C4030614 2105
C4030689 2156
C4030690 2156
C4030704 2105
2156, 2510
C4030731
C4030732
2156, 2510
C4030799 2509
C4030800 2509
C4030803 2471
C4030814 2105
C4030834 2125
C4030838
2453, 2455, 2457, 70
C4030979 2465
C4031017
2107. 2511
2107. 2511
C4031018
C4031019
2107. 2511
C4031020
2107. 2511
2107. 2511
C4031021
C4031022
2107. 2511
2109, 2511
C4031022EM
2107, 2511
C4031023
C4031029 2465
C4031035 2103
C4031035 2510
C4031036
2103, 2510
C4031071 2125
C4031078 2115
C4031085 2116
C4031085M 2116
C4031112 2119
C4031113 2119
C4031114 2119
C4031140 2465
C4031367 2470
C4031368 2470
C4031369 2470
C4031381
2152, 2510
C4031382
2152, 2510
C4031383
2152, 2510
C4031384
2152, 2510
C4031416 2126
C4031417 2126
C4031420 2102
C4031421
2153, 2510
C4031422
2153, 2510
C4031423
2153, 2510
C4031557 2310
C4031558 2310
C4031559 2310
C4031560 2310
2107, 2511
C4031597
C4031598
2107, 2511
C4031599
2107, 2511
C4031600
2107, 2511
C4031601
2107, 2511
2107, 2511
C4031602
C4031612 2111
C4031631 2309
C4031739
2107, 2511
C4031762
2453, 2455
C4031762 2458
C4031763 2458
C4031764 2126
C4031765 2126
C4031766 2126
C4031767 2126
C4031822 2104
C4031850 2104
C4031851 2104
C4031996 2117
C4032036 2105
C4032037 2105
C4032046
2111, 2213
C4032047 2113
C4032048 2113
C4032049 2113
C4032050 2113
C4032051 2113
C4032052 2113
C4032053 2113
C4032054 2113
C4032055 2113
C4032056 2113
C4032057 2113
C4032058 2113
C4032059 2113
C4032060 2113
C4032061 2113
C4032062
2111, 2113
C4032063 2113
C4032064 2113
C4032065 2113
C4032066 2113
C4032067 2113
C4032068 2113
C4032069 2113
C4032070 2113
C4032071 2113
C4032072 2113
C4032073 2113
C4032074 2113
C4032095 2113
C4032096 2113
C4032097 2113
C4032133 2113
C4032136 2116
C4032137 2116
C4032213
2111, 2121
C4032213 2158
C4032270 2124
C4032298 2469
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 10-4
September 2012
Catalog
Number Page
Catalog
Number Page
Catalog
Number Page
C4032299 2469
C4032505 2127
C4032506 2127
C4032525 2127
C4032526 2127
C4032527 2127
C4032588 2467
C4032600 2110
C4032601 2110
C4032602 2110
C4032603 2110
C4032604 2110
C4032605 2110
C4032794 2467
C4032813 2511
C4032861
2155, 2510
C4032862
2155, 2510
C4032979 2154
C4032980 2154
2409-2410, 2514
C4032998
C4032999
2409-2410, 2514
C4033060 2103
C4033061 2103
2106, 2511
C4033068
C4033069
2106, 2511
2477, 2506
C4033178
C4033179
2477, 2506
C4033220 2474
C4033284 2128
C4033369 2454-2455
C4033370 2454
C4033371 2455
C4033374 2462
C4033375 2463
C4033402 2455
C4033403 2455
C4033409 2462
C4033431 2463
C4033449 2474
C4060000 2404
C4060002 2406
C4060009 2402
C4060029 2404
C4060030 2404
C4060046 2408
C4060082 2407
C40600826 2407
C4060082GA 2407
C4060083 2407
C40600836 2407
C4060083GA 2407
C4060084 2407
C40600846 2407
C4060084GA 2407
C4060091 2406
C4060092 2406
C4060097 2406
C4060102 2406
C4060164 2402
C4060181 2403
C4060181GA 2403
C4060182 2403
C4060182L 2403
C4060294 2411
C4060295 2411
C4060296 2411
C4060297 2411
C4060298 2411
C4060299 2411
C4060304 2411
C4060305 2411
C4060306 2411
C4060307 2411
C4060308 2411
C4060309 2411
C4060340 2412
C4060341 2412
C4060342 2412
C4060343 2412
C4060346 2409
C4060348 2409
C4060416 3013
C4060452 2413
C4060453 2413
C4060504 2407
C4060514GA 2405
C4060530 2409-2410
C4060531 2409-2410
C4060532 2409-2410
C4060537 2405
C4060547 2404
C4060550 2404
C4060551 2404
C4060557 2405
C4060557L 2405
C4060564 2404
C4070025
2355, 2478
C4170122 2554
C4170123 2554
C4170124 2554
C4170125 2554
C4170126 2554
C4170133 1255
C4170134 1255
C4170135 1255
C4170136 1255
C4170137 1255
C4170138 1255
C4170139 1255
C4170140 1255
C4170141 1255
C4170142 1255
C4170143 1255
C4170144 2513
C4170146 2513
C4170147 2512
C4170148 2512
C4170149 2513
C4170150 2512
C4170151 2512
C4170287 2471
C4170337
1154, 1158
C4170341 1158
C4170343H 1156
C4170346
1154, 1156
C4170588 1255
C4170589 1255
C4170623 2554
C4170624 2554
C4170625 2554
C4170626 2554
C4176067 1253
C4176086 3023
C4716085 1154
C6000000 2259
C6000085 3011
C6000152 3022
C6000197 3008
C6000198 3008
C6000337 3006
C6000375 3006
C6000386 3005
C6000434 3008
C6000617 3018
C6000618 3018
C6000619 3018
C6000620 3018
C6000621 3018
C6000729 3015
C6000758 3015
C6000785 3017
C6000841 3017
C6000862 3017
C6001584 3021
C6001625 3014
C6001626 3014
C6001700 3021
C6001732 3012
C6001733 3006
C6001734 3008
C6001735 3010
C6001743
2306, 2308, 3004
C6001754 3004
C6001757 3008
C6001783 3011
C6001895 2311
C6001896 2311
C6001927 3015
C6001944 2311
C6001945 2311
C6001950 3024
C6001959 3004
C6002100 3013
C6002101 3013
C6002102 3013
C6002145 3017
C6002146 3017
C6002231 3010
C6002232 3010
C6002255 3005
C6002256 3005
C6002271 3004
C6002275
2311, 3004
C6002276 3004
C6002281 3005
C6002282 3005
C6002300 3013
C6002316 3014
C6002317 3014
C6002386 2312
C6002387 2312
C6002598 2304
C6002599 2304
C6002600 2304
C6002601 2304
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
September 2012
Page 10-5
N umer ic al & Al p h ab et i c al I N DEXE S –10
TOOLS NUMERICAL INDEX
TOOLS NUMERICAL INDEX
N umer ic al & Al p h ab et i c al I N DEX ES –1 0
Catalog
Number Page
Catalog
Number Page
Catalog
Number Page
C6002602 3020
C6002603 3020
C6002604 3020
C6002605 3020
C6002606 3019
C6002607 3019
C6002608 3019
C6002609 3019
C6002610 3020
C6002611 3020
C6002612 3020
C6002613 3020
C6002614 3019
C6002615 3019
C6002616 3019
C6002617 3019
C6002618 3020
C6002619 3020
C6002620 3020
C6002621 3020
C6002622 3019
C6002623 3019
C6002624 3019
C6002625 3019
C6002626 3020
C6002627 3020
C6002628 3020
C6002629 3020
C6002630 3019
C6002631 3019
C6002632 3019
C6002633 3019
C6002850 3025
C6002851 3025
C6002852 3025
C6002862 2311
C6002863 2311
C6002989 3025
C6002990 3025
C6002991 3025
C6003102 3015
C6003103 3015
C6003107 3019
C6003108 3019
C6003109 3019
C6003110 3019
C6003111 3019
C6003112 3019
C6003113 3019
C6003114 3019
C6003115 3019
C6003116 3019
C6003117 3019
C6003118 3019
C6003119 3019
C6003120 3019
C6003121 3019
C6003122 3019
C6010013 2307
C6010036 2307
C6010037 2307
C6010038 2307
C6010162 2305
C6010163 2305
C6010164 2305
C6010171 2305
C6010172 2305
C6010173 2305
C6010174 2305
C6010190 2304
C6010191 2304
C6010192 2304
C6010193 2304
C6010198 2304
C6010199 2304
C6010200 2304
C6010201 2304
C6010260 2306
C6010261 2306
C6010262 2306
C6010263 2306
C6010269 2305
C6010270 2305
C6010271 2305
C85W
1203
2474
CW
E3081321P 1154
E3081327P 1154
E3081334P
1154, 1158
E3081362P 1158
E3081434P 1158
E4000008P 4155
E4000748 4161
E4000749 4161-4162
E4000750 4161-4162
E4000751 4161-4162
E4000752
4161-4162, 4166-67
E4000757 4161-4162
E4001568 4165-4168
E4001569 4165-4167
E4001651 4153
E4001652 4153
E4001678 4153
E4001679 4153
E4001689 4153
E4001714 4153
E4001715 4153
E4001827 4165-4167
E4001953 4153
E4002215 4153
E4002228P 4184
E4002262 4153
E4002293 4153
E4010138P 2253
E4010380 4166-4167
E4011510P 2253
E4011998P 2253-2257
E4012066P 2255
E4012068P 2255
E4020087 2354
E4020092 2354
E4020099 2354
E4020138 2354
E4020141 2354
E4020525 2354
E4020526 2354
E4020568 2354
E4030498 2457
E4030499 2457
E4031614 2111
E4032543P 2103
E4032742P 2108
E7300009P 2312
1260
E96
G18102
3007
G33631
3011
G33632
3011
G33633SJ 3010
G33634SJ 3010
G33672
3006
G3369
3006
G3370
3023
G3405
3009
3005
G36051
G36221
3007
G3626
3021
G3627
3021
G3803
3009
G422810SJ 3012
G42291SJ 3012
3022
G47541
G4758
2302
2302
G4765
G4775
2302
3029
GR253X
GR43BS2 3029
H1760
2118
2118, 52, 55, 59, 11
H17601
H176010
2118, 2511
2118, 2511
H176012
H176014
2118, 2511
H17602
2118, 2511
2118, 2511
H17603
H17604
2118, 2511
2509, 2511
H17605
H17606
2118, 2511
H1761
2118, 2511
2118, 2511
H1770
H179010
2118, 2511
2118, 2511
H179012
H179014
2118, 2511
H17908
2118, 2511
H184010 2258
H18406
2258
2258
H18408
H185519
2115, 2511
H185520
2115, 2511
H185525
2115, 2511
H185526
2115, 2511
H18612
2157
H18716
2157, 2510
H18736
2157, 2510
H1876
2452
H18761
2452
H18762
2452, 2455, 2459
H18763
2452, 2459
H18764
2452, 2455, 2459
H18765
2452
H18766
2452, 55, 60, 62-64, 66-67
H18766P 2452
H18766S
2452, 55, 60, 62-64, 66-67
H18767
2452
H1879
2459
H18912
2116-2510
H18913
2116-2510
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 10-6
September 2012
Catalog
Number Page
Catalog
Number Page
Catalog
Number Page
H18915
2116-2510
H18916
2116-2510
H18917
2510
H18918
2510
2507
H1917
H1921
2507
H1949113
2257, 2511
H19509
2259
H195090 2259
2117, 2510
H19686
H19688
2117, 2510
H1973814 1204
H1973H10 1204
H19786
2117, 2510
2117, 2510
H19788
H1990ST 2468
H20
1203
H2006
2158, 2511
H2020
2158
2158, 2511
H2036
H2038
2158, 2511
H2056
2158, 2511
H2058
2158, 2511
2158, 2511
H2106
H21064
2111, 2158
2158
H2120
H2136
2158, 2511
H2138
2158, 2511
2158, 2511
H2156
H2158
2158, 2511
2112
H3046
H304611
2113, 2510
H304612
2113, 2510
H304612 2510
H304613
2113, 2510
H304613 2510
H304614
2113, 2510
H304614 2510
2113, 2510
H304615
H304615 2510
2113, 2510
H304616
H304616 2510
H304617
2113, 2510
H304617 2510
H304618
2113, 2510
H30462
2113
H304620
2113, 2510
H304622
2113, 2510
H304623
2113, 2510
H304624
2113, 2510
H30465
2113, 2510
H30466
2113, 2510
H30467
2113, 2510
H30468
2113, 2510
H30469
2113, 2510
H314612
2113, 2510
H314616
2113, 2510
H314618 2113
H314620
2113, 2510
H314624
2113, 2510
H33651
2508
H33652
2508
H33653
2508
H422114 2114
H422116 2114
H4455
2118
H445564 2122
H4455A
2118
H4539
2508
H45391
2508
H45392
2508
2508
H45393
H45394
2508
2508
H45401
H45402
2508
H45403
2508
2508
H45404
H45405
2508
H45406
2508
H45413
2508
H45414
2508
2508
H4542
H45421
2508
H45422
2508
H45423
2508
H45424
2508
H464510 2204
2204-2511
H46458
H464610 2204-2511
H464612 2204-2511
2204-2511
H46468
H464710 2204-2511
H464712 2204-2511
H464714 2204
H464716 2204-2511
H467712 2204
H467714 2204-2511
2252-2511
H47144
H47146
2252
H47152
2252
2252-2511
H47161
H47162
2252-2511
2252-2511
H47163
2252-2511
H47164
H47165
2252-2511
2252-2511
H47166
H4717
2252-2511
2252-2511
H47171
H4718
2252-2511
H47181
2252-2511
H47182
2252-2511
H47183
2252-2511
H47184
2252-2511
H4720114 2261
H472084 2261
H472096 2261
H4721112
1204, 2263
H4722
2252
H47232
2263
H47234
2263
H478322 2262
H47851
2257
H47852
2257
H47853
2257
H480060 2211
H480072 2211
H4809W
2211
H486210A
4161-4162, 4166
H486251 2210
H48628
2210
H4862F
2210
H4863
4155
H486310
4155, 4159
4155
H48634
H4903M10 2358
H4903M12 2358
H49041
2355
H490410 2352
H490410A 2352
H490410B 2352
H490412 2352
H490412A 2352
H490412B 2352
H490414 2352
H490414A 2352
H490414B 2352
H490416 2352
H490416A 2352
H490416B 2352
H49048
2352
H49048A 2352
H49048B 2352
2355
H49051
H490510 2352
H490510A 2352
H490510B 2352
H490512 2352
H490512A 2352
H490512B 2352
H490514 2352
H490514A 2352
H490514B 2352
H490516 2352
H490516A 2352
H490516B 2352
H490518 2352
H490518A 2352
H490518B 2352
H490520 2352
H490520A 2352
H490520B 2352
H49058
2352
H49058A 2352
H49058B 2352
2355
H49241
H49251
2355
H49451
2355
H4964
2357
H496442W 2356
H49644W 2356
H49646W
2356, 2511
H49648W 2356
HG303012
2106, 5211
HG30302
2106, 5211
HG30422 2106
HG30425 2106
HG37061 3007
HG422816SJ 3012
HG42296SJ 3012
HG42301 2259
M17285
2205
M1729
2205
M17291
2205
M17292
2205
M17293
2205
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
September 2012
Page 10-7
N umer ic al & Al p h ab et i c al I N DEXE S –10
TOOLS NUMERICAL INDEX
TOOLS NUMERICAL INDEX
N umer ic al & Al p h ab et i c al I N DEX ES –1 0
Catalog
Number Page
Catalog
Number Page
Catalog
Number Page
M1846W 2207
2207
M1847
M18473
2207
M18474
2207
M18476
2207
M1848W
2207, 2211
2509
M1858
M1860
2118
M1867
2102
M1889
2122
M18951
1252
1252
M18952
M18953
1252
M18954
1252
M18955
1252
M18962
1252
1252
M18963
M18964
1252
M1904
2503
M1909
2507
M19483
2257
M1979
2263
2509
M30021
M42191
2114
M42192
2114
2114
M4221
M42212
2114
2114
M42213
M445510 2120
M4455102
2119, 2124
2119, 2125
M4455103
M445512 2119-2120
M445515 2119-2120
M445516 2120
M445517 2120
2119, 2121
M445519
M44552
2119, 2120
2119, 2121
M445522
M445523 2121
M445525 2121
2119, 2121
M445528
M445529B 2111
M445536 2121
M445537 2120
M445538
2119, 2122
2119, 2122
M445539
M445540 2122
M445546
2119, 2122
M44555
2119-2120
M455550 2122
M44556
2119-2120
M445563 2122
M445566
2111, 2122
M445567
2119, 2122
M445569 2122
M445570 2123
M455571 2123
M445577 2123
M445578 2123
M445579
2119, 2123
M445582
2119, 2123
M445584
2119, 2123
M445585 2123
M445588 2124
M445589 2124
M44559
2110-2111, 2120
M445592 2124
M445593 2124
2119, 2124
M445596
M445597 2124
M445598
2124, 2468
M45529B 2121
M45572
2123
2124
M45587
M4660
2509
2261
M47241
M474010W 2206
M474014 2205
M474015W 2206
M474016W 2206
M474017W 2206
M474018W 2206
M474019W 2206
M474020W 2206
M47403W 2206
M47404W 2206
M47405W 2206
M47409W 2206
M47411
2206
2206
M47412
M47413
2206
M47415
2206
2207
M4742
M4743
2205
2207
M4744
M4745
2205
M47451
2205
M47601W 2208
M47602
2208
M4760W 2208
M480515
2209, 4155
M480516
2210, 4155
2211, 4155
M480517
M48057
2209, 2211, 4155, 69
4171, 4181, 4185
M48061
M490110W 2357
M490121 2357
2408
M4931
M4933
2408
M49371
2404
M49372
2404
M49374
2404
M49376
2404
MEAMP11RW 2476
MEAMP21RW 2476
MEAMP32RN 2476
MEAMP32RN2 2476
P001001P 4169
P0010287P 4170
P0010309P 2108
P0010419P 2108
P0010760P 2102
P059694P 2508
P4000249P 4169
P4000250P 4169
P4000252P 4169
P4000253P 4169
P4000254P 4169
P4000255P 4169-4170
P4000256P 4169-4170
P4000256P 4170
P4000682P 4170
P4000684P 4170
P4000685P 4170
P4000686P 4170
P4000687P 4170
P4000688P 4170
P4000689P 4170
P4001592P 4169
P4001592P 4170
P4001594 4165-4167
P4001594P 4172
P4002536P 4172
P4020041 2353
P4030467P
2108, 2118
P4030987P 2108
P4030988P 2108
P4030989P 2108
P4030990P 2108
P4030991P 2108
P4030992P 2108
P4030993P 2108
P4030994P 2108
P4030995P 2108
P4030996P 2108
P4030997P 2108
P4030998P 2108
P4030999P 2108
P4031001P 2108
P4031002P 2108
P4031003P 2108
P4031004P 2108
P4031005P 2108
P4031006P 2108
P4031007P 2108
P4031008P 2108
P4031009P 2108
P4031010P 2108
P4031011P 2108
P4031012P 2108
P4031013P 2108
P4031014P 2108
P4031107P 2102
P4031387P 2152-2153
P4031388P 2152-2153
P4031977P 2108
P4032044P 2102
P4032252P 2117
P4032283P 2158
P4032312P
2102, 2117, 2508
P4032351P 2108
P4032352P 2108
P4032514P 2108
P4032996 2111
P4033001P 2108
P4033002P 2108
P4033152P 2102
P4060184 2403
P4060185 2403
P4060186 2403
P6001593P 3020
P6001623P 3014
P6001969P 3014
P6001982P 3020
P6002069P 3020
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 10-8
September 2012
TOOLS NUMERICAL INDEX
Catalog
Number Page
Catalog
Number Page
P610
2511
P62110
2510-2511
P62112
2510-2511
P62114
2511
2511
P6213
P6215
2510-2511
P6216
2510-2511
P6218
2456-2468, 2510-11
P6242
2452, 2455, 2459
2452, 2455, 2459
P6244
P6406
2510
P6408
2510
P64310
2510-2511
P64312
2510-2511
2511
P64314
P6432
2510
P6433
2510
P6434
2510-2511
P6435
2510
2104, 52, 55, 2510-11
P6436
P6438
2104, 2510-2511
P644
2511
PS105A
2560
PS105AC 2560
PS105B
2560
2560
PS105BC
PS111HLS 2554
PS111HLSLH 2554
PS160NDxx 2556
PS28056HL 2559
PS400006 1253
PS51N2HL 2557
PS52N2HL 2557
PS53N2HL 2557
PS54N2HL 2557
PS647TDSL 2558
PS647TDSM 2558
PS647TDSS 2558
PS647TDSXL 2558
PS683XAP2X 2558
PS683XAP3X 2558
PS683XAPL 2558
PS683XAPM 2558
PS683XAPS 2558
PS683XAPXL 2558
PS87N
2560
PS88BDxx 2556
PS88Dxx
2556
PSBD141N 2559
PSBD142N 2559
PSBD143N 2559
PSBD144N 2559
PSBD145N 2559
PSBD16B1N 2559
PSBD16B2N 2559
PSBD16B3N 2559
PSBD16B4N 2559
PSBD16B5N 2559
PSC0011B10 2657
PSC0011B10H 2657
PSC0011B11 2657
PSC0011B12 2657
PSC0011B7 2657
PSC0011B8 2657
PSC0011B8H 2657
PSC0011B9 2657
PSC0011B9H 2657
PSC0011Y10 2657
PSC0011Y10H 2657
PSC0011Y11 2657
PSC0011Y12 2657
PSC0011Y7 2657
PSC0011Y8 2657
PSC0011Y8H 2657
PSC0011Y9 2657
PSC0011Y9H 2657
PSC0014B10 2657
PSC0014B10H 2657
PSC0014B11 2657
PSC0014B12 2657
PSC0014B7 2657
PSC0014B8 2657
PSC0014B8H 2657
PSC0014B9 2657
PSC0014B9H 2657
PSC0014Y10 2657
PSC0014Y10H 2657
PSC0014Y11 2657
PSC0014Y12 2657
PSC0014Y7 2657
PSC0014Y8 2657
PSC0014Y8H 2657
PSC0014Y9 2657
PSC0014Y9H 2657
PSC011B10 2657
PSC011B10H 2657
PSC011B11 2657
PSC011B12 2657
PSC011B7 2657
PSC011B8 2657
PSC011B8H 2657
PSC011B9 2657
PSC011B9H 2657
PSC011Y10 2657
PSC011Y10H 2657
PSC011Y11 2657
PSC011Y12 2657
PSC011Y7 2657
PSC011Y8 2657
PSC011Y8H 2657
PSC011Y9 2657
PSC011Y9H 2657
PSC014B10 2657
PSC014B10H 2657
PSC014B11 2657
PSC014B12 2657
PSC014B7 2657
PSC014B8 2657
PSC014B8H 2657
PSC014B9 2657
PSC014B9H 2657
PSC014Y10 2657
PSC014Y10H 2657
PSC014Y11 2657
PSC014Y12 2657
PSC014Y7 2657
PSC014Y8 2657
PSC014Y8H 2657
PSC014Y9 2657
PSC014Y9H 2657
PSC111HLDS 2554
PSC111HLDSLH 2554
PSC114B10 2658
PSC114B10H 2658
PSC114B11 2658
PSC114B12 2658
PSC114B8 2658
PSC114B8H 2658
PSC114B9 2658
PSC114B9H 2658
PSC114BCRB10 2659
PSC114BCRB10H 2659
PSC114BCRB11 2659
PSC114BCRB12 2659
PSC114BCRB9 2659
PSC114BCRB9H 2659
PSC114BCYB10 2659
PSC114BCYB10H 2659
PSC114BCYB11 2659
PSC114BCYB12 2659
PSC114BCYB9 2659
PSC114BCYB9H 2659
PSC114RB10 2658
PSC114RB10H 2658
PSC114RB11 2658
PSC114RB12 2658
PSC114RB8 2658
PSC114RB8H 2658
PSC114RB9 2658
PSC114RB9H 2658
PSC114YB10 2658
PSC114YB10H 2658
PSC114YB11 2658
PSC114YB12 2658
PSC114YB8 2658
PSC114YB8H 2658
PSC114YB9 2658
PSC114YB9H 2658
PSC116B10 2658
PSC116B10H 2658
PSC116B11 2658
PSC116B12 2658
PSC116B8 2658
PSC116B8H 2658
PSC116B9 2658
PSC116B9H 2658
PSC116BCRB10 2659
PSC116BCRB10H 2659
PSC116BCRB11 2659
PSC116BCRB12 2659
PSC116BCRB9 2659
PSC116BCRB9H 2659
PSC116BCYB10 2659
PSC116BCYB10H 2659
PSC116BCYB11 2659
PSC116BCYB12 2659
PSC116BCYB9 2659
PSC116BCYB9H 2659
PSC116RB10 2658
PSC116RB10H 2658
PSC116RB11 2658
PSC116RB12 2658
PSC116RB8 2658
PSC116RB8H 2658
PSC116RB9 2658
N umer ic al & Al p h ab et i c al I N DEXE S –10
Catalog
Number Page
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
September 2012
Page 10-9
TOOLS NUMERICAL INDEX
N umer ic al & Al p h ab et i c al I N DEX ES –1 0
Catalog
Number Page
Catalog
Number Page
Catalog
Number Page
PSC116RB9H 2658
PSC116YB10 2658
PSC116YB10H 2658
PSC116YB11 2658
PSC116YB12 2658
PSC116YB8 2658
PSC116YB8H 2658
PSC116YB9 2658
PSC116YB9H 2658
PSC130D 2560
PSC1511NDxx 2556
PSC214B10 2658
PSC214B10H 2658
PSC214B11 2658
PSC214B12 2658
PSC214B8 2658
PSC214B8H 2658
PSC214B9 2658
PSC214B9H 2658
PSC214BCRB10 2659
PSC214BCRB10H 2659
PSC214BCRB11 2659
PSC214BCRB12 2659
PSC214BCRB9 2659
PSC214BCRB9H 2659
PSC214BCYB10 2659
PSC214BCYB10H 2659
PSC214BCYB11 2659
PSC214BCYB12 2659
PSC214BCYB9 2659
PSC214BCYB9H 2659
PSC214RB10 2658
PSC214RB10H 2658
PSC214RB11 2658
PSC214RB12 2658
PSC214RB8 2658
PSC214RB8H 2658
PSC214RB9 2658
PSC214RB9H 2658
PSC214YB10 2658
PSC214YB10H 2658
PSC214YB11 2658
PSC214YB12 2658
PSC214YB8 2658
PSC214YB8H 2658
PSC214YB9 2658
PSC214YB9H 2658
PSC216B10 2658
PSC216B10H 2658
PSC216B11 2658
PSC216B12 2658
PSC216B8 2658
PSC216B8H 2658
PSC216B9 2658
PSC216B9H 2658
PSC216BCRB10 2659
PSC216BCRB10H 2659
PSC216BCRB11 2659
PSC216BCRB12 2659
PSC216BCRB9 2659
PSC216BCRB9H 2659
PSC216BCYB10 2659
PSC216BCYB10H 2659
PSC216BCYB11 2659
PSC216BCYB12 2659
PSC216BCYB9 2659
PSC216BCYB9H 2659
PSC216RB10 2658
PSC216RB10H 2658
PSC216RB11 2658
PSC216RB12 2658
PSC216RB8 2658
PSC216RB8H 2658
PSC216RB9 2658
PSC216RB9H 2658
PSC216YB10 2658
PSC216YB10H 2658
PSC216YB11 2658
PSC216YB12 2658
PSC216YB8 2658
PSC216YB8H 2658
PSC216YB9 2658
PSC216YB9H 2658
PSC218BCRB10 2659
PSC218BCRB10H 2659
PSC218BCRB11 2659
PSC218BCRB12 2659
PSC218BCRB9 2659
PSC218BCRB9H 2659
PSC218BCYB10 2659
PSC218BCYB10H 2659
PSC218BCYB11 2659
PSC218BCYB12 2659
PSC218BCYB9 2659
PSC218BCYB9H 2659
PSC218CRB10 2660
PSC218CRB10H 2660
PSC218CRB11 2660
PSC218CRB12 2660
PSC218CRB8 2660
PSC218CRB8H 2660
PSC218CRB9 2660
PSC218CRB9H 2660
PSC218CYB10 2660
PSC218CYB10H 2660
PSC218CYB11 2660
PSC218CYB12 2660
PSC218CYB8 2660
PSC218CYB8H 2660
PSC218CYB9 2660
PSC218CYB9H 2660
PSC218RB10 2658
PSC218RB10H 2658
PSC218RB11 2658
PSC218RB12 2658
PSC218RB8 2658
PSC218RB8H 2658
PSC218RB9 2658
PSC218RB9H 2658
PSC218YB10 2658
PSC218YB10H 2658
PSC218YB11 2658
PSC218YB12 2658
PSC218YB8 2658
PSC218YB8H 2658
PSC218YB9 2658
PSC218YB9H 2658
PSC2LRYEC 2661
PSC2LYBEC 2661
PSC2LYEC 2661
PSC2RRYEC 2661
PSC2RYBEC 2661
PSC2RYEC 2661
PSC2XLRYEC 2661
PSC2XLYBEC 2661
PSC2XLYEC 2661
PSC3081563 1156
PSC3090323
1107, 2511
PSC3090451 1106
PSC3090452 1106
PSC3090467 1107
PSC3090468 1107
PSC3090663 1106
PSC3120000 1107
PSC316BCRB10 2659
PSC316BCRB10H 2659
PSC316BCRB11 2659
PSC316BCRB12 2659
PSC316BCRB9 2659
PSC316BCRB9H 2659
PSC316BCYB10 2659
PSC316BCYB10H 2659
PSC316BCYB11 2659
PSC316BCYB12 2659
PSC316BCYB9 2659
PSC316BCYB9H 2659
PSC316RB10 2658
PSC316RB10H 2658
PSC316RB11 2658
PSC316RB12 2658
PSC316RB8 2658
PSC316RB8H 2658
PSC316RB9 2658
PSC316RB9H 2658
PSC316YB10 2658
PSC316YB10H 2658
PSC316YB11 2658
PSC316YB12 2658
PSC316YB8 2658
PSC316YB8H 2658
PSC316YB9 2658
PSC316YB9H 2658
PSC318BCRB10 2659
PSC318BCRB10H 2659
PSC318BCRB11 2659
PSC318BCRB12 2659
PSC318BCRB9 2659
PSC318BCRB9H 2659
PSC318BCYB10 2659
PSC318BCYB10H 2659
PSC318BCYB11 2659
PSC318BCYB12 2659
PSC318BCYB9 2659
PSC318BCYB9H 2659
PSC318CRB10 2660
PSC318CRB10H 2660
PSC318CRB11 2660
PSC318CRB12 2660
PSC318CRB9 2660
PSC318CRB9H 2660
PSC318CYB10 2660
PSC318CYB10H 2660
PSC318CYB11 2660
PSC318CYB12 2660
PSC318CYB9 2660
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 10-10
September 2012
Catalog
Number Page
Catalog
Number Page
Catalog
Number Page
PSC318CYB9H 2660
PSC318RB10 2658
PSC318RB10H 2658
PSC318RB11 2658
PSC318RB12 2658
PSC318RB8 2658
PSC318RB8H 2658
PSC318RB9 2658
PSC318RB9H 2658
PSC318YB10 2658
PSC318YB10H 2658
PSC318YB11 2658
PSC318YB12 2658
PSC318YB8 2658
PSC318YB8H 2658
PSC318YB9 2658
PSC318YB9H 2658
PSC3LRYEC 2661
PSC3LYBEC 2661
PSC3LYEC 2661
PSC3RRYEC 2661
PSC3RYBEC 2661
PSC3RYEC 2661
PSC3XLRYEC 2661
PSC3XLYBEC 2661
PSC3XLYEC 2661
PSC4000690002 4170
PSC4002915 2257
PSC4002916 2257
PSC4002927 2265
PSC4002937 4170
PSC4004101 2212
PSC4004102 2212
PSC4004103 2212
PSC4030187 2115
PSC4030592 2106
PSC4032879 2403
PSC4032915 2460
PSC4032947 2474
PSC4033220001 2474
2456, 2458
PSC4033465
2456, 2458
PSC4033466
PSC4033478 1253
PSC4033479 1253
PSC4033480 1253
PSC4033484 2121
PSC4033582 2460
PSC4060607 2410
PSC416BCRB10 2659
PSC416BCRB10H 2659
PSC416BCRB11 2659
PSC416BCRB12 2659
PSC416BCRB9 2659
PSC416BCRB9H 2659
PSC416BCYB10 2659
PSC416BCYB10H 2659
PSC416BCYB11 2659
PSC416BCYB12 2659
PSC416BCYB9 2659
PSC416BCYB9H 2659
PSC416RB10 2658
PSC416RB10H 2658
PSC416RB11 2658
PSC416RB12 2658
PSC416RB9 2658
PSC416RB9H 2658
PSC416YB10 2658
PSC416YB10H 2658
PSC416YB11 2658
PSC416YB12 2658
PSC416YB9 2658
PSC416YB9H 2658
PSC4170627 2129
PSC4170628 2129
PSC4170629 2129
PSC4170630
2130, 2152
PSC418BCRB10 2659
PSC418BCRB10H 2659
PSC418BCRB11 2659
PSC418BCRB12 2659
PSC418BCRB9 2659
PSC418BCRB9H 2659
PSC418BCYB10 2659
PSC418BCYB10H 2659
PSC418BCYB11 2659
PSC418BCYB12 2659
PSC418BCYB9 2659
PSC418BCYB9H 2659
PSC418CRB10 2660
PSC418CRB10H 2660
PSC418CRB11 2660
PSC418CRB12 2660
PSC418CRB9 2660
PSC418CRB9H 2660
PSC418CYB10 2660
PSC418CYB10H 2660
PSC418CYB11 2660
PSC418CYB12 2660
PSC418CYB9 2660
PSC418CYB9H 2660
PSC418RB10 2658
PSC418RB10H 2658
PSC418RB11 2658
PSC418RB12 2658
PSC418RB9 2658
PSC418RB9H 2658
PSC418YB10 2658
PSC418YB10H 2658
PSC418YB11 2658
PSC418YB12 2658
PSC418YB9 2658
PSC418YB9H 2658
PSC4LRYEC 2661
PSC4LYBEC 2661
PSC4LYEC 2661
PSC4RRYEC 2661
PSC4RYBEC 2661
PSC4RYEC 2661
PSC4XLRYEC 2661
PSC4XLYBEC 2661
PSC4XLYEC 2661
PSC6003080 3025
PSC6003103003 3015
PSC6003345 3027
PSC6003346 3027
PSC6003347 3027
PSC6003348 3027
PSC6003349 3027
PSC6003350 3027
PSC6010341 2311
PSC6010342 2311
PSC6010343 2311
PSC6010344 2311
PSC6010345 2311
PSC6010346 2311
PSC6010347 2312
PSC6010348 2312
PSC60FHDXX 2555
PSC78A2HL 2557
PSC78B2HL 2557
PSC78C2HL 2557
PSC78X2HL 2557
PSC85N
2560
2560
PSC86N
PSC89N
2560
PSE4033454
2456, 2458
PSE4033455 2456
PSE4033473
2456, 2458
PSP4033458P 2102
PSP4033459P 2102
PSP4033460P 2102
PSP4033461P 2102
PSP4033462P 2102
PSP4033482P 2102
PSP6435004 2510
PSP6435005 2510
PST4001926 4180
PST4001945 4179
PST4002818 4157
PST4002819 4157
PST4002820 4157
PST4002821 4157
PST4002856 4176
PST4003059 4158
PST4003111 4153
PST4032913 2118
PST4032914 2118
PST6003438 3029
S10043
2303, 2305, 2308
2303, 2305, 2308
S10044
S10045
2303, 2305, 2308
S10046
2303, 2305, 2308
2303, 2305
S11272
S11273
2303, 2305
2303, 2305
S11274
S16007
2307
S3712
3019
S3713
3019
S3714
3019
S3715
3019
S6116
3019
S6117
3019
S6118
3019
S6119
3019
S6449
3019
3019
S6450
S6451
3019
S7568
3019
SPM29471 2257
T161340H 1260
T165640H 1260
T165650H 1260
T16845H 1260
T3060006
3024, 4156
T3060007 2510
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
September 2012
Page 10-11
N umer ic al & Al p h ab et i c al I N DEXE S –10
TOOLS NUMERICAL INDEX
TOOLS NUMERICAL INDEX
Catalog
Number Page
N umer ic al & Al p h ab et i c al I N DEX ES –1 0
T3060014 2510
T3060023 2510
T3060025 2510
T3060028 2510
T3060029 2510
T3066008 2510
T3080997 1157-1158
T3080999 1156
T3081506 1155
T4000838 2262
T4000870 1203
T4001252 2511
T4001257 1253
T4001258 1253
T4001413 2207
T4001525 4186
4154, 4173, 4178, 82
T4001658
T4001708 1203
T4001753 4162
T4001764 4187
T4001824 4165
T4001854 4166
T4001855 4167
T4001856
4168, 4173, 4178, 82
T4001857
4168, 4173, 4178, 82
T4001912 4181
T4001927 4178
T4001929 4175
T4001930 4177
T4001931 4174
T4001932 4173
T4001933 4188
T4001937 1202
T4001938 1202
T4001939 2213
T4001940 2213
T4001941 4183
T4001942 4184
T4001943 4185
T4001946 4182
1202, 2213
T4002007
T4002278 2214
T4002486 4162-4163
T4002486BI 4160
T4002529 4158
T4002530 4158
T4002647 4153
T4012265 2255
T4020030 2357
T4020423 2353
T4020619 2356
T4020632 2356
T4020694 2553
T4020899 2354
T4020900 2354
T4020901 2354
T4021195 2357
T4030428 2460
T4030428 2470
T4030573 2471
T4030602 2470
T4030687
2157, 2510
T4030786 2452
T4030856
2455, 2460, 2462, 70
T4030857
2453, 55, 60, 62, 70
Catalog
Number Page
T4031101 2122
T4031245 2108
T4031246 2108
T4031247 2108
T4031248 2108
T4031249 2108
T4031250 2108
T4031251 2108
2107, 2511
T4032205
T4032261 2452
T4032271 2466
T4032311 2452
T4032398 2452
T4032417 2211
T4032557 2453
T4032781 2457
T4032889 2152-2153
T4032992 2106
T4033009 2116
T4033159 2474
T4033228 2464
T4033240 2107
2107, 2511
T4033349
T4033418 2462
T4070327 2478
T6000252 3022
T6000465 3004
T6000466 3004
T6000641 3016
T6000658 3005
T6000806 3007
T6000841 3017
T6000865 3021
T6000891 3018
T6001549 3022
T6001693 3012
T6001737 3022
T6001798 3010
T6001922 3014
T6001964 3022
3023, 4157
T6001971
T6002131 3015
T6002233 3014
T6002234 3014
T6002246 3015
T6002320 3013
T6002364 3013
T6002375 3015
T6002408 3017
T6002708 3004
T6002841 3025
T6002867 3013
T6003091 3015
T6003092 3015
T6003094 3016
T6003095 3016
T6003096 3016
T6003203 3005
T6010003 2302
T6010039 2302
T6010040 2302
T6010281 2308
T6010282 2308
T6010283 2308
T6010284 2308
Catalog
Number Page
T6010285 2308
T6010286 2308
T6010287 2308
T6010288 2308
T710112T 2311
T710133T 2311
T710211T 2311
T710233T 2311
T730133T 2312
T730233T 2312
V4010157P 2257
V4010158 2257
V4011057P 2253
V4011058 2253
WPH3
1260
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 10-12
September 2012
TOOLS ALPHABETICAL INDEX
Catalog
Number Page
Blanket Clamp
2409-10
4-Way Terminal Block
3022
Blanket Storage
Abrasive Cleaning Pads 2503
Canister
2409, 2410,2414
Adapter, Universal
2102, 19
Blanket, Arc-Suppression 2413
Adjustable
Blanket,
2261
Hook Assembly
Slotted Class 4
2409
Ladder Hook
2355
Blanket,
Pole Clamp
2253
2410
Stick 2110 Solid Class 2
Block
Strain Pole
2253
Double
1253
Aerial Platform
2356
Handline
1253
Aerosol Can Holder
2124
Rope 1253
All Purpose Bracket
1154
Single 1253
All-Angle Cog Wrench 2115
Triple 1253
All-Angle Pliers
2119, 15
Bolt Head Wrench
2124
All-Purpose Cotter Key
1154, 58
Tool 2123 Bolt-Down Bracket
Boom Adapter
4154, 59,62,
Aluminum Wire Cutter 2156
63, 64
Amertong 2117
Ammeter 2476 Boom Assembly,
Three-Phase
4161-62
Applicator Tool,
Boom Lift, Three-Phase 4153
Line Hose
2127
Boom Mounted
Arbor Adapter
2208
Auxiliary Arm
4154
Arc-Chute Assembly
2312
Boom Support Pole
1204
Arc-Suppression Blanket 2413
Boots, Conductive
2554
Assist Ring
2103
Bottom Cap
2108
Auto Ranging Voltage Indicator,
Bracket
Distribution
2462
1154, 1158
All Purpose
Auto Ranging Voltage Indicator,
Bolt-Down
1154, 1158
Full Range
2460
C
1155, 4156
Auto Ranging Voltage Indicator,
2214
Corner Restraint
2463
Transmission
Hitch Mount
Auxiliary Arm 2209-2210,
with Swivel Base 1156
4155, 4165-4167
Rope Snubbing
2207
Arm, Boom Mounted 4154
Steel Arm
2262
Brace Assembly
4155
1155, 4156
Clamp 4155 Swivel
Universal
1154
Bag
Glove 2512 Brush,
Conductor Cleaning 2122, 24
2512
Glove and Sleeve
Bucket, Tool
2513
Line Hose
2512
Bushing 4170
2512
Lineman’s Tool
Sleeve 2513 Bushing Adapter 2453, 55, 60, 62, 70
Button and Spring Kit
2108
Storage
2104, 2153, 3021
Button, Blanket
2409-10
Ball Socket Adjuster
Button, Telescoping Tool 2108
2119, 21, 24, 25
Cable Lift Tool
2115
Ball Socket Cotter Key
Cable Splice, Grounding 3022
Remover
2119
Cable, Grounding
3019
Band, Punch-Lok
1259
Cable, Jumper
2303
Band, Wire-Tong
2205
Canister, Blanket Storage 2514
Bar, Spreader
2354
Cant Hook
1256
Barricade, Truck Safety 3024,
4156 Cap, Base, Sectional Stick 2113
Cap, Bottom
2108
Barrier, Substation
2406
Cap, End,
Base Tube
2108
Grip-All Clampstick
2102
Bayonet Adapter
1158
Cap, Plastisol
2508
Belt 2553, 55
Capstan Drum
1154
Belt, Linemen’s Tool
2555
Capstan Hoist, 1,000 LB 1153
Belt, Static (conductive) 2553
Capstan Hoist, 3,000 LB 1157
Binder, D-Buckle Strap 2213
Cargo Boom
1203
Binder, Strap
1202
C-Bracket
1155, 4156
Bi-Pod Three-Phase Arm 4158
Chain Binder
2211
Blade, Temporary Cutout
Chain Clamp
1154, 56, 58
Tool
2311-12
Chain Extension
2207
Blade, Tree Trimmer
2158
Chain Hoist
1103-1105
Blanket Button
2409-10
Catalog
Number Page
Chuck Blank
2120
Clamp
Assembly, Wireholder 4170
All-Angle, Grounding 3012
Ball-and-Socket, Grounding
3013-3014
Blanket
2409-10
Bus-Bar, Grounding
3006
1154, 56, 58
Chain
Chisel, Grounding
3014
Cluster, Grounding
3009
Crossarm Assembly
2210
C-Type, Grounding
3004-06
3017
Cutout
Double Ladder 2
354
Duckbill, Grounding 3007-08
Flat Face, Grounding 3010-11
Insulated Jumper
2302
2354
Ladder
Mounted, Grounding 3007, 08,
12, 18
Pole 2206
3014
Spike, Grounding
Switch Blade, Grounding
3017
Tie-back
2313
Wire Holder Assembly 2210
2205
Wire-Tong
Clampstick Head
2111, 21
Clampstick, Grip-all
2102
Clampstick, Grip-all,
Hinged
2102
Clapstick, Positive Grip 2106
Clear Vision Mirror
2122
Clevis
Pin Installer
2119, 24
Screw Ratchet
2257
2205
Wire-Tong Pole
Wire-Tong Saddle
2205
Climber Pad
2560
Climber Strap
2560
Climbers, Pole
2559
Climbing Harness
2558
Cluster Support
3022
Conductive Boots
2554
Conductive Gloves
2553
Conductive Socks
2553
Conductive Suit
2553
Conductor
Cleaning Brush
2122, 24
Cover
2403,2405, 2408
Conductor cover, Spiral 2407
Cutter 2153
Gauge
2123
Hook
4173, 78, 82
Corner Restraint,
Bracket
2214
Cotter Key
Holder
2125
Puller 2124
Pusher
2119, 21
Remover
2119
Tool 2119, 25
Tool, All Purpose
2123
N umer ic al & Al p h ab et i c al I N DEXE S –10
Catalog
Number Page
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
September 2012
Page 10-13
TOOLS ALPHABETICAL INDEX
Catalog
Number Page
Catalog
Number Page
Catalog
Number Page
N umer ic al & Al p h ab et i c al I N DEX ES –1 0
Extension,
Guide,
Coupler, Line Hose
2412
Wire-Tong Saddle
2206
Grip-All Clampstick
2102
Cover
Eye Bolt 2211 Hack Saw
2121
Ball Stud
3013
Eye Pin 2353 Hammer 2123
Conductor
2403, 05, 08
Eye, Pulling
1260
Hand Guard
2509
2407-2408
Crossarm
Eyenut 2257 Handles, Insulated
2157
Crossarm End
2406
Fall Arrest Lanyard
2559
Handle,
Cutout
2402
Ferrule,
Grip-All Clampstick
2102
Deadend
2402, 05
Aluminum Grounding 3020
Handle, Pistol Grip
2111-2122
Insulator
2403, 05
Handline Gin, Tower
2263
Pole 2404 Ferrule,
Copper Grounding
3019
Hanger, Insulated
2307
Pole Top
2406
Fitting, Universal
2108
Hanger, Tool
2509
Post Insulator
2406
Flexible Insulated Wrench2116
Harness, Climbing
2558
Set, Insulator
2408
Flexible Wrench Head
2122
Harness, Tower
2558
Crossarm
Folding Rule
2120
Head, Tree Trimmer
2158
2210
Clamp Assembly
Foot Control, Capstan1154, 57, 58
Head repair kit,
Cover
2407-2408
Fork Suspension Tool
2263
Grip-All Clampstick
2102
End Cover
2406
Fuse Grappler Tool
2128
Head, Disconnect
2112-2113
Tool Hanger
2118
Fuse Puller
2123
Head,
Cutout
Grip-All Clampstick
2102
Cover 2402 Fuseholder,
Temporary Cutout Tool 2311
Head,
Tool 2119-20
Gate, Wireholder
4169, 70
Rotary Blade Tie Stick 2123
Tool, Universal
2121
Gin 1202, 03
Head,
Cutters
Gin, Chain Binder
1202
Rotary Prong Tie Stick 2122
Cutter 2152-57
Gin, Crossarm
1203
Heat Shrink Tube
3020
Cutter Head
2153
Gin, Crossarm,
Hex Ferrule, Plastic
2117
Deadend Cover
2402-05
Convertible
1203
Hi-Pot Adapter
2453, 55, 58
Deadend Socket
2255
1203
Gin, Multi Duty
Hitch-Receiver Mount
1156
Dielectric Compound #7 2471
Gin Pole
1203
Hoist
Digital Voltage Indicator 2467
Gin, Strap Binder
1202
Capstan, 1,000 LB
1153
Disconnect Head
2120
1202
Gin, Swivel Top
Capstan, 3,000 LB
1157
Disconnect Head,
Gloss Restorer Kit
2503
1103-1105
Chain
Non-Metallic
2111
Glove and Sleeve Bag
2512
Strap
1106-1107
Disconnect Head,
Glove Bag
2512
Holster, Lineman’s
2554
Universal
2110-11
Glove, Rubber
2657, 60
Hook
Disconnect Stick
2113
Gloves, Conductive
2553
Assembly, Adjustable 2261
Disconnect Stick,
Grip, Pulling
1257, 58
2355
Adjustable Ladder
Sectional
2113
Grip, Wire
1260
Cant 1256
Double Ladder Clamp
2354
Grip-All Clampstick
2102
4154
Conductor
Drum, Capstan
1154, 58
Grip-All Clampstick,
Hook and Socket, Strain Carrier
Dry Film Lubricant
2507
Telescoping
2103
2254
Elbow
Grippers, Impact Elbow Puller
2452
Pigtail Probe
Adapter
2455, 60, 62, 70
2119, 2122, 2452
Parts 3015 2105 Shepherd
Wire-puller
1260
Puller 2104 Ground/Grounding
Cable 3019 Horizontal Tower Ladder Attachment
Electrostatic Precipitator Ground Set
3012
2354
3018 Clamp, All-Angle
Clamp, Ball-and-socket 3013, 14
Hot Rodder Tool
2125
End Cap, Heavy Duty 2117, 2508
Clamp, Buss-Bar
3006
Hot Stick Wiping Cloth 2503
Energized Cable Sensor 2471
Clamp, Chisel Type
3014
Hydraulic Conductor Cutter
Energized Insulator Tester
3009
2156
2469 Clamp, Cluster
Clamp, C-Type
3004, 06
Impact Elbow Puller
2104
Epoxiglas Bond Patching Kit
3007, 08
Insulated Handles
2157
2507 Clamp, Duckbill
Clamp, Flat Face
3010, 11
Insulated Hanger
2307
Epoxiglas
Clamp, Mounted 3007, 08,12,18
Insulated Hydraulic Cable Cutter
Epoxiglas Cleaning Kit 2503
Clamp, Spike Type
3014
2155
Epoxiglas Plug Kit
2507
Clamp, Switch Blade 3017
Insulated
Platform
2356
Epoxiglas Pole
2508
Clamp,Temporary Cutout
Insulator
2209, 2211, 4169
Epoxy Sand Kit
2507
Tool 2311
Insulator Cover
2403, 2405
Equimat Grounding Grid 3025
Ferrule, Aluminum
3020
Insulator Cover Set
2408
Equimat Grounding Grid,
Ferrule, Copper
3019
Insulator Cradle
2258-2259
Slip Resistant
3027
Grid, Equimat
3025
Insulator Cradle Carrier 2259
Extension Arm
2211
Ground Set
3015
Insulator Cradle, Side Opening
Extension Arm, Universal 2212
Ground Set Tester
2474
2260
Extension, Sectional Stick 2113
Ground, Static
2259
Grounding Set, Truck 4157
Insulator Fork
2119
Extension, Sectional Stick 2113
Grounding Simulator 3024
Extension, Tree Trimmer 2158
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 10-14
September 2012
TOOLS ALPHABETICAL INDEX
Catalog
Number Page
Catalog
Number Page
Catalog
Number Page
N umer ic al & Al p h ab et i c al I N DEXE S –10
Plug, Telescoping Tool 2108
Link Stick
Insulator Fork,
2123
Head 2121 Pointed Disconnect
Adjustable
2122
Hoist 1107 Pole
Insulator Retaining Plate 2260
Clamp 2206
Roller 2252
Insulator Tool, Plastic
2125
2253
Spiral 2252 Clamp, Adjustable
Jaw Holder, Grip-All Clampstick
Cover 2404
Strain 2252
2102
Epoxiglas
2508
2261
Suspension
Jaw, Grip-All Clampstick 2102
Strap 2557
Load Looker Ammeter 2476
J-Hook Assembly
2260
Tong 1256
Load-Pickup Tool
2309
Jib Adapter
4153, 72, 78, 82
Top Cover
2406
Locating Pin
2119-2120
Jib Extension
4157
Lockbar, Grip-All Clampstick
Jib Extension, Wireholder/Sheave
Pike 1256
4158 2102 Pole & Ferrule, Telescoping Tool
Lubricant, Dry Film
2507
Jib, 3” Round
4186
2108
Lubricant, tool
2507
Jib, 4” Square
4187-4188
Wrench
1256
Lug, Elbow Connector 3015
Jumper Cable
2303
Positive Grip Clampstick 2106
Mast and Brace
2210
Jumper Cable Support 2307
Post Insulator Cover
2406
Mast Assembly
4154, 4167
Jumper Clamp
2302
Power-Fuse Lift Stick
2114
Material Handler
1156
Jumper Set
2305-2308
Probe
Material Handler Bracket 1156
Jumper Terminal
2304
Angle 2452
Mirror, Clear Vision
2119, 22
Keeper
4169-4170
Shepherd Hook
2455, 60,
Moisture Eater II
2503
Kit, Button and Spring 2108
2462-2464, 2466-2467
Moisture Eater II Wipes 2504
Kit, Ladder Support
2354
2452, 2455, 2460,
Straight
Monitor, Boom
2478
Kit, Universal Tool
2119
2462-2464, 2466-2467
Monitor, Ladder Leakage Current
Klik Pin
2253, 2353
Grounding Elbow
3015
2355 Pruning Saw
Knife, Skinning
2122
2111, 21, 58
Mount, Hitch-Receiver 1156
Knocker
2119, 2125
Puller, Cotter Key
2124
Mount, Truck, Swivel Base1155
Ladder \
Pulling Eye
1260
Mounting Bracket, Gin 1203
Attachment, Horizontal Tower
Punch-Lok Band
1259
2354 Multi-Range Voltage Indicator
Punch-Lok Tool
1259
2464-2466
Attachment, Vertical Pole
Rack, Tool Storage
2509
2354 Nut, Molly Jack,
Railing, Platform
2357
Grip-All Clampstick
2102
Attachment, Vertical Tower
Ratchet
2560
2354 Pad, Climber
Cable Cutter
2152
Paint Brush
2121
Clamp 2354
Ratcheting Cable Cutter2154
Parking Bushing Ground Set
Ladders
2352-2353
Wrench 2116, 19, 20, 24, 2257
3015 Reel, Storage
Leakage Current Monitor
3023
2355 Phasing Tester
Reel, Take-Up
1156
Phase Rotation Tester 2459
Monitor
2478
Removal Tool, Arc Snuffer2105
Phasing Tester, Analog 2452-2453, Replacement Hardware, Cutters
2354
Support Kit
2457
Platform
2358
2152-2153
Phasing Tester, Digital 2454-2456, Replacement Tool, Arc Snuffer
2358
Service
2458 2105
2353
Spliced
Pike Pole
1256
Swivel Hook
2352
Resistors 2459
Pin
2353
Three Rail
Resistors, Phasing Tester
Holder
2119, 20
Yoke Assembly
2354
2452-2455
Drive Lock
2108
Lanyard and Pin Kit
1253
Retainer, Telescoping Tool
Eye 2353 2108
Lanyard, Fall Arrest
2559
Grip-All Clampstick
2102
Latch, Wireholder
4169-4170
Rigid Splice
2508
Groove, Grip-All Clampstick
Latch Kit, Rope Block
1253
Ring, Assist
2103
2102 Rivet, Drive,
Latch, Grip-All Clampstick 2102
Klik 2353
Leakage Current Monitor 2478
Grip-All Clampstick
2102
Lever Lift
2208
Rod, Temporary Ground 3023
Wireholder
4169, 70
Lever Type Wire Cutter 2157
Roll Pin, Wireholder
4169, 70
Pistol Grip Handle
2122
Lift Hook Assembly
3018
Roll Pin,
Pivot Base, Platform
2357
Lift Hook Extension Pole 3018
Grip-All Clampstick
2102
Platform
Line Fault Locator
2471
Roller 4169
Aerial 2356 Roller Axle
Line Hose
2411
4169
Epoxiglas Insulated
2356
Line Hose Bag
2512
Roller Axle
4170
Ladder
2358
Line Hose Coupler
2412
Mounting Attachment 2357
Lineman’s Tool Bag
2512
Pivot Base
2357
Railing
2357
Suspension
2357
Utility 2357
Pliers, All-Angle
2119, 2125
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
September 2012
Page 10-15
TOOLS ALPHABETICAL INDEX
N umer ic al & Al p h ab et i c al I N DEX ES –1 0
Catalog
Number Page
Catalog
Number Page
Catalog
Number Page
Roller Link Stick
2252
Rope 1252
Composite Fiber
1252
Lock Assembly
2404
Lock Device
1154, 58
Sheave Assembly
4154, 73,
78, 82
Poly-Dacron
1252
Polypropylene
1252
Snubbing Bracket
2207
Rotary Blade Tie Stick Head
2123
Rotary Prong Tie Stick Head
2122
Rotating Ground
3029
Rubber Glove
2657-2660
Rubber Sleeves
2661
Rule, Folding
2120
Saddle, Wire-Tong
2206-2207
Safety Stop,
Grip-All Clampstick
2102
SafetyShield
2129
Screw Driver
2119, 21
Screw,
Grip-All Clampstick
2102
Screw, Telescoping Tool 2108
Sentinel Leakage Current Monitor
2355
Service Ladder
2358
Set, Insulated By-Pass Jumper
2306-2307
Set, Insulated By-Pass Jumper
2307
Set, Jumper
2305, 08
Shepherd Hook 2119, 2122, 2452
Shield, Weather
1155
Silicone Wipes
2505
Silicone Lubricant,
Aerosol
2514
Simulator, Grounding
3024
Skinning Knife
2122
Sleeve Bag
2513
Sleeves, Rubber
2661
Sling 1255
Slotted Blanket, Class 4 2409
Snapout Cotter Key Remover
2120
Socket Set
2116
Socket, Deadend
2255
Socks, Conductive
2553
Solid Blanket, Class 2
2410
Solid Blanket, Class 4
2409
Spiral Conductor Cover 2407
Spiral Disconnect
2119, 23
Spiral Link Stick
2252
Splice, Grounding Cable 3022
Splice, Rigid
2508
Swivel
Spreader Bar
2354
Base Truck Mount
1155
Spring
Boom (Standard, Medium Duty,
Compression, Grip-All Clampstick
Heavy Duty)
1204
2102
Bracket
1155, 4156
Jaw, Grip-All Clampstick
Stick 2354
2102
Wireholder Jib Extension
Latch, Grip-All Clampstick
4157
2102
2205
Wire-Tong
Take-Up Trunion
2255
Latch Kit, Block
1253
Tarpaulin 2510
Telescoping Tool
2108
Teleheight 2474
Static Ground
2259
Telescoping Measuring/Disconnect
Stick, Adjustable
2110
Tool 2109
Stick, Swivel
2354
Telescoping Tool
2107
Stirrup, Wire-Tong
2207, 09
Temporary
Storage Bag
2510-2511,
Conductor Support
2211
1106-1107, 2153, 3021
Cutout Tool
2311
Storage Bag, Strap Hoist
3023
Ground Rod
1106-1107
Load Disconnect Tool 2312
Storage Canister, Blanket
Tension Puller Switching Tool
2409-2410
2264, 2313
Storage Case, Trouble Shooter Kit
2111 Tension Puller, Hot Stick 2264
Terminal Block, 4-Way 3022
Storm Tool
2122
Terminal, Grounding
3021
Strain
Terminal, Jumper
2304
Carrier
2254
Tester, Hot Stick, Wet/Dry
Jack 2253, 57
2477, 2507
Link Stick
2252
Pole 2257 Three-Phase Boom Assembly
4161-4162
Pole, Adjustable
2253
Three-Phase Boom Lift 4153
Strap
Thumbscrew (Universal/Telescoping
1202
Binder
Tool)
2108, 18
Climber
2560
Tie
Hoist 1106, 07
Stick 2115
Pole 2557
Stick Head, Fixed Blade 2122
Stud
Stick Head, Fixed Prong 2120
Grounding, Ball-and-Socket
2313
3013 Tie-Back Clamp
2126
L 3017 Wire Claw
Tightener Wheel
2207
Support
3021
1256
Tee 3017 Tong, Pole
Tool
Substation Barrier
2509
Hanger
2406
Lubricant
2507
Suit, Conductive
2553
Storage Rack
2509
Super Tester
2468
Trailer 2515
Super Tester Adapter 2124, 2468
Tension Puller Switching
Support
2313
Arm
4168
Torque Extension Stick 2116
Conductor
2213
2558
Hook 2260 Tower Harness
Trailer, Tool
2515
Jumper Cable
2307
2123
Stud 3021 Tree & Rope Hook
Tree Trimmer
2111, 58
Suspension
Tree Trimmer Head,
Insulator Lift Tool
2265
Sectional Stick
2113
Link Stick
2261
Trolley Pole
2263
Platform
2357
Trolley Wheel
2263
Switching Tool,
Trouble Shooter Kit
2111
Tension Puller
2264
Truck Grounding Set 3023, 4157
Truck Safety Barricade 3024, 4156
Trunion Gauge
2255
Trunion, Take-Up
2255
Tube, Telescoping Tool 2108
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 10-16
September 2012
TOOLS ALPHABETICAL INDEX
Catalog
Number Page
Universal
Adapter
2102, 19, 23
Bracket
1154
Cutout Tool
2121
2108
Fitting
Head 2118
Head Kit, Plastic
2117
Pole 2118
Pole, Plastic Fitting
2117
2113
Stick, Sectional
Tool Kit
2119
Utility Head
2126
Utility Platform
2357
Vertical Ladder Attachment
2354
Voltage Tester,
Underground Transformer 2470
W Key Tool
2124
Weather Shield
1155, 4156
Wet/Dry Hot Stick Tester
2477, 2506
Wheel Tightener
2207
Wiping Cloth
2503
Wire Grip
1260
Wire Holder
2209, 2211, 4154
Wire Holder Clamp Assembly
2210
Wire Holding Stick
2106
Wire Tong
2204
Band 2205
Clamp 2205
Clevis 2205
Pole Clevis
4166-4167
2206-2207
Saddle
Saddle Extension
2206
2207
Stirrup
Swivel 2205
Wire Tong
2204
Wireholder
4170, 73, 74, 78-80,
82-84
Wireholder, Heavy Duty
4171, 77, 81, 85
Wireholder/Sheave 4158
Wire-Puller Hook
1260
Wrench
All-Angle Cog
2115
Bolt Head
2124
Head 2119
Head, Flexible
2122
Flexible Insulated
2116
Pole 1256
Ratchet
2116, 2119-2120,
2124, 2257
Yoke
Assembly, Compression 2255
Assembly, Conductor End
2255
Assembly, Structure End
2255
H-frame Crossarm
2262
Ladder Assembly
2354
Steel Arm
2262
Strain carrier, Single Pole
2256
Suspension
2261
Tower Arm
2262
Catalog
Number Page
N umer ic al & Al p h ab et i c al I N DEXE S –10
Catalog
Number Page
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
September 2012
Page 10-17
RATCHET HOISTS
Operation
User-friendly operation and construction.
• Easy hook-up and chain release to freewheel, under noload conditions
Experienced operators prefer Chance lever hoists for longterm, dependable performance. Lightweight for simple
handing, but rugged for reliable duty, Chance hoists deliver
features with added value for operator productivity.
• Controls automatically lock when hoist is pulling load
• Two simple levers – Shift Key for up and down on top of
housing, and Release Key in handle recess – are easy to
switch, even wearing gloves
Specifications
• Each unit comes with illustrated operating manual,
including complete parts list
• Easily ratchets one or two clicks per stroke in up or down
mode
• Lifetime oil-impregnated bronze-sleeve bearings
require no additional lubrication
• Choose quick speed, or full- or half-link rate for added
accuracy
• Pliers and screwdriver are only tools needed for
maintenance
• Ratchet handle swings to either side for cramped quarters
and push or pull stroke operation
Hoi s t s - M ec h an i c al – 1 1 0 0
• For infrequent repairs, kit C3090349 contains minor
service parts common to all ratings
• Top and bottom hooks swivel 360° for rope unwinding or
stranded cable under tension
Construction
• Easy operating controls, even without removing gloves
• Proof-tested and factory operated at 150% of capacity
rating
• Simple, extremely sturdy engineered design ensures
dependable service backed by 40 years of field experience
and laboratory tests
• Lightweight, high-strength handle and sheave housings
are heat-treated aluminum
• All working parts are fully enclosed in the housing unit for
operator safety
• High-strength alloy steel chain is polished for smooth action
and low wear
• Load hooks are forged steel with automatic spring-loaded
latches
Accessories
Insulated Link Sticks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 1107
Hot Line Wire Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 1250
Wire Puller Hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Section 1250
• Two-way handle allows for easy access and operation
overhead or below chest level
• Rounded stop on handle end helps to ensure firm operator
grip
Rated-Load Capacities, Tons
⁄4
3
Hoist Selector Chart
3
Link-Chain Hoists 7 models
Page 1103
Roller-Chain Hoists 2 models
Page 1105
Nylon-Strap Hoists 7 models
“THE FULL LINE” OF 16 MODELS
• The ratchet hoist team to trust.
⁄4-11⁄2
1
11⁄2
2
3
41⁄2
6
Page 1103 Page 1103 Page 1103 Page 1104 Page 1104 Page 1104
Page 1105
Page 1106 Page 1107
Page 1107
Chance ratchet hoists’ seven capacity ratings are designed for a wide range of
industry requirements for load-handling equipment.
Operation
Construction
• Compact and portable hoists operate easily, even in tight
work spaces
• Chain hoists offer either link- or roller-style chain in seven
popular ratings
• Quickly and easily perform repeated heavy lifts and pulls
• Nylon-strap models are primarily for the utility industry and
a variety of load ratings
• Built for years of reliable performance
• Lightweight, yet durable – designed for rugged construction
and industrial settings
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 1102
July 2014
RATCHET CHAIN HOISTS
¾-Ton, 1-Ton, 1 ½-Ton & 2-Ton Ratings
Link-Chain Style
A strong link to reliable performance.
Construction
• Proof-tested and factory operated at 150% of capacity
rating
• Lightweight, high-strength handle and sheave housings
are heat-treated aluminum
• High-strength alloy steel chain is polished for smooth
action and low wear
• Load hooks are forged steel with automatic spring-loaded
latches
• Two-way handle allows for easy access and operation
overhead or below chest level
• Rounded stop on handle end helps to ensure firm
operator grip.
Operation
• Easy hook-up and chain release to freewheel, under noload conditions
▲
3
⁄4-Ton
▲
1-Ton
Two-way handle swings to either
side (helpful when reaching
overhead or below chest level to
operate hoist). Rounded stop at end
helps keep hand on handle.
• Controls automatically lock when hoist is pulling load
• Two simple levers – Shift Key for up and down on top of
housing, and Release Key in handle recess – are easy to
switch, even wearing gloves
• Easily ratchets one or two clicks per stroke in up or down
mode
• Choose quick speed, or full- or half-link rate for added
accuracy
• Ratchet handle swings to either side for cramped quarters
and push or pull stroke operation
• Top and bottom hooks swivel 360° for rope unwinding or
stranded cable under tension
DO NOT:
1. LIFT MORE THAN RATED LOAD.
2. OPERATE WITH TWISTED OR DAMAGED CHAIN.
3. USE IF DAMAGED OR MALFUNCTIONING.
4. LIFT PEOPLE OR LOADS OVER PEOPLE.
5. USE A HANDLE EXTENDER (CHEATER BAR).
6. OBSCURE THIS LABEL.
DO: SEE OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS.
OPERATE AND MAINTAIN PER ANSI B30.21
HUBBELL POWER SYSTEMS, INC. • CENTRALIA, MO 65240
Specifications
• Each unit comes with illustrated operating manual, including
complete parts list
• Lifetime oil-impregnated bronze-sleeve bearings require no
additional lubrication
• Pliers and screwdriver are only tools needed for maintenance
• For infrequent repairs, kit C3090349 contains minor service
parts common to all ratings
• 5-1/2 ft. Standard Lift Distance
• 20-in. handle/Aluminum housing
▲
11/2-Ton
Catalog No.
C3090438
3011S
C3090439
4012
Rating
3
/4-Ton
1-Ton
11/2-Ton
2-Ton
▲
2-Ton
Handle Pull Hook-to-Hook Weight
lb.
Minimum
kg.
at Rating
14
65 lb.
11 in.
6.3
14
90 lb.
11 in.
6.3
60 lb.
16 in.
22
10
90 lb.
11 in.
281/2 12.7
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
July 2014
Page 1103
Hoi s t s - M ec h an i c al – 1 1 00
O n a l l m od e ls
on this page, the
gate-type latch
pushes inward
and turns to open
the hooks.
• All working parts are fully enclosed in the housing unit
for operator safety
RATCHET CHAIN HOISTS
Construction
3-Ton, 4 ½-Ton & 6-Ton Ratings
Link-Chain Style
• Proof-tested and factory operated at 150% of capacity
rating
• Lightweight, high-strength handle and sheave housings
are heat-treated aluminum
• All working parts are fully enclosed in the housing unit
for operator safety
Heavy-duty performance by design.
Link-style chain offers three effective load-rating options.
• High-strength alloy steel chain is polished for smooth
action and low wear
• Load hooks are forged steel with automatic springloaded latches
• Two-way handle allows for easy access and operation
overhead or below chest level
• Rounded stop on handle end helps to ensure firm
operator grip
Hoi s t s - M ec h an i c al – 1 1 0 0
Two-way handle swings to either
side (helpful when reaching overhead
or below chest level to operate hoist).
Rounded stop at end helps keep hand on
handle.
Operation
▲
41⁄2-Ton
▲
3-Ton
▲
6-Ton
• Easy hook-up and chain release to freewheel, under
no-load conditions
• Controls automatically lock when hoist is pulling
load
• Two simple levers – Shift Key for up and down on
top of housing, and Release Key in handle recess –
are easy to switch, even wearing gloves
• Easily ratchets one or two clicks per stroke in up or
down mode
• Choose quick speed, or full- or half-link rate for
added accuracy
• Ratchet handle swings to either side for cramped
quarters and push or pull stroke operation
Each unit bears a safety-instruction label in accordance
with ANSI specifications, below.
DO NOT:
1. LIFT MORE THAN RATED LOAD.
2. OPERATE WITH TWISTED OR DAMAGED CHAIN.
3. USE IF DAMAGED OR MALFUNCTIONING.
4. LIFT PEOPLE OR LOADS OVER PEOPLE.
5. USE A HANDLE EXTENDER (CHEATER BAR).
6. OBSCURE THIS LABEL.
DO: SEE OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS.
OPERATE AND MAINTAIN PER ANSI B30.21
HUBBELL POWER SYSTEMS, INC. • CENTRALIA, MO 65240
Catalog No. Rating
C3090440
3-Ton
C3090441
41/2-Ton
C3090442
6-Ton
Handle Pull Hook-to-Hook
Weight
kg.
at Rating
Minimum
lb.
3
1
13.8
60 lb.
19 /4 in.
30 /2
21.2
70 lb.
241/2 in.
47
1
22.5
70 lb.
24 /2 in.
50
• Top and bottom hooks swivel 360° for rope
unwinding or stranded cable under tension
Specifications
• Each unit comes with illustrated operating manual,
including complete parts list
• Lifetime oil-impregnated bronze-sleeve bearings
require no additional lubrication
• Pliers and screwdriver are only tools needed for
maintenance
• For infrequent repairs, kit C3090349 contains minor
service parts common to all ratings
• 5-1/2 ft. Standard Lift Distance
• 20-in. handle/Aluminum housing
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 1104
July 2014
RATCHET CHAIN HOISTS
¾- & 1 ½-Ton Ratings
Roller-Chain Style
The efficient way to give productivity a lift.
Roller-style (bicycle) chain offers two effective loadrating options from our link-style chain hoist line.
Construction
• Proof-tested and factory operated at 150% of
capacity rating
• All working parts are fully enclosed in the housing
unit for operator safety
• Two-way handle allows for easy access and operation
overhead or below chest level
• Rounded stop on handle end helps to ensure firm
operator grip
Operation
• Easy hook-up and chain release to freewheel, under
no-load conditions
• Controls automatically lock when hoist is pulling
load
• Two simple levers – Shift Key for up and down on
top of housing, and Release Key in handle recess –
are easy to switch, even wearing gloves
• Easily ratchets one or two clicks per stroke in up or
down mode
• Choose quick speed, or full- or half-link rate for
added accuracy
• Ratchet handle swings to either side for cramped
quarters and push or pull stroke operation
• Top and bottom hooks swivel 360° for rope
unwinding or stranded cable under tension
▲
3
⁄4-Ton
▲
11⁄2-Ton
Both top and bottom hooks swivel 360° to allow for unwinding action of rope or stranded cable under tension.
Two-way handle swings to either
side (helpful when reaching overhead
or below chest level to operate hoist).
Rounded stop at end helps keep hand on
handle.
Each unit bears a safety-instruction label in accordance
with ANSI specifications, below.
DO NOT:
1. LIFT MORE THAN RATED LOAD.
2. OPERATE WITH TWISTED OR DAMAGED CHAIN.
3. USE IF DAMAGED OR MALFUNCTIONING.
4. LIFT PEOPLE OR LOADS OVER PEOPLE.
5. USE A HANDLE EXTENDER (CHEATER BAR).
6. OBSCURE THIS LABEL.
DO: SEE OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS.
OPERATE AND MAINTAIN PER ANSI B30.21
HUBBELL POWER SYSTEMS, INC. • CENTRALIA, MO 65240
Catalog No. Rating
3
C3090457
/4-Ton
C3090458
11/2-Ton
Handle Pull Hook-to-Hook Weight
at Rating
Minimum
lb.
kg.
65 lb.
13 in.
121⁄2 5.6
60 lb.
26 in.
22 10
Specifications
• Each unit comes with illustrated operating manual,
including complete parts list
• Lifetime oil-impregnated bronze-sleeve bearings
require no additional lubrication
• Pliers and screwdriver are only tools needed for
maintenance
• For infrequent repairs, kit C3090349 contains minor
service parts common to all ratings
• 5-1/2 ft. Standard Lift Distance
• 20-in. handle/Aluminum housing
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
July 2014
Page 1105
Hoi s t s - M ec h an i c al – 1 1 00
• Lightweight, high-strength handle and sheave
housings are heat-treated aluminum
Convertible Strap Hoists
One Model: ¾- & 1½-Ton Ratings
3 Styles: For Rubber-Glove & Hotstick Work
Versatile options for your toughest challenges.
Automatic springloaded latches on
360° swivel forgedsteel hooks, two
places.
Designed with special features, two hoist options offer a
choice for maintenance and construction.
Construction
Heat-treated
aluminum-alloy
frame – open design
for easy cleaning in
mud or ice.
• For standard duty or electric-utility rubber-glove procedures, select regular style
• For hotstick operations, select hoist with handling ring
on the handle
• Lightweight for easy handling, both styles are ruggedly
designed for heavy-duty applications
Operation
Rubber-Glove Style
PSC3090451
• Adapts immediately to varying field needs
Hoi s t s - M ec h an i c al – 1 1 0 0
• Adds 3 feet of lift-distance capability when rigged at
the lower rating
• To rig hoist for higher rating, keep load-hook sheave
mounted midway on strap when it is becketed (doubled, with the end of strap secured to hoist frame)
• To convert to lower rating, secure the load hook sheave
through loop in strap free end
Specifications
Single nylon-web strap rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4,500 lb.
Rigged for Rigged for
higher rating: lower rating:
Interlocking pawls for
sure control without
brakes that can slip.
Safety-orange
30" x 11⁄4"
Epoxiglas®
insulated handle,
Plastisol end cap seals
out dirt.
Rigged for higher rating (above):
Rubber-Glove Style with operating rings on hooks and latches.
To change rigging, simply remove split ring from load-hook
sheave. Longer reach when rigged for lower rating gives 7-foot
lift distance using load-hook sheave secured at strap end.
Photo at below right shows rigging for lower rating on Hotstick
Style with operating rings on Hooks, latches and Handle.
Hook-to-Hook Distance:
Minimum . . . . . . . . 211/2 in. . . . . . . . .211/2 in.
Maximum . . . . . . . 6 ft. 7 in. . . . . . . . .9 ft.
Standard Lift
Distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 ft. . . . . . . . . . . 6 ft.
• Take-up reel is easy to operate
by a Grip-All clampstick.
All-Hotstick Style
PSC3090663
Hotstick
Hooks & Handle Style
PSC3090452
Both the PSC3090451 & PSC3090452 models also feature:
• Take-up wheel with cogs for hand operation and holes for
hot stick operation.
• Easy-access Shift and Release Keys operate by hotsticks or by
hand, even with gloves.
* 3⁄4 – 11⁄2 Ton Nylon-Strap Hoists
Catalog No.
Hoist Description
Weight
PSC3090451
Rubber-Glove Style
121/2 lb./5.4 kg.
PSC3090452 Hotstick Hooks & Handle Style 131/2 lb./6 kg.
PSC3090663
All-Hotstick Style
131/2 lb./6 kg.
Accessories
Catalog No.
Weight
Description
C3060000 Storage bag for strap hoist 1/8 lb./0.05 kg.
*These hoists are not insulated live-line tools. If working on energized electrical lines, these hoists must be used with
appropriate length insulating link sticks (see page 1107).
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 1106
July 2014
Nylon-Strap Ratchet Hoists
1-Ton & 2-Ton Ratings
Handle even the toughest jobs.
Designed with special features, both 1-ton and 2-ton hoists offer a choice
of two handle options for utility maintenance and construction.
Construction
• For rubber-glove work, select hoist with plastisol cap on handle end
• For operation by hot-line tools, select hoist with swivel eye on
handle end
• All models have hot-stick rings on hooks and latches
Operation
Specifications
10,000-lb. single-strap strength rating
1-Ton Hoist
2-Ton Hoist
▲ 1-Ton
PSC3090323
▲ 2-Ton
PSC3120000
Hook-to-Hook Distance:
Minimum........................... 27 in.................... 27 in.
Maximum............................8 ft....................... 6 ft.
Hot-Stick Handle Option
▲
Standard Lift Distance..............5 ft. 9 in.............. 3 ft. 9 in.
Handle Length............................ 22 in.................... 36 in.
*1-Ton Nylon-Strap Hoists and Accessories
Safety tips from label on hoist handles:
• INSURE HOOK-TO-HOOK PULL IS IN A STRAIGHT LINE AND DOES NOT
EXCEED THE LOAD RATING STAMPED ON THE HANDLE.
• DO NOT PERMIT HANDLE TO SELF-RATCHET.
• DO NOT HANG, BOUNCE, OR EXCEED 200 POUNDS FORCE ON HANDLE.
• DO NOT REPLACE HANDLE WITH A LONGER HANDLE OR USE AN EXTENSION ON HANDLE.
• DO NOT USE HOIST AS A LOAD BINDER.
• CLOSE LATCHES ON SAFETY HOOKS BEFORE USING.
Catalog No.
Description
Weight
PSC3090323 Hoist with Regular Handle
123/4 lb./5.7 kg.
PSC3090467 Hoist with Hot-Stick Handle 133/4 lb./6.2 kg.
C3060000 Storage Bag for either 1-Ton 1/8 lb./0.05 kg.
Hoist listed above
*2-Ton Nylon-Strap Hoists and Accessories
* These hoists are not insulated live-line tools. If working
on energized electrical lines, these hoists must be used
with appropriate-length insulating link sticks (see ordering
information below).
Catalog No.
Description
PSC3120000 Hoist with Regular Handle
PSC3090468 Hoist with Hot-Stick Handle
Weight
141/2 lb./6.5 kg.
151/2 lb./7 kg.
Epoxiglas® Crossarm
Link Stick
For Deadend Applications
Quickly puts insulated link in hoist-assisted
jobs:
• 1-1⁄4”-diameter Epoxiglas® pole with 21-1/2” insulating
length
• Plastisol-coated 3/4”-diameter steel hook
• Hook’s 5” opening fits standard 3-3/4” x 4-3/4” crossarms
• Galvanized-steel swivel eye on pole end for easy alignment
• Lifting eye on hook fitting for positioning by a hot line tool
Rated working load: 1,500 lb.
Catalog No.
Description
PSC4004132
Crossarm Link Stick
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
July 2014
Page 1107
Hoi s t s - M ec h an i c al – 1 1 00
• Single strap of 1-ton units reaches and lifts farther
• 2-ton units employ a sheave-mounted hook in a doublestrap becket
Epoxiglas® Hoist Link Sticks
Easily adapts to hot-line uses
To permit hot-line work with a nylon-strap ratchet hoist,
a properly applied link stick insulates the hoist from an
energized conductor.
Construction
• 1 ¼”-diameter Epoxiglas pole with a steel hook on one
end
• Features butt swivel on end opposite of steel hook
Operation
• Attach the hook of the stick to a wire grip using the
hotstick eye to operate hook
• Complete application by connecting nylon-strap hoist to
link stick butt swivel and to pole or crossarm
Rated working load: 4,000 lb.
Catalog No. Length between end fittings
Hoi s t s - M ec h an i c al – 1 1 0 0
C4001175
C4002399
C4002400
15" Epoxiglas
18" Epoxiglas
24" Epoxiglas
Weight
4 lb./1.8 kg.
5 lb./2.25 kg.
6 lb./2.7 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 1108
July 2014
Series 90 Capstan Hoists
• 1,000-lb. & 3,000-lb. Load Ratings • 12V, 115V, 230V, Hydraulic, Gasoline
Powerful design for tough jobs.
Improved design features a multiple-planetary drive/backstop clutch assembled on the center shaft of a steel gearcase
with full-length internal teeth. This design handles more
rugged jobs, extends service life and reduces maintenance.
Hoi s t s - Powered – 1 1 5 0
For improved load control, steel capstan drum features
nickel-plated rope surface, larger radius at load-line wrap
Optional Rope Lock – At left: Automatically supports
and rope hook. Position fall line so it will not pullover end
load when fall line is released, until operator resumes
of drum. If rope comes off end of drum and hook catches
hoisting. At right: The release lanyard permits lowering or
it, stop hoist, secure load and correct rope position on
lifting load with precise control over speed and distance.
drum.
1,000-lb. Hoists and Accessories . . . Pages 1153 - 6
——————— TABLE OF CONTENTS ————————
3,000-lb. Hoists and Accessories . . . Pages 1157 - 8
Versatile to various applications
Lightweight, powerful portable hoists move heavyweight
and difficult-access tasks, including:
• Setting utility poles
• Cell tower erection
• Pulling wheeled equipment over obstacles
• Raising transformers (even over fences in back lots)
• Hoisting heavy insulators
• String and tensioning conductors
• Pulling indoor and underground cable
• Highly-accurate controls allow loads to be moved a
fraction of an inch
• Note: Always use at least as many wraps of rope on the
drum to lower a load as required to lift that load
Mechanical Advantage of Series 90 Hoists
Simple technique eases all loads
• Graph and diagram at right
show capstan principle in action
• Operator effort remains low for typical loads
simply by adding wraps on capstan drum
• Such little effort is required, any crew member
can run hoist
Example: 4 wraps of rope = 1:44 ratio.
That is, 1 lb. pull on Fall Line develops 44 lb. on Load Line.
Therefore, 20 lb. of pull develops 880 lb. of lift.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 1152
November 2013
Series 90 Capstan Hoists
1,000-lb. Load Rating
Electric Drive
12-Volt DC Power Hoist
with 25' #2 Cu Cable, four Terminals, Relay, Foot Switch
Catalog No.
Weight, each
C3081172
561/2 lb. (25.7 kg.)
115-Volt AC
includes Power Hoist and Foot Control Switch only
C3081170
49 lb. (22.2 kg.)
230-Volt AC
includes Power Hoist and Foot Control
C3081171
491/2 lb. (22.5 kg.)
15
90
A
m
p
e
r
e
s
Four 3⁄8" mounting bolts
furnished with each
unit. Mounting flange
provides eight 3⁄8"
tapped holes on 55⁄8" bolt
circle.
12VDC Unit
75
10
115V Unit
230V Unit
50
5
10
0 250 500 750 1000 0 250 500 750 1000
Load — pounds
Load — pounds
Hydraulic Drive
includes Power Hoist only;
To order Foot Control Switch, see next page.
Catalog No.
C3081180
Weight, each
281/2 lb. (12.9 kg.)
17"L
Hydraulic-drive hoist does
not include foot control
switch.
9.5" H
7" W
Gasoline Drive
includes Power Hoist and Foot Throttle Control only
Gasoline unit features 35 cubic-centimeter 4-cycle engine.
Recommended bracket: C3080925, see next page.
Catalog No.
C3081190
Series 90
Hoist
Rope Speed for
1,000 lb. load
Weight, each
46 lb. (20.9 kg.)
Source Required to
meet Rope Speed
Rate
12-Volt DC
22 feet per minute 90 amperes
motor current
115-Volt AC
40 feet per minute 14 amperes
motor current
230-Volt AC
21 feet per minute 7 amperes
motor current
Hydraulic
93 feet per minute 8 gal. per min. &
1,000psi
Gasoline
40 feet per minute Engine speed:
7,000rpm
Operating speed at full rating
For continuous lift or pull at maximum rating (1,000
lb.) with a 20% duty cycle, table at left highlights
information for each power-drive type:
• Rate of lift or pull (rope speed)
• Power output needed (source, minimum)
Recommended rope for capstan hoists
• Poly-Dacron or Composite Fiber Braided (consists of
polyester fibers) Shown in Chance Catalog Section
1250.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 1153
Hoi s t s - Powered – 1 1 5 0
Electrical source requirements
Series 90 Capstan Hoists
Options and Components
for 1,000-lb.-rated hoists
All-Purpose Bracket
Wheel handles on chain binders
make tightening easy.
All-Purpose Bracket
C3081335
• For 1,000-lb. Series 90 hoists • Includes two E3081334P
chain clamps for poles, angles, and beams
Catalog No.
Weight, each
C3081335
26.5 lb. (12 kg.)
Bolt-Down Bracket
• For 1,000-lb. Series 90 hoists
• Same as above, except does not include chain clamps
E3081321P
9 lb. (4.09 kg.)
Capstan Drum
• For 1,000-lb. Series 90 hoists
• Replacement, does not include mounting bolt or washer
E3081327P
7 lb. (3.18 kg.)
Hoi s t s - Powered – 1 1 5 0
Universal Bracket
To fit angle steel and beams, furnished bolts pin the
clamps to form a 90° attachment shoulder.
• Recommended for gasoline 1,000-lb. hoist
• Also fits other 1,000-lb. Series 90 & earlier 750-lb. hoists
• Bolts down or uses two C4170346 Chain Clamps (below)
for mounting on poles, angles and beams
C3080925
13 lb. (5.9 kg.)
Chain Clamp
• For Universal Brackets only
• One per Cat. No., two required for C3080925 Bracket
C4170346
71/8 lb. (3.2 kg.)
1,000-lb. Bolt-Down
Bracket E3081321P
To fit poles to 23" in diameter,
chain clamps pivot to automatically adjust.
Universal Bracket
C3080925
Recommended
for Gasoline hoist
Chain Clamp E3081334P
(Chains are 72" long.)
Chain Clamp for Series 90 hoists
One per Cat. No.; for All-Purpose or Bolt-Down Brackets
Chain Clamp
C4170346
(Chains are 85" long.)
Rope Lock Device C3080856
E3081334P
6 lb. (2.7 kg.)
Rope Lock Device for Series 90 hoists
Includes mounting bolts and washers
C3080856
2 lb. (0.9 kg.)
Must be ordered as a separate item.
Includes 2 mounting bolts, washers
and release lanyard.
Accepts 1⁄2", 5⁄8" and 3⁄4" rope.
Hydraulic
Foot Control
C3080685
Foot Controls for Series 90 hoists
for 12-Volt DC drive
C4176145
for 115- and 230-Volt AC drive
31/2 lb. (1.59 kg.)
C4170337
for Hydraulic drive
4 lb. (1.81 kg.)
24 lb. (10.9 kg.)
C3080685
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 1154
November 2013
Swivel-Base
Truck Mount
for 12V, 115V & Hydraulic 1,000-lb. Series 90 Capstan Hoists
Sets at angles needed for variety of jobs
• Turntable design permits proper alignment without repositioning service
vehicle
• Heavy-gauge steel base bolts directly to truck body wherever convenient
• Bracket can be pinned at 15-degree interval around circular base for:
stringing, tensioning, and sagging conductors; pulling in cable; hoisting
equipment; setting poles; and pulling vehicles
! WARNING
This is not a personnel lifting device. A label on the unit warns against lifting people
or loads directly above people.
Hoi s t s - Powered – 1 1 5 0
To store hoist on C-bracket, simply remove four bolts. The C-bracket also can
be bolted down for fixed-angle.
Utilize truck as portable power source
• Only 12V, 115V, 230V and Hydraulic 1,000-lb.-rated hoists are recommended
for truck mounting
• See page 1153 to order
Swivel Bracket C3080903
Swivel Bracket only
Catalog No.
C3080903
Swivel-Base Truck Mount
T3081506
Weight, each
18 lb. (8.1 kg.)
C-Bracket C3080890
Swivel Base Truck Mount
(Assembled Swivel Bracket and C-Bracket at right)
C-Bracket only — complete with mounting bolts
C3080890
5 lb. (2.25 kg.)
Catalog No.
T3081506
Weight, each
23 lb. (10.35 kg.)
Weather Shield for 12-Volt DC hoist only
complete with band clamp
Catalog No.
C3080909
Weight, each
1 lb. (0.45 kg.)
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 1155
Hitch-Receiver Mount
for Swivel-Base Mount
for 12V, 115V, 230V & Hydraulic
1,000-lb. Series 90 Capstan Hoists
Quick and convenient, fits 2”-square towing
receivers
• Faster than any other method, job-ready mount puts
capstan hoist in right position for pulling, stringing, and
lifting jobs
PSC3081563
(Hitch Mount Bracket
T3080999 with
Swivel Base T3081506)
• With hoist stored on it, mount’s square tube simply
inserts and pins in any 2”-square receiver of a Class III or
IV towing hitch
Specially designed for swivel-base mount
• T3080999 Hitch-receiver Mount features hole pattern
specifically designed to fit Swivel-Base Mount T3081506
(for more details see page 1155)
Hoi s t s - Powered – 1 1 5 0
• Swivel mount’s turntable design permits proper
alignment without repositioning service vehicle
1,000 lb. rating
Hitch-Receiver Mount
T3080999
as furnished
• Swivel mount permits pinning bracket at every
15-degree interval around circular base for: stringing,
tensioning, and sagging conductors; pulling in cable;
hoisting equipment; setting poles; and pulling vehicles
Utilize truck as portable power source
• Hitch-Receiver Mount is rated at 1,000 lb. to correspond
with ratings of capstan hoists for which it is intended
• Only 12V, 115V and Hydraulic 1,000-lb.-rated hoists are
recommended for truck mounting
• See page 1153 to order
Catalog No.
T3080999
PSC3081563
Description
Hitch Mount for
Capstan Hoist
Hitch Mount with Swivel
Base
Weight
21 lb./9.56 kg.
62 lb/28.1kg
MATERIAL
HANDLER SPECIAL APPLICATION
For AC, Hydraulic & Gasoline 1,000-lb. Series 90 Capstan Hoists (Order hoists on page 1153)
Application and Operation
• Portable system sets up fast where large vehicle-mounted
equipment is impractical
• Lifts tools, apparatus, sets poles, and moves materials in
warehouse or store yard
• Automatically takes up rope on reel and keeps line out of
dirt
• Mounts to wood, concrete, or steel poles and anglemember structures with one bracket and two chain clamps
• Operator can keep all activity in view while controlling lift
with tension-adjustment knob and hoist’s foot control
Capstan
Drum
Material Handler chassis only
Snatch
Block
Tension
Control
Knob
Level
Wind
Guide
Rope Reel
Idler Pulley
Load
Idler arm stores simply
by moving wingbolt to
another hole.
Catalog No.
Weight, each
C3160760
38 lb. (17.2 kg.)
Must order separately:
• C3080925 Bracket, for poles, beams or angles (page
1154);
• Two C4170346 Chain Clamps (page 1154);
• Poly-dacron or Polyester Braided Rope (Cat. Sect.
1250);
• C4170343H Take-Up Reel with handle
(shown above; Capacity: 600 ft. x 1⁄2" rope or 1,500 ft.
x 3⁄8" rope; Weight: 20 lb. / 9 kg.)
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 1156
November 2013
Series 90 Capstan Hoists
3,000-lb. Load Rating 12V, 115V, 230V, Hydraulic, Gasoline
15
A
m
p
e
r
e
s
115V Unit
10
Electrical source
requirements
5
Electric Drive
0 750 1500 2250 3000
Catalog No.
C3081370
Weight, each
58 lb. (26 kg.)
Hydraulic Drive
Catalog No.
Weight
C3081380
44 lb. (20kg.)
with Bayonet
for Collapsible Reel by others
or Removable Capstan
Drum C4170341
ordered separately, page 1158.
NOTE: Includes Power Hoist only.
To order Foot Control Switch, see page 1158.
Hydraulic Bayonet
Hydraulic Reversible
• Four ½” mounting bolts furnished with each unit
• Mounting flange provides eight ½” tapped holes on
5-5/8 bolt circle
• Recommended rope for use with capstan hoists are
Poly-Dacron or Composite Fiber Braided (consists of
polyester fibers) as shown in Chance Catalog Section
1250
Series 90
3,000-lb.
Hoist
includes Power Hoist only;
To order Foot Control Switch, see page 1158.
Hydraulic
Load –– pounds
Components
Catalog No.
Weight
C3080900
C3080940
36 lb. (16.4 kg.)
100 lb. (45.36 kg.)
24"L
Reversible
with Bayonet
10" H
for Collapsible
Reel by others
18" W
or Removable
Capstan Drum
C4170341
ordered separately,
page 1158. Includes Power Hoist and Bolt-Down Bracket.
To order Foot Control Switch, see page 1158.
Rope Speed for
3,000 lb. load
Source Required
to meet Rope
Speed Rate
115-Volt
AC
12 feet per minute
14 amperes
motor current
Hydraulic
30 feet per minute
8 gal. per min. &
1,000psi
Gasoline
11 feet per minute
Engine speed:
7,000rpm
Operating speed at full rating
For continuous lift or pull at maximum rating (3,000
lb.) with a 20% duty cycle, table at left highlights
information for each power-drive type:
• Rate of lift or pull (rope speed)
• Power output needed (source, minimum)
Recommended rope for capstan hoists
• Poly-Dacron or Composite Fiber Braided (consists of
polyester fibers shown in Chance Catalog Section 1250
Gasoline Drive
includes Power Hoist and Foot Throttle Control only
Gasoline unit features 35 cubic-centimeter 4-cycle engine.
Catalog No.
C3081390
Weight, each
58 lb. (26.3 kg.)
T3080997 Foot Control Only
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 1157
Hoi s t s - Powered – 1 1 5 0
115-Volt AC
includes Power Hoist and Foot Control Switch only
Series 90 Capstan Hoists
Options and Components
for 3,000-lb.-Rated Hoists
Wheel handles on chain binders
make tightening easy.
All-Purpose Bracket
All-Purpose Bracket
• For 3,000-lb. Series 90 hoists • Includes two E3081334P C3081443
chain clamps for poles, angles, and beams
Catalog No.
C3081443
Weight, each
32 lb. (14.5 kg.)
3,000-lb.
Bolt-Down Bracket
E3081434P
Bolt-Down Bracket
• For 3,000-lb. Series 90 hoists
• Same as above, except does not include chain clamps
Hoi s t s - Powered – 1 1 5 0
E3081434P
14 lb. (6.36 kg.)
To fit angle steel and beams, furnished bolts pin the
clamps to form a 90° attachment shoulder.
Capstan Drum
for 3,000-lb. Series 90 hoists
Replacement, does not include mounting bolt or washer
E3081362P
11 lb. (5 kg.)
63⁄25"
Bayonet Adapter retrofits on 3,000-lb. standard
Bayonet Adapter C3080820
27⁄16"
Hydraulic hoist for collapsible reel or C4170341 drum
Catalog No.
Weight, each
C3080820
5 lb. (2.2 kg.)
Capstan Drum Removable for 3,000-lb. hoist
Removable
Capstan Drum C4170341
w/bayonet; 81⁄2" dia. x 81⁄2" length; on and off w/out tools
C4170341
12 lb. (5.4 kg.)
Chain Clamp E3081334P
(Chains are 72" long.)
One per Catalog No.
Two required for All-Purpose or Bolt-Down Brackets
Chain Clamp for Series 90 hoists
Rope Lock Device C3080856
Must be ordered as a separate item.
Includes 2 mounting bolts, washers
and release lanyard.
Accepts 1⁄2", 5⁄8" and 3⁄4" rope.
Hydraulic
Foot Control
C3080685
E3081334P
6 lb. (2.7 kg.)
Rope Lock Device for Series 90 hoists
Includes mounting bolts and washers
C3080856
2 lb. (0.9 kg.)
Foot Controls for Series 90 hoists
for 115-Volt AC drive
C4170337
4 lb. (1.81 kg.)
C3080685
for Gasoline drive
T3080997
24 lb. (10.9 kg.)
2 lb. (.90 kg.)
for Hydraulic drive
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 1158
November 2013
CHAIN BINDER TYPE TRANSFORMER GINS
Safety Considerations
Available in a standard-base and extended-base design,
these proven Chain Binder Type Transformers Gins are
versatile tools for hoisting distribution transformers and
apparatus up a structure.
• A swivel-hook block should always be used in the eye
of the gin and a sheave or capstan near the bottom of
the structure should be used to thread handline
• Gins are not intended for applications involving side
pull on the hoist line or with the lift load in a taggedout position
• Load line should be parallel to the gin pole
• When calculating load capacities, allow 10 percent for
friction in rope pulleys
• For example, using two double-sheave blocks,
maximum lift load would be 1,400 lbs.; or, using a
single sheave, maximum lift load would be 900 lbs.
Features & Applications
• Standard base unit is for mounting on clear pole
sections
• 5” extended-base model allows bridge mounting up to
4” x 5” crossarms
• Wheel tightener and 36” chain are part of each unit
• Standard and extended-base models feature 2000-lb.
maximum ratings, including hand pull force
• 900-lb. lift load with single hoist line through a pulley
on the gin and a sheave near the base of structure (lift
load plus pull load equals capacity)
• Lift load can be 1,400 lbs., using 4-4 blocks
• Pole length is 26 inches
CHAIN-BINDER GINS
Description
Weight
Catalog No.
Standard Base Chain Gin 15 lb./6.75 kg.
C4000090
C4000315 5" Extended Base Chain Gin 30 lb./9 kg.
Swivel-Top Chain Gin
G i n s an d B o oms – 1 2 0 0
C4000440
Swivel Top
5” Base
C4000090
Standard Base
C4000315
5" Base
STRAP-TYPE TRANSFORMER GINS
Features & Applications
• Same as Chain-Type Gins, except with a strap-type-ratchetaction mounting mechanism rather than a chain binder
• With 10,000-lb. rated tensile strength, the 2”-wide polyester strap comes in 44” length to fit most structures
• Wide handle opening on rapid-action ratchet permits easy
operation, even with gloves
• Both models feature 2000-lb. maximum ratings, including
load and fall-line pull
• Same application as Transformer Gin, but top eye casting
can be swiveled to bypass secondary lines, when necessary
• Cap is not intended to swivel while under load
• Gin has identical load ratings to gins above
• Features 48” Epoxiglas® mast and with two wheel tighteners and 36” chain units
Catalog No.
C4000440
Description
Weight
Swivel Top
37 lb./16.7 kg.
5" Extended Base Chain Gin
Safety Considerations
• A swivel-hook block should always be used in the eye of
the gin and a sheave or capstan near the bottom of the
structure should be used to thread handline
• Gins are not intended for applications involving side pull
on the hoist line or with the lift load in a tagged-out position
• Load line should be parallel to the gin pole
• When calculating load capacities, allow 10 percent for
friction in rope pulleys
• For example, using two double-sheave blocks, maximum
lift load would be 1,400 lbs.; or, using a single sheave,
maximum lift load would be 900 lbs.
STRAP-TYPE GINS
Epoxiglas® pole: 3" diameter, 26" length
Weight
Description
Catalog No.
Standard-Base Strap Gin 141/4 lb./6.4 kg.
T4001937
T4001938 5" Extended-Base Strap Gin 181/4 lb./8.2 kg.
T4001937
T4001938
Strap Binder Kit
Catalog No.
T4002007
Description
D-Buckle Strap Binder only
Weight
41/2 lb./2 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 1202
September 2012
CROSSARM GIN
Features & Applications
Available in a standard base and extended base design,
these proven Chain Binder Type Transformers Gins are
versatile tools for hoisting distributiontransformers and
apparatus up astructure.
• Yoke casting fits over distribution crossarms, allowing
gin to be used with rope blocks
• Can also be used with rope blocks or handline to lift
conductors from their insulators
• Removable cadmium-plated steel pin provides
adjustment for crossarm from 3-1/2” x 4-1/2” up to
4-3/4” x 5-3/4”
• Convertible model fits up to 6” x 6” crossarm
Safety Considerations
30°
max.
• At 30° maximum angle from vertical, 44” gin has
rated
working load including pull force of 750 lbs.
• 500 lb. 56" gins are not intended for side-pull
applications on hoist line or load line
• Lines to be within 5° of vertical
Catalog No.
H20
T4000870
T4001708
T4001708
Convertible
Gin
Description
44" Crossarm Gin
56" Crossarm Gin
Convertible
44" Crossarm Gin
Weight
10 lb./4.5 kg.
12 lb./5.5 kg.
10 lb./4.5 kg.
MULTI-DUTY GIN
C4000648
• Gin clamps at top of pole to lift heavy equipment
• Gin can be mounted lower on pole without changing
mounting bracket to avoid obstructions
• Sturdy 4” x 4” Epoxiglas® beam gives unit a 2000 lb.
load rating
• With beam removed, mounting bracket can be used
by itself for hanging transformers
• Maximum rating of gin bracket is 2500 lbs.
Catalog No.
C4000648
The gin beam can be rotated in a half circle, swinging the
load away from underbuild obstructions. Rocker-action
of the beam, up to 60°, controls distance of the load from
the pole.
Mounting Bracket with
Wheel Tightener
17 lb./7.7 kg.
INSULATED GIN POLE/CARGO BOOM
Square Clamp
E4000434P
Insulated
Cargo Boom
C4000475
or
C4000483
C85W
Description
Weight
Multi-Duty Gin,Complete 70 lb./31.5 kg.
Insulated Gin Pole is equipped with three chain
tighteners which can be mounted to the pole to give
lifting capacities of 5,000 pounds.
• Top casting is fitted with two clevises for convenience
in loading.
• Placing a pole clamp in the swivel lug allows use of
wire tong for stabilizing the gin.
Insulated
Gin Pole
C4000470
or
C4000472
Insulated Cargo Boom is rated at 1,000-pound capacity.
• Center casting can be adjusted to three possible
positions for guy loading the tool.
• Base mounting is hinged to permit pivoting of the
tool from horizontal upward 90° to vertical and will
also swivel a full 180°, depending upon the proximity to
the structure.
• Casting at the top is the same as on the Insulated Gin
Pole.
Cat. No.
C4000470
C4000472
C4000475
C4000483
Description
Weight
8' Gin Pole/Chain Binders
74 lb./33.3 kg.
12'Gin Pole/Chain Binders
90 lb./40.5 kg.
16' Cargo Boom/Chain Binders 100 lb./45 kg.
16' Cargo Boom/Tower Binders 96 lb/43.2 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
September 2012
Page 1203
G i n s an d B o oms – 1 2 0 0
H20
or
T4000870
SWIVEL BOOM — HEAVY DUTY
Features & Applications
Tower Mounting Bracket
C4000602
• Used on EHV to swing an insulator cradle with
insulators into a structure for repair
• 1,000-lb. capacity with 4” x 4” Epoxiglas® horizontal
boom, coupled with 3” round Epoxiglas mast
• Unit rigging requires a link stick and hoisting device in
diagonal position
• Clamp on square boom can be adjusted to three
possible positions for loading purposes
• Casting on end of boom is fitted with two clevices for
convenient loading
• Available with swivel boom on pole-mounted
configuration
• Also available with four tower-mounting brackets to fit
towers up to 6” to 6” angle legs
C4000469
G i n s an d B o oms – 1 2 0 0
Catalog No.
Description
Weight
C4000464 16' Boom, 8' Mast, Clamps
128 lb./57.6 kg.
For Tower Mounting
C4000465 18' Boom, 10' Mast, Clamps
140 lb./63 kg.
For Tower Mounting
C4000469 18' Boom, 10' Mast, Chain
140 lb./63 kg.
Binders for Pole Mounting
SWIVEL BOOM — MEDIUM DUTY
Features & Applications
• Used on transmission structures to lift and move an insulator cradle
with insulators into a convenient work position on a structure
• 3”-round Epoxiglas® horizontal boom and vertical mast
are designed for 500-lb. ratings when used in a steel-tower
configuration
• 600-lb. rating for wood-pole assembly
• Insulated link stick and hoist are used in diagonal position to lift
cradle full of insulators clear of deadend
For tower use, three boom support poles should be added in a tripod
configuration as shown in the illustration at left below.
Catalog No.
Description
Weight
H1973814 14' Boom, 8' Mast, Clamps
70 lb./31.5 kg.
For Tower Mounting
H1973H10 10' Boom, 6' Mast, Chain
61 lb./27.5 kg.
Binders for Pole Mounting
H1973H10
BOOM SUPPORT POLE
Features & Applications
• 2-1/2” diameter Epoxiglas® poles are used to brace
either heavy-duty or medium-duty Swivel Booms in
tripod
arrangement
• Poles are anchored to steel tower with tower-type
saddles (M4742 and M47413)
H4721112
• Same tool is also used as horizontal member for trolley
pole changeouts of suspension insulators
Catalog
No.
H4721112
Pole Diameter
& Length
21/2" x 12'
Overall
Length
12'9"
Weight
18.5 lb./8.3 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 1204
September 2012
POLY-DACRON ROPE
Chance Poly-Dacron (PD) Rope is a three-strand flexible combination of synthetic fibers.
Its excellent dielectric properties, and high resistance to mildew, rot and chemical damage
make it an excellent handline rope.
Features & Applications
• W
hile PD can be used on capstans, it should have one or two more wraps than manila
• PD works well in sliding hitches
• Although PD offers greater tensile strength than manila, it is recommended that natural
fiber rope be replaced with same-size synthetic rope for workman handling ease
• A wider cross-section proves better for accidental transverse cutting or severe spot
abrasion
• Size-for-size substitution makes it possible to benefit from the strength and economy of
synthetic ropes
NOTE: While fibers are moisture absorption resistant, water can be tapped between strands
as with any braided rope
Lo ad H an d l i n g Acces s or i es – 12 50
Catalog
No.
M18962
M18963
M18964
Description
Handline
Handline
Bull Line
Tensile
Strength, Lbs.
2,650
4,200
6,700
Size
3
/8"
1
/2"
5
/8"
Max.
Load, Lbs.
294
500
800
Approx. Wt.
Per 100 Feet
4 lb.
8 lb.
10.5 lb.
Standard 600 feet coils on wooden reel.
POLYPROPYLENE ROPE
Features & Applications
• S trong, lightweight and moisture-resistant
• Water accumulation on surface can be removed by shaking and wiping with absorbent
cloth
• As with any rope, polypropylene should be stored in a dry place
• Also, Polypropylene Rope should not be used in running hitches or any friction heating
environments
• Not for use on capstans
NOTE: While Polypropylene Rope has excellent dielectric strength, water accumulation
between strands is a definite hazard
Catalog
No.
†M18951
*M18952
*M18953
*M18954
*M18955
Description
Handline
Handline
Handline
Stringing Line
Stringing Line
Size
1
/4"
3
/8"
1
/2"
5
/8"
3
/4"
Tensile
Strength, Lbs.
1,130
2,440
3,780
5,600
7,650
Max.
Load, Lbs.
113
244
420
700
1,090
Approx. Wt.
Per 100 Feet
11/4 lb.
3 lb.
5 lb.
8 lb.
103/4 lb.
*Standard 600 feet coils on wooden reel.
†Standard 1200 feet coils on wooden reel.
COMPOSITE FIBER BRAIDED ROPE
Features & Applications
• Made of polyester fibers plied over polyolefin fibers in each of the 12 strands
• Composite strands are braided together to create rope with excellent strength-to-weight
ratio
• Low stretch, firm, round construction gives excellent gripping power on capstans
Catalog No.
C4000798
C4000799
C4170586
C4000800
Size
3
/8"
1
/2"
5
/8"
3
/4"
Tensile
Strength, Lbs.
3,880
6,700
11,600
14,500
Max.
Load, Lbs.
775
1,340
2,320
2,900
Approx. Wt.
Per 100 Feet
31/2 lb.
61/4 lb.
11 lb.
14 lb.
Standard 600 feet coils on wooden reel.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 1252
March 2013
Glass Fiber Filled Nylon Rope Blocks
Features & Applications
Catalog No.
Description
C4000919 Double Block with Becket
C4000918 Triple Block without Becket
Weight
31/4 lb.
31/2 lb.
Catalog No.
Description
C4000914 Two Double Blocks with 120' of 1/2"
3-Str. Polypropylene Rope
C4000924 Two Double Blocks with 120' of 1/2"
3-Str. Polydacron Rope
C4000915 Double and Triple Blocks with 150'
of 1/2", 3-Str. Polypropylene Rope
C4000925 Double and Triple Blocks with 150'
of 1/2", 3-Str. Polydacron Rope
T4001257
Two Double Blocks with 120'
of 1/2", Composite Fiber Braided Rope
T4001258
Double and Triple Blocks with 150'
of 1/2", Composite Fiber Braided Rope
Weight
121/2 lb.
161/4 lb.
16 lb.
201/2 lb.
141/2 lb.
161/2 lb.
HAND LINE BLOCK, SAFETY ORANGE Features & Applications
•1,000 lb. working load
•Safety orange color
•Fiberglass reinforced nylon body & sheave
•Side-opening body design for easy rigging
Catalog No. PSC4033478
Weight: 11/4 lb. (0.57 kg.)
Rated working load: 1,000 lb. (454 kg.)
• 3”-diameter sheave accepts up to 5/8”-diameter
rope
• Plated-steel swivel eye allows 360* orientation
• Plated-forged-steel hook has ¾ throat opening,
plus spring-loaded safety latch
• Side-opening design includes high-strength
detent-ball pin that is easy to remove and is
secured to body with a lanyard
Components available as separate items
Catalog No.
PSC4033479
PSC4033480
SNATCH BLOCKS
Description
Lanyard and Pin Kit
Spring Latch Kit
Weight
1/4 lb. / 0.11 kg.
1/8 lb. / 0.05 kg.
Features & Applications
• Lightweight, cast-aluminum housing and sheave with hinged, cotter-lock yoke and either forgedsteel or steel meat hook makes for quick, easy rigging in various applications
• Hand line and block and tackle efficiency is increased with forged-steel, swivel-eye suspension
ring, plus three-inch sheave operating on bronze oilite bearings
• Maximum rope size is 5/8”
Catalog No.
Description with Retainer Latch
Weight
• Maximum load capacity is
22301
1250 lb. Block with forged steel hook 2 lb./.9 kg.
1,250 lbs. on 2230 Series only
22302
1250 lb. Block with steel meat hook
2 lb./.9 kg.
C4176067
PS400006
2500 lb. Block with forged steel hook 6 lb./2.7 kg.
Ball Lok Pin Chain for 22301 or 22302 1⁄4 lb./0.11 kg.
Hand Line Hook
C4176067
or 22301
22302
Features & Applications
• Hook can be attached any place along the hand line by two large holes
• The long point accommodates most items to be raised and lowered at the
pole
•
Maximum load of hook is 500 lbs. with load seated at bottom of hook
M1849
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
March 2013
Page 1253
Lo ad H an d l i n g Acces s or i es – 1250
• Shells and sheaves are made of high dielectric, fiber-filled natural nylon
• Shaft is silicon bronze and sheave bearings are oil-impregnated bronze
• Blocks available with Polypropylene or Poly-Dacron rope for minimum
stretch and long life
• For working-load considerations, blocks are rated as follows:
• Double Sheave Blocks, max. 3,500 lb.
• Triple Sheave Blocks, max. 3,500 lb.
• Dielectric Strength: Dielectric rating in dry weather is 30,000 Volts
between bearing and mounting bolt nut
• Maximum rope size is ½”
WEBBING SLINGS
Features & Applications
• Made in high-visibility “safety yellow”
• Latex-treated for increased abrasion resistance
• Softest, most pliable of nylon webbing slings
• Standard fabrication does not include metal of any kind
in body or end fittings
• Designed to handle delicate loads
• Flexible design allows for easy handling and storage
• Two basic types include 10 sizes in Endless version and
one size in Return Eye style
Lo ad H an d l i n g Acces s or i es – 12 50
WARNING: When selecting slings, the following must be
considered:
1. Weight of load
2. Number of slings used to make lift
3. Type of hitch (vertical, choker, basket)
4. Effect of sling-to-load angle on sling capacity (see table
A). Increasing the angle of the sling increases the strain.
Therefore, it decreases the lifting capacity of the sling.
Capacities listed are for vertical lifts
5. Chance slings must be considered as non-insulating
NOTE:
• All Chance slings are identified with a heat-imprinted
sewn-on tag that includes capacities, width, style and
length
• All Chance slings carry the required OSHA identification
tags
BASIC SLING TYPES
Endless
• Most versatile
• Used in vertical, basket or choker hitch, it conforms
precisely to shape of load
• Provides best gripping and holding power in upright
position
• Easiest to use and lasts the longest because there are no
eyes to predetermine wearing points
• Endless construction permits the two parts of the sling
which go around the load to spread apart and provide a
“cradle” for load
Endless
Return Eye
• Designed primarily for use in choker hitch
• Works equally well for basket and vertical hitch
applications
• Constructed with two widths of side-by-side webbing
and held in place by third width of webbing which
binds the two together
• This design results in eye openings which are in the
same place as the sling body, which is best for choking
as the sling body remains flat against the load
Return Eye
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 1254
March 2013
b.
30°
1,000 lb.
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
80
500
502
508
518
532
552
577
610
653
707
778
872
1000
2880
1,000 lb.
b.
0l
0
1,0
1,0
00
60°
lb.
1,000 lb.
chance webbing slings
rated lifting capacities
Catalog
Number
Width
Inches
LENGth
Feet
MAXIMUM CAPACITIES* (LBS.)
Vertical
Choke
Basket
3600
2900
2"
7200
C4170133
6'
2400
1900
1"
4800
C4170134
3'
2400
1900
1"
4800
C4170135
4'
2400
1900
1"
4800
C4170136
5'
2400
1900
1"
4800
C4170137
6'
2400
1900
1"
4800
C4170138
8'
3200
2500
13/4"
6400
C4170139
3'
3200
2500
6400
C4170140
4'
13/4"
3200
2500
6400
C4170141
5'
13/4"
3200
2500
6400
C4170142
6'
13/4"
3200
2500
6400
C4170143
8'
13/4"
6400
5000
12800
C4170588
3'
1"
8600
6900
17200
C4170589
5'
13/4"
*maximum working load in pounds do not use slings beyond rated capacity.
type
Return Eye (Eye
length: Approx. 4")
Endless
Endless
Endless
Endless
Endless
Endless
Endless
Endless
Endless
Endless
Endless
Endless
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
March 2013
Page 1255
Lo ad H an d l i n g Acces s or i es – 1250
500 lb.
lb
.
7
70
45°
.
lb
b.
7
Sling Angle Stresses per
with
Sling Leg
Vertical
Per 1000 lb.
Total Load
▲
7l
7l
TABLE A
sling angles
70
1,000 lb.
57
• Above illustrations typify the stresses imposed
on slings when legs are attached to the load at
various angles
• While rated capacities are shown in this
catalog, these tables were inserted primarily to
show the severe reduction in capacity when a
sling is operated at a wide angle
• Whenever head room permits, it is
recommended that the angle with the vertical
not exceed 45°
• Where head room is small and sling must be
spread at an excessive angle, special care must
be used in selecting a sling
• In such cases, consult your distributor or
Hubbell Power Systems, Inc.
57
How To Carry Two Full Buckets
500 lb.
WEBBING SLINGS
POLE HANDLING TOOLS
EPOXIGLAS® HANDLE CANT HOOK
• Replaces the conventional wood handle cant hook
• Handle is made of 2” diameter x 4’ long orange
EPOXIGLAS
• Hook is one-piece high carbon steel, end upset, forged
and drawn to a point
• Gripper casting incorporates two sets of teeth for
improved grip on all pole sizes
• Hook base casting is adjustable to set poles of varying
diameters
• A hex head bolt and lockwasher hold base casting in
desired position
Catalog No.
Description
Approx. Wt. Ea.
C3050008
Cant Hook
10 lb./4.5 kg.
Lo ad H an d l i n g Acces s or i es – 12 50
EPOXIGLAS® PIKE POLE
• The point, secured by a spring-button lock, can be
reversed to protect point and avoid damage to
equipment when not in use
• Does not absorb moisture so it will not rot or warp
• Features excellent mechanical properties and is
relatively lightweight
Catalog
No.
214PH
216PH
218PH
Pole Diameter
& Length
2" x 14'
2" x 16'
2" x 18'
Approx.
Weight
101/2 lb./4.8 kg.
113/4 lb./5.3 kg.
13 lb./5.9 kg.
CHANCE POLE TONG
• Designed to be used like giant pliers, one worker can
guide a pole into place during installation
• Before this tool was developed, it took two workers
with peavey sticks to do the job
• Applying pressure to keep the jaws closed, a worker
controls forward, backward, side-to-side, and rotary
movements of pole as it is lowered by winch or winch
line on a hydraulic boom
• Not necessary to regrip the pole once jaws are firmly
hooked slightly above ground level
• Fits poles from 7” to 16” in diameter
Catalog No.
C200T
Handle Length
3 ft.
Approx. Weight
17 lb./6.6 kg.
POLE WRENCH
• Two-in-one tool performs functions of a cant hook and
pole tong without spiking the pole
• With positive control, it grasps poles of round or other
geometric cross sections made of metal, fiber, concrete
or wood
• Latex-impregnated nylon-web strap (1-3/4” x 6’) rated
at 7.500-lb. tensile strength, securely grips even largediameter poles
• Rugged design also includes a 2”-diameter x 4’ Chance
orange Epoxiglas® handle with plastisol butt cap, a
cast-aluminum head and two forged-steel bails.
Catalog No.
C3050021
Description
Pole Wrench
Weight
61/2 lb./2.9 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 1256
March 2013
KELLEMS PULLING GRIPS
• for Overhead Pulling
• made of high-strength galvanized-steel strand
Features & Applications
• Designed for overhead pulling
• Made of high-strength galvanized-steel strand
WARNING: When selecting slings, the following must be
considered:
Never use wire mesh grips up to listed approximate break1. Do not run grips or swivels over bullwheels while under
ing strength. Always use an appropriate safety factor when
tension
selecting grips for the working load in your application.
2. Two Punch-Lok® bands should be firmly attached,
Kellems minimum recommended factor of safety for pulling
approximately 1” and 2” from the grip’s tail. Banding is
grips is five (5). Additionally, banding the tail end of the grip
is recommended for maximum grip performance.
required to ensure maximum reliability and guard against
accidental release
3. DUA-Pull type grips only: Double-braided rope, as in 2-in-1 type, must be back-spliced for approximately 2/3 of the
mesh length for best gripping results. Grip size must be selected by diameter of back splice.
DUA-Pull® Type Grips
Features
Applications
• Highest-strength pulling grips manufactured for
overhead transmission line stringing
• Work with both bare and insulated conductors, plus
synthetic rope
• Two-over/two-under weave design delivers exceptional
strength and gripping ability
• This is made possible by putting more steel mesh in
contact with cable or rope surfaces
• Primarily used in overhead transmission line
construction
• Designed for loads and safety considerations that
require an extra high-strength grip
• Will mate with swivels and link-type connectors
• Also used for attaching pulling lines to conductors,
conductors to running boards, and “double socking” for
conductor-to-conductor connections
• DUA pull line accommodates ACSR, ACAR, plus, all
aluminum and copper conductors
• Grips also accommodate ground wires, messenger
strands, plus wire and synthetic ropes
Ordering Information
Rope*
Dim. Eye Dia.,
Approx.
(in.) (in.) Cable &
Breaking
Grip**
Strength E M Dia.B
Color
Code
.25 - .65
6,500 lb. 10 24 0.218 .200"
Black
Diameter Ranges
(inches)
Catalog
Number Conductor
033271037 .19 - .37
033271038 .38 - .62
.50 - .90 14,000 lb. 12 36 0.375 .280" Dk. Green
033271039 .63 - .87
.75 - 1.10 20,000 lb. 13 48 0.437 .360"
Red
033271040 .88 - 1.12 1.00 - 1.50 30,600 lb. 15 60 0.500 .500"
Blue
M
E
Dimension E = Eye length Dimension M = Mesh length at nominal dia.
*For rope, select smallest size grip which meets required working load.
B
**Add to cable or rope diameter.
Multiple-Strength Type Grips
Features
Applications
• Designed for pulling ACSR, aluminum or copper bare
• Ideal for overhead transmission and distribution line
conductor, ground wires, messenger strands, wire rope
stringing for moderate loading
and insulated cables
• An economical tool for attaching conductors to pull
• Made of high-strength, galvanized-steel strand
lines and “double socking” for conductor-to-conductor
• Feature a mesh construction of single, double and triple
connections
weave for firm holding power
Ordering Information
• Endless-weave Grip end lies flat on the cable and will
Approx. Dimension
Eye
Cable
not snag
Breaking
(inches)
(in.)
Dia. Range
• Flexible Eye: Flexible, wire-rope eye will mate with a
Catalog
Color
Strength
(inches)
Number
Code
M Dia. A
swivel and pass through blocks and sheaves without
E
binding
1
6,800 lb.
Green
03302044
/
0.25 - 0.49
26
9
M
4
E
A
03302046
0.50 - 0.74
10,000 lb.
9
32
5
03302048
0.75 - 0.99
41
03302050
1.00 - 1.24
14,400 lb. 11
24,600 lb. 12
03302052
1.25 - 1.49
03302054
1.50 - 1.74
30,600 lb. 12
30,600 lb. 12
/16
Brown
3
/8
Light Blue
52
1
/2
Gold
56
1
/2
Black
60
1
/2
Red
Dimension E = Eye length
Dimension M = Mesh length at nominal diameter
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
March 2013
Page 1257
Lo ad H an d l i n g Acces s or i es – 1250
! WARNING
KELLEMS PULLING GRIPS
• for Underground Pulling
K-Type Grips
Lo ad H an d l i n g Acces s or i es – 12 50
Features
Rotating Eye Feature
• Kellems Rotating-Eye K-Type Pulling Grips are made of
high-strength galvanized-steel strand
• Feature double-weave mesh for greater strength and
added mesh contact with the cable
• Designed to handle longer or heavier pulling jobs
• Forged eye mates with a swivel or shackle
• Equipped with a forged-steel rotating eye which can
be attached to a swivel
• Durable and compact eye threads through blocks and
sheaves without binding
• Rotating eye is not a swivel and will not turn while
under tension
• Can turn to relieve pulling torque when tension is
relaxed
• If constant swivel action is required, a swivel should be
used
Applications
• Specially designed for use in the installation of
underground power cables
• Also made for communication and service lines into
factories, shopping centers, construction projects, and
general underground electrical construction
Ordering Information
Dimension
(in.)
1
1
1
/2
9
Eye
(inches)
13/8
13/8
1
/2
11
/16
15/8
15/8
5
/8
7
/8
13/16 55/16
17/8
17/8
21
/32
1
13/8
Cable
Diameter Range
(inches)
Approximate
Breaking
Strength (lb.)
E
M
Diameter A
03301024
0.75 - 0.99
9,600
6
32
1
03301025
1.00 - 1.49
16,400
7
33
13/8
03301026
1.50 - 1.99
16,400
7
34
13/8
03301027
2.00 - 2.49
27,200
9
36
15/8
03301028
2.50 - 2.99
33,000
10
38
17/8
03301029
3.00 - 3.49
41,000
10
39
17/8
Catalog
Number
Dimension E = Eye length
Dimension M = Mesh length at nominal diameter
Eye
Rotating Eye Dimensions
Diameter
(inches)
A
B
C
F
D
/16
/16
31/2
1
41/2
13
61/8
M
E
! WARNING
Never use wire mesh grips up to listed approximate breaking
strength. Always use an appropriate safety factor when selecting
grips for the working load in your application. Kellems minimum
recommended factor of safety for pulling grips is five (5). Additionally, banding the tail end of the grip is recommended for
maximum grip performance.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 1258
March 2013
KELLEMS PULLING GRIPS
Features & Applications
• Punch-Lok® Bands are applied over the tail of a grip to
prevent mesh from being tripped or pulled loose
• Ensure full gripping action by locking mesh of tail in
tight contact with cable or rope
• When tail of grip is the leading end, the bands are
particularly important to prevent accidental release
caused by tripping on obstructions
• A conductor-to-conductor (double socking) pulling
operation is a good example of two grips connecting
two conductors to form a temporary splice
• Bands should be applied to the ends of grips as
illustrated herein
• It is also common to tape over the banded tail area to
ensure smooth passage through sheaves
Punch-Lok Tools
Catalog No.
20320048
Punch-Lok Bands
Catalog No.
(one each)
20320050
20320051
20320052
20320053
20320054
Note:
• During installation, each end of the grip should
be taped down securely to the cable to ensure
smooth passage with the cable and guard against
accidental release
• See end bands listed below
Note:
• In all cases, two Punch-Lok Bands should be
doubled, wrapped approximately 1” and 2” from
the grip’s tail
• Banding is required to ensure maximum reliability
and guard against accidental release
®
Punch-Lok is a registered trademark of Punch-Lok Co.
Description
P-1 Heavy Duty
Grip Banding
Range (Inches)
1
/4 - 11/8
11/8 - 15/8
15/8 - 21/4
11/4 - 31/2
31/2 - 5
Band Width
(Inches)
3
/8
3
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
Band Inside
Diameter (Inches)
13/8
2
21/2
4
6
Model
0-311
0-316
0-10
0-16
0-24
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
March 2013
Page 1259
Lo ad H an d l i n g Acces s or i es – 1250
Bands and Tools for Pulling Grips
Features & Applications
Hot Line Wire Grips
• Designed for use with hot line tools or regular line work
• Top ring for placing the grip on a hot line with a hot
stick
• When released, the grip locks on line and will not fall
off
• Holds grip firmly and prevents slipping
• Body is heat-treated steel alloy and made to rigid
specifications
Safe
Catalog
WIRE SIZE — AWG OR MCM
Load, Weight
Lo ad H an d l i n g Acces s or i es – 12 50
Jaws
No.
Max.
Min.
lb.
lb./kg.
▲
T161340H
1/0 Str. (.373")
8 Sol. (.120")
4500
3/1.4
▲
T16845H
4/0 Str. (.550")
4 Str. (.218")
8000 6.25/2.8
●
T165640H 336.4 ACSR (.741")
3/0 ACSR (.530")
8000 7.75/3.5
●
T165650H 477 ACSR (.860")
397.5 ACSR (.740") 8000 7.75/3.5
▲ = for use on small bare wire and cable (solid and strand).
● = for use on bare aluminum, ACSR and copper conductor.
Wire Puller Hook
Features & Applications
• Fits most popular porcelain or polymer deadend insulators
• For use in cutting deadends and pulling slack on automatic deadends
• Holds the insulator and deadend assembly directly iIn
line with the conductor, eliminating the need to hold
the insulator up with an insulator fork for inserting wire
into the automatic deadend
• Can be applied by hand or with hot stick
• Has maximum rated load of 3500 lbs.
Catalog No.
WPH3
Description
Wire-Puller Hook
Weight
11/2 lb./68 kg.
Standard Pulling Eyes
Features & Applications
• E95B Adapter Bushing quickly adjusts to fit 1/2", 5/8",
3/4", or 1" anchor rods
• By removing the Adapter Bushing, the E96 Pulling Eye
fits
1 1/4" rods
• E96 Pulling Eye is inexpensive and easy to use
• One man can assemble and hook up in minutes
• For working loads to approximately 6,000 pounds
(ultimate strength — 18,000 pounds)
• Economical resource provides a large offset eye to
accommodate three-ton chain hoist hooks
• Leaves anchor eye free with plenty of clearances for
attaching formed wire grips
1 3/4
/8 1/2
5
Catalog No.
E96
Weight
5 lb./272 kg.
E95B Adapter Bushing
(included)
Pulling Eye
5
/8 x 25/8 Lg.
Cadmium Plated Bolt with Nut
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 1260
March 2013
Grip-All Clampsticks
To accept grounding clamps with long eyescrews,
all Grip-All clampsticks feature 63⁄4 inches of
head travel.
External Control Rod
• External Operating Rod Type
• Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
• Versatile tool puts an easy-to-control “finger”
on an insulated pole
• Primarily designed for installing hot-line and
grounding clamps
• Also serves both overhead and underground
circuits with various end fittings
Notch in tool head aligns the clamp while the
operator places it.
Single-Piece Style
†Catalog
Overall
Weight
No.
Length
1
3
C4030291 1 ⁄4" x 4' 9" 5 ⁄4 lb./2.6 kg.
C4030292 11⁄4" x 6' 8" 61⁄2 lb./2.9 kg.
C4030293 11⁄4" x 8' 7" 71⁄4 lb./3.3 kg.
C4030294 11⁄4" x 10' 7" 8 lb./3.6 kg.
Operation
I n s u l ated H an d To ol s – 2 1 00
• Operating mechanism (or
“shotgun”) incorporates a sliding
hand grip that opens the hook
to grasp a clamp eyescrew and
retract it into tool head
• Latch must be depressed to
release locked hand grip that
opens the hook
• For smooth operation,
investment-cast stainless-steel
components include Jaw, Jaw
Holder, Safety Stop, Lockbar and
Latch illustrated below
• Lexan® tool head is designed for
close-quarter operations
• Worker must maintain
recommended work distance
based solely on the Epoxiglas®
pole section of the handle, as the
hook and its actuator are metal
parts
• Easy-care Grip-All Clampsticks
do not require field stripping to
clean
• All insulated parts, including the
operating rod, are outside the
main pole, readily accessible to
wipe dry
*Storage Bag
P6434
P6436
P6438
P64310
C4030295 11⁄4" x 12' 7" 83⁄4 lb./3.9 kg.
P64312
†For
metal universal fitting, add suffix "A".
*For storage bags, see Catalog Section 2500.
Hinged Style
Ideal for troubleshooters with limited tool-storage space
in their vehicles, this folding version operates with the
same features as the one-piece style.
†Catalog
No.
C4030296
C4030297
C4030298
C4030299
C4030342
C4030343
Folded
Extended
Weight
*Storage Bag
3'4"
11⁄4" x 6' 9"
8 lb./3.6 kg.
P6432
4'4"
5'4"
6'4"
7'4"
8'4"
9 lb./4.1 kg.
11⁄4" x 8' 8"
11⁄4" x 10' 8" 10 lb./4.5 kg.
11⁄4" x 12' 8" 101⁄2 lb./4.7 kg.
11⁄4" x 14' 8" 11 lb./5.0 kg.
11⁄4" x 16' 8" 111⁄2 lb./5.2 kg.
P6432
P6433
P6435
PSP6435005
PSP6435004
†For metal universal fitting, add suffix "A".
*For storage bags, see Catalog Section 2500.
To convert any
Grip-All stick to
use all Universal
Tool Accessories,
the M1867
Adapter secures
in the clampstick
hook and head
housing.
†For
metal
universal fitting
on handle end
of any SinglePiece or Hinged
Grip-All, add
suffix “A” to the
Catalog Number.
M1867
Replacement Parts for External Control Single-Piece and Hinged Grip-All Clampsticks
PSP4033460P
Jaw, stainless steel
058804P
Pin
Head Repair Kit, also available as Cat. No. C4031420,
includes head, roll pin, epoxy bond kit and instructions.
PSP4033459P
Jaw Holder, aluminum
069598
058717P Screw, stainless steel
PSP4033458P Safety Stop,
stainless steel
Jaw Spring
PSP4033482P
Black Plastic Head
Molly Jack
058719P Nut
PSP4033462P
Lockbar
068270P
Groove Pin
PSP4033152P
Compression Spring
069118P Hanger
P4031107P Guide
P0010742P Hose Clamp
P4032044P
Plastic Handle
P4032312P
End Cap
(11⁄4" dia.)
069599P
Latch
Spring
PSP4033461P
Latch, stainless steel
058735P Drive Rivet
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2102
May 2014
Grip-All Clampsticks,
Telescoping
Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
Features & Applications
Extended Tool can
Catalog No.
lock at each length:
C4031035
5'63⁄4", 6'91⁄2", 8'
C4031036 8'63⁄4", 10'41⁄2", 12'21⁄4", 14'
Retracted
Length
5'23⁄4"
8'23⁄4"
Weight
6 lb./2.7 kg.
8 lb./3.6 kg.
For storage bags, see Catalog Section 2500.
Factory-installed universal fitting on end
opposite the clampstick head.
Telescoping Style with
Universal Fitting on Handle
Extended Tool can
Catalog No.
lock at each length:
C4033060
5'101⁄2", 7'11⁄4", 8'33⁄4"
C4033061 8'101⁄2", 10'81⁄4", 12'6", 14'33⁄4"
Retracted
Length
5'61⁄2"
8'61⁄2"
Weight
6 lb./2.7 kg.
8 lb./3.6 kg.
For storage bags, see Catalog Section 2500.
Grip-All Clampstick Assist Ring
Features & Applications
• Provides a suspension midpoint for any Grip-All clampstick
• Assembly permits support line to attach at smaller ring –
helpful on longer sticks
• Insulated, properly-sized Strain
Link Stick should be used in the
handline to help maintain safeworking clearances for hotline
procedures
• Assist Ring halves assemble simply
by threaded fasteners
• Keyhole shape for operating rod
permits clampstick to function as
usual
Catalog No. Description Weight
E4032543P
Grip-All Assist Ring
11/2 lb./0.68 kg.
*For Strain Link Sticks, see Catalog Section 2250.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
May 2014
Page 2103
I n su l ated H an d To ol s – 2 1 00
For SAFETYSHIELD™
Hot Stick Barrier to
fit tools on this page,
see page 2129.
• Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
• Available in two sizes, each readily locks at variable working
lengths
• Design features rotating coupler and an engineered
positive-lock button with safety stop to keep sections from
parting or hook releasing while in use
• Mechanism locks sections into a solid, rattle-free tool
• Black head makes it obvious head is not included in
minimum approach distance
• Can replace several conventional clampsticks
• Allows linemen to adhere to safe-working distances and
positioning needs, with fewer sticks
• Reduces the number of clampsticks required on a line
truck, saving limited storage space
• Engineered interface between sections ensure tool
retracts with full control
• Close fit helps keep out dirt and moisture
• Top section is made with foam-center Epoxiglas®
insulated pole
• Functions of this telescoping style are identical to fixedlength style
• All controls can be easily accessed while wearing gloves
• Easy to disassemble, stick must be kept clean and dry
inside to ensure long life
ELBOW PULLER TOOLS
Note: Grippers are not included with tools on this page. To
order grippers interchangeable for 15, 25 and 35 kV, see
REPLACEMENT GRIPPERS table on page 2105.
For SAFETYSHIELD™ Hot Stick Barrier to
fit tools on this page, see page 2129.
Features & Applications
• Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
• Facilitate removing elbow connectors from transformer
bushings and other apparatus
• Elbows can be difficult to remove when silicone grease on
the interface of elbow and bushing dries out and hardens
over time
• Special integral hook on tool head fits through rubber eye
of elbow or metal hook of bushing cap
• Used in this manner, hook adds extra control and pulling
power to grippers
I n s u l ated H an d To ol s – 2 1 00
IMPACT Elbow-Puller Tools
Features & Applications
• Lightweight tool uses slide-hammer mechanism to easily
disengage and replace elbows
• Tool and grippers help operator to control elbow and stiff
underground cable lead
• For sure, balanced grip, 5-lb. slide hammer is plastisol
coated and flared at both ends
• For secure handling, both front and rear handgrip areas of
pole are coated with Griptread
• Available in three lengths, tools are made of
1-1/4”-diameter orange Epoxiglas® pole
• 6’ to 8’ foot units meet OSHA requirements
• 4-1/2’ unit, labeled “For Rubber Glove Use Only”, has
5”-long insulation length
Operation
To pull an elbow connector:
• Insert hook through eye on elbow
• Close down grippers on elbow by rotating pole
• Support tool with one hand on front grip behind
handguard and other hand on slide hammer
• Slide hammer from front to rear anvil
• Resulting impact should release elbow with sufficient
momentum to withdraw it from bushing without extended
arcing
To install an elbow connector:
• Follow the same procedures for pulling, EXCEPT use slide
hammer impact against front anvil to help seat the elbow
Impact Elbow Pullers
(Grippers not included. Order Grippers separately.
See REPLACEMENT GRIPPERS table, page 2104.)
Catalog No.
C4031822
C4031850
C4031851
Description
†6-foot length
†8-foot length
*41⁄2-foot length
Weight
12 lb./5.4 kg.
121⁄4 lb./5.6 kg.
111⁄2 lb./5.2 kg.
*41⁄2-foot tool labeled “For Rubber Glove Use Only.”
†6- and 8-foot tools meet OSHA insulation requirements.
Storage Bags (Yellow vinyl/fabric)
P6436
P6438
Bag for 41⁄2' or 6' tool above
Bag for 8' tool above
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2104
May 2014
ELBOW CONNECTOR TOOL
REPLACEMENT GRIPPERS
FOR 15 kV, 25 kV and 34.5 kV ELBOWS
Features & Applications
• Provides a sure grip for installing and disconnecting elbow terminators
• Grabs the elbow and has a special integral hook that fits through the rubber eye of an elbow
or the metal hook of a bushing cap
• Gives lineman complete, positive control, overcoming resistance of stiff underground cable
ORDERING INFORMATION
C4030704
Description
15 kV Plastic-Coated Grippers
25 kV Plastic-Coated Grippers
25 kV Uncoated Grippers
34.5 kV Plastic-Coated Grippers. Fits RTE
200 AMP and 600 AMP Elastimold “T” Elbow
Weight
lb./.3 kg.
1 lb./.5 kg.
5⁄8 lb./.3 kg.
1 lb./.5 kg.
5⁄8
Arc Snuffer Removal & Replacement Tools
– specifically for use in Grip-All clampsticks –
Features & Applications
• Two hot-line tools permit easy retrieval of broken arc snuffers
and installation of replacements
• Does not de-energize URD bushings
• Designed to ensure adequate electrical clearances
• Specifically for use in Grip-All clampsticks
• Integral ring on each tool retracts into clampstick
• Tool bodies are high-impact plastic with steel inserts
• Removal Tool works like bolt extractor and when inserted
into a damaged arc snuffer, it permits retrieval by unscrewing
the broken part
• Replacement Tool controls alignment with a spring-action
center post that snaps into arc snuffer bore
• Two steel tool lugs engage holes in snuffer collar to transmit
tightening torque
C4032037
C4032036
1⁄2"
Tools fit many
15 & 25 kV snuffers.
These tools fit bushing
arc snuffers with dimensions given at right.
1⁄8"
dia.
dia.
Catalog No.
C4032037
C4032036
ORDERING INFORMATION
Description
Removal Tool
Replacement Tool
Weight
lb./0.1 kg.
1⁄4 lb./0.1 kg.
1⁄4
7⁄8"
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
May 2014
Page 2105
I n su l ated H an d To ol s – 2 1 00
REPLACEMENT GRIPPERS (Also required for Elbow Puller Tools, page 2105)
Catalog No.
C4030704
C4030613
C4030614
C4030814
WIRE-HOLDING STICKS
Features & Applications
• Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
• Used on or around energized lines for forming, bending and positioning
jumper wires
• Also used for holding conductors during splicing operations
• Gripper, with an eye for extra sticks, will handle No. 6 copper through 1590
kcmil ACSR
Operation
Head of the tool locks in three
positions . . . enables lineman
to handle conductor from any
angle.
I n s u l ated H an d To ol s – 2 1 00
• Grips like locking-type pliers
• By tightening the knurled nut at control lever, wire-holding jaws can firmly
grip conductor
• When doing this, tightening control lever must be in relaxed position about
1” from pole
• To secure conductor grip, push lever down to the pole
• To release conductor, simply move the control lever all the way up along the
rod
• Head of tool locks in three stop positions, allowing lineman to easily position
conductors
• Knurled screw handle below jaw opening adjusts head position from straight
to right to left
Conductor Capacity: #6 to 1590 kcmil ACSR (0.162" to 1.5")
Catalog No.
C4033068
C4033069
PSC4030592
T4032992
With handle positioned as
shown in photo above, the
knurled nut can be turned to
adjust the gripper to the exact
wire size.
Wire Holding Stick
C4033068
Pole Dia. & Overall Length
11⁄4" x 6'5"
11⁄4" x 8'5"
11⁄4" x 10'5"
11⁄4" x 11'2"
Approx. Weight
61⁄2 lb./2.7 kg.
63⁄4 lb./3.0 kg.
71⁄2 lb./3.4 kg.
81⁄4 lb./3.7 kg.
For SAFETYSHIELD™ Hot Stick Barrier to
fit tools on this page, see page 2129.
Positive Grip Clampstick
Positive Grip
Clamp Stick
HG30302
Features & Applications
• Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
• For use on eyescrew grounding or hot line clamps
• Can be mounted on the line and tightened at up to 30° angles
• Aluminum and bronze fittings
Operation
• Install clamp by aligning locking ring with slot in housing
• Place eye of clamp in housing
• Holding locking ring and clamp in one hand, rotate pole clockwise
to trap eye
• Remove clamp by engaging clamp body locking ring and rotating
pole clockwise to trap eye
• Butt end is equipped with a combination tool hanger and universal
head
HG30425
Extra long head (above) for use with
long eyescrew ground clamps.
Catalog
Pole Dia. &
Approx.
No.
Weight
Overall Length
Type Head
HG30302
11⁄4" x 8'6"
Regular Length 4 lb./1.8 kg.
HG303012
4 lb./1.8 kg.
11⁄4" x 8'6"
Extra Long
HG30422 Reg. Length Clampstick Head Only 1 lb./0.45 kg.
HG30425 Extra Long Clampstick Head Only 11⁄8 lb./0.5 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2106
May 2014
TELESCOPING
DISCONNECT TOOLS
Standard Duty
Heavy Duty
Disconnect Head included with each tool.
Features & Applications
I n su l ated H an d To ol s – 2 1 00
• Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
• Allow linemen to perform many routine jobs from ground
level
• Universal end fitting on insulated top section accepts a
wide variety of attachments
• This allows lineman to disconnect switches and replace
cutout tubes
• Also allows lineman to remove pole covers, prune trees,
plus other overhead tasks
• Sticks retract to approximately 5 ft. for easy truck
transport (even in most cab sections)
• Heavy-duty, spring-loaded plastic buttons keep extended
tool sections locked in place
• As each section extends and slightly twists, buttons also
pop securely into place
Standard Versus Heavy Duty
• Both units feature same telescoping tube design
• Heavy-duty units have slightly larger tip sections: 1-1/4”
versus 1-1/8”
• Each heavy-duty telescoping tube is also slightly larger
• This results in more rigidity, important for managing
heavyweight maintenance tasks
• Both tip sections feature proven Chance Epoxiglas®
• This unicellular foam-core material prevents moisture
trapping voids between foam and tool
Standard Duty (11⁄16"-dia. Tip)
Catalog
Number
C4031023
C4031017
C4031018
C4031019
C4031020
C4031021
C4031022
T4033349
Extended Length
(Tool can be locked
at each length shown)
8 ft.
8 - 12 ft.
12 - 16 ft.
121⁄2 - 161⁄2 - 20 ft.
161⁄2 - 201⁄2 - 25 ft.
171⁄2 - 211⁄2 - 251⁄2 - 30 ft.
22 - 26 - 301⁄2 - 35 ft.
22 - 28 - 34 - 40 ft.
Storage
Retracted
Length
56"
57"
59"
61"
63"
65"
67"
741⁄2"
When space is extremely limited for
truck storage, a 23 ft. Telescoping
Tool that compacts to 4 ft. is
available as Catalog No. C4031739.
Base
Dia.
11⁄4"
11⁄2"
111⁄16"
17⁄8"
21⁄16"
21⁄4"
21⁄2"
21⁄2"
Number
of
Sections
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
8
Weight
2 lb./.9 kg.
23⁄4 lb./1.2 kg.
4 lb./1.8 kg.
51⁄4 lb./2.4 kg.
7 lb./3.2 kg.
83⁄4 lb./3.9 kg.
11 lb./5 kg.
12 lb./5.45 kg.
Compact Standard Duty (11⁄16"-dia. Tip)
T4032205
C4031739
T4033240
7 ft.
14 - 17 - 20 - 23 ft.
10 ft.
28"
48"
36"
17⁄8"
21⁄2"
111⁄16"
5
8
4
23⁄4 lb./1.2 kg.
9 lb./4.1 kg.
4 lb./1.8 kg.
56"
57"
59"
61"
63"
65"
11⁄2"
111⁄16"
17⁄8"
21⁄16"
21⁄4"
21⁄2"
2
3
4
5
6
7
3 lb./1.4 kg.
33⁄4 lb./1.7 kg.
5 lb./2.3 kg.
61⁄2 lb./2.9 kg.
81⁄2 lb./3.7 kg.
101⁄4 lb./4.6 kg.
Heavy Duty (11⁄4"-dia. Tip)
C4031597
C4031598
C4031599
C4031600
C4031601
C4031602
8 ft.
8 - 12 ft.
12 - 16 ft.
121⁄2 - 161⁄2 - 20 ft.
161⁄2 - 201⁄2 - 25 ft.
1
17 ⁄2 - 211⁄2 - 251⁄2 - 30 ft.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
May 2014
Page 2107
Telescoping Tool
Repair Kits
Features & Applications
• Chance Telescoping Tools are designed and built for long
life
• For necessary repairs, a complete kit is available with all
buttons and springs for various stick lengths
• Refer to cross reference at right for individual kit part
numbers
• For single parts, refer to the drawing and table to order
correct part numbers
Standard Duty
Tool Cat. No.
C4031023
C4031017
C4031018
C4031019
C4031020
C4031021
C4031022
T4032205
Heavy Duty
Tool Cat. No.
C4031597
C4031598
C4031599
C4031600
C4031601
C4031602
N/A
N/A
Button &
Spring Kit No.
T4031245
T4031246
T4031247
T4031248
T4031249
T4031250
T4031251
T4031248
I n s u l ated H an d To ol s – 2 1 00
Sticks For
Small Vehicles
When storage is extremely tight, a 23’
Telescoping Tool is available that retracts to 4’.
Cat. No. C4031739 — Standard Duty Tool
REPLACEMENT PART LIST
FOR STANDARD DUTY
TELESCOPING DISCONNECT TOOL
(Refer to factory for specific parts needed for Heavy Duty Disconnects.)
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Description
Part Number
Pole & Ferrule
Tube
Tube
Tube
Tube
Tube
Tube
Base Tube
Base Tube
Base Tube
Base Tube
Base Tube
Base Tube
Base Tube
Bottom Cap
Bottom Cap
Bottom Cap
Bottom Cap
Bottom Cap
Bottom Cap
Bottom Cap
E4032742P
P4030987P
P4030988P
P4030989P
P4030990P
P4030991P
P4030992P
P4030999P
P4030998P
P4030997P
P4030996P
P4030995P
P4030994P
P4030993P
P4031014P
P4031013P
P4031012P
P4031011P
P4031010P
P4031009P
P4031008P
11⁄16" Outside Diameter
11⁄4" Outside Diameter
11⁄2" Outside Diameter
111⁄16" Outside Diameter
17⁄8" Outside Diameter
21⁄16" Outside Diameter
21⁄4" Outside Diameter
21⁄2" Outside Diameter
21⁄4" Outside Diameter
21⁄16" Outside Diameter
17⁄8" Outside Diameter
111⁄16" Outside Diameter
11⁄2" Outside Diameter
11⁄4" Outside Diameter
Item
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
Description
Part Number
Plug
Plug
Plug
Plug
Plug
Plug
Plug
Thumbscrew
Spring
Spring
Retainer
Button
Button
Mach. Screw
Drive Lock Pin
Universal Fitting
P4031007P
P4031006P
P4031005P
P4031004P
P4031003P
P4031002P
P4031001P
P4030467P
P4032351P
P4032352P
P4031977P
P4033002P
P4033001P
P0010309P
P0010419P
P4032514P
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2108
May 2014
Telescoping
Measuring/Disconnect Tool
• One tool does it all • English AND Metric Scales
Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
Features & Applications
I n su l ated H an d To ol s – 2 1 00
• Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
• English and metric scales for measuring pole heights and
conductor clearances from ground
• Easy-to-read scales feature large black characters on
Chance orange fiberglass sections
• English scales are marked with 1’ increments
• Each inch is marked in bold numbers and half inches are
indicated with intermediate bars
• Removable disconnect head for operating switches and
cutouts
• End fitting on insulated top section accepts other Universal
Tool Accessories (Pages 2120 - 2127) for energized
conductor applications, all from the ground
• Positive spring-load locking-button mechanism and plug
feature prevent tool separation
• Once snapped into place, buttons securely lock into
position – no unexpected tool retractions
Operation
• To extend tool to desired length, pull out top section and
rotate it until button engages in next section
• For measuring aerial distances, continue this process until
tip reaches desired height
• Next, set butt of tool on ground and read scale at eye level
for exact distance of tip above ground
• To retract, depress button of largest section first, then
rotate it to disengage and collapse section
• Continue this process by taking each next smaller section in
turn
English AND Metric Scales
feet, inches, half inches AND meters, decimeters, centimeters
*Catalog
Number of
Number
Sections
C4031022EM
8
Length
Min.
Max.
(storage) (extended)
Weight
5' 7"
34' 9.3" 11 lb./5.0 kg.
(1.70m)
(10.6m)
Both scales are marked:
(on the right) English feet,
inches, half inches
AND
(on the left) Metric meters,
decimeters, centimeters.
Tool’s top end
section is insulated
for maximum
protection. There are
no moisture-trapping
voids between foam
and tool wall because
the tool wall is built
around the foam.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
May 2014
Page 2109
Heavy-Duty Adjustable Sticks
• Two-section telescoping tool
• Two sizes and three styles
• Universal Fitting* Style
• Switch-Style Head
Bronze, NEMA-Standard
Features & Applications
I n s u l ated H an d To ol s – 2 1 00
• Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
• For substations and close-clearance worksites
• Clearly marked at each 1’ extension lock
• One of these tools can replace as many as eight singlelength hotsticks
• Adjustable sticks can be stored in short collapsed lengths
and to avoid difficulties of maneuvering extra-long sticks
through busswork structures
• Heavy-duty construction
o Classified as Heavy-Duty due to its large
(1-1/4”-diameter) insulated top section and 1-1/2”-O.D.
epoxy-reinforced fiberglass base tube
• 24” overlap at usable-length extremes
o In each size, a 2’ section of Epoxiglas® foam-core top
section remains inside the base section at the longest
locked, usable length
o At the shortest locked length, insulated top section
extends a full 2’ beyond base
• Disconnect-Style Head
Bronze, NEMA-Standard
Operation
• Easy to use, yet rugged mechanism
• High-strength plastic buttons – same as those in other
Chance telescoping tools – keep tools locked at each length
• As top section is extended and twisted, lock button pops
into place
• One worker can quickly adjust length with a convenient
alignment dot at each 1’ setting on the insulated section
that matches another dot at the top of the base section
For SAFETYSHIELD™ Hot Stick Barrier to fit
tools on this page, see page 2129.
Ordering Information
Extension length is clearly
marked at each hole for button
engagement.
‡Top
Disconnect-Style NEMA Head:
Catalog No. Lockable Lengths, ft. Collapsed
Weight
C4032600
10,11,12,13,14
8' 23⁄4"
61⁄2 lb./2.9 kg.
C4032601
12,13,14,15,16,17,18
10' 23⁄4"
8 lb./3.6 kg.
section may be removed for
use alone since it is essentially a
single-piece hotstick of standard
Epoxiglas construction with unicellular foam center.
Switch-Style NEMA Head:
C4032602
10,11,12,13,14
8' 2"
61⁄2 lb./2.9 kg.
C4032603
12,13,14,15,16,17,18
10' 2"
8 lb./3.6 kg.
8' 33⁄4"
61⁄2 lb./2.9 kg.
Universal Fitting* Style:
C4032604
C4032605
10,11,12,13,14
12,13,14,15,16,17,18 10'
33⁄4"
*Universal disconnect
head (Part No. M4455-9)
must be ordered as
a separate item for
universal-fitting style
sticks (Catalog Numbers
C4032604 or C4032605).
8 lb./3.6 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2110
May 2014
Trouble Shooter Kit
Features & Applications
• Includes six 4’ sections of field-proven 1-1/4” Epoxiglas® Universal Pole that snap together
• Spring-loaded locking buttons for use at 4’, 8’, 12’, 16’, 20’ and 24’ lengths
• Butt section has end cap
• Fitting on top section with thumbscrew accepts Universal Accessories in kit
Kit Universal Accessories
• Aluminum Disconnect Head for opening and closing
switches, and opening enclosed cutouts, has built-in
hanger hook
• Non-Metallic Disconnect Head provides additional
insulation for indoor substations where busswork and
switches are in close proximity. Plastisol cap at top; 19"
overall length with 15" long Epoxiglas section
• Clamp Stick Head for use with 6" long eyescrew ground
clamps has locking ring with detent ball for on-off
operation. Aluminum alloy
• Tree Trimmer mounted on 18" pole adds 1-1⁄2‘ to reach
Kit forms compact 4’ x 9” unit secured by two
straps and plated buckles. At 24 pounds, kit easily
totes by center carrying handle.
Catalog No.
C4031612
Description
Complete Trouble
Shooter Tool Kit
Weight
24 lb./10.8 kg.
with 3-to-1 mechanical advantage pulley and 25’ of
furnished rope. Offset universal fitting on trimmer
accepts pruning saw
• Pruning Saw with black Teflon® coating on fine-tooth
blade for smooth, non-stick action attaches directly to
top pole, tree trimmer or pistol grip
• Pistol Grip Saw Handle of aluminum alloy is for use
when limbs can be reached and insulation is not
needed
• Storage Case of yellow heavy-duty vinyl-impregnated
fabric has separate pockets for individual tools and
Velcro flap closures
Catalog No.
C4032046
C4032062
M44559
E4031614P
M445529B
H21064
C4032213
M445566
P4032996
Separate or
Replacement Components
Top Section Epoxiglas Pole
Mid Section Epoxiglas Pole
Aluminum Disconnect Head
Non-Metallic Disconnect Head
Clamp Stick Head
Tree Trimmer
Pruning Saw
Pistol Grip Saw Handle
Storage Case
Weight
21⁄4 lb./1.0 kg.
21⁄4 lb./1.0 kg.
1⁄8 lb./0.06 kg.
11⁄4 lb./0.6 kg.
11⁄4 lb./0.6 kg.
31⁄2 lb./1.6 kg.
1⁄2 lb./0.2 kg.
1⁄2 lb./0.2 kg.
31⁄4 lb./1.5 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
May 2014
Page 2111
I n su l ated H an d To ol s – 2 1 00
Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
Disconnect Sticks
H304613
Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
SPLICE FOR H3146 SERIES
I n s u l ated H an d To ol s – 2 1 00
Used on Cutouts and Disconnect Switches
Features & Applications
Spliced Disconnect Sticks
Features & Applications
• Provide insulation for linemen in opening and closing
disconnect switches and cutouts
• Also used for installing and removing open-link fuse links
• Poles are made of Epoxiglas®
• NEMA-standard heads of cast bronze
• Available in three types: switch head, disconnect head, or
spliced disconnect head
• For convenient transporting and/or when greater length
is required
• Splice is strong and rigid – easy to assemble and
disassemble
• Taking-down feature makes sticks easy to carry on line
trucks and in tool trailers
For SAFETYSHIELD™ Hot Stick Barrier to fit tools on this page, see page 2129.
11⁄4" Switch Stick Head
Catalog No.
H3046
H304611
H304612
H304613
H304614
H304617
11⁄2" Disconnect Head
H30462
H304622
H304623
H304624
H304615
H304616
H304618
H304620
11⁄4" Spliced Disconnect Head
H314612
H314616
H314618
H314620
H314624
Pole Dia. & Length
Head Only
11⁄4" x 4'
11⁄4" x 6'
11⁄4" x 8'
11⁄4" x 10'
11⁄4" x 12'
Weight
4 oz./0.11 kg.
11⁄4 lb./0.6 kg.
11⁄2 lb./0.7 kg.
21⁄4 lb./1.0 kg.
23⁄4 lb./1.2 kg.
35⁄8 lb./1.6 kg.
Head Only
11⁄2" x 6'1"
11⁄2" x 8'1"
11⁄2" x 10'1"
11⁄2" x 12'1"
11⁄2" x 16'1"
11⁄2" x 18'1"
11⁄2" x 20'1"
5 oz./0.14 kg.
21⁄4 lb./1.0 kg.
213⁄16 lb./1.3 kg.
37⁄16 lb./1.5 kg.
4 lb./1.8 kg.
55⁄16 lb./2.4 kg.
6 lb./2.7 kg.
69⁄16 lb./3 kg.
Top
Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
Fiberglass Head
Features & Applications
and
Bottom
11⁄4" x 6' and 11⁄2" x 6'1"
11⁄4" x 8' and 11⁄2" x 8'1"
11⁄4" x 8' and 11⁄2" x 10'1"
11⁄4" x 10' and 11⁄2" x 10'1"
11⁄4" x 12' and 11⁄2" x 12'1"
• Provides additional insulation required when bus
and disconnect switch spacings are confined, as in
indoor substations
• See illustration at left
Catalog
No.
H30465
H30466
H30467
H30468
H30469
Pole Diameter
& Length
11⁄4" x 4'
11⁄4" x 6'
11⁄4" x 8'
11⁄4" x 10'
11⁄4" x 12'
6 lb./2.7 kg.
71⁄2 lb./3.4 kg.
81⁄4 lb./3.7 kg.
9 lb./4 kg.
101⁄2 lb./4.7 kg.
Approximate
Weight
11⁄8 lb./0.5 kg.
15⁄8 lb./0.7 kg.
21⁄8 lb./1.0 kg.
25⁄8 lb./1.2 kg.
4 lb./1.8 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2112
May 2014
Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
Note: For SAFETYSHIELD™ Hot Stick Barrier
to fit tools on this page, see page 2129.
Features & Applications
• Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
• Non-conductive splices snap together for just the right job length
• Compact fittings interchange on orange Epoxiglas® insulated
sections
• Easily store in limited space
• Rounded metal buttons and stainless-steel springs for long life
• Silicone coating and gloss finish seal out moisture
• Base cap included with top sections
Extension Sections
(Both Sizes:
4', 6', 8' and 10' lengths,
with female fitting at top
and male fitting
at bottom)
Tree Trimmers
Standard
Switch Head
Disconnect
Non-Metallic Plastic
Universal
Disconnect
11⁄4"-diameter Pole
Catalog
Number
Approx.
Weight
Length
Standard Switch Head Disconnect
C4032073
C4032053
C4032054
C4032055
6 inches
4 feet
6 feet
8 feet
3⁄4
lb./0.34 kg.
23⁄8 lb./1.07 kg.
25⁄8 lb./1.18 kg.
27⁄8 lb./1.29 kg.
Non-Metallic Disconnect Head
C4032095
C4032060
C4032061
6 inches
6 feet
8 feet
1 lb./0.45 kg.
21⁄2 lb./1.13 kg.
23⁄4 lb./1.22 kg.
Plastic Universal Head
C4032071
C4032046
C4032047
C4032048
6 inches
4 feet
6 feet
8 feet
5⁄8
lb./0.28 kg.
2 lb./0.90 kg.
21⁄4 lb./1.01 kg.
21⁄2 lb./1.13 kg.
Tree Trimmer Head
C4032096
C4032097
*2 feet
*4 feet
31⁄4 lb./1.46 kg.
31⁄2 lb./1.57 kg.
*Length excludes trimmer head fitting.
Extension Section
C4032062
C4032063
C4032064
C4032133
4 feet
6 feet
8 feet
10 feet
2 lb./0.90 kg.
21⁄4 lb./1.01 kg.
21⁄2 lb./1.13 kg.
23⁄4 lb./1.22 kg.
Base
Cap
Standard
Disconnect
Standard
Universal
11⁄2"-diameter Pole
Catalog
Number
Approx.
Weight
Length
Standard Disconnect Head
C4032074
C4032056
C4032057
C4032058
6 inches
6 feet
8 feet
10 feet
1 lb./0.45 kg.
31⁄8 lb./1.41 kg.
35⁄8 lb./1.63 kg.
41⁄8 lb./1.86 kg.
Standard Universal Head
C4032072
C4032049
C4032050
C4032051
C4032052
6 inches
4 feet
6 feet
8 feet
10 feet
1 lb./0.45 kg.
27⁄8 lb./1.29 kg.
33⁄8 lb./1.52 kg.
37⁄8 lb./1.74 kg.
41⁄8 lb./1.86 kg.
Extension Section
C4032065
C4032066
C4032067
C4032068
4 feet
6 feet
8 feet
10 feet
2 lb./0.90 kg.
21⁄2 lb./1.13 kg.
3 lb./1.35 kg.
31⁄2 lb./1.57 kg.
Base Cap
C4032070
5 inches
1⁄4
lb./0.11 kg.
Base Cap
C4032069
5 inches
1⁄8
lb./0.06 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
May 2014
Page 2113
I n su l ated H an d To ol s – 2 1 00
Sectional Disconnects
and Universal Sticks
Epoxiglas® POWER-FUSE LIFT STICK
• Storage Bag Included
Features & Applications
Operation
• Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
• Removes and installs power fuse holders up
to 50 lbs.
• Unlike hookstick, operator never has to
balance and lift dead weight when lifting
fuse
• Epoxiglas® pole is tested to ensure
insulating strength
• Operating lines are made with
polypropylene rope
• Plastisol-coated carrier bands and shepherd
hook attachments
• Disconnect prong is located on bottom
ferrule of tool
• During fuse holder removal and replacement, fuse
mount supports weight of fuse holder and tool
• Ropes and pulleys for lowering and raising power
fuse holder much like flag on flagpole
• Operator has complete control of fuse holder at all
times
• Pole hangs free so operator can easily steady it during
raising/lowering operation
• Only during the actual opening and closing of power
fuse does operator support tool weight
• To remove power fuse, hook carrier prong into eye on
lower inverted end of fuse holder, lift fuse holder out
of contact trunnions, then lower carrier
I n s u l ated H an d To ol s – 2 1 00
M4221
M42212
M42213
M42191
M42192
How To Remove A Power Fuse — Hook carrier
prong into the eye on the inverted lower end
of fuse holder. Lift the fuse holder out of the
contact trunnions, then lower carrier.
! WARNING
Operating lines must be kept clean and dry to avoid
dangerous current flow in the rope.
How to Order — Select one of the
Power Fuse Lift Sticks from Table l,
based on the desired pole length.
TABLE I — POWER-FUSE LIFT STICK
Each includes an all-weather storage bag.
Catalog No.
H422114
H422116
Diameter and Overall Length
11⁄2" x 14'1"
11⁄2" x 16'1"
Weight
101⁄4 lb.
111⁄4 lb.
TABLE II — POWER FUSE ATTACHMENTS
Then, in Table II, find the applicable
Power Fuse Type and select the Fuse
attachment that is to be installed at
the top of the Lift Stick.
Catalog No.
M4221
M42212
M42213
Finally, in Table III, again find the
applicable Power Fuse type and
select the Lift Finger to be installed
on the Carrier.
For Power Fuses
S&C SM, Size 5
S&C SMD; West’g’re BA & DBA; GE. EF-1,
EF-1B & EF-2B
S&C SM & HSO; S.S. HBA & BTA; West’g’e
BA & DBA; G.E. EF-1, EF-1B, & EF-2
Weight
14 oz.
11⁄8 lb.
11⁄2 lb.
TABLE III — CARRIER LIFT FINGERS
Catalog No.
M42191
M42192
For Power Fuses
West’g’ BA & DBA; S&C SM, SMD, & HSO;
G.E. EF-1, EF-1B & EF-2
S.S. HBA & BTA
Weight
4 oz.
7 oz.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2114
May 2014
TIE STICKS
Features & Applications
• Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
• Made with variety of heads for versatile lineman needs
• Rotary Prong Tie Sticks quickly and easily handle looped ties
• Two-Prong Tie Sticks effectively handle hot ties with loops
• Rotary Blade Tie Sticks swivel for greater freedom of movement than
fixed-blade types
TIE STICKS
Head
End
Rotary Prong
Universal
Two-Prong
Universal
Rotary Prong
Rotary Blade
Rotary Blade
Universal
Overall
Approx.
Length
Weight
8'3"
3 lb./1.4 kg.
8'4"
4 lb./1.8 kg.
8'2" 31⁄2 lb./1.6 kg.
8'3" 31⁄4 lb./1.5 kg.
Rotary
Prong
Two-Prong
All Tie Sticks are mounted on 11⁄4"
diameter Epoxiglas poles with a tie-wire
assistant, hanger bracket.
H185526
For universal tool accessories, see Pages 2120 through 2126.
ALL-ANGLE COG WRENCH
Features & Applications
Rotary
Blade
1⁄2-inch
square drive
• Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
• 15 ft-lb maximum torque rating
• Controls permit operator efficiency in locating the wrench on
energized hardware
• Handgrip steadies tool and holds cog housing in place while pole
is rotated, turning cogs to engage wrench on the nut or bolt
• Wrench head angle in relation to handle is adjustable within a
range of 140°
• Wing nuts on either side of head tightens to hold head in position
during use
• Chance Epoxiglas® Hot Line Tool is 1-1/2” in diameter with 3/8”
diameter fiberglass control rod
• Aluminum alloy handgrip, bronze alloy cog housing, and
hardened steel gears
Catalog
No.
C4030184
C4030185
C4030186
PSC4030187
All-Angle Cog Wrench
Description
6-foot length
8-foot length
10-foot length
12-foot length
Approximate
Weight
7 lb./3.2 kg.
71⁄2 lb./3.4 kg.
8 lb./3.6 kg.
9 lb./4.1 kg.
C4030184
CABLE LIFT TOOL
Features & Applications
• Originally designed to move heavy electrical cables in
mines
• Also serves as efficient method of moving heavy cables on
the ground
• 40” long and has two ½”-diameter spiral grab hooks
• Will pick up cables up to 2” diameter by rotating the tool
only quarter turn
Align the grab
hooks on both
sides of cable.
Weight
Description
Catalog No.
C4031078 40" Cable Lift Tool 33⁄8 lb./1.5 kg.
C4031078
Turn the tool
90° clockwise,
to slip hooks
under cable.
Lift the cable
and move to
desired position.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
May 2014
Page 2115
I n su l ated H an d To ol s – 2 1 00
Catalog
No.
H185519
H185520
H185525
H185526
Flexible Insulated Wrenches
Features & Applications
• Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
• 40 ft-lb torque rating
• Used for tightening nuts on hardware fittings
on high-voltage lines
H18912
H18915
Ratchet
Wrench
066780
Catalog
Number
H18912
H18913
H18915
I n s u l ated H an d To ol s – 2 1 00
H18916
066780
• Universal joint coil spring gives operator
flexibility to control socket at various angles
• Spring is easily removed for lubrication
• Wrenches are made to fit any ½” squareshank socket
• All wrenches are mounted on
1-1/2”-diameter Epoxiglas® poles
Description
w/Flexible 1⁄2" Sq. Plug and
Fixed 1⁄2" Sq. Plug
w/Flexible 1⁄2" Sq. Plug and
Fixed 1⁄2" Sq. Plug
w/Flexible 1⁄2" Sq. Plug and
Univ. Head - Hole Through Ferrule
for 5⁄8" Turning Rod
w/Flexible 1⁄2" Sq. Plug and
Univ. Head - Hole Through Ferrule
for 5⁄8" Turning Rod
Ratchet Wrench
Overall
Length
6'3"
Approx.
Weight
51⁄2 lb./2.5 kg.
8'3"
61⁄2 lb./2.9 kg.
6'3"
51⁄2 lb./2.5 kg.
8'3"
61⁄2 lb./2.9 kg.
11⁄2 lb./0.7 kg.
Note: For SAFETYSHIELD™ Hot Stick Barrier to fit tools on this page, see page 2129.
Heavy-Duty
FLEXIBLE INSULATED WRENCHES — 75 ft.-lb. torque rating
Features & Applications
• Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
• 75 ft-lb torque rating
• Standard square socket in lower end accepts
½” square-shank ratchet or similar hand
tools
• Square shank on upper end fits any ½”-drive
socket
• Mounted on 1-1/2” diameter Epoxiglas®
extensions
• Used for tightening nuts on hardware fittings on
high-voltage lines
• Universal joint coil spring limits flexibility, giving
operator socket control at various angles
• Spring easily removes for lubrication
Catalog No.
C4032137
C4032136
Overall Length
6 ft. 3 in.
8 ft. 3 in.
Weight, each
51⁄2 lb./2.5 kg.
61⁄2 lb./2.9 kg.
Epoxiglas® Torque Extension Stick for hydraulic power tools
Features & Applications
• Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
• 75 ft-lb torque rating
• Designed for hot-line work with hydraulic tools on bucket
trucks
• 7/16” hexagonal quick-connect fitting couples with a power
tool’s drive socket
• Square detent-ball fitting accepts all ½’-drive wrenches
• 1-1/4” x 4’ Epoxiglas® pole handguard is 6” from ferrule
with hex fitting
Catalog No.
T4033009
Description
Weight
Torque Extension Stick 5 lb./2.25 kg.
HEX SOCKET SETS
Features & Applications
• Available in SAE and metric sizes
• Each set includes sockets to fit any ½” (12.17 mm) squareshank tool (such as the Chance All-Angle Cog Wrench and
Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
Flexible Insulated Wrench)
METRIC Set
SAE (in.) Set
Catalog No. C4031085M
Catalog No. C4031085
includes 11 deep-well 6-point sockets includes 10 deep-well 6-point sockets
in sizes from 10mm through 19mm
in sizes from 1/2" through 11⁄8"
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2116
May 2014
AMERTONGS
Fits most meters up to 3.25" width
Features & Applications
• Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
• Can be adjusted at collar to fit an ammeter
• Plastic-coated castings securely grip while protecting the
meter's finish
• Fiberglass operating rod for maximum insulation
PLASTIC HEAD FOR
UNIVERSAL TOOLS
Catalog No.
H19686
H19688
H19786
H19788
Description
Amertong
Amertong
Hinged Amertong
Hinged Amertong
Pole Dia.
and Overall
Length
11⁄4" x 6'3"
11⁄4" x 8'3"
11⁄4" x 6'3"
11⁄4" x 8'3"
Weight
4 lb./1.8 kg.
41⁄2 lb./2.0 kg.
5 lb./2.3 kg.
51⁄2 lb./2.5 kg.
• Kit includes:
o Black plastic (glass-filled nylon ferrule with splines
to accept Chance Universal Tool Accessories (Catalog
pages 2120 - 2127)
o Thumbscrew to hold the accessory in use
o Two drive screws
o
Instruction tag
• Simple procedure requires attaching ferrule to pole with
Epoxiglas® Bond Kit H1917, drilling through holes and
installing the drive screws
Features & Applications
• Sized to retrofit over 1-1/4”-diameter Chance
Epoxiglas® hot-line tools
• Available in kit form for shop installation
• For users concerned about hotsticks with
metal ferrules that could draw an arc or effect
a short circuit in close-clearance worksites
Catalog No.
Description
C4031996 Plastic Universal Head Kit:
Ferrule, Thumbscrew, 2 Drive
Screws, Instructions
HEAVY-DUTY END CAP
Catalog No.
Description
P4032312P Heavy-Duty End Cap for 11⁄4" Epoxiglas pole
Weight
5 oz./0/.14 kg.
Features & Applications
• Designed to withstand rough working conditions
• Quickly fits on any 1-1/4”-diameter pole with Chance Epoxy
Bond Kit, Catalog No. H1917
• Molded nubs on exterior, ball shape, and thick walls cushion
repeated impacts of use
• Black ethylene vinyl acetate material provides optimum
resistance to abrasion and cuts
THREADED HEX FITTING & UNIVERSAL POLES
Features & Applications
• Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
• Insulating black plastic ferrule accepts
threaded-stud fitting unique to Safety
Line brand interchangeable tool
accessories
Catalog No.
P4032252P
• Made from same glass-filled nylon materials as Chance
universal-tool ferrules
• Extends insulation to end of tool handle
• Ferrule may be ordered either separate for retrofit on
customer poles or factory-installed on 1-1/4”-diameter
Epoxiglas® poles
Weight
6 oz./0.17 kg.
Description
Plastic Hex Ferrule only
Opposite Ends:
Plastic Hex and Chance Universal* Ferrules
Both Ends: Plastic Hex Ferrules Installed
C4001585
C4001586
C4001587
6-foot length
8-foot length
10-foot length
21⁄4 lb./1 kg.
3 lb./1.4 kg.
33⁄4 lb./1.7 kg.
Catalog No.
Description
Weight
21⁄4 lb./1 kg.
C4001582
6-foot length
3 lb./1.4 kg.
C4001583
8-foot length
33⁄4 lb./1.7 kg.
C4001584
10-foot length
*Thumbscrew included with Chance universal fitting.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
May 2014
Page 2117
I n su l ated H an d To ol s – 2 1 00
Trigger at end
of operating rod
controls roller to
open and close
ammeter jaws.
Note: For SAFETYSHIELD™ Hot Stick Barrier to fit tools on
this page, see page 2129.
Universal Poles
P4030467P
Replacement
Thumbscrew
H17604
Features & Applications
H1761
I n s u l ated H an d To ol s – 2 1 00
• Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
• Designed for use as a hotstick handle for Universal Tools
• Made with Epoxiglas® and lightweight aluminum castings
• Universal Tools shown on following pages fit under the thumbscrew of
the spline on the Universal Pole
• Splines allow angling the tool up to 90° depending on individual tool
design
• Universal Adapter M445584 (shown on page 2123) may be added
between the pole and tool to gain any angled desired
Storm Tool for Bad Weather
• A Universal Pole with special rubber insulator skirts, designed for
emergency use
• Provides extra leakage distance and disrupts water paths
• Skirts break up water streams that would otherwise run down pole
Universal Fittings for Spliced Poles
• Universal fittings are threaded for use on Epoxiglas® poles with Rigid
Splices
• Also see Catalog Section 2500 for Rigid Pole Splices and Epoxiglas®
Blank Poles
Catalog
No.
PST4032913
H1760
H17601
H17602
H17603
H17604
H17606
H176010
H176012
H176014
PST4032914
H1761
H1770
H17908
H179010
H179012
H179014
H4455
H4455A
P4030467P
Description
Hinged Pole
H1770
Pole Dia.
Pole with one universal head
Pole with one universal head
Pole with one universal head
Rigid spliced pole with one universal head
Pole with two universal heads
Pole with two universal heads
Rigid spliced pole with two universal heads
Pole with two universal heads
Pole with two universal heads
Pole with two universal heads
Universal storm tool with two skirts and one universal head
Universal storm tool with two skirts and one universal head
Hinged pole with one universal head
Pole with two universal head, pole hanger
Pole with two universal heads
Pole with two universal heads
Pole with two universal heads
Universal head only
Universal head only
Replacement Thumbscrew
11⁄4"
11⁄4"
11⁄4"
11⁄4"
11⁄4"
11⁄4"
11⁄4"
11⁄4"
11⁄4"
11⁄4"
11⁄4"
11⁄4"
11⁄4"
11⁄2"
11⁄2"
11⁄2"
11⁄2"
11⁄4"
11⁄2"
—
Overall
Length
4'2"
8'2"
6'1"
4'1" +4'
6'3"
8'3"
4'1" + 4'1"
10'3"
12'3"
14'3"
4'3"
8'2"
8'2"
8'3"
10'3"
12'3"
14'3"
—
—
—
Spliced Poles
H17602 & H17606
Weight
1.9 lb./0.9 kg.
3.4 lb./1.5 kg.
2.7 lb./1.2 kg.
5.5 lb./2.5 kg.
3.1 lb./1.4 kg.
3.8 lb./1.7 kg.
5.8 lb./2.6 kg.
4.6 lb./2.1 kg.
5.3 lb./2.4 kg.
6.1 lb./2.8 kg.
2.2 lb./1.0 kg.
3.6 lb./1.7 kg.
5.4 lb./2.4 kg.
5.8 lb./2.6 kg.
6.7 lb./3.0 kg.
7.7 lb./3.5 kg.
8.8 lb./4.0 kg.
0.25 lb./0.11 kg.
0.33 lb./0.15 kg.
—
Crossarm Tool Hanger
Features & Applications
• Adjustable to crossarms in widths from 3-1/4” to
4-1/2” in width (depth of crossarm does not matter)
Catalog No.
M1860
Description
Crossarm Tool Hanger
Weight
2 lb./.9 kg.
• Crossarm Tool Hanger
is made of strong,
lightweight aluminum
alloy and cadmiumplated steel hardware
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2118
May 2014
Universal Tool Kits
• Over 75 individual Universal Tools to select from for
various maintenance jobs
• Kits are a convenient way of ordering, with one single
catalog number shipped in a single carton – one
number for the complete set
• Most frequently used tools by hotstick crews were
selected by Chance Hot Line Tool Demonstrators
• Although all Universal Tools shown on the following
pages are still available as individual part numbers,
ordering one or more of the following kits will cover
most tool requirements
Universal Tool Kit
for Ball Socket Insulators
C4031113
Universal Tool Kit
for Clevis Type Insulators
C4031112
• 10-piece kit contains the Universal Tools normally used
to handle cotter keys, bolts and insulator hardware for
insulator control on Clevis-tongue type suspension or
deadend insulator strings.
• This 7-piece kit contains those Universal Tools
required to handle cotter keys, bolts and hardware on
ball and socket type suspension or deadend insulator.
C4031112 Kit consists of
Part No.
M44552
M445512
M445515
M445538
M445539
M445567
M445582
M445584
C4030177
Description
Pin Holder
Cotter Key Remover
Locating Pin
Clear Vision Mirror
Shepherd Hook
Insulator Fork
Cotter Key Tool
Universal Adapter
All Angle Pliers
C4031113 Kit consists of
Cat. Page Ref.
2120
2120
2120
2122
2122
2122
2123
2123
2125
Part No.
M445512
M445519
M445522
M445538
M445567
M445596
C4030177
Description
Cat. Page Ref.
Cotter Key Remover
2120
Cotter Key Pusher
2121
Ball Socket Adjuster
2121
Clear Vision Mirror
2122
Insulator Fork
2122
Ball Socket Cotter Key Remover
2124
All Angle Pliers
2125
Complete Kit for Hot Stick Trailer — C4031114
• Tool trailers are usually equipped for maximum
efficiency for a variety of hot stick jobs. This 21-piece kit
contains the Universal Tools most frequently used with
Chance Tool Trailers.
C4031114 Kit consists of
Part No.
M44552
M44555
M44556
M445512
M445515
M445522
M445528
M445538
Description
Pin Holder
Cutout Tool
Ratchet Wrench
Cotter Key Remover
Locating Pin
Ball Socket Adjuster
Screw Driver
Clear Vision Mirror
Cat. Page Ref.
2120
2120
2120
2120
2120
2121
2121
2122
Part No.
M445539
M445546
M445567
M445579
M445582
M445584
M445596
M4455102
M4455103
C4030011
C4030126
C4030177
Description
Cat. Page Ref.
Shepherd Hook
2122
Wrench Head
2122
Insulator Fork
2122
Spiral Disconnect
2123
Cotter Key Tool
2123
Universal Adapter (2 Furnished)
2123
Ball Socket Cotter Key Remover
2124
Clevis Pin Installer
2124
Cotter Key Tool
2125
Knocker
2125
Ball Socket Adjuster
2125
All Angle Pliers
2125
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
May 2014
Page 2119
I n su l ated H an d To ol s – 2 1 00
Features & Applications
Universal Tool Accessories
––– See Universal Tool KITS on Page 2119 –––
Pin Holder
For replacing pins and bolts.
Bolt head fits into a slot
and is held tight by spring
action. Will take bolts or
pins up to 5⁄8" diameter. Fits
EEI and NEMA insulators.
Part No. M44552...........10 oz.
Snapout Cotter
Key Remover
Hammer-like action makes it extremely
useful in pulling out stuck cotter keys.
Release of the compression spring by a
quick jerk of the pole deals
the cotter key a hammer blow
without disengaging the eye.
Part No. M445512......8 oz.
Cutout Tool
I n s u l ated H an d To ol s – 2 1 00
While this tool was designed for
removing and replacing the doors of
enclosed cutouts, its finger-like grasp
makes it useful on many other jobs
where a sure grip is required. Jaws
open to accommodate an object
3-3⁄4 “ wide. All parts that contact
porcelain are plastisol covered.
Part No. M44555.........................13⁄4 lb.
Ratchet Wrench
1⁄2"-square drive
This Ratchet Wrench is used for
tightening bolts in substation
equipment, hardware, transmission and
distribution lines, etc.
Part No. M44556................................13⁄4 lb.
Locating Pin
Used as a drift pin in aligning
bolt holes as an aid in bolt and
pin insertions. Recommended for
making hardware connections
on tower transmission lines and
line deadends where aligning or
hardware fitting is difficult.
Part No. M445515.................. 10 oz.
Folding Rule
Adaptable to many uses.
Particularly suited for
obtaining measurements
near live conductors in
congested areas.
Part No. M445516..... 81⁄2 oz.
13⁄8"
Disconnect
Used for opening and
closing switches, opening
enclosed cutouts, etc.
Aluminum:
Part No. M44559......... 2 oz.
Bronze:
Part No. C4001418...... 6 oz.
Chuck Blank (5⁄8" opening)
Screw drivers, hack saws, and other
tools may be inserted in this device
and secured by soldering. For wingnut
tightened Chuck Blank order No.
M445537.
Part No. M445510.................... 41⁄2 oz.
Fixed Prong
Tie Stick Head
Often preferred for manipulating
tie wires which have looped ends.
Useful in close quarters where loose
ends of tie wire must be rolled up
to prevent contact with crossarm or
hardware while untying.
Part No. M445517..........................1 lb.
Chuck Blank (5⁄8" opening)
The Chuck Blank can be used for a variety
of applications, such as inserting screw
drivers, saws, etc. The wing nut tightens
the installed tool.
Part No. M445537............................. 5 oz.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2120
May 2014
Universal Tool Accessories
––– See Universal Tool KITS on Page 2119 –––
Cotter Key
Pusher
For ball and socket insulator
coupling. Straight end of the
tool enters the socket opening
to force cotter key out. Curved
end forces cotter key back into
position.
Part No. M445519.......... 9 oz.
Pruning Saw
16.1"
These saws can be used with
Chance Pistol-Grip Handle,
Tree Trimmers, Universal or
Telescoping Tools.
C4032213................................. 8 oz.
Screw Driver
Ball Socket
Adjuster
Useful in controlling the
adapter between clevis clamps
and ball and socket insulator
pins.
Part No. M445522...........9 oz.
I n su l ated H an d To ol s – 2 1 00
Ideal for a number of odd jobs where an
insulated handle is needed.
Part No. M445528...........................31⁄2 oz.
Universal Cutout Tool
4-in-1 tool for 100 amp fuse holders
and Chance Electronic Sectionalizer.
Works on major brands of cutouts
(ABB, Chance, S&C) for easy lift out,
placement, *opening and closing
operations. Holds fuse holder in
inverted position, more secure
method than a disconnect prong.
Lightest weight of its kind (other
designs can weigh nearly twice as
much).
PSC4033484 .......................... 4 oz.
*When opening a cutout, follow all
work rules and OSHA regulations.
Not for use with loadbreak cutouts.
Hack Saw
Clamp Stick Head
P4030369P.............................................. Blade only
The 6" head is for long eye screw grounding
clamps.
Part No. M445529B (6")........11⁄4 lb.
Excellent for use at various angles where a hack saw is
needed near energized conductors, comes with 10 blades.
Part No. M445523................................... 1 lb. 12 oz.
Paint Brush
A three-inch brush for painting
around live apparatus. Useful
for applying conductor paint
on insulator heads.
Part No. M445525...........9 oz.
A Universal Clamp Stick Head for use with Eye
Screw Grounding Clamps.
Link Stick Head
Use with light conductors. The clamp
will hook into a cum-a-long ring. Jaw
openings range from .750 to .22. Jaws
have rounded edges to prevent scarring
conductors. The hook is made of heattreated aluminum alloy. Screw is Everdur.
Part No. M445536.....................1 lb.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
May 2014
Page 2121
Universal Tool Accessories
––– See Universal Tool KITS on Page 2119 –––
Clear Vision
Mirror
Angle adjustment enables the
operator to inspect insulators,
switch bases, and other
equipment which is difficult to
see without coming in contact
with energized conductors.
Part No. M445538............. 14 oz.
Conductor Cleaning
Brush
V-position of brushes gives
2-sided cleaning action. As
brushes wear, they can be
rotated, by loosening the anchor
screws, so that unused bristles will
come in contact with conductor.
Part No. M445563.................. 11 oz.
Part No. M1889 With Hand Grip
............................................... 16 oz.
Part No. M1899 Box of 10
Replacement Brushes...............5 lb.
Shepherd Hook
5"
I n s u l ated H an d To ol s – 2 1 00
4.2
The self-aligning shepherd
hook is designed for pulling
and lifting insulator strings.
Swivel action permits it
to rotate and maintain its
alignment with the insulator
at all times. Heat treated
aluminum alloy.
Part No. M445539...........14 oz.
Fixed Blade Tie
Stick Head
For manipulating tie wires with or
without looped ends. The sharp
V-notched blade gets into tight
places to pry tie wires loose. The
head is set at 60° angle from the
pole when attached, for ease in
operation.
Part No. M445540.................... 8 oz.
Flexible Wrench Head
1⁄2"-square drive
Made to fit standard wrench
sockets. Flexibility permits use at
various angles.
Part No. M445546................ 1 lb.
Skinning Knife
For cutting or scraping insulation,
cleaning conductors, etc., prior
to making splices. Its use with a
universal pole permits work near
energized lines with safety.
Part No. M445550............ 71⁄2 oz.
Storm Tool
A universal pole extension with rubber
insulator skirts. Splined fitting at top of tool
receives other universal tools. Overall length
191⁄2".
Part No. H445564........................... 11⁄4 lb.
Pistol Grip Saw Handle
Developed for use with a pruning
saw when limbs are convenient and
insulation is not needed. Aluminum
alloy.
Part No. M445566.................... 8 oz.
Adjustable Insulator Forks
Designed to grasp 9" and 10"
disk insulators used in deadend
construction,will raise most pin
type insulators up to 15 lb. Fiber
jaws open and close by rotating
screw.
Part No. M445567
Jaws adjust from 3" to 41⁄4" across
inside center of fork...... 1 lb. 11 oz.
No. T4031101
For polymer insulators, jaws
adjust from 21⁄4" to 31⁄2".1 lb. 6 oz.
Rotary Prong
Tie Stick Head
For placing insulator ties with
looped ends. Head treated
aluminum alloy body. Prong swivels
freely, permitting a full turn on the tie wire
without releasing contact. This minimizes
the possibility of kinking or burning the
wires.
Part No. M445569.................... 6 oz.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2122
May 2014
Universal Tool Accessories
––– See Universal Tool KITS on Page 2119 –––
Rotary Blade
Tie Stick Head
For manipulating tie wires with
or without looped ends. The heat
treated aluminum alloy body design
permits a swivel action. Wire is
wrapped or unwrapped without
turning universal pole. A V-notched
carbon steel blade grasps tie wire
securely.
Part No. M445570.................... 6 oz.
Spiral
Disconnect
Extremely effective in opening
switches and removing and installing
cutout doors on porcelain enclosed
type cutouts. Also called “Pigtail”
Disconnect.
Part No. M445579..............61⁄2 oz.
Pointed Disconnect
Tree & Rope Hook
The Universal Tree and Rope Hook
is made of aluminum alloy and is
attached to a universal pole to push tree
limbs out of the way of hot-stick work and
to clear rope if it becomes tangled.
Part No. M445580................ 1 lb.
I n su l ated H an d To ol s – 2 1 00
A pointed disconnect head for
use on certain types of disconnect
switches. Made of aluminum
alloy.
Part No. M445571............... 3 oz.
Conductor Gauge
This aluminum gauge is small,
compact, and light. It is used to
make a quick, accurate check
on the gauge of ACSR, solid or
stranded copper conductors.
Range: #4 Cu. through 4/0 ACSR.
Part No. M445572.................... 3 oz.
Full Range
Conductor Gauge
This aluminum gauge has
multiple range scales to make
a quick, accurate check on the
gauge of Copper, ACSR, AAAC,
AASC/ASC conductors. Includes
hard shell storage case.
Range:
#4 ACSR through 954 kcmil ACSR.
PSC4032956............................. 9 oz.
Fuse Puller
The Chance Fuse Puller may be
preset to any position desired and
locked there by tightening the wing
nut. A spring assembly also permits
the tool to be preset without
locking, so that it will align with the
fuse during the pulling operation.
The Fuse Puller is opened and closed
by turning the pole. Its jaws are
plastisol covered.
Part No. M445577
(1⁄2" to 11⁄2" Fuse)................17⁄8 lb.
Part No. M445578
(11⁄2" to 21⁄2" Fuse)..............21⁄2 lb.
All-Purpose Cotter
Key Tool
For pulling and replacing hump-type cotter
keys. Particularly suitable for use on clevis
pins and ball socket insulators. Easy guiding
of cotter key provided by contoured slot
and raised eye pin.
Part No. M445582.........................5 oz.
Universal Adapter
When this adapter is mounted on a
universal stick and any universal tool
is mounted on the adapter, the tool
can be set at almost any angle to the
stick. Useful for working in limited
access areas.
Part No. M445584...........5 oz.
Hammer
Used for many operations
around energized conductors
such as moving conductors,
suspension clamps and other
pieces of hardware requiring
a forceful blow.
Part No. M445585.......1 lb.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
May 2014
Page 2123
Universal Tool Accessories
––– See Universal Tool KITS on Page 2119 –––
Ball Socket
Adjuster
Conductor Cleaning Brush
Part No. M445587.........10 oz.
Part No. M445592
11⁄4" Dia. Tube with Universal Fitting..................13 oz.
Bolt Head
Wrench
Part No. C4030320
11⁄4" Dia. Tube with clip............6 oz.
Used on heavy socket clevises,
particularly where aluminum
suspension and deadend
clamps are attached to ball
and socket insulators.
I n s u l ated H an d To ol s – 2 1 00
Used on heads of 3⁄4" and
5⁄8" dia. bolts to keep bolt
from turning as nut is being
tightened. Extremely useful
on rural ridge pin type
construction — outer edges
of wrench are tapered so that
they can be wedged between
flanges on channel and bolt
head to keep bolt from
turning.
Part No. M445588.. 1 lb. 2 oz.
Semi-tubular shape allows
linemen to clean 6" of entire
circumference of conductor
with two stick position.
Part No. M445593
11⁄4" Dia. Tube only..................5 oz.
Cotter Key Puller
This Cotter Key Puller is used to partially
withdraw a ball-socket cotter key so that
the insulator can be removed from another
insulator hanger. This puller with its thin
prong is preferred for prying out standard
keys deeply set on long insulator strings.
Part No. M445596.......................12 oz.
Ratchet Wrench
This Ratchet Wrench is for tightening
square nuts on 5⁄8" pole line hardware,
regardless of the length of the bolt
running beyond it. The long socket
permits wrench handles to swing past
crossarm when tightening top ridge pin
nut.
Part No. M445589........................... 21⁄2 lb.
Tool for
“W” Keys
This tool is used for handling the “W” shaped
keys used in suspension insulators which are
popular in western Europe and Japan.
Part No. M445597.................. 14 oz.
Super Tester Adapter
Aerosol Can Holder
By pulling the rope on this
tool, a prong reaches out
to depress the nozzle of
an aerosol can to apply
G.E. Insuljel to insulators or
insecticides to bee and wasp
nests on poles and crossarms.
Also useful for applying
paint, lubricant, etc., in hardto-reach places.
C4032270.................12 oz.
Designed for attaching a Super
Tester (H1990ST, Section 2450)
to a Grip-All, a Universal Pole or
a Positive-Grip Stick. With this
adapter the tester can be used
in any position, above or below
the lineman.
Part No. M445598................5 oz.
Clevis Pin Installer
This tool has particular application on EHV
hardware and insulators where the pin must
be placed in semi-recessed areas. The threefinger device is spring-loaded with cadmiumplated music wire for positive grip.
Part No. M4455102...................1 lb.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2124
May 2014
Universal Tool Accessories
––– See Universal Tool KITS on Page 2119 –––
Cotter Key Holder
Used to install cotter keys into semirecessed hardware such as found on EHV,
this tool will hold the keys in position for
proper insertion into clevis pins. The tool
will hold the key firmly, yet readily release
once engagement is made
Part No. M4455103...................1 lb.
Plastic Insulator Tool
1.9"
Plastic coating of the Chance Ball
and Socket Adjuster prevents
damage to Epoxilator distribution
deadend insulators during lifting or
rotating of the insulator. Arms of the
tool are designed to fit between the
skirts of the insulator.
Part No. C4030175............ 12 oz.
3.1"
1.25"
Cotter Key Tool
Cotter Key Tool
The Cotter Key Tool is a companion
tool to Part No. C4030005, both
designed for ball and socket type
insulator couplings. C4030005
enters the socket opening to force
the cotter key out while C4030006,
shown here, forces the key back
into position. Effectiveness of both
tools is enhanced with the use of the
Universal Knocker.
Part No. C4030006.................11⁄4 lb.
I n su l ated H an d To ol s – 2 1 00
Used for ball and socket insulator
couplings, this tool is used to push
the cotter key into position where
great force is required.
Part No. C4030005.................11⁄4 lb.
All-Angle Pliers
Designed to grasp from any
angle, and tighten by clockwise
rotation of the Universal Tool
handle. The jaws are held firmly
in position with a wing-nut. Used
as a holding device for retaining
bolt heads and loose hardware,
adjusting arcing horns, replacing
cotter keys, etc.
Part No. C4030177............ 11⁄2 lb.
Knocker
Designed to knock out and pull the
cotter keys on fog-type insulators,
the Knocker Tool is spring assisted
for greater impact in restricted
space and under adverse working
conditions. The Knocker has a
standard universal fitting one end
and a Universal fitting one end and
a Universal fitting with wingnut
on the other end to receive various
Cotter Key Tools at top of this page.
Part No. C4030011................. 10 oz.
2.9"
2.3"
3.1"
Ball Socket
Adjuster
Similar to the M445587 Chance
Ball socket Adjuster, this Adjuster is
designed to handle socket adapters
up to 23⁄4 inches wide.
Part No. C4030126................. 14 oz.
Hot Rodder Tool
Ideal for applying line ties and
other formed wire products on
energized lines. The smaller
unit (C4031071) is particularly
adaptable to Super Top-Ties®.
The loop type work end permits
rotational control which is
difficult with conventional tying
tools.
Part No.
C4031071
C4030834
Dim. A.
17⁄32"
11⁄16"
B
A
Dim. B.
13⁄4"
3"
Weight
12 oz.
13 oz.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
May 2014
Page 2125
Tie Wire Claw
Features & Applications
• Hand-like hot-line tool easily and neatly applies tie
wires, both factory- and field-formed
• With grip equal to pliers, securely wraps tight coils onto
conductors
• Available either as a Universal Tool accessory with
splined fitting or ferrule style mounted on insulated
Epoxiglas® handles
Tie Wire Claw
C4031416
Universal Tool Fitting
ORDERING INFORMATION
I n s u l ated H an d To ol s – 2 1 00
Tool Head only
Catalog No.
C4031416
Description
Tie Wire Claw/Universal Fitting
1⁄2
Weight
lb./0.2 kg.
Epoxiglas Handle with Tool
Catalog No.
C4031764
C4031765
Description
6' x 11⁄4" Handle/Tie Wire Claw
8' x 11⁄4" Handle/Tie Wire Claw
Weight
3 lb./1.35 kg.
41⁄2 lb./2 kg.
Tie Wire Claw
C4031764 & C4031765
Epoxiglas Handle Mounted
Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
Utility Head
Features & Applications
• Gator-look shape makes this tool popular for many hotline jobs
• Designed for placing/removing blocks, slings, circuit
breakers, line hooks and strain breakers
• Available either as a Universal Tool accessory with
splined fitting or ferrule style mounted on insulated
Epoxiglas® handles
Utility Head
C4031417
Universal Tool Fitting
ORDERING INFORMATION
Tool Head only
Catalog No.
C4031417
Description
Utility Head/Universal Fitting
1⁄2
Weight
lb./0.2 kg.
Epoxiglas Handle with Tool
Catalog No.
C4031766
C4031767
Description
6' x 11⁄4" Handle/Utility Head
8' x 11⁄4" Handle/Utility Head
Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
Weight
3 lb./1.35 kg.
41⁄2 lb./2 kg.
Utility Head
C4031766 & C4031767
Epoxiglas Handle Mounted
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2126
May 2014
Hot Line Applicator Tools
for Rubber Line Hose & Blankets
Features & Applications
• Designed to grasp the extended lip on Class 4 rubber
line hose
• Also permits placement/removal of rubber cover-up
blankets with insulated hotsticks
• Available in two styles to fit either clampsticks or
universal hotsticks
• Each style comes in three wood blade lengths
Catalog No. Description Weight
C4032525
Universal Tool 6"
1.7 lb./0.8 kg.
C4032526
Universal Tool 24"
2.5 lb./1.1 kg.
C4032527
Universal Tool 36"
3.0 lb./1.4 kg.
• Especially useful for hose couplers, tools with 6" blades
also may be used to position rubber blankets and
shorter line hose lengths
• Beveled top corner on each blade end helps insert
tool between hose lips
• Notice that blades fit in flat area recessed full length
on outside of one hose lip
• Prong on universal tool may be used in several techniques
to remove and place line hose couplers, insulator hoods and
rubber blankets
• Clampstick tool features an eyescrew similar to
grounding and tap clamps
• Grip-All clampstick operates applicator tool to install
Class 4 line hose with ease
• Simply rotating the stick clockwise tightens the tool's
grasp on the hose lip
Catalog No. Description Weight
C4032505
Clampstick Tool 6"
1.7 lb./0.8 kg.
C4032506
Clampstick Tool 24"
2.5 lb./1.1 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
May 2014
Page 2127
I n su l ated H an d To ol s – 2 1 00
• Universal tool mounts by its fitting with thumbscrew
• Adjustable hinge feature can be set at various
working angles simply by unscrewing the prong,
meshing the pivot cogs and tightening the prong
again.
Fuse Grappler Tool
Features & Applications
• Helps remove and install power fuses and barriers in
pad-mounted switchgear
• Specifically fits S&C Electric Company power fuses SM4Z, SM-20, SML-4Z and SML-20
• Designed to be attached to an insulated universal tool
• Tool features aluminum casting with plastisol coating
on hooks to help avoid scuffing
I n s u l ated H an d To ol s – 2 1 00
Casting with integral fitting is
for direct attachment to
universal tool handles
Ordering Information
Catalog No.
C4033284
Description
Fuse Grappler Tool
1⁄
2
Weight
lb. / 0.23 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2128
May 2014
SAFETYSHIELD™
Hot Stick Barrier
• Mounts on 1-1/4” or 1-1/2”-daimeter live line tool in
less than a minute
• Adds up to a 24”-diameter protective screen between
linemen and a electrical hazard
• Used by major electric utilities, co-operatives,
contractors and industrial customers in the U.S. and
abroad
• Fits on clampsticks, disconnect sticks, and elbowpuller tools
• Should be mounted on the hotstick nearest the point
where an electrical arc flashback may occur
• Made with a flame-retardant transparent
polycarbonate protective shield
• Shield is affixed with a nylon fastener to a glass-filled
nylon clamp
Tested per ASTM Standard F2522-05: Test Method
for Determining the Protective Performance of a
Shield Attached on Live Line Tools or on Racking
Rods for Electrical Arc.
Orange protective
storage case and
Instructions
are included
with each
SAFETYSHIELD™
Hot Stick Barrier.
• Available in three diameters
Catalog No.
Diameter
Weight
PSC4170627
16" (406.4 mm)
1 lb. 6 oz. /0.62 kg.
PSC4170628
21" (533.4 mm)
2 lb. 6 oz./1.08 kg.
PSC4170629
24" (609 mm)
2 lb. 14 oz./1.3 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
May 2014
Page 2129
I n su l ated H an d To ol s – 2 1 00
Features & Applications
SAFETYSHIELD™
Hot Stick Barrier
for Ratchet Wire Cutters†
Features & Applications
I n s u l ated H an d To ol s – 2 1 00
• Mounts on 1-1/4” or 1-1/2”-daimeter live line tool in
less than a minute
• Adds up to a 16”-diameter protective screen between
linemen and a electrical hazard
• Used by major electric utilities, co-operatives,
contractors and industrial customers in the U.S. and
abroad
• Fits on clampsticks, disconnect sticks, and elbowpuller tools
• Should be mounted on the hotstick nearest the point
where an electrical arc flashback may occur
• Made with a flame-retardant transparent
polycarbonate protective shield
• Shield is affixed with a nylon fastener to a glass-filled
nylon clamp
Tested per ASTM Standard F2522-05: Test Method
for Determining the Protective Performance of a
Shield Attached on Live Line Tools or on Racking
Rods for Electrical Arc.
Orange protective storage case and Instructions
are included with each SAFETYSHIELD™ Hot Stick
Barrier.
Ordering Information
SAFETYSHIELD™ Hot Stick Barrier
for Ratchet Wire Cutters†
Catalog No.
Diameter
Weight
PSC4170630 16" (406.4 mm) 1 lb. 6 oz. /0.62 kg.
†See
Catalog Section 2150 for these Ratchet Wire Cutters:
Catalog No. C4031381, C4031382, C4031383 & C4031384.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2130
May 2014
Meter Claw™ and Safetyshield™ Barrier
Added protection for pulling and installing electrical meters
• Transparent polycarbonate 24” diameter barrier for full view
and protection
• Ergonomic handles for stable control, leverage and minimal
fatigue, help prevent injuries from repeated pulls/installs
• Fit single and multi-phase meters (residential and commercial)
• Non-conductive jaws grasp back of meter base not just bezel
NOT RECOMMENDED:
Improper/unsafe methods
for loosening and
removing meter by hand
can result in injury/death
due to breakage and
electrical arcing.
Closed
EASY 4-STEP PROCESS TO MAINTAIN CONTROL WITH METER CLAW™ AND SAFETYSHIELD™ BARRIER
Positioning
on residential meter
3
2
1
Closing non-conductive
jaws with actuating rod
Removing/pulling meter
4
Meter removed from
socket base
NOTE: The two black ball-type handles may be grasped if using Meter Claw without Safetyshield barrier.
PSC4170638 Meter Claw and Safetyshield™ Barrier
includes bag for both
PSC4170641 Retrofit Kit for
Meterpuller® by Rauckman Utility
Products includes shield, adapter
plate and four fasteners.
Catalog No.
PSC4170638
PSC4170639B
PSC4170639
PSC4170640
Description
Meter Claw™ & Safetyshield™ Barrier with Bag PSC4170643
Meter Claw™ with Bag PSC4170644
Meter Claw™ only (1 orange handle & 2 ball-type handles)
Meter Safetyshield™ Barrier with Bag
Storage Bags*
PSC4170643
PSC4170644
Bag for both Meter Claw™ & Safetyshield™ Barrier
Bag for Meter Claw™ only
PSC4170642 Retrofit Kit for Meter
Grabber by Utility Solutions
includes shield, actuating rod with
handle and two fasteners
Retrofit Kits - each includes a storage bag*
Catalog No.
PSC4170641
PSC4170642
Description
Retrofit Kit for Meterpuller® by Rauckman Utility Products+
Retrofit Kit for Meter Grabber by Utility Solutions
*Storage bags are orange heavy-duty vinyl-impregnated fabric.
is the registered trademark of Rauckman Utility Products.
+Meterpuller®
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
May 2014
Page 2131
I n su l ated H an d To ol s – 2 1 00
Open
Rescue Hook
Features & Applications
• Handle meets ASTM F711 and IEC 60855 specifications
• 3/4” high strength steel hook with 18” diameter and
coated with black paint
• Hook mounted on a 1-1/4” diameter Epoxiglas® pole
• Available in 6’ and 8’ handle lengths
ORDERING INFORMATION
Epoxiglas Handle with Tool
Catalog No.
PSC4033703
PSC4033704
Description
6' Rescue Hook
8' Rescue Hook
Weight
7.25 lb./3.29 kg.
8.00 lb./3.63kg
I n s u l ated H an d To ol s – 2 1 00
Animal Catcher
Features & Applications
MUST BE USED WITH HOT STICKS — NOT FOR RUBBER
GLOVE USE
• Universal attachment end for primary control
• Hot stick loop end for activation of the device
• Lightweight and compact design
• High-visibility orange storage bag
ORDERING INFORMATION
Catalog No.
PSC4033614
Description
Animal Catcher
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2132
May 2014
Ratchet Cable Cutters
7"
for ACSR or Aluminum & Copper
Features & Applications
• Designed for easier operation
• Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
• High-performance design incorporates Delrin rollers
and two-piece operating rod
• Roller mechanism travels smoothly along main
Epoxiglas® pole
• Linked through the roller support unit, the hinged
operating rod and larger Epoxiglas pole reinforce each
other
• Meet OSHA Electrical Rating subpart V-section
1926.951 (d)
• Insulated support pole is Chance orange
1-1/2”-diameter Epoxiglas with Plastisol butt cap
Integral hanger hook on
end casting keeps tool
handy on the job site.
Cu t ter s – 2 1 5 0
Improved Soft Wire jaws cut
larger URD cables.
• Operating rod is 3/8”-diameter solid fiberglass rod
• Lever handle is 1”-diameter Epoxiglas with rubber
cushion grip
• Four standard models offer practical 6-foot or 8-foot
lengths with choice of cutter heads for soft wire or
ACSR
• Shear-type steel blades cut without deforming cable
• Heads are interchangeable for field changeouts
• Soft-Wire Head cuts aluminum cable through 1000
kcmil bare (1.152”) or jacketed URD (2.125”) and
copper through 556 kcmil (1”)
• Spare cutters may be ordered separately below
Replacement
Bolt, Nut, Keeper & Washer Kit
T4032889
Ratchet Cable Cutters
Catalog
Number
C4031381
C4031382
C4031383
C4031384
Description
Weight
Length
Head
11 lb./4.95 kg.
6 ft. 1000 kcmil A.A.
500 kcmil Cu.
6 ft. 556 kcmil ACSR 11 lb./4.95 kg.
8 ft. 1000 kcmil A.A. 111⁄2 lb./5.18 kg.
500 kcmil Cu.
8 ft. 556 kcmil ACSR 111⁄2 lb./5.18 kg.
Catalog No.
Diameter
Weight
PSC4170630 16" (406.4 mm) 1 lb. 6 oz. /0.62 kg.
Cutter Heads Only
Catalog
Head
Number
Description
P4031387P 1000 kcmil A.A.
500 kcmil Cu.
P4031388P 556 kcmil ACSR
Ordering Information
SAFETYSHIELD™ Hot Stick Barrier
for Ratchet Wire Cutters†
Weight
21⁄4 lb./1 kg.
21⁄4 lb./1 kg.
For more details on SAFETYSHIELD™ Hot
Stick Barrier to fit tools above, see page
2130.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2152
September 2012
CONDUCTOR CUTTERS
with Insulated Handles for ACSR or Aluminum & Copper
Features & Applications
• Three standard models
• Choice of insulated long or short handles on cutters
for soft wire, and insulated long handles on cutters for
ASCR
• Chance orange 1½” diameter Expoxiglas® handles have
black rubber cushion grips
• Shear-type blades cut without deforming cable
• Heat-treated tool-steel cutter heads are same as
Chance Ratchet Cable Cutters
• Order replacement or spare cutter heads as separate
items, below
• Note: ACSR head is not for use with 15½” handles
• Soft-wire head must not be used to cut ACSR as it will
damage the cutting edges
• Storage bags to fit short or long cutters should be
ordered as separate items, below
• Storage bags are heavy-duty yellow vinyl-impregnated
nylon cloth
• Cutters are designed for energized applications
• Users must wear rubber gloves and observe all
applicable working clearances when cutting energized
conductors
For ACSR Wire
(Available with Long
Handles only)
Cu t ter s – 2 1 5 0
▲
▲
For Soft Wire
(Available with Long
or Short Handles)
Replacement
Bolt, Nut, Keeper & Washer Kit
T4032889
Conductor Cutters with Insulated Handles
Length
Maximum Size
Catalog
& Type Conductor
Number
Handles Overall
600 MCM A.A./350 MCM Cu.
C4031421
211⁄2"
151⁄2"
1
1000 MCM A.A./500 MCM Cu.
C4031422
28 ⁄2"
35"
336.4 MCM ACSR
C4031423
281⁄2"
331⁄2"
Order Storage Bags and extra Cutter Heads as separate items, below.
Storage Bags Only
Catalog
Number
C3060023
C3060000
Size
8" x 23"
12" x 38"
For Cutters,
Catalog Numbers
C403-1421
C403-1422 or
C403-1423
Weight
kg.
lb.
2
41⁄2
51⁄2
2.5
5 2.2
Cutter Heads Only
Weight
lb. kg.
1⁄2
0.2
1⁄2
0.2
Catalog
Number
P4031387P
P4031388P
Description
*1000 MCM A.A./
500 MCM Cu.
†336.4 MCM ACSR
lb.
21⁄4
kg.
1
21⁄4
1
*Rating for P4031387 Head on 281⁄2" Cutter handles.
Used on 151⁄2" Cutter handles, rating for P403-1387 Head
is 600 MCM A.A./350 MCM Cu. Do not use to cut ACSR.
†Rating for P4031388 Head on 281⁄2" Cutter handles.
P4031388 Head is not for use on 151/2" Cutter handles to
cut ACSR.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
September 2012
Page 2153
Ratcheting Cable Cutters
for ACSR or Aluminum & Copper
Features & Applications
Hard Style C4032980
for ACSR up to 556 max.
and Aluminum or Copper
up to 750 kcmil max.
• Compact size gets into close quarters
• Half the size and weight of standard ratchet cutters
• Two styles of compact cutters
• Ratings match wide range of overhead and
underground conductors
• For use in confined workspaces such as manholes and
handholes
• Open in less than half the space required for longhandled ratcheting cutters
• Small size saves on toolbox and warehouse storage
Max. opening: 2" (5.08 cm)
Length: 18" (45.72 mm)
Weight: 43⁄8 lb. (2 kg.)
556 ACSR
(aluminum conductor,
steel reinforced)
Cu t ter s – 2 1 5 0
Operation
• Single control allows easy
switching of direction
• Pushing thumb slide toward
head allows handle to open
wider for rapid opening or
closing
• Not for use when cutting – this
feature nearly doubles the
speed of the “soft” cutters and
makes the “hard” cutters open
and close about three times
faster than normal
Soft Style C4032979
for only All-Aluminum or
Copper up to 1000 kcmil
maximum
Max. opening: 23⁄8" (6.03 cm)
Length: 191⁄2" (49.53 mm)
Weight: 41⁄4 lb. (1.9 kg.)
750 kcmil URD cable
• Release the thumb slide for shorter, more powerful
strokes while cutting conductor
• Easy operation, rugged construction
• Design of compact cutters is based on simple ratchet
mechanism for long service life
• Simple controls and sure ratcheting action makes
working with them easy
• C-type jaws are heat-treated for lasting strength and
sharpness
• Stampings on the jaws indicate application limits
• Despite their small size, they are built to take
punishing field conditions
• Reinforced-fiberglass handles are PVC-coated and
protected by a vinyl sleeve
• Thick vinyl grips shield the handle ends and help
worker keep a steady grasp
• Operating instructions are included with both cutter
styles
! WARNING
These cutters are not insulated hot line tools.
Ordering Information
1000 kcmil URD cable
Catalog No.
C4032979
C4032980
Description
Weight
1
Soft Conductor Cutters 4 ⁄4 lb. (1.9 kg.)
Hard Conductor Cutters 43⁄8 lb. (2 kg.)
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2154
September 2012
Insulated Hydraulic Cable Cutters
with guillotine-type jaw head
For #6 Solid Copper (0.162” diameter)
to 954 kcmil ACSR (1.16” diameter)
Features & Applications
L1
6' - 3'7"
8' - 5'8"
Hydraulic ram fully retracts in
the Open position. For efficient
cutting, upper and lower jaw
edges are sharpened.
L2
Hook-style jaw hangs on conductor to help position tool.
Guillotine-type blades result in smooth, clean cuts.
Ordering Information
Catalog
No.
Description
L1
L2
Weight
C4032861
6-ft. Hydraulic Cutters
3'7"
18"
181⁄4 lb.
(8.2 kg.)
C4032862
8-ft. Hydraulic Cutters
5'8"
18"
191⁄4 lb.
(8.7 kg.)
18"
Single control knob selects
direction.
Notice: When storing tool,
be sure to relieve hydraulic
pressure by turning knob to
the Open position.
NOTE: Epoxiglas® pole diameter is 11/4"
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
September 2012
Page 2155
Cu t ter s – 2 1 5 0
• Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
• Easy operation, powerful construction
• Single lineworker can easily cut large-gauge
conductors with the power-assist of this tool’s closed
hydraulic system
• Operates like a hydraulic jack by simply pumping the
handle
• Expoxiglas® pole, handle and hydraulic hose have
been tested to 100kV per foot (ASTM F711)
• Hydraulic oil has dielectric strength of more than 25kV
per ASTM D877
• Hose has minimum burst strength of 12,000 psi
• Pump provides 9,000 psi maximum pressure
• Maintenance and operating instructions are included
with each tool
ALUMINUM WIRE CUTTER
Features & Applications
• Wire cutters have a heat treated steel cutter head designed
to cut all-aluminum conductors
• Aluminum head and Chance Epoxiglas® handles combine to
make an insulated lightweight tool for easy handling
• A lineman’s preference for cutting aluminum jumper cables,
conductors or tie wires
• Do not use this tool to cut ACSR conductors
Catalog
No.
C4030689
C4030690
Description
All-Aluminum
Wire Cutters
Pole Size
Dia.
11⁄2"
11⁄2"
Conductor
Ranges
1.033.5MCM
1.033.5MCM
Length
Weight
6'
81⁄2 lb./3.8 kg.
8'
10 lb./4.5 kg.
Cu t ter s – 2 1 5 0
Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
HYDRAULICALLY OPERATED
CONDUCTOR CUTTER
Features & Applications
• Used to cut conductors up to 954 MCM ACSR, all-aluminum
and 500 MCM copper
• Operation similar to a hydraulic jack
• Knob-handle is turned to enable lineman to operate pump
handle
• When cut is completed, knob is turned in opposite direction
to allow cutting head to open
• Epoxiglas pole, handle and hydraulic hose have been tested
to 100 kV per foot (ASTM F711)
• Hydraulic oil has a dielectric strength of 25 + kV per ASTM
D877-64
• Hose has a minimum burst strength of 12,000 PSI
• Pump provides maximum pressure of 9,000 PSI
• Features include jaws designed to cut without flattening
conductor
• Jaws are adjustable to compensate for wear
• Hydraulic hose is located outside pole for easy maintenance
• Well balanced, requiring minimum effort to cut large conductors
Catalog No.
C4030731
C4030732
Length
6'
8'
Pole Dia.
11⁄4"
11⁄4"
Range
To 954 MCM ACSR
To 954 MCM ACSR
Weight
13 lb./5.9 kg.
15 lb./6.8 kg.
Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2156
September 2012
LEVER TYPE WIRE CUTTERS
Features & Applications
• Three different cutter heads are available for linemen
to use for cutting jumper wires, live conductors and tie
wires
• All cutters are assembled and mounted on chance
Epoxiglas® insulated poles
H18736
Medium Duty Cutter
• Solid fiberglass-reinforced operating rod insulates
linemen from the cutter head
• Lever handle is coated with platisol
• Lever action gives linemen added mechanical force to
make clean cuts up to the maximum sizes shown in the
table below
Pole Size
Maximum
& Overall
Conductor
Duty
Length
Recommended
Weight
Light 11⁄4" x 6'6" 2/0 Solid Copper 63⁄4 lb./3.0 kg.
or 1/0 ACSR
H18736 Medium 11⁄2 x 6'7"
4/0 Stranded 93⁄4 lb./4.4 kg.
Copper or 4/0
T4030687 Medium 11⁄2 x 8'7"
ACSR
101⁄4 lb./4.6 kg.
Catalog
No.
H18716
Cu t ter s – 2 1 5 0
Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
H18716
Light Duty Cutter
INSULATED HANDLES
Features & Applications
• Chance Epoxiglas® 1-¼” diameter handles may be
easily attached to wire cutters or other hand tools
• For use in hot line maintenance or emergency repair
work
• Does not include cutters (pair of Handles only)
Catalog
No.
H18612
Description
Handles Only
Overall
Length
4'31⁄2"
Weight
41⁄2 lb./2.0 kg.
Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
September 2012
Page 2157
TREE TRIMMERS
Features & Applications
• Designed to cut up to 1½” diameter branches
• Useful around energized conductors or in hard-to-reach places
• Head features sharpened stationary and movable blades made of dropforged steel
• Rope and pulley arrangement gives operator a mechanical advantage of 3
to 1
• Example: A 10-lb. pull on rope will exert a 30-lb. force on the cutter head
lever
• Ball bearing pulleys are employed for free operation
• Rope furnished with each tree trimmer is 25’ long
• Accommodates a 6’ extension on the basic tool
• The 18” long Universal Tool Fitting is provided with 25’ of rope
• A Universal Pruning Saw can be added to the universal fitting on the side
of the head mount
• Spliced extensions fasten securely to the tool with leaf spring button lock
Cu t ter s – 2 1 5 0
Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
Catalog No.
11⁄2" Poles 11⁄4" Poles
Description
H2006
H2106
Epoxiglas Tree Trimmer ●
H2036
H2136
2-Splice Extension ❇
H2038
H2138
2-Splice Extension ❇
H2056
H2156
1-Splice Extension ▲
H2058
H2158
1-Splice Extension ▲
● Supplied with Male Splice Half-One End
❇ Male/Female Splices
▲ Female Splice Half-One End
Overall
Length
6'10"
6'
8'
6'
8'
Approx.
Weight
51⁄4 lb./2.4 kg.
31⁄2 lb./1.6 kg.
41⁄4 lb./1.9 kg.
31⁄4 lb./1.5 kg.
4 lb./1.8 kg.
H21064
H2106
ACCESSORIES
Catalog No.
H2020
H2120
H21064
P4032283P
C4032213
Description
Head Only for 11⁄2" Epoxiglas Pole
Head Only for 11⁄4" Epoxiglas Pole
Universal Tree Trimmer, 18"
Epoxiglas Pole
Blade Only for Any Head
Universal Pruning Saw
Weight
13⁄4 lb./.8 kg.
13⁄4 lb./.8 kg.
31⁄2 lb./1.8 kg.
7⁄8
1⁄2
lb./.4 kg.
lb./.2 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2158
September 2012
Wire Tong Applications
The following information is intended to assist in the
selection of the proper Wire Tongs for a particular
application and greatest load. Four popular
application methods are shown on these pages.
B
B
Co nd u c tor Su p p or t Eq u i p m ent – 220 0
30"
BLOCKS
A
A
WEIGHT
Figure 1 — Wire Tongs with saddles and wire tong blocks
clamp on holding stick.
WEIGHT
Figure 2 — Wire Tong with saddles and swivel wire
tong band on lift stick.
WORKING LOADS FOR CHANCE WIRE TONGS*
Figure
No.
1
2
Pole Diameter (inches)
Epoxiglas
B
A
11/2 x 10
2 x 12
21/2 x 12
11/2 x 10
2 x 12
11/2 x 10
21/2 x 12
11/2 x 10
Type
Support
Saddles
Lever Lift
Saddles
Lever Lift
Maximum
Working Load
(lb. per
Conductor)
275
475
275
475
Maximum Wire Size and Span
(In Feet)
(Level Ground)
ACSR
Copper
Span
Size
Span
Size
300
700
4/0
4/0
500
1200
4/0
4/0
300
700
4/0
4/0
500
1200
4/0
4/0
*Based on Tong “B” substantially horizontal. The lower the top saddle is placed below the conductor level, the greater the strain
on Tong “A” and therefore the less load it can support.
NOTE:
(1) Supports
• Maximum recommended load for Saddles with extensions is 800 lbs.
• Lever Lift will exceed Wire Tong strength when load is
properly applied in line with pole
(2) Working Loads
• Any elevated structure requires an analysis in determining the load
• When calculations are impractical or unnecessary, and
a pole is slightly higher than neighboring poles, consider total weight of span on each side as maximum
working load
• Does not apply to hilltop structures where special
analysis must be made to determine load
• When working load is greater than that given in the
table for a particular Wire Tong, it will be necessary
to use double Wire Tongs with double-type lever lift,
or use larger Wire Tong
(3) Epoxiglas® Working Loads
• Maximum working loads are based on a pole deflection of approximately one inch when used in manner shown
• Cantilever values, with a safety factor of more than
two, are: 1-1/2” – 375 ft.-lb.; 2” – 900 ft.-lb.; 2-1/2” –
1500 ft.-lb.; and 3” – 2500 ft.-lb.
• Tensile strength values, with a safety factor more
than two, are: 1-1/2” – 1500 lb.; 2” – 2000 lb.; 2-1/2”
– 2500 lb.; and 3” – 3000 lb.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2202
March 2013
Wire Tong Applications
B
2'
C
B
A
6'
WEIGHT
A
Figure 3— Wire Tongs, lever lift, link stick, and rope
blocks used on heavy conductors.
Figure 4— Three Phase Lift Set where all three wires
are lifted at once.
WORKING LOADS FOR CHANCE WIRE TONGS
Figure
No.
3
4
Pole Diameter (inches)
Epoxiglas
A
B
C
2 x 12
11/2
21/2 x 12
11/2
21/2 x 12
2x8
2x8
Maximum
Working Load
(lb. per
Conductor)
350
1000
225+*
Type
Support
Lever Lift
Saddles
Maximum Wire Size and Span
(In Feet)
(Level Ground)
ACSR
Copper
Size
Span
Size
4/0
850
4/0
397.5
1150
250
4/0
550
4/0
*With max. lift of 5' above saddle, max. unbalance of 225 lb. on one side.
NOTE:
(1) Supports
• Maximum recommended load for Saddles with extensions is 800 lbs.
• Lever Lift will exceed Wire Tong strength when load is
properly applied in line with pole
(2) Working Loads
• Any elevated structure requires an analysis in determining the load
• When calculations are impractical or unnecessary, and
a pole is slightly higher than neighboring poles, consider total weight of span on each side as maximum
working load
• Does not apply to hilltop structures where special
analysis must be made to determine load
• When working load is greater than that given in the
table for a particular Wire Tong, it will be necessary
to use double Wire Tongs with double-type lever lift,
or use larger Wire Tong
(3) Epoxiglas® Working Loads
• Maximum working loads are based on a pole deflection of approximately one inch when used in manner shown
• Cantilever values, with a safety factor of more than
two, are: 1-1/2” – 375 ft.-lb.; 2” – 900 ft.-lb.; 2-1/2” –
1500 ft.-lb.; and 3” – 2500 ft.-lb.
• Tensile strength values, with a safety factor more
than two, are: 1-1/2” – 1500 lb.; 2” – 2000 lb.; 2-1/2”
– 2500 lb.; and 3” – 3000 lb.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Marrch 2013
Page 2203
Co n d uc tor S u p p or t Eq u i p ment – 2200
5'
Wire Tongs
Features & Applications
Co nd u c tor Su p p or t Eq u i p m ent – 220 0
• Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
• Designed for moving and holding conductors clear of working area
• Also used for flat crossarm and/or ridge pin-construction, on horizontal post insulator
structures, and all types of suspension insulator lines
• Also used as auxiliary arm braces, and in EHV construction for brace pole or ladder positioning
guides
• Whole family of clamps, attachments, saddles and lever lifts allows wire tongs to be adapted to
mechanical requirements of various maintenance jobs
• Made with Epoxiglas® poles
• Castings made with heat-treated aluminum alloy, separated by bronze wear rings
• Wide-range jaws on head can be clamped tightly on conductor by turning stick from a position
beyond minimum work clearances.
• Large head available on two tong sizes for extremely large conductors
• For working load, size, and application information, see pages 2202 and 2203
Catalog
No.
H46458
H464510
H46468
H464610
H464612
H464710
H464712
H464714
H464716
C4000171
C4000172
H467712
H467714
Pole Dia.
& Length
11/2 x 8'
11/2 x 10'
2" x 8'
2" x 10'
2" x 12'
21/2" x 10'
21/2" x 12'
21/2" x 14'
Spliced 21/2" x 16'
3" x 12'
3" x 14'
21/2" x 12'
21/2" x 14'
Overall
Length
8' 71/2"
10' 71/2"
8' 8"
10' 8"
12' 8"
10' 8"
12' 8"
14' 8"
17' 2"
12' 10"
14' 10"
12' 10"
14' 10"
Wire Size
Min.
Max.
0.16"
2.25"
0.16"
2.25"
0.16"
2.25"
0.16"
2.25"
0.16"
2.25"
0.16"
2.25"
0.16"
2.25"
0.16"
2.25"
0.16"
2.25"
0.16"
2.25"
0.16"
2.25"
1.50"
2.88"
1.50"
2.88"
Approx.
Weight
7 lb./ 3.2 kg.
8 lb./ 3.6 kg.
11 lb./ 5.0 kg.
12 lb./ 5.4 kg.
14 lb./ 6.3 kg.
161/2 lb./ 7.4 kg.
181/2 lb./ 8.3 kg.
201/2 lb./ 9.2 kg.
28 lb./12.6 kg.
30 lb./13.5 kg.
35 lb./15.9 kg.
23 lb./10.4 kg.
25 lb./11.3 kg.
H46458
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2204
March 2013
Features & Applications
• Used to attach butt ring of a wire tong, as a crossarm
brace, to a wire tong saddle
• Allows wire tong to pivot and engage wire tong arm
stirrup
• Wire tong can be attached after arm has been secured
to pole
Cat. No.
M474014
Description
Wire Tong Saddle Clevis
Weight
14 oz./ 3 kg.
Wire-Tong Pole Clevis
Features & Applications
• Clamps around vertical wire tong supporting an
auxiliary crossarm
• Engages butt rings of two wire tongs used as side
braces
Cat. No.
M17285
C4000345
Size
21/2"
3"
Weight
21/2 lb./1.1 kg.
33/4 lb./1.7 kg.
WIRE TONG BAND
Features & Applications
• Two screws clamp band to wire tong
• Each screw is threaded into half of the band and engages a slot in opposite half
• This permits halves of the band to be separated by a
sliding action without removing screws
• Hinge ring slides on band, allowing rotation of wire
tong when tong is supported by rope blocks
• For positive insulation between rope blocks and live
conductors, install band at least the minimum distance
for voltage class
• See table on page 2202
Cat. No.
M17293
M1729
M17291
M17292
For Pole Dia.
11/2"
2"
21/2"
3"
Weight
11/2 lb./0.7 kg.
15/8 lb./0.7 kg.
13/4 lb./0.8 kg.
17/8 lb./0.8 kg.
WIRE TONG BLOCKS CLAMP
Features & Applications
• Use where pull is in line with pole
• Secured to wire tong under tension
• Rope blocks are connected to clamp ring
• This application places pull force in line with top wire
tong
• Assists in pulling heavy conductors back into position
Cat. No.
M4743
For Pole Dia.
11/2"
Weight
25/8 lb./1.2 kg.
WIRE TONG SWIVEL
Features & Applications
• Designed to prevent kinking of conductor
• By attaching swivel to left tong and the holding tong
hooked into the clevis attachment, there is only one
tong hooked on the conductor
• Clevis pivots to allow tongs to assume correct positions
• This avoids the kinking caused by two wire tongs
hooked side-by-side on a conductor
Cat. No.
M4745
M47451
For Pole Dia.
2"
21/2"
Weight
11/2 lb./.07 kg.
13/4 lb./.08 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Marrch 2013
Page 2205
Co n d uc tor S u p p or t Eq u i p ment – 2200
Wire-Tong Saddle Clevis
Wire-Tong Saddles
Co nd u c tor Su p p or t Eq u i p m ent – 220 0
M474010W
M474018W
M47405W
M474020W
Features & Applications
• Made of strong, yet lightweight aluminum alloy for handing ease
• Will support a maximum of 1000 lbs. (450 kg) without extension
• Has a tested working load rating of 800 lbs. (360 kg.) with extension
• Clamp is set far enough away from base to provide ample clearance
for most jobs
• Can be bolted to the saddle when additional clearance is required
• Heat-treated aluminum-alloy extension is 4 inches (100 mm) long
• Wheel Type fasteners are easy to apply, hold saddle firmly in place
and prevent riding down
• Wheel Tightener can fit into close places, including between
crossarm braces
M47412
Pole Clamp
Catalog No.
M47403W
M47404W
M47405W
M47409W
M474010W
M474015W
M474016W
M474017W
M474018W
M474019W
M474020W
C4000073
M47411
M47412
M47413
M47415
C4000073
Extension
Description
Saddle and Tightener and 11/2" (37.5mm) clamp
Saddle and Tightener and 2" (50mm) clamp
Saddle and Tightener and 21/2" (62.5mm) clamp
Saddle and Tightener and 3" (75mm) clamp
Saddle and Tightener less clamp
Saddle Wheel Tightener and Clevis
Saddle, Tightener, 11/2" (37.5mm) clamp & extension
Saddle, Tightener, 2" (50mm) clamp & extension
Saddle, Tightener, 21/2" (62.5mm) clamp & extension
Saddle, Tightener, 3" (75mm) clamp & extension
Saddle, Tightener, extension less clamp
Wire Tong Saddle Extension
11/2" (37.5mm) pole clamp only
2" (50mm) pole clamp only
21/2" (62.5mm) pole clamp only
3" (75mm) pole clamp only
Approx. Weight
10 lb. 1 oz./4.56 kg.
10 lb. 5 oz./4.68 kg.
10 lb. 9 oz./4.80 kg.
10 lb. 12 oz./4.90 kg.
8 lb. /3.60 kg.
6 lb. 11 oz./3.03 kg.
11 lb. 1 oz./5.01 kg.
11 lb. 5 oz./5.13 kg.
11 lb. 9 oz./5.24 kg.
11 lb. 12 oz./5.33 kg.
9 lb. /4.08 kg.
1 lb. /0.45 kg.
2 lb. 1 oz./0.93 kg.
2 lb. 5 oz./1.04 kg.
2 lb. 9 oz./1.20 kg.
2 lb. 12 oz./1.25 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2206
March 2013
CHAIN TIGHTENERS & EXTENSIONS
Features & Applications
• For building wire tong holding assemblies, or for replacement
• Wheel Type fasteners are easy to apply, hold saddle firmly in place
and prevent riding
• Wheel tightener has spring take-up
• Maximum workload is 2,500 lbs.
• Extension Chain increases length of Chain Tightener
• This allows Chain Tightener to be used on large-diameter poles
Description
Wheel Tightener Assembly (36" Chain)
18" Extension Chain
36" Extension Chain
48" Extension Chain
72" Extension Chain
Wheel Tightener Only
Weight
53/4 lb./2.6 kg.
15/8 lb./ .7 kg.
3 lb./1.4 kg.
4 lb./1.9 kg.
6 lb./2.8 kg.
31/2 lb./1.8 kg.
Co n d uc tor S u p p or t Eq u i p ment – 2200
Catalog No.
M1848W
M1847
M18473
M18474
M18476
070358P
M1848W
CROSSARM TYPE SADDLE
Features & Applications
• For underbuilt arms, when working space is limited or crowded
with pole saddles
• Pivoting action of the saddle swivel and pole clamp attachment
offers universal-joint action
• This allows movement of the wire tong in any direction and without binding
• Saddle shown does not include pole clamps, shown on page 2206
• Maximum workload is 500 lbs.
Catalog No.
M4744
Fits Crossarms
3" x 41/4" to 4" x 8"
Weight
6 lb./2.7 kg.
M1847
M4744
TOWER TYPE SADDLE
Features & Applications
• Used to support wire tongs or boom poles on towers
• Securely fastened to the angle-iron tower leg by four hooks tightened by wing nuts
• A clevis which bolts through the pivot lug permits rope blocks to
be fastened
• This allows rope blocks to pivot with the wire tong or boom pole
• Saddle shown does not include pole clamps, shown on page 2206
• Maximum workload is 500 lbs.
M4742
Catalog No.
Description
Weight
M4742
Tower Saddle Less Clamp with regular hooks 11.25 lb./5.1 kg.
T4001413
Tower Saddle with small and large hooks
13.25 lb./6 kg.
WIRE TONG STIRRUP
Features & Applications
• Standard equipment with Chance Auxiliary Arms
• Stirrup may be ordered separately, for attaching Wire Tong Braces
to Arm
Catalog No.
C4000331
Description
Wire Tong Stirrup
Weight
11/4 lb/0.55 kg.
ROPE SNUBBING BRACKET
Features & Applications
• Easily prevents line snarls
• Snubs all hand or light block lines to this bracket, mounted at the
base of the pole to the six different rings
• Maximum workload is 1,000 lbs.
Catalog No.
M1846W
Description
Bracket with wheel tightener and 36" Chain
C4000331
M1846W
Weight
71/2 lb/3.4 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Marrch 2013
Page 2207
Lever-Lift Wire Tong Support
Aluminum Base
Features & Applications
Co nd u c tor Su p p or t Eq u i p m ent – 220 0
M4760W
Double Type
M47602
• For use where working space on pole is limited
• Also used on H-frame or heavy suspension
insulator construction for raising or lowering
conductors with wire tongs
• Lever Lift should be used in place of Wire Tong
Saddles when loads exceed 500 lbs.
• Wire tong is attached to the Single Type by
simply removing the cotter key
• Next, slide the shaft to the side, placing the butt
ring of the tong into the fork
• Next, shoot the shaft through, and replace the
cotter key
• For the Double Type, remove the wing nuts, slip
butt rings of the two wire tongs on the shaft
extensions and replace wing nuts
• High-strength aluminum alloy Lever Lifts are
lightweight and easy to handle
• Provide a total conductor lift of 203⁄4 inches, and
will support any size of wire tong
• When two Lever Lifts are required, one at each
side of the pole, they can be attached at virtually
the same height
• An arbor adapter is available to convert the
Single Type Lever Lift to a Double Type
• Each Lever Lift is equipped with a clevis for
attaching rope blocks
• The clevis, used at the end of the Lever Lift for
attaching the lower rope blocks, will rotate
on the same pin that holds the wire tong(s),
permitting freedom of movement
Catalog
No.
M4760W
M47601W
M47602
Description
Single Type
Lever Lift
Double Type
Lever Lift
Arbor Adapter
Working
Load
Per Tong
1000 lb.
750 lb.
—
Weight
141/2 lb./
6.5 kg.
151/2 lb./
7.0 kg.
13/4 lb./
.8 kg.
Epoxiglas® Base
Features & Applications
• For same applications as aluminum-base units
• Normally used on higher transmission voltages
where more lifting space is required
• Has a total conductor lift of 36”
• Arbor adapter (M47602) shown above can be
used to convert an Epoxiglas lever lift into a
double lift for two wire tongs
• Epoxiglas member is 36" long and provides the
same working load per tong as the aluminum
units
C4001016
Working
Load
per Tong
Description
Weight
Catalog No.
C4001016 Epoxiglas Lever Lift 1000 lb. 18 lb./8.1 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2208
March 2013
Dual Auxiliary Arm
C4000562 T-Clamp & Insulator
M480517 Wireholder
C4000331 Stirrup
• Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
• For use where a changeout of poles, crossarms or insulators is necessary
• Standard Chance Epoxiglas® tools are lightweight and
easily rigged
• Can be used as a side arm on regular construction, or
alley arm construction
• Movable wireholders can be spaced for minimum conductor travel from the crossarm to the temporary arm
• Arm is long enough for use as a lifting arm with the
use of three standard Chance Wiretongs
• Additional wireholder insulation is required when arm
is used on voltages above 15kV
• For energized conductor applications, it is recommended that insulators be added to the wireholders
for added protection against tracking on the arm during rainy conditions
Catalog No.
C4000075
Description
Dual Auxiliary Arm, 10 ft., with
Wheel Binder & 1" Fork Wireholder
Rigged as a Side Arm
Weight
33 lb./
14.9 kg.
• When arm is to be left up overnight or during a period of possible rain, it
should be wiped down with a silicone-treated cloth
• To upgrade dual auxiliary arm for 34 kV applications, add three M48057
insulators to the M480517 fork type wireholders
• It is also possible to replace the lower voltage wireholders with three M480515
wireholders
• All of the auxiliary arm wireholders are the self-latching type
• When lowered into wireholder, conductor trips safety latch, locking conductor
into wireholder
• Latch must be swiveled with an insulated live line stick to release the conductor
M48057
M480515
B
B
A
D
B
C
E
Accessory Tools Required For Side Arm Application
One B 2" x 8' Wire Tong H46468
One E Pole Type Saddle with Clevis M474015W
Plus necessary insulated hand held tools.
Accessory Tools Required For Lifting Arm Application
One A 21/2" x 16' Wire Tong H464716
Two B 2" x 8' Wire Tong H46468
Two C Pole Type Saddles with Extension M474018W
and 21/2" Pole Clamps
One D 21/2" Pole Clevis M17285
Plus necessary insulated hand held tools.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Marrch 2013
Page 2209
Co n d uc tor S u p p or t Eq u i p ment – 2200
Features & Applications
Rubber-Glove Auxiliary Arm
H4862F Crossarm Clamp Assembly
Co nd u c tor Su p p or t Eq u i p m ent – 220 0
Wireholder Clamp
Assembly M480516
(see page 4155)
H48628
Assembly
(complete with
crossarm and wireholders)
Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
Features & Applications
• Used to change crossarms, insulators, or poles
• For short spans up to and including 15 kV phase-to-phase
• Two M47405W wire tong saddles can be used to mount mast to pole
• Saddles are not included and must be ordered separately
• Two mast pole lengths are available
• 5’ mast provides a lift of 30” above the top saddle
• 10’ mast provides a lift to 46” when saddles are mounted a recommended 18” apart
• Arm has a balanced rating of 600 lbs. – unbalanced at 150 lbs.
• Each wireholder is rated at 150 lbs.
H486251
Mast and Braces only
(included: crossarm clamps
and mast-base swivel fitting)
Catalog
No.
H48628
H486251
Wireholders
Description
Auxiliary Arm Assembly
Mast & Braces
Qty.
4
None
Capacity
21/2" Max.
N/A
Mast Pole
Size
21/2" x 4'11"
21/2" x 10'
Crossarm
Pole Size
21/2" x 8'
None
Weight
42 lb./18.9 kg.
37 lb./16.65 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2210
March 2013
Extension Arm
Replacement Eye Bolt (see Table below)
Replacement Wireholder
M480517
Extension Arm
H480072
• Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
• Designed for use on voltages up to and including 15 kV
• For use when reconductoring or insulator replacement
is necessary
• Epoxiglas® Extension Arm can be used on voltages up
to 34.5 kV providing the wireholders are fitted with
M48057 insulators
• Suspended under the crossarm by brackets to enable
to conductor to be removed from the original crossarm
and placed in the wireholder mounted on the Arm
Catalog
No.
H480060
H480072
Epoxiglas Arm
Dia. & Length
21/2" x 5'
21/2" x 6'
No. of
Wireholders
1
2
T4032417
21/2" x 6'
2
C4001310
(Heavy Duty)
3" x 6'
2
Fits Maximum
Crossarm Size
33/4" x 43/4
33/4" x 43/4"
33/4" x 43/4"
& 6" x 6"
33/4" x 43/4"
& 6" x 6"
Heavy Duty Extension Arm installed on crossarm,
equipped with M48057 insulators on the wireholders.
• Order insulators separately
Max. Vertical
Loading Per Wireholder
150 lb.
150 lb.
Weight
111/2 lb./6.2 kg.
13 lb./5.9 kg.
Replacement
Eye Screw
640062P
640062P
150 lb.
15 lb./6.75 kg.
P4001444P
300 lb.
24 lb./ 10.9 kg.
P4001444P
Temporary Conductor Support
Crossarm Mounting
Features & Applications
• Clamps to the crossarm, adjusting to crossarms from 3-1/4" x 4" to 6" x 6"
• C-clamp is made of heat-treated aluminum
• Can be installed with a Grip-All clampstick
• Maximum workload is 150 lbs.
Catalog
No.
C4000517
For 34.5 kV or when the
tool is left overnight,
an M48057 insulator
should be installed.
C4000517
Description
Weight
Conductor Support, Crossarm 31/2 lb./1.6 kg.
Pole Mounting
Features & Applications
• Epoxiglas® temporary conductor support is used to hold energized
distribution conductors
• For use during replacement of poles or repair/replacement
of pole top and stand-off insulators
• Features wheel tightener for poles up to 14" in diameter
• M480517 fork-type, 1-1/2" wireholder is standard
• Optional 2-1/2" diameter Epoxiglas® standoff,
accommodates conductor sizes up to 1" in diameter
• Working load: 150 lb. per wireholder
• For 34.5 kV or energized conductor applications, M48057
insulators should be added to wireholders for added
protection when rain is expected
• Rated 100 lbs., Side Load, Max.
Chain
Binder
M1848W
Catalog
No.
Description
Weight
*H4809W
Single Conductor
Support
20 lb./ 9 kg.
C4001509
Two Conductor
Supports
22 lb./10 kg.
*200 lb. total load capacity for H4809W.
M48057
*H4809W
(30" spacing, pole to wireholder)
Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
C4001509 (48" long Epoxiglas arm)
Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Marrch 2013
Page 2211
Co n d uc tor S u p p or t Eq u i p ment – 2200
Features & Applications
Universal Extension Arms
• Fit composite or wood crossarms up to 33⁄4" x 43⁄4"
• Cushioned clamp and hanger loop to protect composite arms
• Grippers on clamp can be removed for wood crossarms
• Design allows removal of components for reconditioning pole
• Designed for use with rubber gloves or hot sticks
CROSSARM CLAMP
(RUBBER GRIPPERS)
& POLE END FITTING
CROSSARM LOOP
(PLASTISOL COATED)
& POLE CLAMP
WIREHOLDER
Co nd u c tor Su p p or t Eq u i p m ent – 220 0
6-ft. Universal Extension Arm PSC4004101
Rubber grippers removed
for use on wood crossarms.
Catalog No.
Epoxiglas® Arm
Dia & Length
Number of
Wireholders
Fits Maximum
Crossarm Size
Max. Vertical
Loading per
Wirehoilder
PSC4004101
21⁄2" x 6'
2
33⁄4" x 43⁄4"
150 lb.
PSC4004102
2 ⁄2" x 5'
1
3 ⁄4" x 4 ⁄4"
150 lb.
1
3
3
Universal Extension Arm Retrofit Kit
• Allows conversion of wood-only Extension Arms
to Universal Extension Arms
CROSSARM CLAMP
WITH RUBBER GRIPPERS
& POLE END FITTING
BOLT, LOCKWASHER
AND NUT
Universal Extension Arm
Retrofit Kit PSC4004103
CROSSARM LOOP
WITH PLASTISOL COATING & POLE CLAMP
Kit
instructions
show how to cut off the
old end fitting and drill for the
attachment of the new bolt-on
end fitting.
Conversion permits easy removal of the Crossarm Clamp
for periodic reconditioning of the pole.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2212
March 2013
Temporary Conductor Supports
D-Buckle Strap On Ratchet Pole Binder
• Single- & Double-Wireholder Models
• New D-shaped buckle on the strap-free end adds speed
and convenience
• Hanging a temporary conductor support involves just
hooking buckle in clasp on bracket and cinching the
strap with ratchet handle
• With strap-type ratchet-action mount rather than a
chain binder, these supports are same as on page 2211
• Strap and ratchet assembly may be ordered alone for
retrofit, below
• Polyester strap offers advantage of less stretch than
nylon for this application
• With 10,000-lb. rated tensile strength, 2"-wide strap
comes in 44" length to fit most structures
• Wide handle opening on rapid-action ratchet permits
easy operation
• Works well even with rubber gloves and leather
protectors
• Epoxiglas® temporary conductor support is used to
hold energized distribution conductors
• For use during replacement of poles or repair/
replacement of pole top and stand-off insulators
• Fork-type wireholder accepts up to 1”-diameter
conductor
• Working load: 150 lb. per wireholder on T4001939 only
• For systems higher than 15 kV or energized conductor
applications, M48057 insulators should be added
to wireholders for added protection when rain is
expected (See page 2209)
Strap Binder Kit T4002007
Strap Binder Kit
complete with D-buckle and Ratchet Mechanism
Catalog No.
Description
Weight
T4002007
D-Buckle Strap Binder only
41/2 lb./2 kg.
Strap-Type Temporary Conductor Supports
Epoxiglas® pole: 21⁄2" diameter
Catalog No.
Description
*T4001940 30" - One Conductor Support
Weight
14 lb./6.3 kg.
T4001939 48" - Two Conductor Supports 18 lb./8.1 kg.
*200 lb. total load capacity for T4001940.
Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Marrch 2013
Page 2213
Co n d uc tor S u p p or t Eq u i p ment – 2200
Features & Applications
Corner Restraint Bracket Tool
Co nd u c tor Su p p or t Eq u i p m ent – 220 0
Features & Applications
For Hot-line Procedures
• For insulator changes on running corners
• Helps isolate pole and hoist during maintenance
• D-buckle on strap quickly mounts ratchet pole binder
• Adds efficiency to energized changeout of insulators on
distribution running-corner poles
• Works with strap hoist to help control each phase
conductor while insulators are changed
• Helps restrain conductor while repairs are made
• Also acts as load restraint for hoist to pull conductor
back in for reconnection to insulator string
• Dual-pin/single-roller set-up lets you rig the bracket for
mounting on either side of pole
• So strap always rides on the roller, place roller on
appropriate push-button pin
• New D-shaped buckle on the strap-free end adds speed
and convenience
• Hanging a temporary conductor support involves just
hooking buckle in clasp on bracket and cinching the
strap with ratchet handle
• Bracket rigged on guy side of pole: Used where the
conductor is pulled in only a short distance toward the
pole
• Bracket rigged on conductor side of pole: Used where
the conductor must be pulled in a considerable distance
toward the pole
• For maintenance by hotsticks or rubber-glove
techniques, Corner Restraint Bracket assists in
isolating strap hoist from pole, a potential ground
• Also avoids cutting a short section from a poleguard
cover-up or using (and possibly damaging) a rubber
blanket as a pad between strap and pole
• To insulate the strap hoist, a 12"-long link stick
connects the hoist’s hooks to hot-line grips on the
conductor
• Poleguards and rubber cover-up are required to
isolate the phase being worked from ground and
other phase potentials
Maximum Load Rating: 2,000 lb. (900 kg.)
Epoxiglas® member: 21/2" diameter, 6" clear length
Ordering Information
Catalog No.
T4002272
Description
Weight
Corner Restraint Bracket
133/4 lb. / 6.2 kg.
Insulated
Link
Sticks
Strap
Hoist
Insulated
Link
Sticks
Strap
Hoist
Bracket rigged on guy side of pole: Used where the
conductor is pulled in only a short distance toward the
pole.
Bracket rigged on conductor side of pole: Used where
the conductor must be pulled in a considerable
distance toward the pole.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2214
March 2013
STRAIN LINK STICK
Features & Applications
Tran s mi s s i on To ol s – 2 2 5 0
• Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
• Used as insulation between rope blocks and a hot line
wire grip
• For deadend structures and running corners
• Attached to conductor close to wire tong to support
conductor loads
• Supported from above by rope blocks, which are
operated in unison with rope blocks attached to the
wire tong
• Also used to support middle conductor on H-frame
structures during insulator or crossarm changes
• Heat-treated aluminum alloy hooks and ferrules for
best high-strength/lightweight ratio
• High-quality-steel butt rings for attaching rope blocks
or handlines
• Butt swivel spins freely on ball-thrust bearing
• Jaw edges are rounded to prevent scarring of
conductors
Max.
Jaw
Work Approx.
Pole Dia.
Opening Load,
Wt.,
and
Catalog Overall
lb.
Length Length Min. Max. lb.
No.
4'9" 11/4" x 4' .22 .75 3500 33/4 /1.7 kg.
H47152
C4000814 7'3" 11/4" x 6' .22 .75 3500 51/4 /2.4 kg.
C4000815 9'3" 11/4" x 8' .22 .75 3500 6 /2.7 kg.
C4000816 11'3" 11/4" x 10' .22 .75 3500 63/4 /3.1 kg.
C4000817 13'3" 11/4" x 12' .22 .75 3500 71/2 /3.4 kg.
C4000818 15'3" 11/4" x 14' .22 .75 3500 81/4 /3.7 kg.
3'3" 11/2" x 2' .44 1.06 6500 43/4 /2.2 kg.
H47161
4'9" 11/2" x 4' .44 1.06 6500 53/4 /2.6 kg.
H47162
6'9" 11/2" x 6' .44 1.06 6500 63/4 /3.1 kg.
H47163
8'9" 11/2" x 8' .44 1.06 6500 73/4 /3.6 kg.
H47164
10'9" 11/2" x 10' .44 1.06 6500 83/4 /4.0 kg.
H47165
12'9" 11/2" x 12' .44 1.06 6500 93/4 /4.4 kg.
H47166
5'0" 11/2" x 4' .72 1.50 6500 97/8 /4.5 kg.
H4717
7'2" 11/2" x 6' .72 1.50 6500 117/8 /5.4 kg.
H47171
5'2" 11/2" x 4' 1.00 2.50 6500 111/8 /5.1 kg.
H4718
7'2" 11/2" x 6' 1.00 2.50 6500 13 /5.9 kg.
H47181
9'2" 11/2" x 8' 1.00 2.50 6500 15 /6.8 kg.
H47182
11'2" 11/2" x 10' 1.00 2.50 6500 17 /7.7 kg.
H47183
13'2" 11/2" x 12' 1.00 2.50 6500 19 /8.6 kg.
H47184
SPIRAL LINK STICK
Features & Applications
• Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
• Replaces strain link stick when lineman cannot safely
install one by hand
• A lifting eye on the head ferrule enables the lineman
to guide the Spiral Link Stick to the conductor with a
hotstick
• 1-1/4" Epoxiglas® pole
• Heat-treated aluminum alloy ferrule castings
• Galvanized-steel spiral hook and butt ring
Catalog
No.
H4722
C4000812
Pole Dia.
Maximum
and
Conductor
Overall
Length
Size
Length
31" 11/4" x 15.5" 1510.5 kcmil ACSR
571/2" 11/4" x 42" 1510.5 kcmil ACSR
Max.
Work Approx.
Wt.,
Load,
lb.
lb.
3500 31/2 /1.6 kg.
3500 41/2 /2.0 kg.
ROLLER LINK STICK
Features & Applications
• Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
• For spreading and holding conductors at midspan
when relocating poles
• Applied to conductor at pole and pulled to position by
hand line on butt ring
• Handline should be secured by a temporarily installed
screw anchor or other fixed object
• Also used for measuring conductor-to-ground clearance by attaching measuring tape or length of rope to
butt ring
• 1-1/4” pole
• Rotating the pole closes the hook, leaving head free
to roll along the conductor
Catalog
No.
H47144
H47146
Pole Dia.
and
Overall
Length Length
11/4" x 4'
58"
11/4" x 6'
82"
Maximum
Conductor
Size
605 kcmil ACSR
605 kcmil ACSR
Max.
Work Approx.
Load,
Wt.,
lb.
lb.
1000 33/4 /1.7 kg.
1000 41/4 /1.9 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2252
November 2013
ADJUSTABLE STRAIN POLES
Insulated Section
Clevis furnished with high-strength steel Through Pin E4011510 and Klik Pin P059738P.
2-in. Pole Clamp E4010138 included with each Strain Pole listed below.
Features & Applications
end also require the adjustable, heat-treated
aluminum pole clamp
• Pole clamp can be unlocked and positioned by
hotsticks
• On cold end, a high-strength steel strain-jack with
bronze tongue provides take-up with a ratchet
wrench (see page 2257) and trunnions (page 2255))
(Wrench and trunnions must be ordered as separate
items)
• Standard strain jack included with each strain pole
provides 12" of adjustment
• Longer strain jacks (for 24" or 36" of take-up) and
extra pole clamps also may be ordered as options
below
• Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
• For many transmission and EHV maintenance
applications
• Help support conductors while insulators are removed
and replaced
• Used with yoke plates and hook assemblies at the
conductor
• Also used for structure ends of suspension, V-string or
deadend insulator strings
• 5 stainless-steel crosspins are located at 6" intervals on
the 2"-diameter Epoxiglas® poles to support hot-end
trunnions or hooks
• Engaging deadend and suspension yokes at the hot
Ordering Information
Adjustable Strain Poles
• 7,500-lb. maximum load rating (2"-diameter Epoxiglas pole)
• 2-ft. adjustment by Pole Clamp (furnished) in 6" increments on five stainless-steel pins
• 12"-long Strain Jack E4011998 furnished as standard
• Optional 24" & 36" strain jacks and extra pole clamps available below
Description
Maximum Voltage Use
Overall Length
Weight
C4012144
6-ft. Strain Pole
72.5 kV
36 in. (91.44 cm)
7 ft.-8 in.
18 lb. / 8.1 kg.
C4012145
7-ft. Strain Pole
169 kV
48 in. (121.92 cm)
8 ft.-8 in.
183/4 lb. / 8.4 kg.
C4012146
8-ft. Strain Pole
242 kV
63 in. (160.02 cm)
9 ft.-11 in.
191/2 lb. / 8.8 kg.
C4012147
10-ft. Strain Pole
302 kV
84 in. (213.36 cm)
11 ft.-8 in.
207/8 lb. / 9.4 kg.
C4012215
12-ft. Strain Pole
362 kV
102 in. (259.8 cm)
13 ft.-2 in.
221/4 lb. / 10 kg.
C4012148
14-ft. Strain Pole
552 kV
135 in. (342.9 cm)
15 ft.-11 in.
233/4 lb. / 10.7 kg.
C4012149
18-ft. Strain Pole
765 kV
180 in. (457.2 cm)
19 ft.-8 in.
261/2 lb. / 11.9 kg.
Catalog No.
Insulated Section
Accessories
E4010138P
2" Adjustable Pole Clamp
2 lb. / 0.9 kg.
E4011998P
12"-Acme-thread Strain Jack
3 lb. / 1.4 kg.
V4010157P
24"-Acme-thread Strain Jack
4 lb. / 1.8 kg.
V4010158
36"-Acme-thread Strain Jack
E4011510P
Steel Through Pin
3
Klik Pin
1
059738P
6 lb. / 2.7 kg.
/8 lb. / 0.17 kg.
/16 lb. / 0.03 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 2253
Tran s mi s s i on To ol s – 2 2 5 0
12" Strain Jack E4011998 included with each Strain Pole listed below.
Heavy Duty Two-Pole Strain Carriers (15,000 lb.)
See page 2257 for Ratchet Wrench M19483.
Back yoke
hooked to a
steel tower
with a chain
Features & Applications
• Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
• Relieve strain from an insulator string to permit
removal from energized lines
• Normally used on a single string of insulators
• Also used for multiple strings where conductor-end
hardware permits attachment
Tran s mi s s i on To ol s – 2 2 5 0
Catalog
Number
C4012174
C4012175
C4012176
C4012177
• Available here as complete assemblies – separate
components may also be ordered
• For adjustable strain poles, see page 2253
• For yokes, sockets and trunnions, see page 2255
• Yokes are fabricated from high-strength aluminum
plate
• Feature a steel chain assembly for anchoring the back
Front yoke
plate to the structure
hooked into
• Conductor-end yoke includes a hook and a machined
socket (C4011894)
a wire-grip clamp
Maximum load rating for each of the strain-carrier
assemblies listed below is 15,000 lb. per insulator string.
Weight,
Nominal Distance Between Yokes
Common Features For All Units
each assembly Listed
Pole Length Minimum Maximum
81 lb. / 36.45 kg. • Two 2"-dia. Epoxiglas poles
6 ft.
49 "
81"
• Yokes are 26" wide on pole centers
83 lb. / 37.35 kg.
7 ft.
59 "
93"
• 2” adjustment in 6" increments on five
85 lb. / 38.25 kg.
8 ft.
74 "
108"
stainless-steel pins per pole
89 lb. / 40.05 kg. • 12"-long Strain Jacks
10 ft.
95 "
129"
C4012216
12 ft.
113 "
147"
95 lb. / 42.27 kg.
C4012178
14 ft.
146"
180"
97 lb. / 43.65 kg.
C4012179
18ft.
191"
225"
105 lb. / 47.25 kg.
Standard Duty Strain Carriers (6,500 lb.)
See page 2257 for Ratchet Wrench M19483.
Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
Features & Applications
• Same basic use as the two-pole strain carrier
• Relieves strain while removing a single string of
insulators
• Distribution strain carrier has a compression deadend
yoke at the hot end
• Insulator-conductor hardware features a compression
lever-type action, gripping tighter as the load
increases
• Various shoes furnished with the kit fit conductors
from 0.292" through 0.806" (No. 2 through 397.5
ACSR)
• Maximum load rating for each distribution straincarrier assembly listed below is 6,500 lb. per insulator
string
• Two 11⁄4"-diameter Epoxiglas poles • Yokes are 21" wide on pole centers
• 2-ft. adjustment in 6" increments on five stainless-steel pins per pole • 12"-long Strain Jacks
Catalog
Nominal
Number
Pole Length
C4010411
C4010410
Distance Between Yokes
Weight,
Minimum Maximum
each assembly
6 ft.
471/2" 81"
82 lb. / 36.9 kg.
8 ft.
711/2" 105"
92 lb. / 41.4 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2254
November 2013
Two-Pole Strain Carrier Accessories
Two-Pole Yokes
• Can be ordered separately to make two pole strain
carriers shown on Page 2254
• Yokes are fabricated of high strength (3/4"- and
1"-thick) aluminum plate
• Yokes have 26" width between center of adjustable
strain poles used with them
• Maximum load ratings are 15,000 lbs. per insulator
string
Catalog No.
Description
C4011720 Conductor End Yoke Assembly
C4011721 Structure End Yoke Assembly
C4011720
Includes hook and C4011894 Socket
Weight
25 lb./11.3 kg.
20 lb./ 9.0 kg.
47" Chain
M1942 included
C4011721
W4010255P Shackle
• Used with Two-Pole Strain Carriers, these units grip
compression sleeves over the compressed area,
requiring no shoulder or adapter to pull against
• Heat-treated aluminum castings
• Rated at 11,000 lbs. maximum load when used with 2”
adjustable strain poles
• Designed specifically for use on extension links
• Swing up gate exposes the shoe area of the assembly
to the load and must be closed before taking up
tension
Catalog No.
Description
Compression Yoke Assembly
C4010095 Complete with a Hot Line Extension Link for
3
/4" and 1" dia. shank & 4 sets of shoes for
conductor from 477to 1351 MCM ACSR
Includes steel loading chain and attachment hardware.
C4010095
Weight
44 lb./19.8 kg.
Take-Up Trunnions
• For replacement or conversion
• Bronze-alloy and ball-thrust bearing construction for
use on adjustable strain poles
• Equal the capacity of all Chance yokes and provide
maximum efficiency for the lineman
• Require M19483 Ratchet
Catalog No.
E4012066P
E4012068P
Description
One Large Trunnion,
replaces 70356
One Small Trunnion,
replaces E4010486
5"
25/8"
Weight
31/2 lb./1.6 kg.
2 lb./0.9 kg.
E4012068P
(1 only)
E4012066P
(1 only)
Trunnion Gauge
Catalog No.
T4012265
Description
Trunnion Gauge for 3/4" Acme threads
Weight
1
/2 lb./0.25 kg.
T4012265 Trunnion Gauge
Deadend Sockets
• Furnished with the Two-Pole Strain Carrier
• Use following catalog number for ordering
replacement
Deadend Socket
Max. Load Rating: 15,000 lb.
Bolted Conductor Range of Fittings Compression
Deadend
Strain Maximum
Minimum
Body
Clamp Copper or
Copper or
Maximum
ACSR
ACSR
Catalog No. Max.
C4011894
Approx.
Weight
For Extension Links with 7/8" Shank and 11/2" Collar.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 2255
Tran s mi s s i on To ol s – 2 2 5 0
Deadend Compression Yoke Assembly
Single-Pole Strain Carrier Yokes
Features & Applications
• Can be used with adjustable strain poles (see page
2253) to remove the strain from one string of multiple
strings of deadend insulators
• Should be purchased in pairs to fit specific yoke plate
construction
• Same yoke assemblies can be used on both the hot
and cold end of the insulator string as they hook into
the yoke plate hardware
• All of these yokes are rated at 15,000 lbs. maximum
load per insulator string
C4011719
C4011718
Tran s mi s s i on To ol s – 2 2 5 0
C4011717
Catalog
No.
Fits Yoke Plates
C4011719 Flat Plates up to 3/4" thick
C4011718 Flat Plates up to 1" thick
C4011717 Rectangular or Triangular
plates up to 3/4" thick
Weight
25 lb./11.3 kg.
25 lb./11.3 kg.
25 lb./11.3 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2256
November 2013
Strain Poles
For Bundle Conductor Yoke Plates
Features & Applications
• Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
• Accommodate a wide range of yoke plate designs and
hole spacings
• Both Strain Poles, of 2"-dia. Epoxiglas® construction,
offer 12,000-pounds maximum load capacity with a 1"
wide clevis for aluminum conductor yoke plates
• Commonly used in deadend rigging, for “V” strings
and restrained angles, poles offer two clevis lengths
and overall lengths
H1949113
C4000612
Catalog No.
H1949113
C4000612
C4000613
PSC4002915
PSC4002916
Description
Butt Swivel, Clevis 3.35" x 1"
Butt Swivel, Clevis 1.56" x 1"
Butt Swivel, Clevis 1.56" x 1"
Clevis, Clevis 1.56" x 1"
Clevis, Clevis 1.56" x 1"
Working Length*
113"
113"
134"
113"
134"
Max. Load
12,000 lb.
12,000 lb.
12,000 lb.
12,000 lb.
12,000 lb.
Weight
17 lb./7.7 kg.
14 lb./6.3 kg.
15 lb./6.8 kg.
14 lb./6.3 kg.
15 lb./6.8 kg.
* Distance from centerline of pin to inside end of butt ring.
Strain Pole Accessories
STRAIN JACKS
Strain Jacks
E4011998, V4010157 & V4010158
Catalog No.
M19483
E4011998P
V4010157
V4010158
H47851
H47852
H47853
SPM29471
Description
Ratchet Wrench
Strain Jack (12" Long) Tongue Type
Strain Jack (24" Long) Tongue Type
Strain Jack (36" Long) Tongue Type
Clevis Ratchet Screw 12"
Strain Jack (18" Long) Clevis Type
Strain Jack (24" Long) Clevis Type
Acme Eyenut
M19483
Ratchet Wrench
H47851
Clevis, Ratchet, Screw
Weight
2.2 lb./1 kg.
3 lb./1.4 kg.
4 lb./1.8 kg.
6 lb./2.8 kg.
5.5 lb./2.5 kg.
8 lb./3.6 kg.
10 lb./4.5 kg.
1 lb./0.5 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 2257
Tran s mi s s i on To ol s – 2 2 5 0
Working
Length
Insulator Cradles
Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
o EHV Trough-design Cradle is designed to be used
Features & Applications
• Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
• Three basic types of Insulator Cradles are available for
various insulator changeout requirements:
o Transmission Cradle is designed to be used on 69 kV
to 115 kV deadend or suspension strings supported
by a pair of wire tongs or link sticks
on 345 kV to 500 kV deadend or suspension
strings and in combination with insulator cradle
carriers for moving the insulators (See catalog
page 2259)
o EHV Side-Opening Cradle is designed to be used
on only EHV deadend strings for removing only
one string in a double, triple or quad deadend
bundle (See catalog page 2260)
TRANSMISSION INSULATOR CRADLE
Features & Applications
Tran s mi s s i on To ol s – 2 2 5 0
• Used to make insulator changes by supporting the
string while damaged insulators are replaced
• Also used to pivot the string so that it may be removed
and lowered to the ground
• On deadends or running corners, cradles are used in
conjunction with strain carriers
• In straight suspensions, they are used with various
types of link sticks or adjustable strain pole assemblies
• Made with three 1-1/2" dia. Epoxiglas® poles
• Lightweight, easy to handle and adaptable to many
applications
• Lugs, located at the forward end of the cradle, are
used to support the insulator string with a pair of
wire tongs or link sticks
• Back end of the cradle is supported by ropes tied at
the structure
• Hinged in this manner, insulators may be lowered
or raised to the best position for changing damaged
insulators
• In some cases, cradle is supported in eyes located on
the forward yoke of Two-Pole Strain Carriers
• This is performed when raising or lowering of the
insulator string is unnecessary
Cradle
H18406
H18408 or
H184010
2 pcs. x 9'
Photo at right shows the insulator
cradle being raised or lowered with
the use of wire tongs.
Catalog
No.
H18406
H18408
H184010
Overall
Length
6-ft. (180cm)
8-ft. (240cm)
10-ft. (300cm)
Recommended
Capacity
10 10" (250mm) Insulators
14 10" (250mm) Insulators
18 10" (250mm) Insulators
Approx.
Weight
193/4 lb./ 8.887 kg.
24 lb./11.262 kg.
27 lb./13.837 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2258
November 2013
EHV Trough-Design Insulator Cradle
Hook
(068922)
Cradle
H19509 or
C4010015
Features & Applications
• Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
• For making insulator changes on lines energized up
to and including 500 kV
• Also for lowering insulator strings on deadend
and swinging-corner construction, and to raise the
insulators on long suspension units
• Heat-treated aluminum castings, durable Epoxiglas®
poles, and steel hardware Aluminum castings are
lightweight for easy handling
• Deep “trough” design holds insulator string securely
• Also prevents accidental dropping of the string as
the slotted insulator-retaining plate secures the top
insulator of the string
• Raise or lower for easier insulator changes with a bail
attached to a link stick
• Hooks are furnished for installing and removing
deadend tool from insulator yokes
Catalog
No.
H19509
C4010015
H195090
Description
9' Insulator Cradle
11'4" Insulator Cradle
Insulator Cradle Carrier
Max.
10"
Insulator
Capacity
Weight
19
23 lb./10.45 kg.
25
27 lb./12.27 kg.
—
25 lb./11kg.
Insulator Cradle Carrier H195090
Features & Applications
• Utilizes a spiral link stick as support for the three
hook and clamp assemblies
• Features a 2-1/2" Epoxiglas® insulated ridgepole
• Maximum load is 500 lbs.
STATIC GROUND
Features & Applications
• Eliminates electrostatic charge when working insulator strings
• Drains off charge from insulator string to tower leg
• 6’ of No. 2 grounding cable is attached to the Static Ground tool
• Flat face clamp at one end of the grounding cable
• Adjustable jaws fit insulator caps from 2-1/2" to 6"
• Overall length with a 1-1/4" x 19" Epoxiglas® pole, is 30"
• To ground an insulator string, attach the flat face clamp to the tower leg and
the Static Ground just under the first insulator cap
• For barehand work, attach the flat face clamp to the bucket shield system and
the Static Ground under the second insulator from the LIVE end
Catalog No.
HG42301
C6000000
Description
W/Eyescrew Clamp No. G33633SJ
W/“T” Handle Clamp No. G33634SJ
Approx. Wt.
5 lb./2.3 kg.
5 lb./2.3 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 2259
Tran s mi s s i on To ol s – 2 2 5 0
Bail
(070184)
EHV Side-Opening Insulator Cradle
Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
21/2" dia.
11/2" dia.
Features & Applications
Tran s mi s s i on To ol s – 2 2 5 0
INSULATOR RETAINING PLATE C4010455
15" C4010361
HOOK
ASSEMBLIES
31" C4010362
11/2" dia.
• For selective removal of any one string in deadend
bundles, double, triple or quad
• Eliminates the need for removing top strings in
bundle access lower string
• Available in 9’, 13’ and 16’ lengths
• Shipped complete with bridle for attaching to Swivel
Boom, an Insulator Retaining Plate and either 15” or
31” Hook Assemblies
• 15” assembly for single or double deadends
• 31” Assembly for removal of bottom strings in
4-bundle deadends, and for double “V”-string
assemblies
• 9’ Cradle is rated 500 pounds maximum load
• 13’ and 16’ Cradles are rated at 1000 lbs. maximum
load
• Insulator Retaining Plate is dual purpose
• One side of Insulator Retaining Plate is adaptable to
11” insulator bells and the opposite side is adaptable
to 12-3/4” insulator bells
Catalog
No.
C4010358
C4010359
C4010356
C4010357
C4010354
C4010355
C4010361
C4010362
C4010455
Description
9' Cradle, 15" Support Hooks
9' Cradle, 31" Support Hooks
13' Cradle, 15" Support Hooks
13' Cradle, 31" Support Hooks
16' Cradle, 15" Support Hooks
16' Cradle, 31" Support Hooks
15" Support Hook, one only
31" Support Hook, one only
Insulator Retaining Plate
Weight
93 lb./41.9 kg.
971/2 lb./43.9 kg.
119 lb./53.6 kg.
1231/2 lb./55.6 kg.
125 lb./56.7 kg.
1301/2 lb./58.7 kg.
10 lb./ 4.5 kg.
111/2 lb./ 5.2 kg.
71/2 lb./ 3.4 kg.
J-HOOK ASSEMBLY
Features & Applications
• For removal of deadend insulator strings
• Plastisol-covered steel hook swivels on end of a 2" x 36"
Epoxiglas® pole
• Has a 2-1/2" dia. pole clamp at the top end, allowing
horizontal adjustment on an Epoxiglas ridgepole to fit
varying lengths of insulator strings
• Useful in removing bottom string in a 3-bundle
insulator string
• Rated working load: 250 lbs. per hook
J-HOOK ASSEMBLY
C4020790
Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2260
November 2013
Suspension Insulator Tools
Features & Applications
• Optional tools for relieving the load on suspension
insulator strings
• When same crews work on deadend and suspension
structures, Adjustable Strain Poles on Page 2253 can be
used as base tool for suspension insulator changeouts
SUSPENSION YOKES
• C4011722 yoke is used with the H2947
series adjustable strain poles on page 2253
• C4010168 yoke is used with clevis strain
poles on page 2257
• Both yokes are fabricated from high
strength aluminum plate
• Maximum load of 15,000 lbs. per insulator
string
• Has two spring-loaded latches which engage
and lock the pole clamp into position on the
yoke, 26” apart center-to-center
Catalog No.
C4011722
C4010168
• Provides adequate clearance for corona
rings
• An eyebolt, which may be assembled on
either side of the yoke, facilitates rigging
• Yoke is equipped with a swivel saddle
designed to cope with the variables of
suspension strings on running corners
• Saddle will rotate a full 360°
• Saddle will handle conductor yoke plates
up to 1" in thickness
Description
Strain-Pole Suspension Yoke with 31/2" Swivel Saddle
Clevis Pole Suspension Yoke with 31/2" Swivel Saddle
Weight
26 lb./11.7 kg.
23 lb./10.4 kg.
ADJUSTABLE HOOK ASSEMBLY
Features & Applications
Catalog
No.
M47241
M47241
Description
Adjustable Hook Assembly
LENGTH
• For use with adjustable strain poles shown on page 2253
• A direct method of relieving load on suspension string
• Conductor clamp has contoured seat with a trapping gripper
and is operated by an eyescrew
• Conductor range is 1-1/8" to 2-1/2" dia.
• Can be positioned every 6" on the strain pole
• Hook is self-aligning within a range of 45° either side of
vertical
• Maximum load is 3,500 lbs.
Weight
6 lb./2.7 kg.
SUSPENSION LINK STICKS
For Adjustable Strain Pole (See Page 2253) or Clevis Pole (See Page 2257)
Features & Applications
• For use on conductors from 1-1/2" to 2-1/2" dia.
• Can be used with various types of takeup devices at the structure end
• Lip of the hook, actuated by an eye screw, swivels to accommodate various conductor sizes
• Maximum load is 6,500 lbs.
Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
Catalog No.
H472084
H472096
H4720114
Pole Dia. & Length
11/2" x 84"
11/2" x 96"
11/2" x 114"
Weight
14 lb./6.3 kg.
16 lb./7.2 kg.
18 lb./8.1 kg.
Suspension Link Stick
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 2261
Tran s mi s s i on To ol s – 2 2 5 0
C4010168
C4011722
STRUCTURE YOKES
NOTE: Yokes shown here use Adjustable Strain Poles and
small trunnions on page 2252 through 2253.
H478322
Steel Tower Yoke
• Fits over the tower arm, serving as a support for the
Chance Strain Poles
• Relieve tension on suspension insulator string
through the “hot end” yoke and conductor yoke
plate
• Yoke legs can be adjusted to fit most tower structure
configurations
• It is recommended that the design drawings of the
tower arms be submitted to Hubbell Power Systems,
Inc. with the Tower Yoke order for engineering
evaluation
• Swivel trunnions are 26” center to center
Catalog No.
Description
H478322 Tower Arm Yoke
Max. Load
12,000 lb.
Weight
421/2 lb./19.1 kg.
Wood or H-Frame Tower Yoke
Tran s mi s s i on To ol s – 2 2 5 0
• Similar to the Steel Tower Yoke in design and
application
• Two clamp bolts which secure the yoke to the double
plank crossarms may be adjusted to three center-tocenter positions (9", 11" and 13") to fit various arm
sizes
• Vertical take-up on the crossarm is from 9" to 12"
• Swiveling trunnion brackets are located 26" centerto-center
• Longer braces are available on special orders
C4000219
Description
Max. Load
Weight
Catalog No.
C4000219 H-Frame Crossarm Yoke 12,000 lb. 41 lb./18.5 kg.
Steel Arm Yoke
C4000445
• For use on the arm of a steel pole
• Mounts over a ¾”-thick end plate as shown at left
• Swivel castings in end of yoke for proper alignment of
Chance Strain Poles to conductor-end yoke
• Load rating is dependent upon the angle of end plate
on arm
• 45° is maximum angle allowed with a maximum load
of 9,000 lbs.
• In-line loading of yoke permits a maximum load of
15,000 lbs.
• Bronze pins place the strain poles 21” apart, center-tocenter
• Lifting eye is cast into the top of the yoke to assist in
rigging
Catalog No.
C4000445
Description
Steel Arm Yoke
Max. Load
15,000 lb.
Weight
143/4 lb./6.6 kg.
STEEL ARM BRACKET
The steel arm bracket is used with the C4000445 (steel
arm yoke) where the steel arm is not equipped with
an end plate. The bracket is made of heat treated
aluminum and is complete with a wheel binder. The
steel arm bracket serves the same purpose as an end
plate to support the yoke assembly.
T4000838
Catalog No.
Description
T4000838 Steel Arm Bracket
Max. Load
15,000 lb.
Weight
15 lb./6.8 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2262
November 2013
TOWER GIN
• All-Purpose Handline Gin
Features & Applications
• 3' x 3" x 1/4" with an aluminum-welded end-plate securing
bronze, free-swivel butt ring
• Snatch blocks hooked into butt ring keep handlines from
dragging over tower structure, giving clearance to tools in
transit
• Bronze mounting hooks are secured with bronze wing nuts on
plated steel bolts
• Hook adjustment will fit tower angle from 1-3/4" x 1-3/4" up to
6" x 6"
• Maximum load for the gin is 500 lbs.
Catalog No.
M1979
Description
Tower Handline Gin
Length
21"
Weight
63/4 lb./3 kg.
Tran s mi s s i on To ol s – 2 2 5 0
TROLLEY POLE
SUSPENSION INSULATOR TOOL
Features & Applications
• Rolls a string of suspension insulators into the structure so that
damaged units can be replaced
• Can be fastened, horizontally under the tower arm, using tower
type wire tong saddles
• Two types of Trolley Wheel Units are available with single
(H47234) or tandem (C4000152) wheels
o The tandem wheel units are used on extremely long strings
of insulators for better weight distribution
o Both trolley wheel types will roll on either a 2-1/2" or 3"
Epoxiglas® pole
• Slotted Suspension Insulator Attachment bolts to end of Trolley
Pole and can be fitted under the top insulator
• Entire string can be lifted by a slight down pressure on structure
end of Trolley Pole
• Insulators are returned to position on Trolley Pole after
necessary changeouts
Suitable for 101/2" disc insulators
on one side and 103/4" disc
insulators on the other
H47232
H47234
TROLLEY POLE COMPONENTS PARTS
Catalog No.
H47232
H4721112
H47234
C4000152
C4000152
H4721112 (Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711)
Description
Fork Suspension Tool Attachment for 21/2" Pole
Trolley Pole (21/2" x 12')
Single Trolley Wheel with 21/2" Pole Clamp
Tandem Trolley Wheel with 21/2" Pole Clamp
Weight
151/2 lb./7.0 kg.
181/2 lb./8.3 kg.
6 lb./2.7 kg.
13 lb./5.9 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 2263
Hot Stick Tension Puller 34.5 kV Ø-Ø and 69 kV Ø-Ø
Features & Applications
Specifications:
34.5 kV
69 kV
Capacity
4,000 lb.
4,000 lb.
Working range
Maximum take-up
Insulation
Maximum
Minimum
Length
58-70 in.
12 in.
66-76 in.
12 in.
43 in.
31 in.
60 in.
51 in.
39 in.
66 in.
• Equipped with rings for handling and operation with
the Chance Grip-All Clampstick or with rubber gloves
• Both models have a non-swiveling hook on each end
for positive hotstick operation
• Spring-loaded gate rotates 135° left or right from
closed position
• Large, ratchet wrench selector lever easily
accommodates hotsticks
Catalog No.
Description
Weight
C4000574 34.5 kV, Safety Hook both ends 12 lb. / 5.4 kg.
C4000575
69 kV, Safety Hook both ends 121/2 lb./ 5.6 kg.
Tran s mi s s i on To ol s – 2 2 5 0
Tie Back Clamp C4000600
Conductor Range:
#4 to 397.4 kcmil ACSR
Tension Puller Hook Adapter C4000573
• Hook Adapter is a field-replacement for adding catch
and hotstick eye
• Adapter is interchangeable with hooks of both Tension
Pullers above
• Tie Back Clamp installs with a Grip-All clampstick
• Used with a Tension Puller to keep the tail of a
conductor out of the work area by tying it back to the
main line after it has been cut
• Clamp also may be used to hold a jumper on the main
line while applying a compression connector
Tension Puller Switching Tool
35 kV Ø-Ø, 600 amps cont, 150 kV BIL
Features & Applications
• Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
• Tension Puller Switching Tool combines line-tension
disconnect switch with Epoxiglas® insulated tool as
above
• Weathershed polymer skirts are bonded to 1-1/2"-dia.
Pole
• Compression clamps secure switch hot parts to pole
• Bypass stud (1/2"-dia.) at each end of switch accepts 3"wide jumper clamps
• Copper switch blade with silver-plated contacts opens to
90° or 180° with stop pin removed
• Galvanized hooks are provided for operation by
loadbreak device
• With handling rings, may be operated by either hot-line
tools or rubber-glove techniques
• Illustrated instructions give procedures for installation,
operation and maintenance
• Fixed hooks on ends do not swivel
• Latch on hooks has a spring-loaded gate able to
rotate 135° left or right from the closed position
• Selector lever on ratchet wrench is extra large for
easier operation by hot line tools
• Hot line jumpers installed on conductor and bypass
studs create parallel circuit
• Conductor is securely restrained before cut
• Long tail is clamped back onto itself
• Portable loadbreak device may be used to open
switch
• For additional recommendations, refer to ANSI C37.35
IEEE Guide for the Application, Installation, Operation
and Maintenance of High Voltage Air Disconnecting
and Load Intrerrupter Switches
• NOTE: Specifications are same as for 34.5 kV unit
above
Operate disconnect switch only with a portable
loadbreak tool.
Catalog No.
Description
Weight
C4001907 Tension Puller Switching Tool 22 lb. / 9.9 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2264
November 2013
Suspension Insulator Lifter Tool
•For up to 12.5"-diameter insulators
Features & Applications
• For picking up suspension-insulator strings on electric
transmission lines during live-line maintenance
• High-density polyethylene tool
TO THOSE WHO CLIMB ™
*NOTE: When tying appropriate knot in load line
passed through hole above, leave enough tail
to encircle insulator twice and tie back onto
load line. Use only a capstan hoist or winch/
hoisting equipment specifically designed for
the task to raise/lower insulator strings
12.6" Dia.
Ordering Information
2.4" R
Bottom View
12 ⁄ "
34
1.0" dia. Eye for hot
line tool used to guide
insulator lifter tool into
position
DO NOT USE FOR LIFTING.
Catalog No.
PSC4002927
Rated Working Load
400 lb. / 181.4 kg.
Approx. Wt.
13.5 lb./6.1 kg.
IMPORTANT:
1. Designed for live line work, this tool must be visually
inspected and cleaned with an appropriate agent before
each use
2. Do not use for construction procedures such as
installing a string of insulators complete with traveler
and ropes
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 2265
Tran s mi s s i on To ol s – 2 2 5 0
1.2" Hole in back for
attaching *load line
All Chance® Insulated Jumpers meet
ASTM F 2321 Standard Specification.
G4758
15kV
Insulated Jumper Clamps
Features & Applications
• Used for bypassing work areas when equipment is under repair
• Also used for upgrading lines and making temporary or
emergency repairs
• Handles are tough, high-impact strength polyethylene with a
wide hand guard flange
15 kV Ø-Ø Rated — 300 Amp Capacity
Jump er s & Load Pi c k u p To ol s – 23 00
The G4758 series Jumper Clamp has:
• Handle length of 5-5/8" below the handguard
• Bearing type floating washer lower contact that improves
gripping action and prevents conductor scoring
• Metal parts with copper alloy to improve oxidation resistance
• 300 amp continuous rating based on using 2/0 Jumper Cable on
tap side
55/8"
Style I per ASTM F 2321 Standard Specification
Cat.
No.
G4758
Description
Pair* of
Clamps
Main Line Range Jumper Cable Range
Max.
Min.
Min.
Max.
Weight
#6
336.4
21/4 lb./
2/0
#2
ACSR Copper
1.0 kg.
.162"
.721"
*Cat No. T6010003 for single clamp.
G4765
25kV
25 kV Ø-Ø Rated — 400 Amp Capacity
The G4765 series Jumper Clamp has:
• The same polyethylene material in the handle as other Chance
Jumper Clamps
• Handle length below handguard is 7-1/2"
• 400-amp continuous current rating is based on using 4/0 Jumper
Cable on tap side
71/2"
Style I per ASTM F 2321 Standard Specification
Cat.
No.
G4765
Description
Pair* of
Clamps
Main Line Range Jumper Cable Range
Max.
Min.
Min.
Max.
Weight
#6
477
23/4 lb./
4/0
#2
ACSR Copper
1.3 kg.
.162"
.883"
*Cat. No. T6010039 for single clamp.
G4775
35kV
35 kV Ø-Ø Rated — 400 Amp Capacity
The G4775 series Jumper Clamp has:
• A larger contact opening for use on larger conductor
• Handle length below the handguard is 8-3/8"
• Use connector C6002598 to assemble sets
• 400-amp continuous current rating is based on using 4/0 Jumper
Cable on tap side
Style I per ASTM F 2321 Standard Specification
83/8"
Cat.
No.
G4775
Description
Pair* of
Clamps
Main Line Range Jumper Cable Range
Max.
Min.
Min.
Weight
Max.
#6
3 lb./
954
4/0
#2
1.4 kg.
ACSR Copper
1.165" .162"
*Cat. No. T6010040 for single clamp.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2302
November 2013
Jumper Cable rated Ø-Ø 15 kV
with EPR Insulation/Jacket
• Extremely flexible even at low temperatures
• Features insulation/jacket combination resistant to abrasion, oil, heat,
moisture and ozone
• Orange/Red color of mold-cured ethylene-propylene-base coating
imparts high visibility
• AWG size and voltage rating are embossed at 4-foot intervals for easy
identification
• For extended service life, an extruded screen interfaces insulation and
conductor
• This strand screen improves voltage-stress control by adding dielectric
strength and eliminating internal corona
• Insulation and conductor screen meet and exceed ICEA-NEMA standard
S-68-516
• For easy handling in adverse conditions, conductors are extra flexible
alloy-coated copper-stranded rope per ASTM B-189 or B-33
• Ampacity ratings are based on 90°C conductor temperature at 40°C
ambient
Type I per ASTM F 2321 Standard Specification
Catalog No.
S10043
S10044
S10045
S10046
Size
AWG
#2
1/0
2/0
4/0
Stranding
259/No. 26
413/No. 24
273/No. 23
437/No. 21
Approx.
Cond.
Diameter
0.322"
0.404"
0.455"
0.602"
Approx.
Cable
O.D.
0.779"
0.863"
0.914"
1.065"
Approx.
Ampacity
Rating, Amps
200
260
300
400
Weight
Per
1000 Ft.
438 lb./197 kg.
598 lb./269 kg.
707 lb./318 kg.
1047 lb./471 kg.
Jumper Cable rated Ø-Ø 25 kV and 35 kV
with EPR Insulation/Jacket
Features & Applications
• Extremely flexible even at low temperatures
• Features insulation/jacket combination resistant to abrasion, oil, heat,
moisture and ozone
• Orange/Red color of mold-cured ethylene-propylene-base coating
imparts high visibility
• AWG size and voltage rating are embossed at 4-foot intervals for easy
identification
• For extended service life, an extruded screen interfaces insulation and
conductor
• This strand screen improves voltage-stress control by adding dielectric strength and eliminating internal corona
• Insulation and conductor screen meet and exceed ICEA-NEMA standard S-68-516
• For easy handling in adverse conditions, conductors are extra flexible alloy-coated copper-stranded rope per ASTM
B-189 or B-33
• Ampacity ratings are based on 90°C conductor temperature at 40°C ambient
Type I per ASTM F 2321 Standard Specification
Catalog No.
25 kV Cable:
S11272
S11273
Size
AWG
1/0
2/0
For connectors, see page 2304.
Stranding
Approx.
Cond.
Diameter
Approx.
Cable
O.D.
Approx.
Ampacity
Rating, Amps
Weight
Per
1000 ft.
413
266
0.404"
0.450"
1.113"
1.160"
260
300
801 lb./ 360.5 kg.
913 lb./410.9 kg.
1.287"
260
985 lb./443.3 kg.
Type I per ASTM F 2321 Standard Specification
35 kV Cable:
S11274
1/0
413
0.404"
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 2303
Jum p er s & Load Pi c k u p To ol s – 2300
Features & Applications
Jumper Terminals
for 15kV EPR Jumper Cable only
Features & Applications
• Shrouded terminals are for use with only grounding clamps
(see Section 3000) and EPR Jumper Cable (Page 2305)
• Should only be used as temporary jumper assemblies (and
should not be used with insulated jumper clamps, page
2302)
• Extra heavy-duty shroud prevents excessive cable stress at
terminal connection
• To match pressure-type and threaded connectors on
grounding clamps, both plug and stud terminal styles are
available
• Two crimps in Section “A” with Burndy die
numbers (or equivalent) below secure terminal to
cable
• Anderson VERSA-CRIMP® compression tools are
acceptable for making these crimped connections
PLUG TERMINALS
Jump er s & Load Pi c k u p To ol s – 23 00
PLUG TERMINALS (NO THREADS)
Type III per ASTM F 2321 Standard Specification
Cable
Size
#2
1/0
2/0
4/0
Catalog No.
One Unit,
Not Installed
C6010190
C6010191
C6010192
C6010193
Burndy
Die No.
U243
U243
U166-206
U249
Section
“A”
Weight
per
terminal
2 oz.
STUD TERMINALS
Section
“A”
STUD TERMINALS (THREADED)
Type III per ASTM F 2321 Standard Specification
#2
1/0
2/0
4/0
C6010198
C6010199
C6010200
C6010201
U243
U243
U166-206
U249
3 oz.
Jumper Clamp Connector Assemblies
for 15kV, 25kV & 35kV Jumper Cable
Features & Applications
• Copper Connector Assemblies are necessary to join cable
and clamp together on Jumper Clamps or Load Pickup Tools
only
• Threads are 5/8-11 NC for all connectors
• Each Catalog Number consists of a copper connector, nut
and lockwasher
• Anderson VERSA-CRIMP® compression tools are
acceptable for making these crimped connections
C6002598
Type VI per ASTM F 2321 Standard Specification
Catalog
No.
C6002598
C6002599
C6002600
C6002601
Cable Size
No. 2
1/0
2/0
4/0
Burndy Die No.
(or equivalent)
U165
U165
U165
U166
No. of
Crimps
2
2
2
2
Weight
each
4 oz.
4 oz.
4 oz.
4 oz.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2304
November 2013
Insulated Jumper Sets for 15 kV, 25kV and 35 kV
• Used for bypassing work areas when equipment is
under repair
• Also used for upgrading lines and making temporary
or emergency repairs
• Pre-assembled for popular distribution-system
voltages, 10 sets offer a choice of cable sizes
• Continuous-current ratings for sets range from 200 to
400 amperes based on cable size selected
• All sets include cable listed below
• Ampacity ratings are based on 90°C conductor
temperature at 40°C ambient
• AWG size and voltage rating are embossed at 4’
intervals on EPR (ethylene-propylene) insulated jacket
• Insulation and conductor screen meet and exceed
ICEA-NEMA standard S-68-516
• Extra-flexible conductors are alloy-coated copperstranded rope per ASTM B-189 or B-33
• Jumper clamps feature “floatingwasher” design and high-impact
polyethylene handles with wide
handguard flange
All Chance® Insulated Jumpers meet
ASTM F 2321 Standard Specification.
Ordering Information
Each set includes one 12 ft. cable assembled
with two crimp connectors to two jumper clamps.
15 kV Sets
Style I, Type I, Class A
per ASTM F 2321 Standard Specification
• Small 15kV clamp has 5-5/8" handle
below handguard
• Large 15 kV and 25kV clamps each has
7-1/2" handle below handguard
• 35kV clamp has 8-3/8" handle below
handguard
Small-Conductor Range
Catalog No. Cable
C6010163
C6010162
C6010164
• NOTE: Adequate rubber gloves must be
worn when installing or removing jumper clamps
15 kV Jumper Cable
Size,
AWG
#2
1/0
2/0
4/0
Continuous Current
Rating, Amperes
200
260
300
400
Reference
Cat. No.
S10043
S10044
S10045
S10046
1/0
2/0
260
300
S11272
S11273
35 kV Jumper Cable
1/0
260
S11274
8 lb. / 3.6 kg.
Main Line Range
Min.
Max.
lb. / 4.4 kg. #6 Sol. 336.4MCM
Cu.
ACSR
lb. / 5 kg. (0.162") (0.721")
1/0
93/4
2/0
111/4
Large-Conductor Range
C6010171
#2
8 lb. / 3.6 kg.
C6010172
1/0
93/4 lb. / 4.4 kg.
C6010173
2/0
C6010174
4/0
#6
477
Sol.
MCM
111/4 lb. / 5 kg.
Cu.
ACSR
(0.162")
(0.883")
151/4 lb. / 7 kg.
25 kV Sets
Style I, Type I, Class A
per ASTM F 2321 Standard Specification
C6010269
25 kV Jumper Cable
#2
Weight
C6010270
1/0
2/0
#6 Sol. 477 MCM
Cu.
ACSR
lb. / 5.2 kg. (0.162") (0.883")
10 lb. / 4.5 kg.
111/2
35 kV Set
Style I, Type I, Class A
per ASTM F 2321 Standard Specification
C6010271
1/0
151/2 lb. / 7 kg.
#6 Sol. 954 MCM
Cu.
ACSR
(0.162") (1.165")
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 2305
Jum p er s & Load Pi c k u p To ol s – 2300
Features & Applications
Insulated By-Pass Jumpers
• Rated for 15 kV phase-to-phase systems
Jump er s & Load Pi c k u p To ol s – 23 00
Features & Applications
• Center support for easy application
• Available in four jumper-cable sizes
• Features mid-span orange 8’-long epoxy-resin, fiberglassreinforced-plastic (FRP) tube
• Rigid 1-1/2”-O.D. tube serves as a support for easy handling
of jumper set by rubber gloves or hot-line tools
• This makes the unit especially handy when jumpering
switchgear, reclosers or cutting in double deadends
• Completely pre-assembled
• Two non-metallic hangers – one at each end of the FRP
support tube
• These hangers provide for parking the by-pass clamps while
moving the jumper set into or out of the work area since
the 16’-long jumper cable (with EPR jacket) is secured where
it exits the FRP tube, 4’ of cable extend from both ends of
the rigid support
• Threaded compression assemblies – each comprising a
connector, nut and lockwasher, all of copper – are applied
at the cable ends
• Two clamps (each a Chance C6001743) also come installed
with cable strain-relief clamps to complete the by-pass
jumper set
Ordering Information
Insulated Jumper Sets
Each: 16-ft. overall length (includes 8-ft. tube)
with two C6001743 clamps applied on cable
by copper connector assemblies
Catalog
Cable Size,
Continuous Current
Weight
Number
AWG
Rating
(lb./kg.)
C6010260
#2 – 15kV
200 amperes
27/12.15
C6010261
1/0 – 15kV
260 amperes
29/13.05
C6010262
2/0 – 15kV
300 amperes
32/14.4
C6010263
4/0 – 15kV
400 amperes
37/16.65
Clamp Specifications
• Aluminum body with smooth jaws
• Bronze eyescrew with fine threads
Recommended Torque 250 inch-pounds
Main Line Range:
Minimum #6 Solid Copper (0.162")
Maximum 1590 kcmil ACSR (1.5")
Terminal threads
5/8"-11 UNC
(plus cable strain-relief
clamps)
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2306
November 2013
34.5 kV By-Pass Jumpers
Features & Applications
• Solid aluminum rod is epoxi-sealed inside a
polypropylene tube
• Tube is silicone-sealed inside a 1-1/2" Chance Hot Stick
handle
• Brass couplings are threaded onto the end of the solid
rod, pinned and 3’ of 4/0, clear
• Jacketed grounding cable is threaded into the
coupling.
• Current capacity is 400 amps
Catalog No.
C6010036
C6010037
C6010038
Approx. Wt.
Description
18 lb./
8' Epoxiglas, 14' Over-all w/
8.1 kg.
Threaded Stud Terminals
21 lb./
10' Epoxiglas, 16' Over-all w/
9.5 kg.
Threaded Stud Terminals
24 lb./
12' Epoxiglas, 18' Over-all w/
10.8 kg.
Threaded Stud Terminals
JUMPER CABLE SUPPORT
C6010013
• Four swivel-action clamp assemblies with a cable diameter capacity of from 3/4" to 1-1/2" provide a non-slip
grip for jumper cables
• Prevents sagging secondaries and cables touching the
ground
Catalog No.
C6010013
• Each clamp is rated to carry 75 lbs.
• Epoxiglas® arm is 2-1/2" in diameter by 4' long and
includes wheel tightener for pole mounting
Description
Cable Support, wheel binder
Weight
25 lb./11.3 kg.
INSULATED HANGER
• Serves as convenient parking stand for linemen
installing Jumper Clamps or Grounding Clamps on lines
up to 34.5 kV
• 1-1/4" x 15" Epoxiglas® pole provides the insulated
section
• Bronze double stud fitting is 1/2" x 3-1/2" on each side
Conductor Range
Catalog
Max.
Min.
No.
Weight
S16007 636 MCM ACSR #8 Solid Copper 21/4 lb./1.0 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 2307
Jum p er s & Load Pi c k u p To ol s – 2300
20 kV Phase-to-Ground
Insulated Jumper Sets
for 15kV hotstick applications
Features & Applications
• Meet ASTM F 2321 Standard Specification
• Eight popular sets below serve most applications
• Other clamps and cable combinations available upon
request
• Two C-type aluminum grounding clamps with smooth
jaws and bronze eyesecrews
o Cat. No. C6001743 (see Catalog Section 3000)
o Main Line Range: #6 solid copper (0.162”) through
1590kcmil ACSR (1.50”)
• 15kV EPR-insulated jumper cable
o Choice of four sizes
o Choice of 12- or 15-foot length
• Two threaded copper compression ferrules
o Installed on cable selected
o Assembled to clamps
Jump er s & Load Pi c k u p To ol s – 23 00
Ordering Information
Each set includes cable in length listed
assembled by two crimp connectors to two clamps.
#2 Cable Sets
Style II, Type II, Class A
per ASTM F 2321 Standard Specification
Reference
Catalog No.
15 kV Jumper Cable
Size,
AWG
#2
1/0
2/0
4/0
Continuous Current
Rating, Amperes
200
260
300
400
Reference
Cat. No.
S10043
S10044
S10045
S10046
• Ampacity ratings are based on 90°C conductor
temperature at 40°C ambient
• AWG size and voltage rating are embossed at 4’
intervals on EPR (ethylene-propylene) insulated jacket
• Insulation and conductor screen meet and exceed
ICEA-NEMA standard S-68-516
• Extra-flexible conductors are alloy-coated copperstranded rope per ASTM B-189 or B-33
Cable Length Weight
T6010281 12 feet 83/4 lb. / 4 kg.
T6010282 15 feet 10 lb. / 4.5 kg.
1/0 Cable Sets
Style II, Type II, Class A
per ASTM F 2321 Standard Specification
T6010283 12 feet 102/3 lb. / 4.8 kg.
T6010284 15 feet 121/2 lb. / 5.6 kg.
2/0 Cable Sets
Style II, Type II, Class A
per ASTM F 2321 Standard Specification
T6010285 12 feet 12 lb. / 5.4 kg.
T6010286 15 feet 16 lb. / 6.4 kg.
4/0 Cable Sets
Style II, Type II, Class A
per ASTM F 2321 Standard Specification
T6010287 12 feet 16 lb. / 7.3 kg.
T6010288 15 feet 19 lb. / 8.7 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2308
November 2013
Load-Pickup Tool
Features & Applications
• Rated for loads as high as 250 amperes
• Fits #6 Copper through 795 kcmil ACSR
• Can be used to pickup loads and carry 250 Amps at 15kV
• Rubber gloves should be worn while installing
• Head has a floating washer to minimize conductor damage as jaws are
installed
• Contacts are spring loaded and can be closed by pulling an insulated
lanyard, putting the operator away from the tool during pickup operations
• Positive contact operation
• Tool cannot be used as a load-break tool as the operator cannot open the
contacts while the tool is on the conductor
• Fiberglass rod, attached to the end of the lanyard, is used to recock the
contacts
• Because it must be inserted through head of tool, lineman must remove
tool from conductor before recocking
• Orange-tinted translucent Lexan® housing permits easy visual inspection
• Nylon handguard is used to keep lineman’s hand away from energized area
• By simply removing two screws in handguard, the tool can be disassembled
for inspection and maintenance
• All current carrying parts are copper or copper alloy and contacts are silver
plated
• Recommended 15kV jumper cables for this tool are #2 and 1/0
• Recommended that Load-Pickup Tool be inspected and cleaned after 25
operations or after 90 days
• Clean all plastic parts with a soft cloth, damp with ethyl alcohol only
Closing the Contacts
• Electrical Ratings: Nominal 15kV
3-phase or 8.3kV single phase
circuits; 250 amps continuous
current
• Main Line Range: #6 Copper
(0.162") minimum through 795
kcmil ACSR (1.108") maximum
Recocking The Contacts
• Contacts are opened by passing
the recocking rod through head on
tool and pushing plunger to fully
opened position
• Operation cannot be completed
when tool is connected to
conductor
For pre-assembled Load-Pickup Tool/Jumper Cable sets, see page 2310.
For Cable and Connector Assemblies see page 2305.
Catalog Number
Description
Weight
C4031631
Load-Pickup Tool only
6.4 lb./2.9 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 2309
Jum p er s & Load Pi c k u p To ol s – 2300
for 15kV systems
Load-Pickup Tool Sets
Pre-assembled for 15kV systems
Features & Applications
Jump er s & Load Pi c k u p To ol s – 23 00
• Rated for loads as high as 250 amperes
• Include load-pickup device, jumper clamp, 15 kV cable
• Rated to pickup and carry 250-amp loads at 15kV
• Each completely assembled set consists of Load-Pickup
Tool, Jumper Clamp, 15 kV Jumper Cable and cable
connectors
• Load-Pickup Tool and Jumper Clamp fit conductors
from #6 Copper (0.162") through 795 ACSR kcmil
(1.108")
• Four standard sets include options for 10’ or 12’
lengths of either #2 or 1/0 Jumper Cable
• Other pre-assembled sets are available
• These sets combine other Chance-Jumper Clamps,
other sizes and lengths of Jumper Cable and
appropriate connectors (Catalog pages 2302 and 2306)
• Individual components also may be ordered for
customer assembly of various combinations.
Operation & Maintenance
• Load-Pickup Tool cannot be used to break loads
because operator cannot open contacts while Tool is
installed on conductor
• To recock contacts, operator inserts fiberglass rod
through head of Tool to push plunger to fully-opened
position
• Rod is supplied attached to end of operating lanyard
• Pulling this insulated lanyard closes the spring-loaded
contacts
• Positive contact operation
• Bearing-type floating washers in jaws of Tool and
Jumper Clamp assure secure gripping but minimal
scoring of conductors during installation
• WARNING: Adequate rubber gloves must be worn
when using this equipment
• Clean and inspect Load-Pickup Tool after every 25
operations or at least once every 90 days
• Clean all plastic parts with a soft cloth dampened with
only ethyl alcohol
• To disassemble Tool, simply remove two screws in
handguard
Recocking the Contacts
Closing the Contacts
Construction Features
Load-Pickup Tool:
o Orange-tinted translucent Lexan® housing permits
easy visual inspection
o Current-carrying parts of Copper or Copper alloy
o Contact points are silver plated
o Handguard of high-impact Nylon keeps
All Units
hand away from energized area
Electrical Ratings: Nominal 15kV 3-phase or 8.3kV single phase
Jumper Clamp:
circuits.
o Current-carrying parts of Copper alloy
Jumper Clamp: #6 Copper (0.162") minimum through 795 kcmil
o Handles of high-impact Polyethylene
ACSR (1.108") maximum.
o Wide handguard flange keeps hand away
Weight
Cable
Catalog
15 kV Cable Continuous
from energized area
Current
(lb./kg.)
#2
200 amps
17.75/8.05
#2
200 amps
19.62/8.89
10 ft.
1/0
250 amps
20.8/9.43
12 ft.
1/0
250 amps
23.28/10.55
Number
Length
Size
C4031557
10 ft.
C4031558
12 ft.
C4031559
C4031560
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2310
November 2013
Temporary Cutout Tools
for 15kV and 27kV
Features & Applications
Standard
Type
Jum p er s & Load Pi c k u p To ol s – 2300
• To provide fuse protection during live-line maintenance, temporary
cutout tool simply clamps onto primary conductor with a Grip-All
clampstick
• Brass stud at lower end accepts clamp on temporary tap jumper
• Insulated bushing and hot parts are from Chance Type C-Polymer
cutouts
• Upper contact with integral sleet shield and hooks for operation by
loadbreak tool and lower trunnion of cast bronze
• Fusetube must be fitted with fuselink rated no larger than 100
amps
• Available in ratings for 15kV and 27kV systems
• Tools come with or without a pivot-lever closing device
Standard Type
Fuse Tube 100 Amps Continuous Current
Catalog
Number
PSC6010341
PSC6010342
REPLACES
Cat. No.
C6001895
C6001896
System Interrupt
Fuseholder
Weight
Class
Capacity
(lb/kg.) Replacement
T710112T
15kV 10,000 Amps 71⁄4 / 3.3
27kV 8,000 Amps 101⁄2 / 4.8 T710211T
Solid Blade 300 Amps Continuous Current
REPLACES System Momentary Weight
Solid Blade
Cat. No. Class
Capacity
(lb/kg.) Replacement
C6002862 15kV 12,000 Amps 81⁄4 / 3.7
T710133T
C6002863 27kV 12,000 Amps 111⁄2 / 5.2 T710233T
Catalog
Number
PSC6010343
PSC6010344
All Models include Clamp C6002275 at top with these specifications:
Main Line Range
Minimum
Maximum
#6 Sol. Cu.
(0.162")
1033 kcmil ACSR
(1.25")
Tap
Stud
1/2"
diameter
Pivot-lever type permits closing by disconnect
stick from side opposite the fusetube.
(Plastisol-coated hook lever serves only to
close cutout, not to break fuselink.)
Pivot-Lever
Type
REPLACES
Cat. No.
PSC6010345 C6001944
PSC6010346 C6001945
Catalog No.
System
Weight
Class
3
15kV 8 /4 lb. / 3.97 kg.
27kV 12 lb. / 5.44 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 2311
Temporary Load Disconnect Tools
8.3/15kV & 15/27kV applications*
Features & Applications
Jump er s & Load Pi c k u p To ol s – 23 00
• Available in two sizes
• Provides a temporary means of connecting and
disconnecting equipment or circuits under load
conditions
• Design does not have a fuse and does not provide
protection for fault or overcurrent conditions
• Insulated bushing and hot parts are from Chance Type
C-Polymer cutouts, including tubular-copper disconnect
blade
• Arc-chute-type interrupter gives tool excellent
loadbreak capability
• To interrupt load currents, device employs a stainlesssteel auxiliary blade within Delrin® arc chute
• Tool simply clamps onto primary conductor with a
Grip-All clampstick. Bronze stud at lower end accepts
clamp on temporary tap jumper
• After closing tool blade,
the permanent tap can be
disconnected
• The load can then be
dropped or reconnected by operating blade tool
• It should never be closed into a fault or opened during
a fault
Installation & Removal
Operation
• Self-contained loadbreak device operates by simple
disconnect stick
• No special or portable tools are required to operate
unit
• To break current, insert a disconnect stick into
operating ring and rapidly open device
• When opening, spring-loaded auxiliary blade snaps
out through the arc chute to elongate, cool and
extinguish the confined arc
• Loadbreaking operation is independent of the
disconnect stick speed
• To provide a clearly visible break, the disconnect blade
hangs in approximately a vertical position
• Unfused or unswitched loads can be disconnected by
first installing this tool and a temporary bypass jumper
in parallel with permanent tap connection
• To install the tool, first remove its main blade
• Next, secure both clamps of suitable temporary jumper
onto tap stud of tool’s lower hinge
• Use a Grip-All clampstick to install tool onto main line
conductor
• Use clampstick to secure one of the jumper clamps
onto line with load to be picked up
• Use disconnect stick to place blade in lower hinge of
tool
• Use disconnect stick in operating ring to close blade
according to safe work procedures
• Take care when removing disconnect stick to avoid
opening blade
• The equipment or circuit is now energized through the
tool
• Before removing tool, first make up a permanent
connection so there are two energizing paths
• Use a disconnect stick in the operating ring to open
the blade according to safe work procedures and to
remove blade from lower hinge of the tool
• Use a clampstick to take jumper clamp from conductor
and secure it on tool stud
• Then use the clampstick to remove the tool from the
main line conductor
Specifications (both models)
Max. loadbreak current: 300 amps
Max. momentary rating: †12,000 asym amps
is a pass-through fault-current rating only. The
tool should never be opened or closed when the current
exceeds the maximum continuous load current of 300
amps.
Main line range (both models)
Minimum: #6 solid copper (0.162" dia.)
Maximum: 1033 kcmil ACSR (1.25" dia.)
Tap stud: 1⁄2" diameter
†This
Temporary Load Disconnect Tools
Both models include protective carrying case and
illustrated operating and maintenance instructions.
Catalog No.
REPLACES Cat. No.
Description
Disconnect Blade
PSC6010347
C6002386
*8.3/15kV Temporary Load Disconnect Tool
T730133T
PSC6010348
C6002387
*15/27kV Temporary Load Disconnect Tool
T730233T
Arc-Chute Assy.
E7300009P
*For application on single-phase-to-neutral or three-phase solidly-grounded wye-connected circuits where recovery
voltage does not exceed the max. design voltage of the device.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2312
November 2013
Features & Applications
• Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
• For line tension up to 4,000 lbs. with manual hookstick
switch
• Maximum ratings: 35 kV Ø-Ø, 600 amps continuous,
150 kV BIL
• Permits a live overhead distribution line to be cut
• By bearing the mechanical load, it helps create a
parallel circuit
• This averts service interruption while the cutting and
related work are performed
• May be applied wherever disconnect switch is desired
for temporary sectionalizing
• Tool is properly rated concerning line tension,
continuous current, BIL and system voltage
• Applications that require cutting a conductor include:
o Deadend-structure construction
o Overhead switch installation on a structure
o In-line switch installation
• Combines two Chance products: Epoxiglas® insulated
tension puller and LTD® line-tension disconnect switch
• For this special tool, weathershed skirts of a tough,
lightweight polymer have been bonded to the tension
puller’s 1-1/2"-diameter Epoxiglas pole
• At both skirt ends, a locating pin aligns a compression
clamp to secure switch hot parts to pole
• A bypass stud (1/2"-dia.) added at each end of switch
accepts clamps up to 3" wide
• Rigid, H-frame copper switch blade opens to a
standard 90°, or to 180° with stop pin removed
• Contact areas are silver-plated for high conductivity
• Galvanized-steel hooks are provided for use with a
portable loadbreak device
• For easy opening and icebreaking, pull ring (1-1/4"-dia.
eye) activates latch as a pry-lever
• Hooks on ends are fixed and do not swivel
• Safety latch on hooks has a spring-loaded gate able to
rotate 135 degrees left or right from closed position
• Selector lever on ratchet wrench is extra large for
easier operation by hot line tools
Installation & Operation
• Equipped with rings, tool may be handled and
operated by hot-line tools or rubber-glove live-line
techniques
• Illustrated instructions included with each unit
give application considerations and procedures for
installation, operation and maintenance
• Suspended from hot-line wire grips with the
disconnect switch closed, tension puller works like a
jack
• Operating the ratchet wrench brings the tool’s two
ends closer
• This reduces tension on the conductor between the
tool’s hooks
• Hot line jumpers sized to the application are installed
on the conductor and the tool’s bypass studs to create
a parallel circuit
• Before cutting the conductor, it is securely restrained
• Once cut, its long tail is clamped back onto itself
• A properly rated portable loadbreak device may now
be hung on the tool’s disconnect hooks and used to
open the switch
• Refer to ANSI C37.35 IEEE Guide for the Application,
Installation, Operation and Maintenance of High
Voltage Air Disconnecting and Load Intrerrupter
Switches
• For proper installation, select from four sizes of hot-line
wire grips shown on Chance catalog page 1258 and the
full range of jumper equipment in this section
• To secure cut end of conductor, tie back clamp C4000600,
shown on Chance catalog page 2264, fits conductors
ranging from #4 to 397.4 kcmil ACSR
Specifications
Capacity:
4,000 lb. (1,800 kg.)
Working Range: 58 to 70 in. (1,473 to 1,778 mm)
Maximum Take-up: 12 in. (305 mm)
Insulation:
Minimum 24 in. (610 mm)
Maximum 36 in. (914 mm)
Length:
60 in. (1,524 mm)
Operate disconnect switch with only a portable
loadbreak tool.
Catalog No.
C4001907
Description
Weight
Tension Puller Switching Tool 22 lb. / 9.9 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 2313
Jum p er s & Load Pi c k u p To ol s – 2300
Tension Puller Switching Tool
Epoxiglas® Swivel Hook Ladders
Features & Applications
L ad d er s & Pl at for m s – 2 3 5 0
• Meets ASTM F711 and IEC 61478 - Category 2
• Designed to effectively position linemen for
high-voltage maintenance
• Make line repairs possible, even in inaccessible
places
• Two basic styles of Epoxiglas Hook Ladders are
available
o Regular Duty Ladders with 2" siderails for
vertical suspension applications
o Heavy Duty Ladders with 2-1/2" siderails for
tagged-out positions
• Hooks are formed from 1"-diameter
tempered steel
• These hooks can be swiveled to best fit
various angles on structure
• Ladders include 8"-dia. hooks
• 14"- or 18"-dia. hooks can be ordered for
other structure applications
• Steel chains clip to hooks to assist in securing
ladder to support
• Rung material for both rated ladders are
1-1/4" sand-coated Epoxiglas
REGULAR-DUTY HOOK LADDERS 2" SIDE RAILS
Catalog No.
8" Hooks*
H49048
H490410
H490412
H490414
H490416
Overall
Length
8'
10'
12'
14'
16'
Distance Between
Side Rails
141/2"
141/2"
141/2"
141/2"
141/2"
Weight
42 lb./18.9 kg.
46 lb./20.7 kg.
52 lb./23.4 kg.
60 lb./27.0 kg.
68 lb./30.6 kg.
HEAVY-DUTY HOOK LADDERS 21⁄2" SIDE RAILS
Catalog No.
8" Hooks*
H49058
H490510
H490512
H490514
H490516
H490518
H490520
Overall
Length
8'
10'
12'
14'
16'
18'
20'
*Add suffix “A” to catalog number for 14" hooks.
Add suffix “B” to catalog number for 18" hooks.
Distance Between
Side Rails
141/2"
141/2"
141/2"
141/2"
141/2"
141/2"
141/2"
Weight
47 lb./21.2 kg.
55 lb./24.8 kg.
63 lb./28.4 kg.
70 lb./31.5 kg.
76 lb./34.2 kg.
85 lb./38.3 kg.
98 lb./44.1 kg.
Rated Working Load per Hook
8" hook
1250 lb.
14" hook
1000 lb.
18" hook
750 lb.
NOW CERTIFIED TO IEC 61478 - CATEGORY 2
TEMPORARY INSTALLATION
Includes full line offering
• Ladders: Swivel Hook, spliced and three-rail
• Brackets for poles and towers
• Accessories: clamps, hooks, spreader bar, swivel sticks
• Leakage-current monitor meter kits
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2352
June 2014
Epoxiglas® Spliced Ladders
Features & Applications
• Meets ASTM F711 and IEC 61478 - Category 2
• Available in combinations of up to 32’ in 2-1/2"-dia. side rails
• All splices are interchangeable, offering a variety of total reach
Klik Pin
059738P
• Available in various section lengths for convenient transport
• Hooks are made of 1" diameter steel and have an 8" diameter arch to hook
over structural shapes
• Hooks are complete with steel chains
• Larger hooks are available on special order
• Heavy-duty Chance Epoxiglas Ladders, manufactured in short,
easy-to-transport lengths, are joined with Chance Rigid
Ladder Splice to form unshakable, rigid splice
• Two eye pins with a klik pin in the end of each
are supplied with each splice
SPLICED, HEAVY-DUTY HOOK LADDERS — 21⁄2" SIDE RAILS
Catalog No.
C4020482
C4020402
C4020404
C4020407
C4020411
T4020423
Top Section Length
10'
12'
14'
16'
20'
10' middle section
Weight
44 lb./19.8 kg.
48 lb./21.6 kg.
52 lb./23.4 kg.
56 lb./25.2 kg.
64 lb./28.8 kg.
44 lb./19.8 kg.
Catalog No.
C4020418
C4020421
C4020422
Bottom Section Length
8'
10'
12'
Weight
28 lb./12.6 kg.
32 lb./14.4 kg.
36 lb./16.2 kg.
Three Rail Ladder
Features & Applications
• Meets ASTM F711 and IEC 61478 - Category 2
• Greater mechanical strength and less deflection
enhance worker efficiency
• Designed for working in tagged-out position
• Third rail provides for a convenient, centered, safetybelt-tie
• Also divides ladder rung into natural positions for each
foot placement
• Specifications include:
o 2-1/2" center rail, capped on both ends
o 2" side rails with 8" swivel hooks on top and
caps on bottom end of rail
o 1-1/4" sanded rungs
o Steel tie rods top and bottom
o Pinned sleeves on outside rails for spliced ladders
with a 15-1/2" center
• Both straight and spliced ladder units are available
Fixed-Length (non-spliced) Ladder
Catalog No.
C4020119
Spliced Ladders
C4020512
C4020513
C4020514
Description
20' Straight Ladder
Weight
100 lb./45.0 kg.
8' Bottom Section
12' Bottom Section
12' Top Section
43 lb./19.4 kg.
52 lb./23.4 kg.
62 lb./27.9 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
June 2014
Page 2353
L ad d er s & P l at for ms – 2 3 50
Eye Pin
P4020041P
Ladder Support Attachments
E4020568
Features & Applications
• Quick, easy rigging on most types of structure
• Converts Chance Epoxiglas® ladder to a platform for live-line maintenance
• Sets are designed for steel or wood structures, vertical or horizontal
• Support the structure-end of the ladder in a tagged-out position
• Sets are designed for use on 2-1/2"-dia. side rail ladders
• Can be ordered as sets or individual components
• Diagram below shows a typical rigging and working loads with various guy
mountings
Hoist or
Swivel Stick
Ladder Clamp
Load Take-Up
Spreader Bar
E4020525
Ladder Support Assembly
for Vertical Tower Member
E4020568
L ad d er s & Pl at for m s – 2 3 5 0
X
LOAD
E4020087
Ladder Support Assembly
for Horizontal Tower Member
E4020568
E4020526
Vertical Ladder Support
Attachment for Wood Poles
E4020099
Spreader Bar
“X” = Ht. of
Guy Position
8' — 0"
12 — 0"
16' — 0"
Maximum Total
Working Load
500 lb.
400 lb.
300 lb.
Kits Consist Of
Following:
E4020525
Vertical Attachment
Tower
E4020087
Horizontal Attachment
Tower
E4020526
Vertical Attachment
Pole
E4020568
Yoke Assembly
E4020099
Spreader Bar
E4020138P
Ladder Clamp
E4020141 (Also see
Swivel Stick *below)
E4020092
Double Clamp
Total Kit Weight
Total
Ladder Length
16 ft.
24 ft.
32 ft.
Support Assembly
C4020139
C4020140
C4020155
Ladder Support Kit Ladder Support Kit Ladder Support Kit
For Vertical Attach.
For Horizontal
For Vertical Attach.
On Towers
Attach. On Tower On Wood or Steel Poles
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
61.5 lb./27.7 kg.
1
50 lb./22.57 kg.
1
61.5 lb./27.7 kg.
E4020138P
Ladder Clamp
*Swivel Sticks
(11⁄4" dia.)
E4020092
Double Clamp
21⁄2" and 11⁄2" Diameter
Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
Cat. No.
*E4020141
*T4020899
*T4020900
*T4020901
Length
121/2 ft.
6 ft.
8 ft.
10 ft.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2354
June 2014
Adjustable Ladder Hook
Features & Applications
• Easily attaches in one quick operation
• Position on Epoxiglas® side rail, swing bolt around and
tighten wing nut
• Made of 1"-dia. heat-treated, rust-resistant steel
• Equipped with rugged chain and chain snap for positive lock between ladder and support
• Hooks are rated at 1,000 lbs. per pair
Catalog No.*
For Side Approx. Wt.,
14" Hook 18" Hook Rail Dia.
Each†
—
H49241
2"
7 lb./3.2 kg.
H49451
H49251
21/2"
7 lb./3.2 kg.
* Catalog No. includes one (1) Hook, Chain, and Chain
Snap.
† Weights listed are for an 8" Hook; 14" Hook 81/2 lb.
each; and for 18" Hook 141/2 lb. each.
• Adjustable hooks can be used with Epoxiglas Hook
Ladders to obtain a more convenient position
• Can be attached to an Epoxiglas Service Ladder for use
as a temporary hook ladder
• Adjustable Hooks are ideal for suspension use for uneven or sloping supports
Ladder Monitor Kit
Features & Applications
• Used with EHV Barehand maintenance procedure to
detect microamp leakage on ladder before use
• Meter connects to ladder and takes readings as ladder
is placed in contact with conductor
• It is recommended that readings be taken periodically
to ensure optimum working conditions, which can be
altered by a change in atmosphere
• Kit includes:
o A 200 micro-amp scale microammeter
o 3 clamps for use with three-rail ladder
o A cable with clips and adapter to establish contact
o A bracket to ground and hold the meter on the
structure
o 2 dry cell batteries
o Instruction drawings for field assembly
o Operating instructions
Catalog No.
C4020288
Description
Ladder Monitor Kit
Chance Sentinel Leakage-Current Monitor
Weight
7.5 lb./3.4 kg.
Features & Applications
• Alerts utility-line workers of overcurrent conditions
• For aerial devices, including insulated ladders and
truck booms
• Sounds an alarm if leakage current reaches a pre-set
level
• Leakage setting adjusts from 1 to 1,000 microamperes
in resolution increments of 0.1 microamp
• Audible warning eliminates the need to watch LCD
screen current level
• Alarm sounds upon overcurrent and continues until
condition is corrected
• Jack on instrument panel accepts standard 1/4"
two-conductor phone plug to trigger horn or other
external alarm
• Panel test terminal permits continuity check of monitor
leads prior to operation
• Before each use, instrument automatically performs
rapid electronic self test
• Simple operating steps are printed on the inside lid
panel
Catalog No.
C4070025
Description
Chance Sentinel Kit
Weight
9 lb./4.05 kg.
• Detailed instruction sheet also comes with each unit
• Kit includes 1 coaxial cable and battery, plus 2 jumpers
and 3 hose clamps for connections to two- or three-rail
ladders
• Brackets on box secure to an earth-grounded structure
up to 5/8" thick, such as a transmission tower
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
June 2014
Page 2355
L ad d er s & P l at for ms – 2 3 50
8" Hook
H49041
H49051
Epoxiglas® Insulated Platforms
Features & Applications
• Unique design features 12" of clear insulation
• Two 2"-dia. orange Epoxiglas poles connect the
platform to the mounting bracket
• No other platforms include these insulating members
• Manufactured to the same exacting standards as
Chance hot-line tools: OSHA subpart V, section
1926.951(d) and ASTM 711
• Cleaning and care of Epoxiglas components are same
as for Chance hot-line tools
• Maximum load rating, all platforms: 500 lbs.
Mounting Options & Accessories
L ad d er s & Pl at for m s – 2 3 5 0
• To provide convenient workstations for rubber-glove
work on energized lines, these platforms quickly secure
to pole with either of two mounts:
o Fixed mount, for jobs that do not require frequent
platform relocation, comes as part of each basic
platform and includes a chain binder and wheel
tightener
o Pivot mount, optional for easy positioning to access jobs, permits worker to swivel the mounted
platform on its horizontal plane
• For belt-on/restraining guide, add optional Tripod or
Railing
• For improved footing, three strips of 2” non-skid tape
extend the length of the platform
4-ft. Insulated Platform
Epoxiglas Tripod and
Pivot Base must be
ordered as separate items.
6-ft. Insulated Platform
Epoxiglas Railing and
Pivot Base each must be
ordered as separate items.
Each Epoxiglas Insulated Platform listed below is 10" wide
and furnished with a Fixed Pole Mount
Catalog No.
C4021042
C4021043
C4021079
Description
4-ft. Insulated Platform
6-ft. Insulated Platform
8-ft. Insulated Platform
Weight
49 lb./22 kg.
56 lb./25.2 kg.
60 lb./27 kg.
Standard Aerial Platforms
4-ft. Standard Aerial Platform
Epoxiglas Tripod must be ordered as separate item.
6-ft. Standard Aerial Platform
Epoxiglas Railing must be ordered as separate item.
Features & Applications
Maximum Load Rating, all platforms: 500 lb.
• Designed to provide a convenient workstation on an
aerial structure
• Quickly mount on structure to help place linemen in
correct working position
Each Standard Aerial Platform listed below is 10" wide
and furnished with a Fixed Pole Mount
Mounting Options & Accessories
Catalog No.
• Feature a Fixed Pole Mount for jobs that do not
require frequent platform relocation
• Pivot Mounts (available below as optional accessories)
allow platform to be swiveled on its horizontal plane
for different positions
• For belt-on and as restraining guides for workers,
Epoxiglas Tripods or Railings may be added – see page
2357
• For improved footing, three strips of 2” non-skid tape
extend the length of the platform
• Bare section near mounting end helps reduce moisture
accumulation
• Also provides an area between the working surface
and the mount fittings that can be readily wiped clean
of dirt and moisture when necessary
H496442W
42-in. Standard Platform
40 lb./18 kg.
H49644W
4-ft. Standard Platform
49 lb./22 kg.
H49646W
6-ft. Standard Platform
56 lb./25.2 kg.
H49648W
8-ft. Standard Platform
71 lb./32 kg.
Description
Weight
Each Standard Aerial Platform below is 10" wide and
furnished with an Epoxiglas Railing & Fixed Pole Mount
Catalog No.
Description
Weight
T4020632
10-ft. Standard Platform
86 lb./39.7 kg.
T4020619
12-ft. Standard Platform
105 lb./47.3 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2356
June 2014
Features & Applications
• Constructed of the same material as Standard
Platforms
• Design incorporates 26"-high Epioxiglas® tripod railing
into suspension brace
• 10"-wide and furnished with a Pivot Mount
• Adjustable through a 180° horizontal range
• 400 lb. capacity in perpendicular position to, and
directly in line with, structure
Catalog No.
Description
Weight
T4020030
48-in. Utility Platform
80 lb./36 kg.
Utility Platform
• Capacity is reduced to 300 lbs. in side loading position
• Pivots 90° to the left or right of an “in-line” position
with structure
• For improved footing, three strips of 2” non-skid tape
extend the length of the platform
T4020030
• Strut base folds against board for compact, easy
transport and storage
• 400 lb. capacity in perpendicular position to, and
directly in line with, structure
• For improved footing, three strips of 2”
non-skid tape extend the length of the
platform
Features & Applications
• Designed for limited workspace
• Furnished with Fixed Pole Mount
Catalog No.
Description
Weight
C4020426
30-in. Utility Platform
321/2 lb./14.6 kg.
C4020426
Platform Mounting Attachments
Fixed Pole Mount – fits all Chance platforms except Suspension model
Catalog No.
Description
Weight
M490110W Fixed Pole Mount for Platform
9 lb./4.1 kg.
M490110W
includes 30" chain binder
with self-locking handwheel and
one hinge pin.
Fixed Tower Mount – fits all Chance platforms except Suspension model
M490121 for towers
For attachment to tower legs 31⁄2" x 31⁄2" to 8" x 8"
Catalog No.
Description
Weight
M490121
Fixed Tower Mount for Platform
10 lb./4.5 kg.
Pivot Mounts for Poles – fit all Chance platforms except Utility model
Features & Applications
• Handwheel on top and interlocking teeth on two pivot
plates provide simple, sure adjustment to work angle
needed
• Two sizes vary in height to fit all applicable platforms
as listed
• Pivot range permits 140° adjustment in increments of
approximately 9° per tooth on matching plates
Catalog No.
Description
Weight
C4021164 Pivot Base for 42" or 4' Platform 28 /4 lb./12.7 kg.
1
C4021173 Pivot Base for 6' or 8' Platform
291/4 lb./13.2 kg.
• Turning handle raises and
lowers upper plate
• Stainless-steel guide pin
keeps plates aligned
• Groove in upper plate centers on rib in base to ensure
teeth engagement at every
angle setting
Each Pivot Base includes two
30" chain binders with
self-locking handwheels
and one hinge pin.
Platform Tripods and Railings
Epoxiglas® construction adds belt-on capability and restraining guide for lineworkers. Note specific applications below.
Tripod Railings
– fit Insulated and Standard Aerial models as listed
(for Suspension model tripod, consult factory)
Catalog No.
H4964
Platform Railings
– fit Insulated and Standard Aerial models as listed
Catalog No.
Description
Weight
Description
Weight
C4021055
Tripod for 4-ft. Insulated model only
9 lb./4.1 kg.
C4020023
Railing for 4-ft. Insulated Platform* 13 lb./5.9 kg.
Railing for all 6-ft. Chance Platforms 15 lb./6.8 kg.
C4020024
Railing for all 8-ft. Chance Platforms 17 lb./13.5 kg.
T4021195 Tripod for 42-in. or 4-ft. Standard model 9 lb./4.1 kg.
*except Suspension model
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
June 2014
Page 2357
L ad d er s & P l at for ms – 2 3 50
Suspension Platform
Platform Ladder
Features & Applications
L ad d er s & Pl at for m s – 2 3 5 0
• Allows workers to stand or sit at worksite instead of
kneeling on structure
• Convenient and efficient
• Proven products combine in Chance Platform Ladder:
48"-long Epoxiglas® Ladder and two 20"-long sections
of 10"-wide Platform joined side-by-side constitute a
bosun’s chair
• Adjustable ladder hooks may be added (see Catalog
page 2355)
• Platform Ladder may be suspended and tagged-off with
rope, wire tongs or a combination of both in order to
maneuver a worker into position
• Platform Ladder folds into a compact package for quick
rigging and easy storage
• Although rated for 500-lb. loads, users must give serious
consideration to capacity of the point from which it is
suspended and the equipment used to suspend it
• For improved footing, three strips of 2” non-skid tape
extend the length of the platform
Catalog No.
C4020276
Description
Weight
Platform Ladder, no hooks 36 lb./16.2 kg.
Epoxiglas® Service Ladders
Features & Applications
• Offer greater safety when working around energized
lines
• Easier to transport – much lighter than comparable
wood ladders
• Spacing between side rails and rungs meets largest
central station and telephone company specifications
• Side rails of 1-1/2"-dia. Epoxiglas are plastic-covered at
top for cushioning
• Rubber feet are supplied on bottom end
• Rungs are of 13/16"-dia. glass fiber
Rated for loads, 250 lbs.
Catalog No.
H4903M10
H4903M12
Overall
Length
10'-1"
12'-1"
Spacing Between
Side Rails
12"
12"
Approx.
Wt., Ea.
16 lb.
19 lb.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2358
June 2014
! WARNING
Cover-up equipment, by necessity, is designed to be as universal as possible. Therefore it is possible, as examples, for
(1) a tie wire to touch a potentially grounded pin or other part, (2) a person’s hand to touch the conductor through an
opening in the equipment, or (3) a part of a person’s body or other work equipment to contact the conductor through
an opening in the cover-up equipment or “in the vicinity of junctions between pieces of cover-up equipment.” These
possibilities, as well as other possible contacts, do exist, and the persons using this equipment must be aware of them
and consider them on each and every application. Necessary precautions must be taken to prevent these contacts.
Under no circumstances is Chance cover-up equipment intended to prevent mechanical equipment from contacting either
energized or grounded surfaces.
Cover-Up Equipment
Features & Applications
Cover - U p Eq u i p ment – 2 4 0 0
• For all types of high-voltage line maintenance
• Most pieces can be installed with rubber gloves or hot
stick application eyes
• Common sense rules must always be followed when
using cover-up equipment, including:
1. Cover-up equipment (such as line covers, insulator
covers, cutout covers, and deadend covers) is intended
to prevent personnel from making accidental brush
contact with energized parts or equipment. Under
no conditions should personnel purposely contact
the covers, except with adequate rubber gloves, and
personnel must always be aware of their position in
order to avoid accidental contact with the cover
2. Cover-up equipment (such as pole covers, crossarm
guards, crossarm end covers, and pole top covers)
is intended to help prevent accidental contact of
energized tie wires or conductors with the grounded
surface of the pole or crossarm
3. Cover-up equipment must be handled with care to
minimize breakage and scratching, and must be kept
clean. Maintenance is as important with cover-up
equipment as with other hot line tools. Each cover
must be thoroughly inspected before each use to
ensure that it has no cracks, deep scratches, or gouges
and to ensure that it is clean. Cleaning should be done
with a wiping cloth, and if that does not remove all
dirt, mild soap and water should be used. Polyethylene
covers can be cleaned with Chance Moisture-Eater II
solvent-cleaner (see Catalog Section 2500). Caution:
Solvents must be avoided unless the user can
determine that the material in the particular cover is
polyethylene
4. For Temporary Use — Cover-up equipment is designed
to be as light and easy to use as possible, hence it is
not made from materials that can withstand extended
periods of electrical stress. Therefore, Chance coverup equipment must not be left installed for extended
periods, especially if allowed to touch both an
energized surface and a possibly grounded surface.
The situation would be highly aggravated in rainy
or humid weather, when the surfaces of the covers
become dirty, etc. Therefore, the covers should be
removed at the end of the workday, if possible
Cutout Covers 25 kV Phase-to-Phase
Features & Applications
• Tested to ASTM F712
• Protects linemen working near most
open-type cutouts rated at 25kV or
under
• Will not fit over cutouts with linkbreak
levers or similar devices
• Can be placed over the cutout
• Locking pin slips behind the cutout
insulator over hanger bracket and into
hole on opposite side of cover
Deadend Covers
25 kV Phase-to-Phase
C4060164
Clamping pin can be used in any
of three positions indicated.
• Eyes on cover and locking pin allow installation with a
Grip-All clampstick
• Cover is made of orange high-impact ABS plastic
• Several units can be nested together for convenience
and space saving on truck
Catalog No.
Description
Weight
C4060009 Cutout Cover with Locking Pin 4 lb./1.8 kg.
Features & Applications
• Made of orange linear polyethylene
• Fits over maximum of two 10” dia. deadend insulators
• End of cover will mate with Chance 25kV conductor
covers or rubber line hose to extend protected area
• Measures 34”L, 11” W and 12-1/2” from conductor to
unit bottom
• Split unit fits easily over the conductor and insulators
• Split unit can be tightly clamped together using large
hot stick clamp pin, which is similar to those used in
securing rubber blankets
• A Grip-All adapter (included) allows unit to be installed
with a clampstick
• Can also be placed into position with rubber gloves
and sleeves
Catalog No.
Description
Weight
C4060164
Deadend Cover
5 lb./2.3 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2402
June 2014
Conductor and Insulator Covers
25 kV Phase-to-Phase
(for 36.6 kV Phase-to-Phase conductor covers, see page 2405)
Features & Applications
Catalog No.
C4060181
Description
Weight
5' Conductor Cover with 5 lb./2.3 kg.
4' Epoxiglas Handle
P4060184
5' Conductor Cover with- 3 lb./1.4 kg.
out Adapter or Handle
C4060181GA 5' Conductor Cover with 4 lb./1.8 kg.
Grip-All Adapter
PSC4032879
Grip-All Adapter
1 lb./0.45 kg.
Replacement Kit
C4060182
P4060185
C4060182L
P4060186
C4060181GA with Grip-All Adapter
PSC4032879
Grip-All Adapter
Replacement Kit
as furnished on C4060181GA
and C4060514GA Conductor Covers
includes 2 Screws P0010740P and 1 each:
Bracket P4060196P, Adapter C4060040, Wing
Nut 055067P, Bolt 066713P.
Cover - U p Eq u i p ment – 2 4 00
• Tested to ASTM F712
• A versatile system of covering up a variety of configurations on distribution systems
• Conductor and insulator units mate together to cover
pin-type or post-type insulator construction
• Can also be used with the deadend cover, shown on
page 2402
• Units virtually surround hot parts and hardware to give
linemen extra protection when rubber gloving or using
hot sticks
• Covers will couple with major brands of rubber line
hose and insulator covers of 25kV class
• Both covers are made of high-density, bright orange
polyethylene
• Conductor covers are 5’ long and are available with a
Grip-All adapter for hot stick application or without
adapter for rubber glove application
• Also available with 4’ Epoxiglas® handles
• Maximum conductor size: 666 kcmil ACSR
• Insulator covers are 21” long and 8-1/2” wide
• Available in two heights: 6” and 9” from conductor to
cover base to fit different size insulators
• For use with Grip-All adapter for hot stick application
or without adapter for rubber glove application
P4060184 without Grip-All Adapter
for rubber glove application
C4060181
with 4-foot Epoxiglas handle
Insulator Cover — 6"
3 lb./1.4 kg.
with Grip-All Adapter
Insulator Cover — 6"
21/2 lb./1.1 kg.
without Grip-All Adapter
Insulator Cover — 9"
4 lb./1.8 kg.
with Grip-All Adapter
Insulator Cover — 9"
31/2 lb./1.6 kg.
without Grip-All Adapter
Covers on Crossarm
Construction
Covers on
Horizontal Post
Construction
C4060182 and C4060182L
with Grip-All Adapter
P4060185
and P4060186
without Grip-All Adapter
for rubber-glove application
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
June 2014
Page 2403
Pole Covers
Features & Applications
36.6 kV Phase-to-Phase
Cover - U p Eq u i p ment – 2 4 0 0
• Tested to ASTM F712
• Meet Class 4 requirements
• Protect personnel when raising or lowering a pole
between energized lines
• Cover poles during rubber glove maintenance in
confined areas
• High-dielectric linear polyethylene covers will not
flash flame
• This material will have some softening without
deformation at approximately 170°F, and it will resist
brittleness at temperatures to -50°F
• All Chance pole covers are ribbed to reduce cover
contact with the pole, thus minimizing creosote
contamination
• Nylon button on 4’ and 6’ lengths allows pole covers
to be joined together in tandem, where longer
lengths are required
• Rope handles help to easily spread the covers and
snap them around the pole (Rubber gloves must be
worn during this procedure)
• Prolonged contact with an energized conductor must
not be allowed
• Button-Nut Kit, T4060214
Catalog No.
C4060550
C4060551
M49371
M49372
M49374
M49376
Pole covers can be placed and
removed easily from ground level
using Chance telescoping tools.
C4060029
C4060030
C4060000
Overall Length
6" Diameter Pole Covers
48" overall length
72" overall length
9" Diameter Pole Covers
12" long
24" long
48" long
72" long
12" Diameter Pole Covers
24" long
48" long
72" long
Weight
61/2 lb. / 3 kg.
91/2 lb. / 41/2 kg.
21/2 lb./1.1 kg.
4 lb./1.8 kg.
9 lb./4.1 kg.
13 lb./5.9 kg.
51/2 lb./2.5 kg.
11 lb./5.0 kg.
16 lb./7.2 kg.
Rope Lock Assembly
Features & Applications
• For securing pole covers on metal, concrete, composite
or wood poles
• To help keep pole covers in place, especially on smooth
surfaces
C4060547
Rope Lock Assembly
• Easy to place and remove
• May be applied midway and/or as a lower support for
pole covers
• For use on 6", 9" or 12" diameter pole covers
• Instructions are included with each unit for simple installation by hand and removal from ground level with
a hot stick
Cat. No.
Description
Weight
Rope Lock Assembly
11/2 lb. / 0.75 kg.
C4060547
C4060564 Replacement rope, 1/2" x 7 ft. 1/2 lb. / 0.25 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2404
June 2014
Covers
for Conductor, Insulators and Deadends
• Tested to ASTM F712
• Meet Class 4 requirements
• A versatile system of covering up a variety of
configurations on distribution systems
• Conductor and insulator units mate together to cover
pin-type or post-type insulator construction
• Units virtually surround hot parts and hardware to give
linemen extra protection when rubber gloving or using
hot sticks
• Each item is fitted with an adapter for multi-position
handling by Grip-All clampsticks
• These covers also couple with Chance 25 kV covers
(catalog pages 2402 and 2403) and Classes 2, 3 and 4 of
rubber line hose (pages 2410 and 2411)
• Covers also couple with major brands of rubber
insulator hoods
• All covers are high-density, bright orange polyethylene
in uniform wall thickness
• Excellent dielectric/puncture strength and perform well
from -50° to 170°F
• Ultra-violet stabilizers in material help inhibit
degradation as a result of atmospheric exposure
• Conductor cover is 5’ long
• V-shaped cover’s bottom edge makes it easy to install
• Four indented ribs along cover’s top edge for air gap
between conductor and cover
• Maximum conductor size is 666 kcmil ACSR
• Insulator covers come in two heights: Either 12" or
16-1/2" tall cover fits 6-1/2" to 9"-diameter pin or post
insulators
• Special slits in insulator covers help locate the
conductor and hardware when installing covers
Conductor Cover
C4060514GA
PSC4032879
Grip-All Adapter
Replacement Kit
as furnished on C4060181GA
and C4060514GA Conductor Covers
includes 2 Screws P0010740P and 1 each:
Bracket P4060196P, Adapter C4060040, Wing
Nut 055067P, Bolt 066713P.
Insulator
Cover
couples
with
Conductor
Cover
using Hot
Sticks or
Rubber
Gloves
• Tested to ASTM F712
Covers on
Crossarm Construction
Covers on Horizontal
Post Construction
Deadend Cover couples with Conductor Cover
To meet the Class 4 rating, the deadend cover must be used
in conjunction with a rubber insulating blanket covering the
coupler to the line cover. Failure to use a blanket to cover the
coupler may result in electrical shock, severe injury or death
by electrocution.
Description
Weight
Catalog No.
C4060514GA 5 ft. Conductor Cover 51/4 lb./2.36 kg.
Conductor cover is 5 feet long and includes an adapter
for handling by Grip-All clampsticks.
Maximum conductor size: 666 kcmil ACSR.
C4060557
C4060557L
12" Insulator Cover
161/2" Insulator Cover
3 lb./1.36 kg.
31/2 lb./1.6 kg.
Insulator covers fit 61/2" to 9"-diameter pin or post
insulators. Each cover includes an adapter for handling
by Grip-All clampsticks.
Insulator Covers
C4060557 (12" height)
and
C4060557L (161⁄2" height)
C4060537
51/4 lb./2.36 kg.
Deadend Cover
Deadend cover fits three 10"-diameter porcelain bells or
polymer deadend insulators and includes an adapter for
handling by Grip-All clampsticks.
Deadend Cover
C4060537
• Deadend cover fits three 10"-dia. porcelain bells or
polymer deadend insulators and couples with line cover
• To meet the Class 4 rating, deadend cover must be
used in conjunction with a rubber insulating blanket
covering the coupler to the line cover
• Failure to use a blanket to cover the coupler may result
in electrical shock, severe injury or death by
electrocution.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
June 2014
Page 2405
Cover - U p Eq u i p ment – 2 4 00
• 36.6 kV Phase-to-Phase • ASTM Class 4
Substation and Underground Barriers
Features & Applications
• Tested to ASTM F712
• Same excellent quality bright-orange linear
polyethylene material as used in many pieces of Chance
cover-up equipment
• Available in 4’ x 6’ sheets for use in substations and as
underground barriers
• Cutting smaller pieces is accomplished with any hand or
power saw
• Form the sheets with a blow torch or in an oven heated
to 250°F
• Although sheet becomes increasingly stiff as
temperatures drop, it does not become brittle and
break at -50°F
• Will not soften or deform at 170°F
• Material will not flash flame
• Puncture strength is 300 volts per mil.
Cover - U p Eq u i p ment – 2 4 0 0
Catalog No.
C4060002
Description
4 feet x 6 feet x 0.255"
Weight
30 lb./13.5 kg.
Insulator, Hardware, and Crossarm Covers
Pole Top Cover — 36.6 kV Ø-Ø
• Tested to ASTM F712
• Made of high-impact orange ABS plastic
• Helps prevent tie wires from contacting pole when tying/untying ridge
construction
• Fits a pole top of up to 10” dia. with single- or double-ridge pin
construction
• Maximum bolt length is 16”
• Rests on pole top, covering 10-1/2” of the pole top and 4-1/2”of ridge pin
• By using the elastic cord furnished with cover, cover-up can be butted
against insulator to cover ridge pin and pole top
Catalog No.
C4060097
Description
Pole Top Cover
Weight
21/2 lb./1.1 kg.
C4060097
Crossarm End Cover — 36.6 kV Ø-Ø
• Tested to ASTM F712
• Covers crossarm end to help prevent tie wires from contacting crossarm
during tying/untying
• Helps prevent lineman from contacting a ground potential while in
contact with conductor
• Fits over crossarm end up to 5” x 6” with either pin- or post-type
insulator
• Made of ABS orange plastic
• Slots may be cut in each side to provide passage for double-arming bolts
C4060102
Crossarm End Cover
21/2 lb./1.1 kg.
C4060102
Post Insulator Covers — 46 kV Ø-Ø & 25 kV Ø-Ø
• Tested to ASTM F712
• Made of high-impact orange ABS plastic
• Split on each side forms a passage for the conductor
• Bottom portion of T-shape covers the insulator skirts
• Horizontal portion covers the conductor and hardware
• Horizontal portion is flared at each end to interlock with Chance 36.6 or
46kV spiral conductor covers (see page 2407)
• Larger cover may be used on vertical and horizontal 46kV tie top and
clamp top post insulators and Epoxirod® standoffs, pole tops and bi-unit
assemblies
• Not for rubber glove installation above 34.5 kV
C4060091
C4060092
46kV Post Insulator Cover
25kV Post Insulator Cover
31/2 lb./1.6 kg.
3 lb./1.4 kg.
C4060091
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2406
June 2014
Spiral Conductor Covers
C4060082
C4060040
Grip-All Adapter
available as accessory,
interchangeable with
Epoxiglas handles.
• Tested to ASTM F712
• 4' or 6' long retractable Epoxiglas® handle for easy
installation from a bucket or platform, in single units
or linked together
• Easy-to-install, bright-orange conductor cover
• Extra protection with a wide air space between two
thicknesses of solid insulation
• Made of tough, durable ABS plastic
• Overall length of each cover is 53”
• All units can interlock with each other to make up a
chain of guards
• 15/36.6 kV units are formed on the ends to fit over
most 15kV insulators
• Eliminates the need for an insulator cover
• Each double-crossarm unit will fit over two 15kV pintype insulators
Catalog No.
Type of Fitting
Weight
C4060082
C40600826
C4060082GA
46 kV Ø-to-Ø Units
4' Epoxiglas handle
6' Epoxiglas handle
Grip-All Adapter
101/2 lb./4.7 kg.
111/2 lb./5.2 kg.
91/2 lb./4.3 kg.
15/36.6 kV Ø-to-Ø Units for Single Crossarm
C4060083
4' Epoxiglas handle
91/2 lb./4.1 kg.
C40600836
6' Epoxiglas handle
101/2 lb./4.5 kg.
C4060083GA
Grip-All Adapter
81/2 lb./3.6 kg.
Cross Section
15/36.6 kV units
are slotted to fit over
15 kV insulators.
Crossarm Cover Up
Insert in place for pin insulators
Insert
Grip-All adapter
permits handling
Description
Crossarm Cover Up
Features & Applications
• ASTM Class 3 for 26.4 kV phase-to-phase systems
• Telescopes to fit exact length requirements
• Fits onto wood or steel crossarm sizes up to 3-3/4" x
4-3/4" for energized line work
• Two-piece design telescopes from 13.1” to 20.9”
• Allows easy adjustment to various lengths
• With removable insert in place, gives desired close fit
on pin insulator construction
• For the same type fit on post insulators, the insert
simply is not used
• An external hotstick adapter on the cover allows easy
placement and removal by a Grip-All clampstick from
most access angles
Insert removed
for post insulators
with clampstick.
Catalog No.
C4060504
15/36.6 kV Ø-to-Ø Units for Double Crossarm
C4060084
4' Epoxiglas handle
9 lb./4.1 kg.
C40600846
6' Epoxiglas handle
10 lb./4.5 kg.
C4060084GA
Grip-All Adapter
8 lb./3.6 kg.
Weight
21/4 lb. / 1 kg.
Sliding sections extend
or retract to cover exposed crossarm.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
June 2014
Page 2407
Cover - U p Eq u i p ment – 2 4 00
15/36.6 kV and 46 kV Phase-to-Phase
Features & Applications
Crossarm Cover
36.6 kV Phase-to-Phase
Features & Applications
Cover - U p Eq u i p ment – 2 4 0 0
• Tested to ASTM F712
• Meets Class 4 requirements
• Helps prevent tie wires from contacting crossarm when
tying/untying insulators
• Material used is the
same high-dielectric
polyethylene used for
Chance conductor and
insulator covers (shown
below)
• Designed for single- or
double- arm construction
• Slots provided for
double-arming bolts
• Flanges above slots
shield the ends of
double-arming bolts
M4933
Crossarm Cover
6"
41/2"
Catalog No.
Overall Length
Weight
M4933
Crossarm Cover, 24" Long 31/4 lb/1.5 kg.
Conductor and Insulator Covers
46 kV Phase-to-Phase
M4931
Conductor Cover
Two conductor covers
lock together on a 13 kV
line where an insulator
cover is not required.
Features & Applications
• Made of high-dielectric polyethylene
• Wax-like surface provides natural self-cleaning action
and resists effects of greases and other contaminants
• Bright-orange color gives visible warning to workers
close to equipment
• Designed to help protect lineman while working close
to energized conductors
• Rated phase-to-phase for voltages through 46 kV
• Can be easily installed with a Grip-All clampstick
• Clips on and covers conductors up to 13/4” in diameter
• A positive air gap is maintained by a special hanger
system inside the cover
• Conductor is locked in the hanger by a swinging latch
that can be opened and closed with a hot stick
Catalog No.
M4931
C4060046
C4060046
Insulator Cover
Two conductor covers lock
with insulator cover on
middle conductor of 34.5 kV
sub-transmission lines.
• Insulator cover is designed to be used in conjunction
with two conductor covers on insulators above 13 kV
• Fits over insulator and locks with a conductor cover
on each end
• Polypropylene rope swings under the crossarm and
hooks with a clampstick
• Helps to prevent insulator cover from dislodging due
to bumping or wind gusts
Test Data
• Tested to ASTM F712
• Electrical: Tests using conductor covers in conjunction
with insulator covers provided 46kV phase-to-phase
protection for normal working conditions
• Temperature: Will not soften or deform at 170° F.
Will not become brittle at -50° F
Description
Capacity
Conductor Cover
Conductors through 13/4" diameter
*Insulator Cover Set Insulators through 101/2" diameter
Overall Length
5'
22" to 34"
Weight
91/4 lb./4.2 kg.
11 lb./5.0 kg.
*Consists of two pieces.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2408
June 2014
Rubber Insulating Blankets
Features & Applications
• Meet ASTM Standard Specification D1048
• For Class 4 Type II (ozone-resistant)
Performance-Designed Material
• Protect workers from accidental contact with
energized components during line maintenance
• Made of ozone/corona-resistant elastomer
• Offer excellent performance properties with ASTM
Standard Specification D1048
• Special formulation exhibits superior resistance to
long-term aging/checking
• Will retain its high-visibility orange color
Ordering Information
• Class 4
• Proof Tested at 40kV AC rms
• Maximum Use: 36kV Ø-Ø
• Flexible to cover many irregular shapes
• Used with conductor covers (flexible or rigid) on
deadends, apparatus, secondary racks, poletop pins
and crossarms
• Blankets may be used in applications which require
lower class or type
• Designed with perimeter eyelets to accept Chance
button C4060532 and most other buttons existing in
the field
• 1.5"-diameter center hole on slotted blankets will
easily fit around common hardware
Solid Blankets
Catalog No.
C4060346
Description
36" x 36", 6 eyelets
Weight
81/4 lb. (3.7 kg.)
Hot Stick Clamp
Catalog No.
C4060531
Eyes and special
handle shape for
easy placement
by clampstick
Rubber Glove
Clamp
Cat. No. C4060530
Special handle
shape also fits
clampstick for easy
placement
Slotted Blankets
Catalog No.
C4060348
Description
36" x 36", 28 eyelets
Weight
81/4 lb. (3.7 kg.)
Accessories
Cat. No.
C4060530
C4060531
C4060532
C4032998
C4032999
Cat. No. C4060532
Description
Weight
Clamp Pin, Rubber Glove
1 lb. (.45 kg.)
Clamp Pin, Hot Stick
1 lb. (.45 kg.)
1
Button, Rubber Blanket
/8 lb. (.06 kg.)
*Storage Cannister, no handle 6 lb. (2.7 kg.)
*Storage Cannister w/handle 75/8 lb. (3.43 kg.)
*For details, see Catalog Section 2500.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
June 2014
Page 2409
Cover - U p Eq u i p ment – 2 4 00
Versatile Protection, Maximum Rating
Class 2 Rubber Insulating Blankets
Features & Applications
• Meet ASTM Standard Specification D1048
• For Class 2 (17kV Ø-Ø maximum use)
• Type I (non-ozone-resistant)
Performance-Designed Material
• Protect workers from accidental contact with
energized components during line maintenance
• Made of natural rubber
• Offer excellent performance properties in accordance
with ASTM Standard Specification D1048
• Special formulation will retain its excellent physical
properties
Versatile Protection, Maximum Rating
Cover - U p Eq u i p ment – 2 4 0 0
• Flexible to cover many irregular shapes
• Used with conductor covers (flexible or rigid) on
deadends, apparatus, secondary racks, poletop pins
and crossarms
• Blankets may be used in applications through 17kV
phase-to-phase maximum
• Designed with perimeter eyelets to accept Chance
button C4060532 and most other buttons existing in
the field
• For details on buttons, clamp pins and storage
cannisters, see page 2409
Ordering Information
• Class 2 • Type I
• Proof Tested at 20kV AC rms
• Maximum Use: 17kV Ø-Ø
BLACK Solid Blankets
Catalog No.
PSC4060607
Description
36" x 36", 6 eyelets
Weight
61/4 lb. (2.8 kg.)
Class 2 Flexible Rubber Cutout Cover
Features & Applications
• For use on Overhead Cutouts
• Conforms to ASTM D1049
• For Class 2 (17kV Ø-Ø maximum use)
• Type II (ozone resistant)
Catalog No.
Dimensions
Weight
PSC24CC
24" x 15" x 3.75"
7.0 lb.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2410
June 2014
Short-Lip Flexible Line Hose
Features & Applications
• High-visibility orange color
• Choice of ratings and sizes: 17 kV, Class 2, 1-1/4”-dia.,
26.5 kV, Class 3, 1-1/2” dia.
Low Weight, High Performance
• Much lighter in weight than other flexible dielectric
cover-up
• Helps protect workers from accidental contact with
conductors
• In accordance with ASTM D 1050-90, Chance ozone/
corona-resistant thermoplastic elastomer offers
excellent performance properties
• Does not absorb water
Easy To Handle And Place
Cover - U p Eq u i p ment – 2 4 0 0
• Outer lip peels back with ease to open and start onto a
conductor from either end
• With a push at the other end, full length slides on as
lips zip closed around conductor
• To remove each piece, open one end and strip the
remainder off the conductor
Serrated external ribs
permit coupler to engage
grooves inside long arm
on flexible hoods made by
others.
Resilient lips overlap to
surround conductor.
Parallel grooves inside coupler match and grip the 20
serrations (1⁄4" each) in outside ribs. All serrated sections
measure 5" long. Coupler overlaps 6" onto plain end.
Excellent Color Retention
• Effectively retains original color
• Superior resistance to long-term ageing/checking
Interchangeable with other flexible cover-up brands,
Chance Line Hose also engages Chance rigid-type
insulator hoods, deadend covers and lineguards (rated
for 25kV phase-to-phase, see Catalog Pages 2402 and
2403).
Short-Lip Line Hose — Type III – Ozone-Resistant
Meets ASTM Standard Specification D 1050
ORANGE COLOR — Style A — Plain, Both Ends
Catalog No.
Length
Weight
ORANGE COLOR — Style B — Coupler, One End
Catalog No.
Length
Weight
1 /4" Inside Diameter — Max. Use Ø - Ø: 17 kV — Class 2, Proof Tested at 20 kV AC rms
3 ft.
2.27 lb./1.0 kg.
C4060304
3 ft.
3.17 lb./1.4 kg.
1
C4060294
C4060295
C4060296
41/2 ft.
3.41 lb./1.6 kg.
C4060305
41/2 ft.
4.31 lb./1.9 kg.
6 ft.
4.55 lb./2.1 kg.
C4060306
6 ft.
5.44 lb./2.5 kg.
11/2" Inside Diameter — Max. Use Ø - Ø: 26.5 kV — Class 3, Proof Tested at 30 kV AC rms
C4060297
3 ft.
3.11 lb./1.4 kg.
C4060307
3 ft.
4.09 lb./1.9 kg.
C4060298
41/2 ft.
4.66 lb./2.1 kg.
C4060308
41/2 ft.
5.64 lb./2.6 kg.
C4060299
6 ft.
6.22 lb./2.8 kg.
C4060309
6 ft.
7.2 lb./3.3 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2412
June 2014
Extended-Lip Flexible Line Hose
36 kV, Class 4, 11⁄2"-diameter
Low Weight, High Performance
For installation by hot-line tools, design provides a flat
area debossed full length to accept special applicator
tools (see Catalog Section 2100).
Easy To Handle And Place
• Rubber gloves or hot-line tools may be used to apply
Chance Class 4 Line Hose
• Lightweight, balanced material composition adds
pliability
• Easy to put on, couple, relocate and remove, even
when wearing leather protectors over rubber gloves
• Outer lip peels back with ease to open and start onto a
conductor from either end
• With a push at the other end, full length slides on as
lips zip closed around conductor
• So hose can insert into coupler, Chance bevel-cuts the
serrations on the side ribs
• Vertical serrations resist withdrawal from the coupler
• Two or more coupled sections stay joined when drawn
along on the conductor and positioned as a unit
• Rubber-like material slides readily by hand yet resists
creep or slippage when placed
• To remove each piece, open one end and strip
remainder off conductor
Coupler also can join sections Chance 11⁄2"-diameter
short-lip Class 3 hose for 26.5 kV phase-to-phase
maximum use.
Long lips provide flashover distance to permit use on
systems through 36 kV phase-to-phase.
Interchangeable
with other brands
of extended-lip
hose, Chance Class
4 flexible cover-up
joins with separate
coupler.
Parallel grooves inside the coupler match and grip the
28 serrations (1⁄4" each) in Class 4 hose ribs. All serrated
sections on Class 4 hose measure 7 inches long. Coupler
overlaps 51⁄4 inches onto hose when engaged.
Ordering Information
Meets ASTM Standard Specification D 1050
for Type III — Ozone Resistant
Class 4, Proof Tested at 40 kV AC rms
Maximum Use, Phase-to-Phase: 36 kV
Hose — Style C - Plain, Both ends — 11/2" I.D.
Catalog No.
C4060341
C4060342
C4060343
Length
3 feet
41/2 feet
6 feet
Weight
41/2 lb./2 kg.
63/4 lb./3 kg.
9 lb./4 kg.
101/2 inches
11/2 lb./0.7 kg.
Coupler
C4060340
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
June 2014
Page 2413
Cover - U p Eq u i p ment – 2 4 00
• As much as 25% lighter in weight than other Class 4
flexible cover-up
• Helps protect workers from accidental contact with
conductors
• In accordance with ASTM D 1050-90, Chance ozone/
corona-resistant thermoplastic elastomer offers
excellent performance properties
• Retains high-visibility orange color
• Special formulation exhibits superior resistance to longterm aging/checking
• Does not absorb water
• Dielectric cover-up system consists of a separate coupler
and three hose lengths
• This permits hoses to join to cover straight runs or to
flex to fit contours at bends and angles
• Shorter sections may be cut on site from standard
lengths to custom-fit taps, jumpers and like wires
Arc-Suppression Blankets • for shields against electrical fault blasts
(Not Electrically Insulated)
Heavy-Duty Protection In Lightweight
Package
• Two synthetic fabrics are combined in the ArcSafe™
Suppression Blanket from Workrite (Your Uniform for
Life Company)
• Both space-age fabrics are aramid-fiber types
• Inner layer is Kevlar® and the outer is NOMEX® III
• Kevlar is the same aramid fiber used in combat helmets
and body armor
• Flame-resistant NOMEX III is used as cover to protect
Kevlar core from ultraviolet degradation
• Blankets consist of thin layers and offer unrivaled
portability
• Extremely easy to maneuver in confined spaces
• Weigh only 1/5 lb. per square foot ( 5/8 kg. per m2 )
Cover - U p Eq u i p ment – 2 4 0 0
Applications and Conforming to OSHA Law
• When draped or loosely wrapped over a defective
cable or splice, ArcSafe provides a protective shield for
exposed workers
• Velcro® straps sewn on the back help keep ArcSafe
where positioned
• ArcSafe blankets meet or exceed OSHA requirements
for manhole protection
• Beginning in 1991, OSHA mandates that if cables in
manholes appear defective “. . . and cannot be deenergized due to service load conditions, employees
may enter the manhole provided they are protected
from the possible effects of a failure by shields or
other devices that are capable of containing the
adverse effects of a fault in the joint.” [29 CFR Part
1910.269(t)(7)]
Tested Successfully At 42,000 Amps Fault
Current
• ArcSafe was subjected to fault-current testing at
Chance laboratories
• ArcSafe was placed over a small section of 2/0 copper
cable that was faulted to ground, simulating a cable or
splice failure
• Maximum fault current generated was 42,432 amps for
a duration of 13 cycles
• Other than black deposits, ArcSafe experienced no
damage and provided total fault-blast containment
ArcSafe™ Arc-Suppression Blankets
Catalog No.
Size
Weight
C4060452
4 ft. x 5 ft. (1.2 x 1.5 meters)
4 lb./1.8 kg.
C4060453
4 ft. x 8 ft. (1.2 x 2.4 meters) 61/2 lb./2.9 kg.
Kevlar ® and NOMEX ® are DuPont registered trademarks for its aramid fibers. Only DuPont makes Kevlar and NOMEX.
Warning: The ArcSafe Suppression Blanket has been developed by leading industrial and safety engineers, and Workrite believes
it to be the best available for its intended purpose. However, explosions and blasts due to electrical faulting may be erratic and
unpredictable, and we do not claim that ArcSafe offers total protection. It improves the chances of a worker’s survivability in a lifethreatening incident. In addition, ArcSafe is NOT classified as “Electrically Insulated” and must NEVER be used as such. Before using
this or any protective product, please avail yourself of all information concerning its use.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2414
June 2014
Overhead Switch Barrier
Cover all three phases
The Barrier Board is designed to cover all three phases of a 12kV
or 25kV horizontal disconnect switch in a substation. The Barrier
Board acts as a physical barrier between the open switch and the
bus. It lifts easily with shotgun sticks for proper placement. The
barrier covers the lower blade portion of the disconnect switch so
that work can be performed on the bottom side of the switch.
Features
Catalog No.
Description
Dimensions
Weight
PSC4060648
Board Barrier
84" x 19" x 5"
17 lb. / 7.7 kg.
PSC4060651
Kit (2 Barriers and Bag)
84" x 19" x 5"
35 lb. / 15.9 kg.
PSC4060650
Bag
86" with handles
1 lb. / .45 kg.
Cover - U p Eq u i p ment – 2 4 00
• Designed to fit 12kV or 25kV disconnect switches
• Compatible with 30” and 36” spacing
• Puncture Strength - 300 V/mil (approx .25 in thickness)
• Provided with Gripall adapters (2 positions)
• High visibility orange color
• Provided with yellow vinyl bag
• Available as individual item or 2 per kit
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
June 2014
Page 2415
Phasing Testers
• for †Distribution Circuits
Features & Applications
I nst ru m ent s an d M eter s – 2 45 0
• Determine phase relationships and approximate
voltage, line-to-line or line-to-ground
• Feature two fiberglass poles with end fittings threaded
for interchangeable probes
• Probe fittings couple with a high-impedance
component encased in each pole
• To complete test circuit, a 22 ft. length of insulated
flexible cable stores on reel affixed to one pole and
connects to voltmeter on other pole
• Simple to operate, tester poles first attach to two 6 ft.
Epoxiglas® insulating universal handles (included in
each kit for proper working clearances)
• Probes can be brought into contact with conductors
appropriate for the meter to read phase-to-phase or
phase-to-ground voltage
Single-Range Units
Distribution Phasing Testers
• For convenience on different systems, toggle
on dual-range units can switch calibration
between two scales on meter face
• Can improve readability for low-end values on
Hi scale
• Switched to Lo range, those values deflect
needle more to give more finite readings
• To check instrument before and after each use,
test-point jack in front of meter accepts plug
from Phasing Meter Tester, next page
Single-Range Units
Catalog No.
H1876
H18761
T4032261
H18767
Description
16 kV Tester Kit*
†
16 kV Tester Hook Probes,
Case and Manual
25 kV Tester Kit*
40 kV Tester, Hook Probes,
Case and Manual
†
Weight
271⁄2 lb./12.4 kg.
23 lb./10.4 kg.
271⁄2 lb./12.4 kg.
23 lb./10.4 kg.
Dual-Range Units
T4030786
T4032311
T4032398
1 & †16 kV Tester Kit*
5 & †16 kV Tester Kit*
5 & †16 kV Tester Only
271⁄2 lb./12.4 kg.
271⁄2 lb./12.4 kg.
23 lb./10.4 kg.
*Each kit includes two 6’ x 1-1⁄4"-dia. Epoxiglas® universal
handles with storage bag, tester, hook probes, case and
instruction manual
Dual-Range Meters
1 & 16 kV Unit
5 & 16 kV Unit
Extension Resistors,
as installed
▲
To extend any Chance 16 kV Phasing Tester for 48 or 80 kV
applications, optional Extension Resistors simply thread on
in the field
†
Extension Resistors
H18762
H18764
P6242
P6244
Pair of Extension Resistors
for up to 80 kV (32" long)
Pair of Extension Resistors
for up to 48 kV (21" long)
Bag for 48 kV Resistors
Bag for 80 kV Resistors
6 lb./2.7 kg.
4 lb./1.8 kg.
1 lb./0.45 kg.
11⁄4 lb./0.56 kg.
Accessories
H17601
For URD testing, see Hi-Pot
Adapters (page 2458) and
Adapters for Elbows and
Bushings (page 2467).
H18765
P6436
H18763
H18766P
H18766S
H18766
H18765
Universal Pole 11⁄4" x 6'
— Two Needed
Bag for Two Poles
Case only for Tester
Pigtail Hook Probe
Shepherd Hook Probe
Straight Probe
Angle Probe
13⁄4 lb./0.7 kg.
1 lb./0.45 kg.
2 lb./0.9 kg.
1
⁄4 lb./0.1 kg.
1
⁄4 lb./0.1 kg.
1
⁄8 lb./0.05 kg.
1
⁄8 lb./0.05 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2452
November 2013
Distribution
Phasing Tester Kit
for Overhead
and Underground Systems
Dual Range: 5kV & 16kV Scales
• Versatile for popular distribution voltages
• Facilitates testing both underground and overhead
systems
• Basic functions include identifying phases and reading
line-to-line or line-to-ground voltage
• URD accessories in the Kit also permit cable-fault
detection
• Consists of high-impedance components encased in
two fiberglass poles with threaded end fittings for
overhead probes or URD adapters
• A 22 ft.-long cable connects to voltmeter pole and
stores on reel pole
• To detect faults on
URD cable, Hi-Pot
Adapter converts AC
source to DC pulse
• Effective field
method quickly tests
new, repaired or
suspect spans
Complete Kit includes:
Two 6’ x 1-1/4"-dia. Epoxiglas® universal handles
with storage bag, tester with instruction manual
and two probes (shepherd hook and pigtail hook)
in padded carrying case, plus four items below
URD Accessories in Kit
One
DC
Hi-Pot
Adapter
& Instructions
C4031762
• To check instrument
before and after use,
Phasing Meter Tester
lead plugs into testpoint jack by meter
• Other lead clips onto
each probe
• Switch on Meter
Tester reverses
polarity for thorough
field-checking
procedure
• Complete instructions
included
Two
Bushing
Adapters
T4030857
Phasing
Meter
Tester (with
battery)
in Kit
C4030838
H17601
Hotstick
P6436
Bag
Ordering Information
• For convenience on different systems, toggle on meter
housing can switch calibration between the two scales
Catalog No. Description
Weight
on meter face
1
T4032557 Phasing Tester Kit 31 /2 lb./14.2 kg.
• Improves readability for low-end values on the Hi (16
with 16kV Hi-Pot Adapter,
kV) scale
2 URD Bushing Adapters,
• Switched to Lo (5 kV) range, values deflect needle
Phasing Meter Tester
more to give more finite readings
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 2453
I n st ru m ent s an d M eter s – 2 450
Features & Applications
Digital Phasing Testers
• 16kV and 40kV models, plus 80kV extensions
• For Overhead & Underground
Display With Backlight, Hold and Sleep Modes
I nst ru m ent s an d M eter s – 2 45 0
• Large direct-reading display
• Determine phase relationships and approximate
voltage, line-to-line or line-to-ground
• Each tester consists of two fiberglass poles with end
fittings threaded for interchangeable probes
• Probe fittings couple with high-impedance component
encased in each pole
• To complete the test circuit, a 22 ft. length of insulated
flexible cable stores on the reel affixed to one pole and
connects to electronic display module on other pole
• Simple to operate, tester attaches to two 6 ft.
Epoxiglas® insulating universal handles (included in
each kit for proper working clearances)
• Probes can be brought into contact with conductors
for tester to display phase-to-phase or phase-toground voltage
• Pushbutton controls permit easy selection of options
for display Backlight and Hold features
• When not in use, the unit’s Sleep mode automatically
conserves the battery
Large direct display with backlight and hold features
Hi-Pot & Higher Voltage Test Accessories
• For underground cable hi-pot testing
• 16 kV Kit C4033402 includes a DC Hi-Pot Adapter
• Hi-pot testing cannot be done with the 40 kV unit
• Both the 16 kV and 40 kV Kits include underground
bushing and elbow adapters
• For overhead subtransmission systems,
Extension Resistors are available as accessories
specific to each Digital Phasing Tester
Basic Units:
Each Basic Unit Digital
Phasing Tester includes
the tester unit with meter
and reel poles, a pigtail
hook probe, a shepherd
hook probe, instruction
manual and hard shell
padded case.
See next page for Tester Kits.
16kV Digital Phasing Tester Basic Unit
Cat. No. C4033369 (14 lb./6.36 kg.)
40kV Digital Phasing Tester Basic Unit
Cat. No. C4033370 (141⁄2 lb./6.6 kg.)
Hi-pot testing cannot be done with the 40kV unit.
➧
Extension Resistors as installed
for testing up to 80kV
Available as accessories, Extension Resistors simply thread onto the Digital Phasing
Tester in the field.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2454
November 2013
Digital Phasing Testers
• For Overhead & Underground
Easy Verification Test
40kV Digital Phasing Tester Kit
Cat. No. C4033403 (211⁄2 lb./9.7 kg.)
16kV Digital Phasing Tester Kit
Cat. No. C4033402 (221⁄2 lb./10.2 kg.)
Hi-pot testing cannot be done with the 40kV unit.
C4033370
Digital
Phasing
Tester
C403-3369
Digital
Phasing
Tester
C4031762
DC Hi-Pot
Adapter
Two
T4030857
Bushing
Adapters
T4030856
Elbow
Adapter
Two H17601
6-ft. x 11⁄4"-dia.
Epoxiglas®
universal poles
in P643-6 Bag
C4030838
Phasing
Meter
Tester
Two H17601
6-ft. x 11⁄4"-dia.
Epoxiglas®
universal poles
in P6436 Bag
Extension Resistors for 16kV Digital Phasing Tester
H18762
H18764
P6242
P6244
Pair of Extension Resistors
6 lb./2.7 kg.
for up to 80 kV (32" long)
Pair of Extension Resistors
4 lb./1.8 kg.
for up to 48 kV (21" long)
Bag for 48 kV Resistors
1 lb./0.45 kg.
Bag for H1876-2 80 kV Resistors 11⁄4 lb./0.56 kg.
Two
T4030857
Bushing
Adapters
T4030856
Elbow
Adapter
C4030838
Phasing
Meter
Tester
Extension Resistors for 40kV Digital Phasing Tester
Pair of Extension Resistors
4 lb./1.8 kg.
for up to 80 kV (21" long)
Bag for C403-3371 80 kV Resistors 1 lb./0.45 kg.
C4033371
P6242
NOTICE: Use ONLY the Extension Resistors specified for each
Digital Phasing Tester as listed on this page.
Extension Resistors are NOT interchangeable between
16kV and 40kV Digital Phasing Testers.
Accessories
H18766S
H18766
Shepherd Hook Probe
Straight Probe
⁄4 lb./0.1 kg.
⁄8 lb./0.05 kg.
1
1
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 2455
I n st ru m ent s an d M eter s – 2 450
• To check instrument before and after use, Phasing Meter Tester lead plugs
into test-point jack by meter
• Other lead clips onto each probe. Switch on Meter Tester
• Tester reverses polarity for thorough, easy field-checking procedure
• Complete instructions are included with each unit
Digital Phasing Testers
for Transmission Circuits
• Two models for up to 120 kV or 240 kV
Features & Applications
I nst ru m ent s an d M eter s – 2 45 0
• Easily determine phase relationships
• Read approximate voltage (line-to-line or line-toground) on transmission circuits
• Feature two high-impedance components
encapsulated in fiberglass poles, each with an end
fitting threaded for interchangeable hook probes
• 22-ft.-long insulated flexible cable from voltmeter
stores on reel on other pole
• Two complete kits offer a choice of voltage ranges for
specific system applications
• Each kit includes a pair of 1-1⁄2"-dia. insulated handles
for proper working clearances
• Individual items listed in each kit’s bill of materials may
be ordered separately by reference numbers given
Ordering Information
Large direct display with backlight and hold features
Catalog No.
Description
Weight
PSC4033465
10 - 120 kV Phasing Tester Kit:
(1) Instruction Manual
(1) PSE4033454 Phasing Tester
(64" long)
(2) C4030459 Handles (96")
(1) P6218 Bag for Handles (108")
(1) C4030460 Bag for Tester
39 lb./17.7 kg.
40 - 240 kV Phasing Tester Kit:
(1) Instruction Manual
(1) PSE4033455 Phasing Tester
(102" long)
(2) C4030459 Handles (96")
(1) P6218 Bag for Handles (108")
(1) C4030464 Bag for Tester
60 lb./27.2 kg.
PSC4033466
221⁄2 lb.
10 lb.
31⁄2 lb.
3 lb.
431⁄2 lb.
10 lb.
31⁄2 lb.
3 lb.
Phasing Meter Tester
for Digital Transmission Phasing Testers above
PSE4033473
Phasing Meter Tester
for Digital Transmission
Phasing Testers
10 - 120 kV
Digital Phasing Tester
Features & Applications
• Allows line personnel to determine, in the field, the
operating condition of Chance instruments above
• Uses each instrument’s own meter to display its
operating condition
• Tester plugs into jack on instrument
• Meter readings are noted when tester’s clip is
contacted to each of instrument’s two terminals and
tester’s polarity switch is in both of its positions
• Instrument is in proper working order if all four
readings are within two units
• Pulling plug from jack automatically disconnects
tester’s battery
• 9-volt battery, furnished, usually lasts one year and is
easily replaced
• Tester’s durable and compact fiberglass housing will
withstand abuse of field applications
40 - 240 kV
Digital Phasing Tester
C4030459
96" Epoxiglas®
Handles
Catalog No.
Description
PSE4033473 Phasing Meter Tester with leads
and battery
Weight
1 lb./0.45 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2456
November 2013
Analog Phasing Testers
Three kits for Transmission Circuits
Features & Applications
• Determine phase relationships
• Read approximate voltage (line-to-line or line-toground) on transmission circuits
• Features high-impedance components encapsulated in
fiberglass poles, each with an end fitting threaded for
interchangeable hook probes
• 22' long insulated flexible cable from voltmeter stores
on reel on other pole
• Three complete kits offer a choice of voltage ranges
for specific system applications. Each kit includes a pair
of 1-1⁄4"-dia. insulated handles for proper working
clearances
• Individual items listed in each kit’s bill of materials may
be ordered separately by reference numbers given
Weight
39 lb./17.7 kg.
221⁄2 lb.
10 lb.
31⁄2 lb.
3 lb.
44 lb./20 kg.
271⁄2 lb.
10 lb.
31⁄2 lb.
3 lb.
60 lb./27.2 kg.
431⁄2 lb.
10 lb.
31⁄2 lb.
3 lb.
C4030459
96" Epoxiglas®
Handles
Analog
Transmission
Phasing Tester
Phasing Meter Tester
for Phasing Testers* (page 2452-2455),
Phase Rotation Testers (page 2459),
and Energized Insulator Testers (page 2466).
Features & Applications
• Allows line personnel to determine, in the field, the
operating condition of Chance instruments above
• Uses each instrument’s own meter to display its
operating condition
• Tester plugs into jack on instrument
• Meter readings are noted when tester’s clip is
contacted to each of instrument’s two terminals and
tester’s polarity switch is in both of its positions
• Instrument is in proper working order if all four
readings are within two units
• Pulling plug from jack automatically disconnects
tester’s battery
• 9-volt battery, furnished, usually lasts one year and is
easily replaced
• Tester’s durable and compact fiberglass housing will
withstand abuse of field applications
Catalog No.
C4030838
Description
Tool with leads and battery
Weight
1 lb./0.45 kg.
C4030838
*Phasing Voltmeter Tester is designed for checking distributionseries voltmeters with extensions for 80 kV and below.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 2457
I n st ru m ent s an d M eter s – 2 450
Ordering Information
Catalog No. Description
C4030457 69-120 kV Phasing Tester Kit:
(1) Instruction Manual
(1) E4030498 Tester (62" long)
(2) C4030459 Handles (96")
(1) P6218 Bag for Handles (108")
(1) C4030460 Bag for Tester
C4030458 69-161 kV Phasing Tester Kit:
(1) Instruction Manual
(1) E4030499 Tester (75" long)
(2) C4030459 Handles (96")
(1) P6218 Bag for Handles (108")
(1) C4030464 Bag for Tester
T4032781 69-240 kV Phasing Tester Kit:
(1) Instruction Manual
(1) E4032780 Tester (98" long)
(2) C4030459 Handles (96")
(1) P6218 Bag for Handles (108")
(1) C4030464 Bag for Tester
Two Kits for Transmission Circuits
Features & Applications
Digital Phasing Testers
• With digital readout and hold function
• Otherwise perform same functions as analog testers on
page 2457
Catalog No.
Description
PSC4033465
10 - 120 kV Phasing Tester Kit:
(1) Instruction Manual
(1) PSE4033454 Phasing Tester
(64" long)
(2) C4030459 Handles (96")
(1) P6218 Bag for Handles (108")
(1) C4030460 Bag for Tester
(1) PSE40333473 Meter Tester
40 lb./18.2 kg.
40 - 240 kV Phasing Tester Kit:
(1) Instruction Manual
(1) PSE4033455 Phasing Tester
(102" long)
(2) C4030459 Handles (96")
(1) P6218 Bag for Handles (108")
(1) C4030464 Bag for Tester
(1) PSE40333473 Meter Tester
61 lb./27.7 kg.
PSC4033466
Weight
221⁄2 lb.
10 lb.
31⁄2 lb.
3 lb.
1 lb.
Large direct display with
backlight and hold features
431⁄2 lb.
I nst ru m ent s an d M eter s – 2 45 0
10 lb.
31⁄2 lb.
3 lb.
1 lb.
Phasing Meter Tester
40 - 240 kV
Digital Transmission
Phasing Tester
for Digital Transmission Phasing Testers above
Features & Applications
• Exclusively for use with only Digital Phasing Testers
above
• Otherwise the functional equivalent of Phasing Meter
Tester on page 2457
PSE4033473
Phasing Meter Tester
for Digital Transmission
Phasing Testers
10 - 120 kV
Digital Transmission
Phasing Tester
D.C. Hi-Pot URD Test Adapters
Features & Applications
• Work with Chance Phasing Tool H1876 (page 2452) for
metered readout
• For quick, reliable fault detection on underground
cables
• Two units are available for phase-to-phase system
voltages up to 16 kV or 35 kV
• By converting AC source voltage to a rectified halfwave, these adapters permit testing of cables with a
potential level equal to peak source voltage
• Field-effective method proves especially beneficial for:
o Testing new cable before initial energizing
o Testing repaired cable before re-energizing
o Testing suspect cable spans for faults
• Brass male fitting inside larger end threads onto the
meter probe of phasing tool
• For testing and subsequent discharging, brass
female fitting at smaller end accepts Chance
Elbow Adapters or Bushing Adapters for 15
through 35 kV (page 2455)
• Illustrated instruction booklet is included
• Units contain high-voltage rectifiers
encapsulated in Chance orange 1-1⁄4" and
1-1⁄2" dia. Epoxiglas® housings
Hi-Pot Adapters measure only 13" in length for
35 kV unit, and 10" for 16 kV unit, far right.
Weight, each
Description
Catalog No.
1 lb./0.45 kg.
*16 kV Hi-Pot Adapter
C4031762
*35 kV Hi-Pot Adapter 11⁄4 lb./0.57 kg.
C4031763
*Maximum phase-to-phase system voltage.
Meter Stick of Phasing Tester
Disconnect
Buried
Primary
Cable
Bushing Adapter
DC Hi-Pot
Adapter
Energized
Switch or
Transformer
Feed-Thru
Bushing Adapter
Universal Sticks
Energized
Switch or
Transformer
Reel Stick of Phasing Tester
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2458
November 2013
Phase Rotation Tester
Features & Applications
I n st ru m ent s an d M eter s – 2 450
• To determine the correct phase-rotation relationship,
this portable instrument features construction similar
to Phasing Tester H18761, page 2452
• An additional grounding circuit on the Phase Rotation
Tester sets it apart for phase rotation testing
• Tester consists of two fiberglass poles with end fittings
threaded for interchangeable probes
• Probe fittings couple with a high-impedance
component encased in each pole
• 22 ft. length of insulated cable stores on reel affixed to
one pole and connects to voltmeter on other pole
• Grounding terminal below the meter permits
connection to a known ground for proper operation
• To check instrument before and after each use, a
test-point jack in front of meter accepts the plug from
Phasing Meter Tester C4030838, shown on page 2457
Application Range
• Attaches to Epoxiglas®
Universal Poles of proper
length for voltage being
worked
• Meter displays up to 16
kV alone
• Can also read circuits
through 80 kV with the
thread-on Extension
Resistors
Catalog No.
H1879
H18762
H18764
H17601
P6436
P6242
P6244
H18763
Description
Phase Rotation Tester, 16 kV, with Case
Pair of Extension Resistors for through 80 kV, Length: 43"
Pair of Extension Resistors for through 48 kV, Length: 25"
Universal Pole, 11⁄4" x 6', Two Needed
Bag for Two Universal Poles
Bag for 48 kV Extension Resistors
Bag for 80 kV Extension Resistors
Carrying Case Only for Tester
Weight
23 lb./10.4 kg.
6 lb./2.7 kg.
4 lb./1.8 kg.
13⁄4 lb./0.7 kg.
1 lb./0.45 kg.
1 lb./0.45 kg.
11⁄4 lb./0.56 kg.
2 lb./0.9 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 2459
Full Range (600V – 500kV)
Auto-Ranging Voltage Indicator (ARVI)
Complies with OSHA 1910.269 to Test for Absence of Nominal Voltage
• 600V to 500kV • For Overhead and URD Systems
Bright display lights indicate voltage class
I nst ru m ent s an d M eter s – 2 45 0
This smart new-generation instrument makes hot-line
voltage testing easier than ever. Its state-of-the-art
electronics eliminate the need for a selector switch.
Its automatic-ranging function quickly displays the
approximate phase-to-phase voltage class. It provides an
easy, reliable means for the operator to determine if a line is:
a) De-energized, or
b) Carrying less than normal system voltage from any
source or induced charged from an adjacent live circuit,
or
Large easy-to-read
display activates
each red light, one
at a time, beginning
at the low end and
finally holds on the
light for the phaseto-phase voltage
class detected.
c) Energized at full system voltage.
Simple to operate, the tester attaches to an Epoxiglas®
insulating universal hot stick of appropriate length to
maintain proper OSHA working clearances. A single
pushbutton activates the instrument, then a single light
indicates either Power On (by glowing solid) or Low Battery
(by blinking). With a good battery condition, the instrument
performs a confirming self-test by illuminating each of the
12 indicator lights in series while emitting an alternating
audible signal.
Then the probe can be brought into contact with
the conductor. It automatically begins detecting at
approximately 100V and holds the display of one of these
phase-to-phase voltage classes: 600V, 4kV, 15kV, 25kV, 35kV,
69kV, 115kV, 161kV, 230kV, 345kV or 500kV. The audible
signal begins as a slow beeping that becomes faster as the
reading is increased.
When not in use, the unit’s energy-saving Sleep mode
automatically conserves the battery.
This model adapts to both
overhead lines as well as URD
circuits with 200 and 600 Amp
elbows, including those with and
without capacitance test-points. Interchangeable probes and adapters just thread
into the ARVI end fitting and test point (T.P.) setting appropriate to each application. Furnished owner’s manual
illustrates operating details for all models.
. . . continued on next page . . .
Voltage Indicator Tester PSC4033582
MUST BE ORDERED AS A SEPARATE ITEM
Plug-in jack on Full-Range ARVI housing permits
line personnel to quickly verify its operable
condition with Voltage Indicator Tester
(Cat. No. PSC4033582) before and after
each use.
Accessories
Distribution / Transmission ARVI
(Auto-Ranging Voltage Indicator)
Cat. No. PSC4032915 (41⁄2 lb./2.0 kg.)
H18766S
Shepherd Hook Probe
0.25 lb./0.1 kg.
H18766
Straight Probe
0.13 lb./0.05 kg.
T4030428
15kV only Bushing Adapter
T4030856
15 - 35kV Elbow Adapter
T4030857
15 - 35kV Bushing Adapter
0.5 lb./0.2 kg.
1 lb./0.4 kg.
1.6 lb./0.7 kg.
Includes the tester unit, a shepherd hook probe, a straight
probe, instruction manual and hard shell padded case.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2460
November 2013
Full Range (600V – 500kV)
Auto-Ranging Voltage Indicator (ARVI)
This model is capable of these three test methods:
URD Capacitance Test
with Straight Probe on Elbows with Test Points
I n st ru m ent s an d M eter s – 2 450
URD Voltage Presence Test
with Bushing Adapter and your feed-thru device
Overhead Voltage Presence Test
with Shepherd Hook Probe
FPO
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 2461
Distribution
Auto-Ranging Voltage Indicator (ARVI)
Complies with OSHA 1910.269 to Test for Absence of Nominal Voltage
• 600V to 69kV • For Overhead & Underground
Bright Display Lights Indicate Voltage Class
I nst ru m ent s an d M eter s – 2 45 0
• Makes hot-line voltage testing easier than ever
• State-of-the-art electronics eliminate need for selector
switch
• Automatic-ranging function quickly displays
approximate line-to-line voltage class
• Provides easy, yet reliable means for operator to
determine if a line is:
o De-energized, or
o Carrying less than normal system voltage from any
source or induced charged from an adjacent live
circuit, or
o Energized at full system voltage
• Simple-to-operate tester attaches to an Epoxiglas®
insulating universal handle of appropriate length to
maintain proper OSHA working clearances
• Single pushbutton activates the instrument, then a
single light indicates either Power On (by glowing
solid) or Low Battery (by blinking)
• With good battery condition, instrument performs a
confirming self-test
• It does this by illuminating each of the six indicator
lights in series while emitting an alternating audible
signal
• Then the probe can be brought into contact with the
conductor
• It automatically begins detecting at approximately 480
Volts and holds display of one of these voltage classes:
600 V, 4 kV, 15 kV, 25 kV, 35 kV or 69 kV phase-tophase
• Audible signal begins as a slow beeping, becoming
faster as final reading is displayed
• When not in use, unit’s energy-saving Sleep mode
automatically conserves battery
Overhead & Underground Capabilities
• For overhead testing, a Shepherd Hook probe is
included with the Basic ARVI (Auto-Ranging Voltage
Indicator)
• For underground testing, Elbow Adapter T4030856 and
ARVI
Auto-Ranging
Votage Indicator
Basic ARVI for Overhead Applications
Catalog No. C4033374
(51⁄2 lb./2.5 kg.)
Includes the tester unit, a shepherd hook probe,
instruction manual and hard shell padded case.
Large easy-to-read
display activates
each red light,
one at a time,
beginning at
the low end and
finally holds on
the light for the
phase-to-phase
voltage class
detected.
Bushing Adapter T4030857 are included
• They simply thread onto the ARVI in the field to check
for voltage at switch bushings or elbows on cables,
using a feed-thru device
ARVI
Auto-Ranging
Voltage Indicator
Elbow Adapter
T4030856
for 15, 25, 35kV
Voltage Indicator
Tester C4033409
Bushing Adapter
T4030857
for 15, 25, 35kV
ARVI Kit
for Overhead and Underground
Catalog No. T4033418
(161⁄4 lb./7.37 kg.)
Includes the tester unit, shepherd hook probe,
elbow adapter, bushing adapter, voltage indicator
tester, instruction manual and hard shell padded
case.
Accessories
H18766S
H18766
Shepherd Hook Probe
Straight Probe
⁄4 lb./0.1 kg.
⁄8 lb./0.05 kg.
1
1
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2462
November 2013
Transmission
Auto-Ranging Voltage Indicator (ARVI)
Complies with OSHA 1910.269 to Test for Absence of Nominal Voltage
• 69kV to 500kV • For Overhead Conductors
Bright Display Lights Indicate Voltage Class
Large easy-to-read
display activates
each red light, one
at a time, beginning
at the low end and
finally holds on the
light for the phaseto-phase voltage
class detected.
• Audible signal begins as a slow beeping, becoming
faster as final reading is displayed
• When not in use, unit’s energy-saving Sleep mode
automatically conserves battery
Voltage Indicator Tester C4033431
MUST BE ORDERED AS A SEPARATE ITEM
Plug-in jack on Tester meter housing permits
line personnel to quickly verify its operating
condition with a Voltage Indicator Tester (Cat.
No. C4033431) before and after each use.
Transmission ARVI
(Auto-Ranging Voltage Indicator)
Cat. No. C4033375 (51⁄2 lb./2.5 kg.)
Includes the tester unit, a shepherd hook probe, instruction
manual and hard shell padded case.
Accessories
H18766S
H18766
Shepherd Hook Probe
Straight Probe
1
1
⁄4 lb./0.1 kg.
⁄8 lb./0.05 kg..
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 2463
I n st ru m ent s an d M eter s – 2 450
• Makes hot-line voltage testing easier than ever
• State-of-the-art electronics eliminate need for selector
switch
• Automatic-ranging function quickly displays
approximate line-to-line voltage class
• Provides easy, yet reliable means for operator to
determine if a line is:
o De-energized, or
o Carrying less than normal system voltage from any
source or induced charged from an adjacent live
circuit, or
o Energized at full system voltage
• Simple-to-operate tester attaches to an Epoxiglas®
insulating universal handle of appropriate length to
maintain proper OSHA working clearances
• Single pushbutton activates the instrument, then a
single light indicates either Power On (by glowing
solid) or Low Battery (by blinking)
• With good battery condition, instrument performs a
confirming self-test
• It does this by illuminating each of the six indicator
lights in series while emitting an alternating audible
signal
• Then the probe can be brought into contact with the
conductor
• It automatically begins detecting at approximately 69
kV and holds display of one of voltage classes: 69 kV,
115 kV, 161 kV, 230 kV, 345 kV or 500 kV phase-tophase
Multi-Range Voltage Detector
Lighted-dial model for systems through 40 kV
Easier-To-Read, illuminated Dial
Self-test
Button
▲
• The lighted-dial option sets this unit apart from standard
features on Multi-Range Voltage Detector (MRVD)
C4030979, shown on next page
• A long-life bulb, powered by included internal battery,
gives a glow to the meter face so scale is easy to read in
most conditions
• To conserve the battery, a special switch locks the light
off when not in use
• Spring-loaded toggle must be pulled up to move it over
the stop between its on and off positions
• This helps keep switch from being flipped on accidentally
while unit is not in use
Light Switch
Standard Features
I nst ru m ent s an d M eter s – 2 45 0
• Confirms a line is de-energized prior to performing
maintenance
• A field intensity meter, it is calibrated to read
approximate line-to-line voltage when connected to any
phase conductor
• Responds to magnitude of field gradient between its end
probe and floating electrode (at the universal hotstickattachment fitting)
• If the universal fitting is close to a ground, another phase
or another voltage source, reading should be high
• If it’s close to a jumper or equipment of the same phase,
the reading should be low
• Gives metered readout capable of distinguishing actual
line voltage from static or feedover from an adjacent line
• Numerical readings can be compared with numerical
rather than subjective judgments associated with “fuzz
sticking” or “glow-detecting”
• Since it is not a voltmeter, no specific accuracy is claimed
by the manufacturer or can be assumed by the user
Overhead
Voltage-Presence
Test with Hook
Probe
Operation
URD Voltage-Presence
Test on elbows with
Test Points can be
performed with Straight
Probe when selector is
set at TP
Includes:
• Straight probe for URD elbows with test points
• Hook probe for overhead uses
• Instructions and storage case
Accessories
H18766S
H18766
Shepherd Hook Probe
Straight Probe
• Must be mounted on proper length hotstick for the
voltage class involved
• Complete instructions are furnished with easy, illustrated
step-by-step procedures
• Internal circuit and pushbutton permit check before
and after each use to confirm operational condition of
instrument and battery
⁄4 lb./0.1 kg.
⁄8 lb./0.05 kg.
1
1
Catalog No.
T4033228
Scale
1 - 40 kV
Weight
51⁄2 lb./2.5 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2464
November 2013
Multi-Range Voltage Detectors
for Overhead Systems to 600 kV and URD Elbow Test Points*
Overhead Voltage-Presence
Test can be performed by all
models.
Switch on C4030979* includes Test Point.
Design Features
• Confirms a line is de-energized prior to performing
maintenance
• A field intensity meter, it is calibrated to read
approximate line-to-line voltage when connected to any
phase conductor
• Responds to magnitude of field gradient between its end
probe and floating electrode (at the universal hotstickattachment fitting)
• If the universal fitting is close to a ground, another phase
or another voltage source, reading should be high
• If it’s close to a jumper or equipment of the same phase,
the reading should be low
• Gives metered readout capable of distinguishing actual
line voltage from static or feedover from an adjacent line
• Numerical readings can be compared with numerical
rather than subjective judgments associated with “fuzz
sticking” or “glow-detecting”
• Since it is not a voltmeter, no specific accuracy is claimed
by the manufacturer or can be assumed by the user
Operation
• Must be mounted on proper length hotstick for the
voltage class involved
• Complete instructions are furnished with easy, illustrated
step-by-step procedures
• Internal circuit and pushbutton permit check before
and after each use to confirm operational condition of
instrument and battery
C4030979*
URD Voltage-Presence
Test on Elbows with
Test Points can be
performed only by
Model C4030979* set
at TP and fitted with
its Straight Probe.
C4031029 or C4031140
Ordering Information
Distribution and Transmission
Multi-Range Voltage Detectors
Catalog No.
C4030979*
C4031029
C4031140
Scales
1 - 40 kV
16 - 161 kV
69 - 600 kV
Weight
51⁄2 lb./2.5 kg.
51⁄2 lb./2.5 kg.
51⁄2 lb./2.5 kg.
*For testing URD elbows with test points, only model
C4030979 on this page includes straight probe and “TP”
setting on selector switch (as well as hook probe for
overhead uses).
For other URD models and Accessories, see next page.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 2465
I n st ru m ent s an d M eter s – 2 450
▲
Self-test
Button
Multi-Range Voltage Detectors
for Overhead & URD Systems to 40 kV
Features & Applications
I nst ru m ent s an d M eter s – 2 45 0
• Test both overhead and underground distribution
systems
• For systems in voltage classes from 5 through 40 kV
• Provide easy, yet reliable means for operator to
determine if a line is:
o De-energized, or
o Carrying less than normal system voltage from any
source or induced charged from an adjacent live
circuit, or
o Energized at full system voltage
• Adapt to both overhead lines as well as URD circuits
with 200 and 600 Amp loadbreak elbows
• This includes those with and without capacitance testpoints
• Interchangeable probes and adapters
• Thread into the MRVD end fitting and the selector
switch dials to the voltage range or test point (T.P.)
setting appropriate to each application
• Furnished owner’s manual illustrates operating details
for all models.
T4032271
for Overhead and for URD Loadbreak Elbows
This model is capable of these three tests:
Overhead Test
URD Voltage Presence Test
with
Bushing
Adapter
and
your feed-thru device*
with
Straight
Probe
on
Elbows
with
Test
Points
Self-test
Button
▲
*Elbow Adapter also furnished to complete test
when not using a feed-thru bushing device.
URD Voltage Presence Test
Ordering Information
5-15-25-40 kV Multi-Range Voltage Detector
with TP Setting for Test Point on URD Elbows
Weight
6 lb./2.7 kg.
Catalog No.
Description
T4032271 MRVD, Hook & Straight
Probes, Elbows & Bushing
Adapters, Case
Accessories
H18766S
H18766
Shepherd Hook Probe
Straight Probe
⁄4 lb./0.1 kg.
⁄8 lb./0.05 kg.
1
1
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2466
November 2013
Digital Voltage Indicators
for Distribution and Transmission Systems
• Calibrated to read approximate phase-to-phase voltage
• As tools for linework, apply to most system voltages
• Distribution DVI provides 1 to 40 kV readouts
• Transmission DVI covers 16 to 161 kV
• For overhead applications, hooked probe hangs onto
conductor or apparatus
• For underground systems, Distribution DVI can indicate
voltage at elbow test points or through bushings and
elbows
• For such uses as confirming a “dead” condition
before placing temporary grounds for de-energized
maintenance
• Both models provide an easy, yet reliable, means to
determine if a line is:
o De-energized, or
o Carrying less than normal system voltage from any
source or induced charge from an adjacent live
circuit, or
o Energized at full system voltage
Features & Applications
• Simply by selecting “Peak Hold,” DVI will retain the
display of its approximate highest reading for 10 to 15
seconds
• Built-in self-test function allows for quick check of
meter before and after each use
URD voltage presence test on cable with elbow
placed on a feed-thru device can be performed by
DVI fitted with Bushing Adapter T4030857. For this
test, “Line” must be selected on switch panel of
Distribution DVI model. Transmission DVI model
does not have Line/Test Point switch.
Ordering Information
1 to 40 kV Distribution DVI model
includes both types of probe (hook for overhead lines
and straight for underground test points).
16 to 161 kV Transmission DVI model
includes only the hook probe
Both models include a 9-volt battery, carrying case
and illustrated operating instructions.
Catalog No.
Description
Kit Weight
C4032794
1 - 40kV Voltage Indicator
7 ⁄4 lb./3.5 kg.
3
C4032588 16 - 161kV Voltage Indicator 7 ⁄2 lb./3.375 kg.
1
URD voltage presence test
on elbows with test points
can be performed
only by
Distribution DVI model
C4032794
fitted with straight Probe
and “Test Point”
selected on switch panel.
Accessories
H18766S
H18766
Shepherd Hook Probe
Straight Probe
⁄4 lb./0.1 kg.
⁄8 lb./0.05 kg.
1
1
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 2467
I n st ru m ent s an d M eter s – 2 450
Features & Applications
Super Tester Voltage Detector
• Dual Range • Audible & Visible Indicators
Features & Applications
• Lights blink and alarm sounds when placed in electrostatic field
above trigger threshold
• Five flashing red lights alert the operator
• High-pitched tones also signal nearby personnel of present
voltage that could be dangerous when applying temporary
grounds or performing maintenance
• Can be used to check overhead lines, in substations and around
switchgear
• Simply slips over the head of a standard 1-1⁄4"-diameter
disconnect stick
• May be used on a Chance Grip-All clampstick, universal,
telescoping or positive-grip hot line stick fitted with a special
adapter (see table below)
I nst ru m ent s an d M eter s – 2 45 0
Design Features
• Handy three-way switch permits selection of either the 1 - 100 kV
or the 100 - 800 kV range for circuit being tested
• Turns off unit to save the battery when not in use
• 9-Volt alkaline battery readily installs by removing two knurl-head
screws and sliding off the instrument cover
• Test button checks both the battery and the tester
• Depressing button activates signal circuits, sounding the tone and
lighting the alarm lamps if the battery is good and unit operable
• Comes with instructions packed in lined, reinforced case with
carrying handle
Operation
• Turn on tester with selector switch for voltage range required
• Check battery and unit by pushing “Test” button
• If tone volume is not clear or indicator lights are not bright,
replace battery and recheck
• Mount tester on proper hot line tool
• For maximum-strength signals, place the tester within following
minimum proximity to the circuit being tested
Phase-to-Phase versus Response Distance
kV
(1 - 100kV Range)
(100 - 800kV Range)
Distance - inches
Distance - inches
2.0….................0
13.8….................4
25.0…...............12
34.5…...............19…...............…..............1
69…..................39…...............….............. 3
Ordering Information
Catalog No.
Description
H1990ST Super Tester, battery, plastic case
M445598 Super Tester Adapter for Grip (Catalog
All, Universal, Telescoping or
Section 2100) Positive-Grip hot line tools
Weight
43⁄4 lb./2.1 kg.
5 oz./0.14 kg.
115…........................................................ 7
161…......................................................10
230…......................................................20
345…..................................................... 26
525…..................................................... 44
WARNING: Instrument damaged by touching 33kV or higher.
Note: Super Tester will not detect any voltage on cable with
metallic sheath or semiconductive coating. Super Tester does
not discriminate between induced and line voltage types.
Device signals in the presence of either and the operator must
determine which type before following utility safety working
practices for engaging energized conductors.
M445598 Adapter fits into Super Tester either way so you can
use it on a Grip-All clampstick or on a splined fitting of Universal, Telescoping or Positive-Grip hot line sticks.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2468
November 2013
Energized Insulator Testers
for Distribution and Transmission Systems
• Sensitive voltmeter measures difference in potential
across each insulator in a suspect string
• Comparative readings from satisfactory strings in same
operating situation quickly indicate the state of every
insulator in the string being tested
• Meter places minimal load on the phase as it requires
only a small leakage current to make a reading
• Two straight steel probes threaded into the tester forks
simply contact the metal fittings on both ends of each
insulator at the same time
• Mounted on a 1-1⁄4"-dia. Epoxiglas® pole with a
universal fitting
• Before each use the tester should be attached to the
proper length hot stick for the system voltage involved
• Distribution model’s scale reads up to 11 kV
• Transmission model’s scale reads a maximum of 16 kV
Applications
• Without interrupting service, one of these testers
quickly can check the condition of each insulator in a
string
• Greatly reduces maintenance costs
• Only insulators identified as damaged require
replacements
• No need to change entire strings
• Available in two models
• Testers serve specific applications:
o Deadend insulators on distribution systems through
35 kV
o Suspension insulators on 44 kV through 500 kV
transmission systems
Transmission Tester
C4032299
Plug-in jack on Insulator Tester meter housing permits
line personnel to quickly verify its operable condition
with a Phasing Voltmeter Tester (Cat. No. C4030838)
before and after each use.
Energized Insulator Testers
(each includes instrument, two straight probes,
operating instructions and metal carrying case)
Distribution Tester
C4032298
Weight
System Applications
Catalog No.
4 lb./1.8 kg.
C4032298 Distribution (thru 35 kV)
C4032299 Transmission (44 thru 500 kV) 5 lb./2.25 kg.
*Carrying case weighs additional 101⁄4 lb. (4.62 kg.)
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 2469
I n st ru m ent s an d M eter s – 2 450
Operation
Voltage Tester for Underground Transformers
Features & Applications
I nst ru m ent s an d M eter s – 2 45 0
• Portable device checks the AC voltages on
Underground Distribution circuits through 20 kV
• Determines approximate line-to-ground voltage of the
circuits
• Basic instrument, C4031369, reads voltages up to 10 kV
on meter
• Resistance units are encapsulated in an epoxy
compound to protect against mechanical damage
• Prevents moisture penetration or accumulation around
resistors
• No calibration is required – tool is preset at the factory
• Extension resistor is provided for voltages above 10 kV
phase-to-ground. This increases voltage range to 20 kV
phase-to-ground.
• Do not use more than one extension resistor element
per tool
• Ground connection is made to a stud on the stick
below the meter housing
• This stud MUST be electrically connected to a good
ground source
• Before the Voltage Tester is used to test elbows or
bushings on dead front URD equipment, proper
adapter must be attached to tool
• Elbow must be controlled or restrained with an
insulated hot stick while using Voltage Tester to check
elbows
• Elbow must be properly parked when bushing is being
checked
C4031369
for 0 - 10 kV
To check tester’s condition before
and after each use, test-point jack in
front of meter accepts plug-in lead
of Voltmeter Tester (see page 2453).
Elbow
Adapter
T4030602
Adapters for 15 kV only
Elbow
Adapter
T4030856
C4031367
Bushing
Adapter
T4030857
Adapters for 15, 25 and 35 kV only
Catalog No.
C4031367
C4031368
C4031369
Units Assembled
for 20 kV Testing
Bushing
Adapter
T4030428
T4030602
T4030428
T4030856
T4030857
C4030838
Description
Complete Voltage Tester for 20 kV Ø-G
includes Tester, Extension Resistor, Case
and Instruction Booklet
1 Extension Resistor
Voltage Indicator 10 kV Ø-G with Case
and Instruction Booklet
Elbow Adapter for 8.3/15 kV only
Bushing Adapter for 8.3/15 kV only
Elbow Adapter for 15, 25 & 35 kV
Bushing Adapter for 15, 25 & 35 kV
Tool with Leads and Battery
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2470
November 2013
Energized Cable Sensor
Features & Applications
• Self-test contact point is located on top of amplifier
housing
• Check meter operation and battery condition by
touching test probe to test point
• Sensor checks energized condition on concentricneutral cable below an elbow without test points (as
above)
• At cable mid-span (left), hose clamps bridge all strands
of concentric neutral at the test location
• Sensor’s neutral lead clips to one of the hose clamps
• Tip on probe lead contacts semi-conductive cable
sheath to test voltage
Catalog No.
C4030803
Description
URD Cable Sensor, two
leads, two hose clamps,
two 9-volt batteries and
instructions
Weight
5 lb./2.3 kg.
Dielectric Compound No. 7
Dielectric Compound No. 7, a silicone base material, is
made for use with load break disconnects and other
electrical connecting and terminating devices.
Cat. No. C4170287..................................... 2 oz. Tube
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 2471
I n st ru m ent s an d M eter s – 2 450
• Allows lineman to determine whether URD cable is
energized or de-energized
• Amplifier is designed to give a meter reading
• This occurs when small AC voltage between the semiconductive sheath and the concentric neutral of the
energized URD cable is applied to test probe
• Amplifier is housed in a rugged thermoplastic case
Protective-Grounding-Set Tester
• Meets ASTM Standard F 2249
• Offers easy, accurate diagnostics
Self-Contained, Portable Convenience
• Used to check resistance in protective grounding sets
• 120 VAC and 230 VAC models available
• Applies Direct Current across the test specimen
• Seven-minute video, included with each unit, shows
how to use tester
• Instruction manual includes procedure details
• All components store in tester’s integral carrying case
I nst ru m ent s an d M eter s – 2 45 0
Simple, One-Button Testing
• Digital display shows the resistance measured in
milliohm
• This is compared with a preset threshold for the size
grounding cable selected (#2, 1/0, 2/0 or 4/0)
• Green “Pass” or red “Fail” light also indicates test
results
• Factory preset at 100 Volts
• User can easily change the Tester’s basis for voltage
allowed
• Adjusting this limit automatically causes a
corresponding shift in resistance thresholds for all
grounding cable sizes
• Regardless of the voltage-allowed setting or cable
size selected, the Tester displays resistance of each
specimen in milliohms
• Resistance displayed with ±1% accuracy, from 1 microohm to 6.5 ohms
• Utility must establish maximum resistance allowed for
protective grounding sets used on each specific area of
systems
• How the utility calculates these values depends on
several factors outlined in the Tester instructions
• Sample calculations with reference tables and charts
are in manual
Troubleshooting Mode
• If a ground set does not pass initial test, Tester can help
isolate problems
• High-resistance source can often be remedied by
simple repairs to cable set
• Retesting then can quickly verify the effects of repairs
• For troubleshooting mode, test probes are furnished to
plug into the Tester
• A switch activates them instead of ball-stud terminals
• Probes are used to test across each contact interface in
ground set
• Results display in milliohms, just as in the first test
mode
Optional Terminals For Special Ground
Sets
• Standard ball-stud terminals accept most types of
ground clamps, including Chance ball-socket clamps.
• To test special-application grounding sets for
underground-distribution transformers or switchgear,
two optional adapters shown are available as separate
items
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2472
November 2013
Protective-Grounding-Set Tester (continued)
Optional Straight Stud Terminal T4033159 for testing
grounded-parking-stand temporary grounding sets.
Optional Elbow Adapter C4033449 (15 & 25kV) for
testing temporary grounding sets fitted with a
grounding elbow. PSC4032947, 35kV, Elbow Adapter.
Included with each
Protective-Grounding-Set Tester:
• Self-contained carry case
• 2 ball-stud terminals
• DVD demonstration video
• 2 troubleshooting probes
• Self-test cable
Catalog No.
C4033220
PSC4033220001
Description
Weight
115/120-Volt Protective
17 lb./7.65 kg.
Ground-Set Tester
230-Volt Protective
17 lb./7.65 kg.
Ground-Set Tester
Optional Adapters:
T4033159
C4033449
PSC4032947
Straight Stud Terminal
for 15 and 25 kV
Elbow Adapter 15/25kV
Elbow Adapter 35kV
⁄4 lb./0.225 kg.
3
1 lb./0.45 kg.
11/4 lb./0.6 kg.
Complete
Protective
Ground-Set
Tester
Catalog No.
C4033220.
Chance Teleheight
Features & Applications
• Quickly and accurately figures pole, tree, or building
heights or conductor clearance
• Easy to operate – only take a few minutes to learn
• Diagram shows how it works
• Sight point A and move backward or forward until the
bubble centers on the hair line, which is point C
• Measure distance from C to D and add distance BC to
find correct height
• Leather case (2-1⁄4" x 4-1⁄4") has belt loop
Catalog No.
CW
Description
Teleheight Complete
w/Leather Case
Weight
11⁄4 lb./.6 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 2473
I n st ru m ent s an d M eter s – 2 450
• For easy, accurate diagnostics
• Meets ASTM Standard F 2249
LoadLooker Ammeter
• Models for Distribution, Transmission and Substation uses
• Hold feature for easy hotstick use
User-Friendly Electronic-Loop Design
Live-Line-Ready Hotstick Mount
• Electronically closes loop
• No more manipulating a hinged or clamp-type
inductive pick-up
• Unique U-shape jaw senses amperage present between
tines
• Open-end design for checking component loads not
accessible by other hot-line ammeters
• Standard fitting mounts on your insulated hotsticks
• Fits the same as any other universal tool
• Your hot-line crews can begin using it immediately
. . . continued on next page . . .
I nst ru m ent s an d M eter s – 2 45 0
Wide
Jaw
Narrow
Jaw
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2474
November 2013
LoadLooker Ammeter
Simple Pushbutton Operation, DirectReading Accuracy
• Push it once to turn on LoadLooker
• Push it a second time and LoadLooker will display the
word HOLD
• Will continue to display the next reading it “sees” until
you push the button to clear
• This lets you bring it down from the line to eye level to
read it
• After five idle minutes, unit will turn itself off
• You can also manually turn it off by keeping the button
depressed for five seconds
• Operator’s Manual and storage case are included
I n st ru m ent s an d M eter s – 2 450
Rugged, Application-Specific Design
• Materials and construction are designed for fieldcondition rigors
• Typical applications include:
o Identifying load imbalances
o Verifying accuracy of current transformers
o Determining load to select properly sized jumpers
o Measuring load before opening switches
General Specifications
LCD
31⁄2-digit display of
Amps, Hold, Low Battery
Battery 9 volt alkaline (included)
Accuracy ±1% +2 Digits
Frequency 50 or 60 Hertz
Narrow Jaw
with
Soft Case
Operating Temperature -30° to 60° C (-22° to 140° F)
Display Range Automatic Ranging:
0 - 99.9 Amperes, in 0.1-Amp increments.
100 - 1999 Amperes, in 1.0-Amp increments.
2000-5000 Amperes, in 0.1kA Amp increments.
Operators Manual and Case included
Wide Jaw
with
Hard Case
Ordering Information
60 Hertz unit, Case and Operators Manual
Max. Voltage (Ø-Ø)
Max. Current
Catalog No.
Up to 69 kV
Up to 2,000 amps
MEAMP11RW
Up to 400kV
Up to 2,000 amps
MEAMP21RW
Up to 500kV
Up to 5,000 amps
MEAMP32RN
Reading Type
True RMS
True RMS
True RMS
Jaw Size
3.86"
3.86"
2.50"
Weight
3.1 lb. / 1.41 kg.
3.1 lb. / 1.41 kg.
3.1 lb. / 1.41 kg.
50 Hertz unit, Case and Operators Manual
Up to 500kV
Up to 5,000 amps
MEAMP32RN2
True RMS
2.50"
3.1 lb. / 1.41 kg.
Replacement Case
Catalog No.
C4002561
Description
Hard Case for LoadLooker Ammeter
Weight
2.5 lb. / 1.13 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 2475
Wet/Dry Hot Stick Tester
for easy, portable compliance with industry standards
New Controls & Meter for All Requirements
• Simple to operate, portable unit
• Makes easy work of testing insulated live-line tools
• Wet and dry modes selected by a toggle switch
• Follows procedures specified by ASTM, IEEE and OSHA
• Graduated meter gives precise readout of each tool’s
leakage current
Portable Operating Ease
I nst ru m ent s an d M eter s – 2 45 0
• For testing any length fiberglass-reinforced plastic
(FRP) hot stick up to 3” in dia.
• For spot checks at field
jobsites or periodic
diagnostics in workshop
• Full-scale test setups for
both Wet (75 kV-per-foot)
and Dry (100 kV-per-foot)
• Compact, self-contained
unit easily carried and
operated by one person
• In Setup procedure
before each use, a
zeroing knob is used to
set meter to zero without
a tool in the tester
• Furnished Check Bar
serves as self-check to
ensure tester is functional
• Included video demonstrates “how-to” basics for
Setup, Dry and Wet tests
• Owners Manual must be read and understood before
operating tester
Quantitative Test Results
• When placed on tool, displays any increase in leakage
current due to hotstick
• Gives immediate indication of stick’s true leakage
condition, independent of stray currents (through the
air, internal to testers, etc.) zeroed out in advance
• Detects leakage currents due to surface contamination,
internal moisture and such internal conductive
materials as carbon tracks
Ordering Information
Included with each Tester:
• Check bar • Owners operating instruction manual
• Demonstration video • Carrying case
Catalog No.
C4033178
C4033179
Wet/Dry Hot Stick Tester
115-volt model
*230-volt model
Weight
20 lb./9.0 kg.
20 lb./9.0 kg.
*Power-source cord does not include plug on 230-volt model
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2476
November 2013
Ladder Monitor Kit
for EHV Microamp Measurement on Barehand Equipment
• Used with EHV Barehand maintenance to detect
microamp leakage on a ladder
• Meter is connected to ladder and takes readings when
ladder is in contact with conductor
• Recommended that readings be taken periodically to
ensure optimal working conditions which could be
altered by change in atmosphere
• Kit includes:
o 200 micro-amp scale microammeter
o Three clamps to effect use on a three-rail ladder
o Cable with clips and adapter to establish contact
o Bracket to ground and hold meter on structure
o Two dry cell batteries
o Instruction drawings for field assembly
o Operating instructions
Description
Weight
Catalog No.
Ladder Monitor Kit
7.5 lb./3.4 kg.
C4020288
Chance Sentinel
Leakage-Current Monitor
• Alerts utility-line workers of overcurrent conditions
• For such aerial devices as insulated ladders and truck
booms
• Sounds an alarm if leakage current reaches a pre-set
level
• Leakage setting adjusts from 1 to 1,000 microamperes
in resolution increments of 0.1 microamp
• Audible warning eliminates need to watch the actual
current level, continuously displayed on digital LCD
screen
• Alarm sounds immediately upon overcurrent and
continues until the condition is corrected
• Instrument panel jack accepts a standard 1⁄4" twoconductor phone plug to also trigger a truck horn or
other external alarm
• Panel test terminal permits a simple continuity check of
the monitor leads prior to each operation
Catalog No.
Description
Weight
C4070025
Chance Sentinel Kit
9 lb./4.05 kg.
• Before use,
instrument
automatically
performs a
rapid electronic
self-test
• Simple operating
steps are printed
on inside lid panel
• Detailed instruction sheet included
• Kit includes one coaxial cable and battery, two jumpers
and three hose clamps for connections to two- or
three-rail ladders
• Brackets on box secure to an earth-grounded structure
up to 5⁄8" thick such as a transmission tower
Truck Boom Leakage-Current Monitor
• Mounts on truck body and hardwires into truck’s 12Volt system, which eliminates battery changeout
• Sounds an alarm if leakage current reaches a pre-set
level
• Alerts utility-line workers of overcurrent conditions on
truck booms
• Leakage setting adjusts from 1 to 1,000 microamperes
in resolution increments of 0.1 microamp
• Audible warning eliminates need to watch the actual
current level, continuously displayed on digital LCD
screen
• Alarm sounds immediately upon overcurrent and
continues until the condition is corrected
• Instrument panel jack accepts a standard 1⁄4" twoconductor phone plug to also trigger a truck horn or
other external alarm
• Panel test terminal permits a simple continuity check of
Catalog No.
Description
Weight
T4070327 Boom Monitor Kit (12 Volt) 14 lb./6.4 kg.
the monitor leads prior to each operation
• Before use, instrument automatically performs a rapid
electronic self-test
• Simple operating steps are printed on the inside lid
panel
• Detailed instruction sheet included
Mounting studs on steel box
bond directly to truck body.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 2477
I n st ru m ent s an d M eter s – 2 450
Features & Applications
Care, Storage and Repair of Epoxiglas® Tools
Epoxiglas® Hot Sticks
To ol R ep ai r & Storag e – 2 5 00
Features & Applications
Cleaning Epoxiglas® Hot Line Tools
• Chance introduced Epoxiglas® in 1957
• The result of a three-year research and development
program
• Epoxiglas® consists of thousands of epoxy resinimpregnated glass fibers
• Fibers are wound around and laid lengthwise over a
unicellular plastic foam core
• Foam core consists of millions of individual cells
• Cells contain a low boiling inert material which inhibits
moisture absorption and condensation
• Unicellular foam is bonded to reinforced walls to obtain
a foam integrity that cannot be matched by other tool
manufacturing methods
• Electrical and mechanical advantages of Epoxiglas® Hot
Line Tools have been verified by their acceptance for
stringent requirements of hot line maintenance
• Clean and regloss after approximately 10 wipedowns
with Moisture Eater II
• Clean and regloss when contaminated by moisturebearing and conductive materials
• Use Chance cleaner-solvent, Moisture Eater II
• Cleaner can be applied with a non-abrasive cloth
• For heavy contamination, use abrasive cleaning pads
• If gloss finish of pole has been removed, it can be
returned to factory conditions by coating with Chance
Gloss Restorer
• This forms a clear, tough coating to prevent future
contamination
Care of Expoxiglas® Hot Line Tools
• Proper care will result in longer tool life, safety and
crew confidence
• Keeping hot line tools dry is a key factor in their care
• They should never be laid directly on the ground
• Keep in truck or a tool trailer until ready for use
• Place on a tool rack near the groundman when ready
for use
• A clean dry tarpaulin should be spread to prevent tools
from contacting ground
• Most line crews have groundman wipe hot stick clean
• This is performed with a silicone impregnated Chance
Hot Stick Wiping Cloth immediately before it is sent up
the structure for use on energized lines
Cleaning a pole
with Chance
Moisture Eater II
Repairing Small Ruptures
• Surface ruptures in Epoxiglas should be repaired as
soon as discovered
• Repairs can be made by removing damaged fibers,
cleaning the void with Chance Moisture Eater II and
applying Chance Epoxiglas Bond
• After patch has set, refinish pole (after 24-hour cure
time) with Epoxiglas® Gloss Restorer and it is ready for
use
Protecting Tools during Transportation
• Containers or bags should be used to prevent damage
to surfaces of individual tools
• Tools should be mounted on racks in trucks or trailers
• Racks should be well padded and hold tools firmly in
order to prevent damage
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2502
July 2014
Epoxiglas® Cleaning Kit
Features & Applications
• Essential for care and maintenance of Epoxiglas® tools
• Also cleans insulated boom sections of aerial lift trucks
• Helps to ensure maximum life of Epoxiglas products
• Do not use on Gel-Coat or painted boom surfaces
1
2
4 Parts Of The Kit
Moisture Eater II
Cleaner-Solvent
for hot-line tools, line hose
and blankets
Features & Applications
• Strong solvent for water and conductive contaminants
• Safe to Earth’s ozone layer – free of chlorinated
hydrocarbons
• More economical, easier to work with due to lower
evaporation rate
• Pleasant, orange scent from citrus-based biodegradable
component
Less Waste
• Contains no water and absorbs water in its presence
• Removes twice as much water as the original Moisture
Eater
• Minimizes chemical waste
• Unique formula of Moisture Eater II gives it a much
lower evaporation rate than original formula and other
hot-line tool cleaners
3
4
4. Hot Stick Wiping Cloths — Silicone impregnated
cloths are used to wipe down mildly contaminated
Epoxiglas, removing dust and dirt, and depositing a
thin protective film on the surface of the tool. They
give an added measure of protection when used after
recoating with gloss restorer
Catalog No.
Description
C4002364 Moisture Eater II Cleaner, 1 gal./4.23 liters
C4002365 Epoxiglas Cleaning Kit*
The above kit consists of the following items:
(Each may also be ordered separately.)
C4002364
C4001166
C4001520
M1904
1 Moisture Eater II Cleaner, 1 gal./4.23 liters
2 Abrasive Cleaning Pads (box of 20)
3 Gloss Restorer Kit
4 Hot Stick Wiping Cloth (*2 in Kit above)
• Reformulation eliminates chlorinated solvents
harmful to Earth’s ozone layer
• For more technical details, refer to Material Safety
Data Sheet ABC/C56
Available in 1-gallon jug
as
Catalog No. C4002364
(also comes in Epoxiglas
Cleaning Kit).
Environment-Friendly Advantages
• New formula consists of two solvents:
o One for oils, waxes and silicone-type contamination
o One for moisture contamination
• This combination is ideally suited for cleaning hot-line
tools
• A by-product of citrus fruit, one component is
biodegradable; the other component protects it from
decomposing until used
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
July 2014
Page 2503
To o l R ep ai r & Storag e – 2 5 00
1. Moisture Eater II — This cleaner should be used
on contaminated Epoxiglas during general tool
maintenance and in preparation for reglossing a tool’s
surface. Moisture Eater removes moisture and a wide
variety of contaminants such as dirt, tar, grease, tree
sap, light metal rubbings and old surface coatings
without harming the Epoxiglas material
2. Abrasive Cleaning Pads — These pads are used
in conjunction with Moisture Eater II to remove
contamination that clings to the tool or contamination
ground into scars and scuffs in the tools surface. Gloss
restorer must be applied after using these pads since
cleaning with Moisture Eater II will remove the glossy
finish on the tool as well as contamination. The pads
may also be used on metal parts to remove oxides and
surface corrosion
3. Gloss Restorer Kit — This kit consists of two parts.
When mixed and applied to the surface of a cleaned
Epoxiglas tool they combine to form a clear, tough
coating that replaces the original gloss and protects
against contamination and moisture
Moisture Eater II Wipes
for hot-line tools, rubber line hose & blankets
Features & Applications
• Economical, individual packets encourage daily use
Helps utilities stay in compliance with OSHA 29 CFR 1910.269(j)
Packaged For Convenience
• Small pocket-sized packets
• For cleaning of insulated hot-line tools, line hose and
rubber blankets
• Zip open a foil packet and pull out the pre-moistened,
lint-free towel
• Each wipe is saturated with a half ounce of orangescented Moisture Eater II solvent
• Hanger box holds 50 wipes – handy for crew bays,
trailers, and trucks
• Sealed wipes mean no more rags to store or try to
keep clean in the field
• No more jugs to stow, big spills, evaporation losses or
wasteful excesses
To ol R ep ai r & Storag e – 2 5 00
Workable, Environment-Friendly Formula
• Eliminates waste while thoroughly clean tools
• Much lower evaporation rate than other hot-line tool
cleaners
• Contains no water and absorbs water in its presence
• Does not contain chlorinated solvents harmful to the
Earth’s ozone layer
• New formula consists of two solvents:
o One for oils, waxes and silicone-type contamination
o One for moisture contamination
• This combination is ideally suited for cleaning hot-line
tools
• A by-product of citrus fruit, one component is
biodegradable; the other component protects it from
decomposing until used
• Reformulation eliminates chlorinated solvents harmful
to Earth’s ozone layer
• For more technical details, refer to Material Safety
Data Sheet ABC/C56
Line hose and rubber blankets clean up easily with Moisture
Eater II wipes.
Ordering Information
Catalog No.
C4002538
Description
Moisture Eater II Wipes (1 box of 50 packets)
Weight
2.7 lb. (1.2 kg.)
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2504
July 2014
Silicone Wipes for hot-line tools
Features & Applications
• Economical, individual packets encourage daily use
• Packaged for easy access on the jobsite
• Easy way to encourage daily cleaning
• Helps utilities stay in compliance with OSHA 29 CFR 1910.269(j)
• Small pocket-sized packets
• Encourage frequent care of insulated hot-line tools
• Hanger box holds 50 wipes – handy for crew bays,
trailers, and trucks
• Sealed wipes mean no more rags to store or try to
keep clean in the field
• Zip open a foil packet and pull out the pre-moistened,
lint-free towel
• Silicone-saturated 8 x 10” lint-free towel easily cleans
hotsticks
• Contain same silicone as Hot Stick Wiping Cloths in
Chance Epoxiglas® Cleaning Kit
• Using cloths or Silicone Wipes on fiberglass tools
removes dust
• Thin, protective coat helps resist accumulation of dirt
and contaminants
Quick & Easy Extra Protection
• The last step in everyday clean-and-wipe routine
• Replaces protective film that cleaners such as Moisture
Eater II remove
• Also preserves tool surfaces
• Used after Chance Gloss Restorer, sealed and
disposable wipes ensure a clean application of a
preservative layer on new surfaces
Simple and convenient:
• Easy-open • Single-use • Disposable
Ordering Information
Catalog Number
C4002568
Description
Silicone Wipes, one box of 50 packets
Weight
2.7 lb. (1.2 kg.)
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
July 2014
Page 2505
To o l R ep ai r & Storag e – 2 5 00
Quick & Easy Extra Protection
Wet/Dry Hot Stick Tester
for easy, portable compliance with industry standards
New Controls & Meter for All Requirements
• Simple to operate, portable unit
• Makes easy work of testing insulated live-line tools
• Wet and dry modes selected by a toggle switch
• Follows procedures specified by ASTM, IEEE and OSHA
• Graduated meter gives precise readout of each tool’s
leakage current
Portable Operating Ease
To ol R ep ai r & Storag e – 2 5 00
• For testing any length fiberglass-reinforced plastic
(FRP) hot stick up to 3” in dia.
• For spot checks at field
jobsites or periodic
diagnostics in workshop
• Full-scale test setups for
both Wet (75 kV-per-foot)
and Dry (100 kV-per-foot)
• Compact, self-contained
unit easily carried and
operated by one person
• In Setup procedure
before each use, a
zeroing knob is used to
set meter to zero without
a tool in the tester
• Furnished Check Bar
serves as self-check to
ensure tester is functional
• Included video demonstrates “how-to” basics for
Setup, Dry and Wet tests
• Owners Manual must be read and understood before
operating tester
Quantitative Test Results
• When placed on tool, displays any increase in leakage
current due to hotstick
• Gives immediate indication of stick’s true leakage
condition, independent of stray currents (through the
air, internal to testers, etc.) zeroed out in advance
• Detects leakage currents due to surface contamination,
internal moisture and such internal conductive
materials as carbon tracks
Ordering Information
Included with each Tester:
• Check bar • Owners operating instruction manual
• Demonstration video • Carrying case
Catalog No.
C4033178
C4033179
Wet/Dry Hot Stick Tester
115-volt model
*230-volt model
Weight
20 lb./9.0 kg.
20 lb./9.0 kg.
*Power-source cord does not include plug on 230-volt model
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2506
July 2014
Epoxiglas® Bond Patching Kit
• Can be used to:
o Repair small surface ruptures on Epoxiglas Hot Sticks
o Install new ferrules on Epoxiglas poles
o Assist in replacing rungs on Epoxiglas Ladders
• Tube of hardener and tube of resin are mixed immediately
before repairs
• Mixing stick is included – can also be used for applying
repair bond
• Epoxiglas Bond contains the same orange color as used in
Epoxiglas poles
• Small surface ruptures can be repaired by removing
damaged fibers, cleaning void with Moisture Eater II
cleaner-solvent and applying Epoxiglas Bond
Cat. No.
H1917
Description
Epoxiglas Bond Patching Kit
Weight
.5 lb./.23 kg.
H1917
Epoxy Sand Kit
Cat. No.
H1921
Description
Epoxy Sand Kit
Weight
4 lb./1.8 kg.
Epoxiglas® Plug Kit
• Features high-strength, low-shrink material
• Includes same ingredients as used in Chance factory
“plugging processes”
• Chemical adjustment prevents kit from “scumming”
over in transit or storage
Cat. No.
C4000730
Description
Epoxiglas Plug Kit
To o l R ep ai r & Storag e – 2 5 00
• All the necessary ingredients to replace sand finish on one
10' ladder
• Includes Epoxy resin, curing agent, pint of sand, and
stirring blade
• Also includes instruction sheet for mixing
H1921
Approx.
Weight
6 lb./2.7 kg.
Tool Lubricant
• Non-flammable, non-toxic, non-corrosive material
• Gives hoists and tools lubrication needed for top
working condition
• Coats moving parts with a durable film
• Prevents tools from binding and galling
• Handy plastic squeeze bottle for easy application
Cat. No.
M1909
Description
Chance Tool Lubricant
C4000730
Approx.
Weight
4 oz./.1 kg.
Dry Film Tool Lubricant
• For all bearing surfaces, sliding and threaded, of
Chance Hot Line Tools, Construction Tools and Pole
Line Hardware
• Dry film blend of solid lubricants
• Basic ingredient is Molybdenum Disulfide
• Applied as any aerosol-packaged spray material
• Air dries and bonds to tool surface almost instantly
Cat. No.
C4002335
Description
Dry Film Lubricant
Weight
12 oz.
M1909
C4002335
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
July 2014
Page 2507
Epoxiglas® Blank Poles
Epoxiglas® Hot Sticks
Features & Applications
To ol R ep ai r & Storag e – 2 5 00
• Tested per OSHA & ASTM F711
• Available for field repairs in a number of sizes
• Extreme caution must be taken in tool reassembly:
o Follow detailed instructions available from Hubbell
Power Systems, Inc
o Contact your Chance territory manager for details
o Failure to properly attach metal ferrules and splices
to these poles or to use proper materials for rivets,
internal plugs, adhesives or procedures may result in
premature or below rating breakage
• Designed by Chance engineers for use in hot line tool
applications
• Materials include glass fibers, epoxy resin, and
Cat. No.
H4539
H45391
H45392
H45393
H45394
H45401
Dia. Length
11/4" 3'11"
11/4" 5'11"
11/4" 7'11"
11/4" 9'11"
11/4" 11'11"
11/2" 5'11"
Weight
1.3 lb./.6 kg.
2.0 lb./.9 kg.
2.7 lb./1.2 kg.
3.3 lb./1.5 kg.
4.0 lb./1.8 kg.
2.9 lb./1.3 kg.
End Caps
Cat. No.
H45402
H45403
H45404
H45405
H45406
H45413
Dia.
11/2"
11/2"
11/2"
11/2"
11/2"
2"
unicellular plastic foam
• In finished form, unicellular plastic foam acts as a core
• Specially treated glass fibers are placed
circumferentially and longitudinally after being coated
with a specially formulated epoxy resin and oven-cured
• Because Epoxiglas Poles are moisture-absorption
resistant, heated trailers and drying room are not
required
• Only the reasonable care normally afforded hot line
tools is necessary to maintain sound insulation level
• The color selection for Epoxiglas is Omaha orange:
o This color is highly visible in usage areas
o Color is actually present throughout the material,
not just a surface finish
Length
7'11"
9'11"
11'11"
13'11"
15'11"
9'11"
Weight
3.9 lb./1.8 kg.
4.8 lb./2.2 kg.
5.8 lb./2.6 kg.
6.8 lb./3.1 kg.
7.8 lb./3.5 kg.
8.7 lb./3.9 kg.
Cat. No.
H45414
H4542
H45421
H45422
H45423
H45424
Dia.
2"
21/2"
21/2"
21/2"
21/2"
21/2"
Length
11'11"
5'11"
7'11"
9'11"
11'11"
13'11"
Weight
10.4 lb./4.7 kg.
7.4 lb./3.3 kg.
9.9 lb./4.5 kg.
12.4 lb./5.6 kg.
14.9 lb./6.7 kg.
17.4 lb./7.8 kg.
For more information on end caps, see Catalog Section 2100.
Heavy Duty Cap
Catalog No.
P4032312P
056394P
056395P
069326P
069214P
Description
Heavy-Duty End Cap for 11/4" Epoxiglas pole
Plastisol End Cap for 11/4" Epoxiglas pole
Plastisol End Cap for 11/2" Epoxiglas pole
Plastisol End Cap for 2" Epoxiglas pole
Plastisol End Cap for 21/2" Epoxiglas pole
Plastisol Cap
Rigid Pole Splices
H33651
Features & Applications
• Recommended for all load conditions-tensile, compressive, or deflection
• Make a rigid connection that is stronger than the pole
• Use of heat-treated aluminum alloy for the ferrule
makes splices lightweight
• Also keeps spliced poles well balanced
• Counter-threaded stainless steel collar locks threaded
poles together
• Available for assembly on Epoxiglas blank poles (above)
• Shortens Epoxiglas tools for storage or to couple with
spliced tools (page 2118)
• Also see page 2118 for Universal Fittings for Spliced
Poles
Cat. No.
H33651
H33652
H33653
Description
Rigid Splice for 11/4" Pole
Rigid Splice for 11/2" Pole
Rigid Splice for (11/2 to 11/4")
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2508
July 2014
Hand Guards
Features & Applications
• Maintain minimum clearances between hand and
working end of hot line tool
• Always refer to OSHA regulations and utility work
clearance procedures
Hand Tool* Guard spacing below tool head
Minimum Insulation
15....................................... 2'1"
34.5.................................... 2'4"
69....................................... 3'
115..................................... 3'2"
161..................................... 4'
230..................................... 5'3"
345..................................... 8'6"
500.....................................11'3"
765.....................................14'11"
Flexible
Rubber
* These spacings apply to hand tools. Other tools may permit
reduced spacings. Always refer to OSHA regulations and
your utility work clearance procedures.
Natural
Nylon
Catalog No.
Hand Guard Description
M30021
Flexible rubber for 11/2" dia. pole
C4030799 Natural nylon fits 11/4" dia. pole
C4030800 Natural nylon fits only 11/4" Grip-All
Weight
4 oz./.1 kg.
2 oz./.06 kg.
2 oz./.06 kg.
Tool Hangers
Features & Applications
• Engage conductors up to 556.5 kcmil ACSR
• H17605 Pole Hanger was designed for 1-1/4" or 1-1/2"
dia. Epoxiglas® poles
• Includes a black Nylon-filled plastic hook and steel
hose clamp for easy attachment
• M1858 Pole Hangers attach to 1-1/4" and 1-1/2"
Epoxiglas poles by heat-shrink plastic tubing
• Includes a Polyethylene hook, shrink tubing, tape and
installation instructions
M1858
H17605
Catalog No.
Description
Weight
H17605
Nylon-filled Plastic Hook & Steel Clamp 7 oz./.3 kg.
M1858
Polyethylene Hanger for 11/4" Pole
7 oz./.3 kg.
Hot Line Tool Rack
Features & Applications
• Eliminates need for rolls of canvas or other ground
covering devices
• Compact, collapsible racks take up little space on line
truck or in trailer
• Abrasion-resistant plastisol coating over arms and
center mast protects tools
• All metal parts below plastisol are galvanized or
bronze for corrosion resistance
• Folding tripod-like legs can be locked in fully opened
or fully closed position
• An eye pin, secured by a bead chain, is used to lock
legs in position
• Each pair of Tool Racks will support up to 12 tools as
there are 12 arms to a rack
• Poles of 3" dia. will easily fit on the arms
Catalog
No.
M4660
Description
1 Tool Rack*
No. of Tools
Accommodated
12
M4660
Weight
10 lb.
* These are normally used in pairs: Quantities of two M4660
should be specified.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
July 2014
Page 2509
To o l R ep ai r & Storag e – 2 5 00
Voltage kV/phase
Tarps & Storage Bags for Hot Line Tools
Description
10 ft. x 10 ft. Tarpaulin
12 ft. x 12 ft. Tarpaulin
Features & Applications
To ol R ep ai r & Storag e – 2 5 00
• All-Purpose Tarps in same yellow heavy-duty vinylimpregnated fabric are available in the two sizes at
right
• To select the right bag, first locate tool catalog number
and specify bag catalog number listed in adjacent
column
ALL-ANGLE COG WRENCHES
Bag Cat. No.
P6216
P6218
P62110
Tool Cat. No.
C4030184
C4030185
C4030186
AMERTONGS
Bag Cat. No.
P6216
P6218
P6406
P6408
Tool Cat. No.
H19686
H19688
H19786
H19788
CABLE CUTTERS
Lever-Type
Bag Cat. No.
P6406
P6408
Tool Cat. No.
H18716, H18736
T4030687
T3060007
T3060008
Ratchet
C4031381
C4031382
C4031383
C4031384
C4031421
C4031422, C4031423
• Chance waterproof storage bags help guard against
contaminants and abrasion
• Help maintain the insulating properties of hotline
tools
• Yellow heavy-duty vinyl-impregnated fabric lasts for
years of rugged service
• Snaps, Velcro® closures and custom-tailored pockets fit
appropriate tools listed below and on facing page
DISCONNECT STICKS
Fixed and Spliced
Tool Cat. No.
H30465, H304611
H30466, H304612, H304622
H30467, H304613, H304623
H30468, H304614, H304624
H30469, H304615, H304617
H304616, H304618, H304620
H314612
H314616, H314618
H314620
H314624
Bag Cat. No.
P6434
P6436
P6438
P64310
P64312
N/A
P6215
P6218
P62110
P62112
FLEXIBLE INSULATED WRENCHES
Tool Cat. No.
H18912, H18915, H18917
H18913, H18916, H18918
Bag Cat. No.
P6436
P6438
GRIP-ALL CLAMPSTICKS
Hydraulic
C4030731 & C4032861
C4030732 & C4032862
Catalog No.
T3060025
T3060014
T3060028
T3060028
T3060029
T3060029
C3060023
C3060000
Tool Cat. No.
C4030291
C4030292, C4031035
C4030293, C4031036
C4030294
C4030295
C4030296, C4030297
C4030298
C4030299
C4030342
C4030343
Bag Cat. No.
P6434
P6436
P6438
P64310
P64312
P6432
P6433
P6435
PSP6435005
PSP6435004
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2510
July 2014
HOIST, NYLON RATCHET
Bag Cat. No.
C3060000
PLATFORM (Roll Bag)
Tool Cat. No.
H49646W
Bag Cat. No.
P610
POSITIVE-GRIP CLAMPSTICKS
Tool Cat. No.
HG30302, HG303012
Bag Cat. No.
P64310
ROLLER LINK STICKS
Bag Cat. No.
P6436
P6438
Tool Cat. No.
H47144
H47146
Tool Cat. No.
H185519, H185520
H185525, H185526
TRANSFORMER GIN
Tool Cat. No.
C4000090
Bag Cat. No.
P6436
P6438
P64310
P64312
P64314
N/A
P6434
P6215
P6218
P62110
P62112
P62114
P6216
Bag Cat. No.
P644
TREE TRIMMERS & EXTENSIONS
Tool Cat. No.
H2006, H2106
H2036, H2056,
H2136, H2156
H2038, H2058,
H2138, H2158
STRAIN LINK STICKS
Tool Cat. No.
C4000812
C4000814
C4000815
C4000816
C4000817
C4000818
H47161
H47162, H4717
H47163, H47171, H47181
H47164, H47182
H47165, H47183
H47166, H47184
H4718
Bag Cat. No.
P6438
Bag Cat. No.
P6218
P6436
P6438
UNIVERSAL POLES
Tool Cat. No.
H1760, H17604, H1761,
H1770, H17908
H17601, H17603
H17602, H17606
H176010, H179010
H176012, H179012
H176014, H179014
Bag Cat. No.
P6438
P6436
P6434
P64310
P64312
P64314
WIRE HOLDING STICKS
Bag Cat. No.
P6436
P6438
Tool Cat. No.
C4033068
C4033069
STRAIN POLES
Tool Cat. No.
H1949113, C4012146
C4000612, C4000613,
C4012147
C4012148
C4012149
Bag Cat. No.
P62110
P62112
N/A
P62114
N/A
TELESCOPING DISCONNECT STICKS
Tool Cat. No.
C4031017, C4031018,
C4031019, C4031598,
C4031599, C4031600
C4031020, C4031021,
C4031022, C4031022EM,
C4031601, C4031602
C4031023, C4031597,
C4031739
T4032205
T4033349
Bag Cat. No.
WIRE TONGS
Tool Cat. No.
H46458, H46468
H464510, H464610,
H464710
H464612, H464712,
C4000171, H467712
H464714, H467714,
C4000172, T4001252
H464716
Bag Cat. No.
P6218
P62110
P6213
P62112
P62114
P6218
(2 each)
P6215
P6434
C4032813
P6216
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
July 2014
Page 2511
To o l R ep ai r & Storag e – 2 5 00
Tool Cat. No.
PSC3090323
TIE STICKS
Tool and Rubber-Glove
Protective Bags and Buckets
Features & Applications
• Made of double vinyl laminated open weave nylon cloth
• Lightweight and durable with nylon stitching throughout
• Standard color of all synthetic material is easy-to-see, bright yellow
LINEMAN’S TOOL BAG
Features & Applications
LINE HOSE BAG
Features & Applications
• 22" L x 11" W x 11" D
• Plywood bottom covered inside and out with metal
skids on bottom of bag
• Has full separating heavy duty zipper and heavy
webbing handles around bag
• Full 4” pocket on inside
• 48" L x 7" Dia.
• 3”-wide plastic top ring
• Molded plastic bottom with 2” cuff
• 3/8” rope handle
To ol R ep ai r & Storag e – 2 5 00
COMBINATION GLOVE
AND SLEEVE BAG
Features & Applications
C4170147
GLOVE BAG
Features & Applications
• 18" L x 8" W
• Separate storage for rubber gloves
and sleeves
• Single flap, double-nylon stitching
• Reinforced inside and out for snap
• 18" L x 8" W
• One piece front and back, bar-tacked at all corners
• Leather-reinforced inside and out for snap
• Double-nylon stitched
• Gusset has 4” top tapering to 2” bottom
C4170151
C4170148
C4170150
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2512
July 2014
SLEEVE BAG
Features & Applications
• 12" dia. x 15" D
• Molded plastic bottom with 2-1/2” tapered molded
flange up sides
• Top has molded plastic ring, ½” polypropylene rope
handle
• Standard 4" x 8" inside pocket
• 27" L x 12" Top – 7" Bottom
• For flat storage of rubber sleeves
• Bar-tacked corners, snap fasteners, and double-nylon
stitching
C4170144
TOOL BUCKET
Features & Applications
C4170149
• 7" dia. x 10" D
• For steel tower work
• Molded plastic top and bottom
• 3/8”Chemline rope handle
Cat. No.
C4170144
C4170146
C4170147
C4170148
C4170149
C4170150
C4170151
Description
Tool Bucket (15" Deep)
Tool Bucket (10" Deep)
Lineman’s Tool Bag
Glove Bag
Sleeve Bag
Glove & Sleeve Bag
Line Hose Bag
Weights
2 lb. 8 oz.
12 oz.
3 lb.
8 oz.
10 oz.
10 oz.
2 lb.
For Hot Stick Storage Bags, see Catalog Page 2510.
C4170146
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
July 2014
Page 2513
To o l R ep ai r & Storag e – 2 5 00
TOOL BUCKET
Features & Applications
Storage Canisters
for Rubber Insulating Blankets
Features & Applications
To ol R ep ai r & Storag e – 2 5 00
• Proper storage extends blanket life
• Provides easy access in service
• Long-lasting construction
• For physical and contamination protection, canisters
are lightweight yet durable and stow easily on service
vehicles and in warehouses
• Cylindrical shape promotes proper treatment – rubber
blankets should never be folded, creased or compressed
when stored
• Rolling blankets before inserting helps keep them
ready for service
• Blankets nested inside each other may be inserted or
withdrawn one at a time
• Bright orange color
• High-impact-resistant high-density polyethylene for
tough, rust-free resilience
• Polypropylene rope keeps tight-fitting cap secured to
canister
C4032998 does not have a handle and is 7" in diameter.
Storage Canisters for Rubber Insulating Blankets
C4032999 has a molded handle and is 10" in diameter.
Catalog
No.
Description
Weight
C4032998 No handle, 7" dia., 37" long
6 lb./2.7 kg.
C4032999 With handle, 10" dia., 37" long 75/8 lb./3.43 kg.
Silicone Lubricant
for flexible line hose and general applications
Features & Applications
• Makes line hose easy to put on and slide into place
• Silicone material also serves as a multi-purpose lubricant
• Handy 10 oz. size aerosol package provides convenient
applicator to coat all interior line hose surfaces
• Simply spread open the hose near one end and direct
the can nozzle's wide spray pattern inside, working
down the hose to its other end
• Soft, clean cloth may be used to wipe silicone on large
surfaces
• May be used in place of petroleum-based lubricants
• Surfaces to be coated should be clean and dry
• For more technical details, refer to Material Safety Data
sheet ABC/C40
Catalog No.
C4002320
Description
Can Contents
Silicone Aerosol Lubricant
10 oz./284 gm.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2514
July 2014
. . . Continued on next page . . .
Your new Walk-In Tool Trailer will provide a convenient way to store, transport and care for your
Hot Line Tool sets.
Standard lengths of 16 and 20 feet offer headroom of 6 feet-6 inches.A 7,000-lb. gross vehicle
weight rating gives the trailer ample capacity for your job requirements.
Standard Equipment
CHECKLIST
Interior Tool Storage
√
√
√
√
Full Length storage bins on both sides and across front
Standard features include:
• Corrosion-resistant aluminum exterior
• Tandem axles • Electric Brakes
• Dual rear doors • One curb-side door
• Tongue mounted spare tire
• Center Interior racking for tool storage
• White exterior finish
• 7-way 12V Trailer End Connector
Overhead rack and thumbscrews for 30 universal tools
(Left side)
Two full-height center racks
Ladder channel on floor between center racks
Exterior and Towing
√
√
√
√
√
Breakaway braking system
Spare tire with mounting bracket
Adjustable height pintle eye hitch
Fold-up hand crank tongue jack
Two safety chains
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
July 2014
Page 2515
To o l R ep ai r & Storag e – 2 5 00
Walk-in Tool Trailers
Walk-in Tool Trailers
Optional Equipment
CHECKLIST
Interior Tool Storage OPTIONS
. . . Continued on next page . . .
Optional features available
In addition to the Standard features and
equipment, Walk-In Trailers can be custom ordered
with the Options listed below.
Please check the boxes on these two pages to
select Options or just get in touch with us to help.
A. Second overhead rack and thumbscrews for 30 universal Tools (Right side)
B. 12Vdc interior lights with two wall switches, select only one option:
1 pair of lights
2 pairs of lights
3 pairs of lights
To ol R ep ai r & Storag e – 2 5 00
C. Wall mounted tool rack with 24 supports and eight elastic tiedowns (Left Side)
D. Wall mounted tool rack with 24 supports and eight elastic tiedowns (Right Side)
E. Second interior ladder rack
F. 110/220 Vac “dry room” heater
One additional support stud kit (10 per box) for side or center tool racks
Catalog Number T4002528 (must be ordered as a separate line item)
A
A
B
C
D
D
F
E
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2516
July 2014
Walk-in Tool Trailers
Optional Equipment
CHECKLIST
Exterior and Towing OPTIONS
. . . Continued on next page . . .
Optional features available
In addition to the Standard features and
equipment, Walk-In Trailers can be custom ordered
with the Options listed below.
Please check the boxes on these two pages to
select Options or just get in touch with us to help.
H. 12 Vdc Power Tongue Jack
Rear Skid Plate
J.
Rear Mounted Bumper 6”
K.
Rear Mounted Step Bumper 12” (not shown)
L.
2 5⁄16” Ball Type Hitch (not shown)
H
To o l R ep ai r & Storag e – 2 5 00
I.
M. Rear Ramp Door (not available with rear bumper)
N. 10,000-lb. GVWR [two 5,000-lb. axles] (not shown)
I
J
M
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
July 2014
Page 2517
Walk-in Tool Trailers
16-ft. (body-length) Trailer
45.0
32.0
29.0
12.0
102.0
61.0
76.5
81.0
20.0
70.0
36.0
DOOR
To ol R ep ai r & Storag e – 2 5 00
78.0
14.0
Trailer gross vehicle weight.....................7,000 lb.
Tandem axles....................3,500 lb. capacity, each
Trailer curb weight, empty......................2,200 lb.
Payload capacity.......................................4,800 lb.
Brakes............................... Electric, all four wheels
Tires........................................... 15", load range C
86.0 Hitch weight, empty...................................210 lb.
Hitch with safety chains.... 3" pintle or 2 5/16" ball
Hitch height............ Adjustable, 19" through 27"
Tongue jack............ Manual crank with sand pad
Exterior lights and reflectors
Prefinished (white) aluminum skin 0.30" gauge
Interior floor............................................ Plywood
Interior walls are vinyl coated white.
Breakaway system & battery (meets DOT)
Standard Storage Provisions —––––—————
• 14"-deep bins (both sides), 20"-deep front bins
• Rack for 30 universal tools (left, overhead)
• Ladder-rack channel (center, on floor)
• Full-height tool racks (center-mounted), 150
plastic-coated supports & 29 elastic tiedowns
20.0
24.0
189.0
192.0
244.0
20-ft. (body-length) Trailer
45.0
52.0
29.0
12.0
20.0
102..0
41.0
76.5
20.0
70.0
36.0
DOOR
20.0
78.0
Trailer gross vehicle weight..................... 7,000 lb.
Tandem axles.................... 3,500 lb. capacity, each
Trailer curb weight, empty...................... 2,450 lb.
Payload capacity....................................... 4,550 lb.
Brakes............................... Electric, all four wheels
Tires............................................15", load range C
86.0 Hitch weight, empty................................... 250 lb.
Hitch with safety chains.... 3" pintle or 2 5/16" ball
81.0
Hitch height.............Adjustable, 19" through 27"
Tongue jack.............Manual crank with sand pad
Exterior lights and reflectors
Prefinished (white) aluminum skin...0.30" gauge
Interior floor.............................................Plywood
Interior walls are vinyl coated white.
Breakaway system & battery (meets DOT)
Standard Storage Provisions ————————
• 14"-deep bins (both sides), 20"-deep front bins
• Rack for 30 universal tools (left, overhead)
• Ladder rack channel (center, floor)
• Full-height tool racks (center-mounted), 150
plastic-coated supports & 29 elastic tiedowns
14.0
24.0
241.0
244.0
296.0
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2518
July 2014
Fiberglass Pop-Up Tool Trailers
Your new Fiberglass Pop-Up Hot Line Tool Trailer will provide a convenient way to store, transport and
care for your Hot Line Tool sets.
The overall length of the trailer is 23 feet. The interior space of the trailer is 17 feet 2 inches with
storage for Hot Line Tools up to 14 feet 7 inches.
A 12,000-lb. gross vehicle weight rating gives the trailer ample capacity for your job requirements.
Standard Equipment
CHECKLIST
Interior Tool Storage
√
√
√
√
12 hot line tool compartments
Standard features include:
• Tandem axles • Electric Brakes
• White exterior finish
• Four 8.00 x 14.5 tires
• Rectangular-tube steel rear bumper
• Manual crank for lid open/close device
• Step-up brackets, front and rear, both sides
155 adjustable plastic-covered tool supports
20 elastic tie-down straps
1 channel rack for 30 Universal Tool accessories (right
side)
Exterior and Towing
√
√
√
√
√
Breakaway braking system
Spare tire with mounting bracket
Adjustable height pintle eye hitch
Fold-up hand crank tongue jack with
castor wheel
Two safety chains
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
July 2014
Page 2519
To o l R ep ai r & Storag e – 2 5 00
. . . Continued on next page . . .
Fiberglass Pop-Up Tool Trailers
Optional Equipment
CHECKLIST
Interior Tool Storage OPTIONS
. . . Continued on next page . . .
In addition to the Standard features and
equipment, Fiberglass Pop-Up Hot Line Tool
Trailers can be custom ordered with the
Options listed below.
Please check the boxes on this page to select
Options or just get in touch with us to help.
A. 110/220 Vac “dry room” heater
B. Additional channel rack for 30 Universal Tool accessories
To ol R ep ai r & Storag e – 2 5 00
C. Ladder-rack brackets (plastisol coated) mounted on lid
1 pair (right side)
2 pairs
D. Electric motor for lid open/close device (not shown)
E. 2 5/16” ball socket type hitch, adjustable height
A
B
C
E
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2520
July 2014
Fiberglass Pop-Up Tool Trailers
Standard Storage Provisions —––––—————
• 12 hot line tool compartments
• 155 adjustable plastic-covered tool supports
• 20 elastic tie-down straps
• 1 channel rack for 30 Universal Tool Accessories
(right side)
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
July 2014
Page 2521
To o l R ep ai r & Storag e – 2 5 00
Trailer gross vehicle weight...................12,000 lb.
Tandem axles....................6,000 lb. capacity, each
Trailer curb weight, empty......................2,820 lb.
Payload capacity.......................................9,180 lb.
Brakes............................... Electric, all four wheels
Tires................. Four 8.00 x 14.5 tires, 3100 lb. ea.
Hitch with safety chains... 3" pintle or 2 5/16" ball
Hitch height....Adjustable, 15 ½” through 29 ½”
Tongue jack.....................................Manual crank
Low profile lightweight fiberglass body and lid
Breakaway system and battery (meets DOT)
Conductive Suit
EHV Barehand Conductive Suit puts the lineman
on the job . . .
Features & Applications
L in em an' s Acces s or i es – 2 5 5 0
• Allows linemen to get closer to their work
• Clothing is bonded to conductor, placing the lineman
within the field of electricity
• Allows him to work with his hand on the conductor
hardware
• Transmission line maintenance efficiency and effectiveness
are advanced without endangering lineman and without
interrupting customer service.
• For work on voltages through 765 kV
• Two-piece conductive suit is made of a blend of Nomex
aramid flame resistant fiber and microscopic stainless steel
fiber
• Zepel finish is applied to repel water
• Analysis and tests show the material:
o Is extremely strong and tear resistant
o Meets or exceeds IEC 60895 Specification for conductive
clothing
o Does not degrade with time or number of washings
• Overcast stitching on major seams for integrity, durability
and resistance to fraying
• Tails and appendages are attached by separate panels
with multiple square and “x” stitches for integrity
• Velcro pads are located on strong nylon webbing
suspender harness and cuffs of jacket and pants to
provide rapid versatile fitting
• Corrosion-resistant snap fittings on jacket and pants make
it easy to suit up
• Large hood, with drawstring, fits over any standard
helmet
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2552
September 2012
Conductive Suit
Features & Applications
• Suit of trousers and jacket in sizes Medium, Large and
Extra Large
• See ordering information below
Gloves
C4020558
• View inside the jacket shows grounding strap of
jacket and pants tied together
• This prevents the electrical separation of the jacket
from the pants
Socks
C4020578
Ordering Information
Catalog No.
Description
Weight
C4020533
Conductive Suit — medium
2 lb./.9 kg.
C4020534
Conductive Suit — large
2 lb./.9 kg.
C4020535
Conductive Suit — extra large
C4020558
Conductive Gloves (pair)
1
C4020578
Conductive Socks (pair)
1
2 lb./.9 kg.
/2 lb./.2 kg.
/3 lb./.2 kg.
Static Belt
Features & Applications
• Worn by linemen working on EHV structures
• Serves as a continuous ground to minimize static
discomfort while working near energized lines
• Made of same material as Chance Conductive Suits
• Should be buckled snugly around the waist, next to
bare skin
• Has a 6’ lead that can be attached to the steel
structure
Cat. No.
Description
Weight
T4020694
Static Belt
2 oz.
T4020694
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
September 2012
Page 2553
L in em an' s Acces s or i es – 2 5 50
Hood, with drawstring, large
enough to fit over safety
helmet
Conductive Boots
Features & Applications
Mechanical Features
• 8” leather conductive boot
• Offers linemen both comfort and protection
• Meets all ANSI Specifications for conductive footwear
• Has a leg harness with a black conductive sole
• A wire molded into the rubber leads up the back with
the conductive rubber strap covering to a conductive
snap fitting at the top of the boot
• An additional conductive boot strap is secured through
a snap fitting from boot to conductive suit or to leg
strap
• This connection again, has a wire built into a nylon
and conductive rubber strap
• Boot upper is made of top quality, high oil content
leather
• Water resistant
• Flexible and durable
• Finely-crafted stitching and brown finish
• Meets ANSI Class 75 steel toe footwear specifications
(75 lb. crush strength)
• Has a flexible full stainless steel inner sole, 400 lb. test
• Heel counter is molded into the sole to prevent its
pulling away
• Welt is neoprene, not rubber or leather, to resist
cracking
• Sole is vulcanized under 20,000 pounds of pressure to
the welt, not to upper
• Makes the sole more flexible and helps prevent it from
separating from upper
• Tempered steel shank is built-in for proper arch
support
Weight per pair: 61⁄2 lb./2.9 kg.
L in em an' s Acces s or i es – 2 5 5 0
Electrical Features
• Meets ANSI Specifications Z41 for safety-toe footwear
• Manufactured to specification of less than 10,000 ohms
from leg strap to boot heel
• 100% inspection/testing conducted on each boot as
part of manufacturing process
Catalog No.*
C4170623
C4170624
C4170122
C4170123
C4170124
C4170125
C4170126
C4170625
C4170626
Size (EEE widths)
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
* Leg harness straps are included
Linemen’s Holsters Features & Applications
PS111HLS
(Tools not included)
• Manufactured by Bashlin, maker of only premium
holsters for tool belts
• Feature double backs which are reinforced for extra
wear
• Left handed holsters are available at no extra cost
• Add an “LH” to the part number when ordering
No. PS111HLS For pliers, rule, screwdriver,
*Channellock®, knife
or wrench Ship Wt: 1.25 lb (0.57 kg)
No. PSC111HLDS For pliers, rule, screwdriver,
*Channellock®, ratchet driver,
knife or wrench
Ship Wt: 1.50 lb (0.68 kg)
*Registered trademark of Channellock, Inc.
PSC111HLDS
(Tools not included)
Do not use groundmen’s or electrician’s holsters
on linemen’s tool belts.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2554
September 2012
Ordering Bashlin Tool Belts
Sizing
• Proper sizing of lineman’s tool belt is critical
• Improperly sized belt is uncomfortable and may cause
an accident or injury
• Bashlin tools belts are measured by the “D” size
• This is the distance between the heels of the D-rings
• All linemen’s tool belts must be ordered according to
the “D” size
“D” size
Sizing
1
2
L in em an' s Acces s or i es – 2 5 50
• Locate the point where the heel of the “D” ring
should rest
• As the photo illustrates, this is approximately 4"
down from top of hip bone
• Begin to measure from this point
• Measure around buttocks to same point on opposite
side
• When a properly sized tool belt is worn, D-rings will
point nearly straight ahead
• Tongue adjustment will also be in center holes as
shown in Photo 3
• To properly size Padded Rest-A-Back tool belts, add
2" to your standard “D” measurement
BELT ADJUSTMENT IN INCHES - PER ASTM F887
D Size, Minimum, Center Maximum, Tool
inches inches Hole inches Loops
D18
D19
D20
D21
D22
D23
D24
D25
D26
D27
D28
32
33
34
36
37
38
40
41
42
44
45
▲!
36 40 3
37 41 3
38 42 3
40 44 4
41 45 4
42 46 4
44 48 4
45 49 4
46 50 4
48 52 4
49 53 4
3
WARNING
Never carry wire, tools, or anything other than
the “positioning” strap in the D-rings of a tool
belt. Foreign objects carried in the D-rings may
cause the snap to malfunction, and accidental
disengagement to occur.
!
▲
WARNING
Falls can cause serious injury or death.
Linemen’s Tool Belts (continued, next page)
All linemen’s tool belts must be ordered according to “D” size.
Example: PSC60FHD21
See how and table above.
The Bashlin Deluxe
• Field-tested, proven design
• One of the original semi-floating, shifting “D” belts
• Shifting “D”s reduce chafing and bumps on hips
• 5" cushion pad is soft and breaks in easily
• Harness leather tool loops and tongue and buckle section
are designed for rugged use
No. PSC60FHDXX
Ship Wt: 6.25 lb (2.83 kg)
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
September 2012
Page 2555
Linemen’s Tool Belts (continued)
All linemen’s tool belts must be ordered according to “D” size.
Example: PSC1511ND18
See how and table on Page 2555.
The Floridian
• Superior design and performance
• The industry standard
• Combines padded, contour cushion section with flares
for the shifting D-rings and a 5-1/2" back
• Gives excellent support and climbing comfort
• A practical, economical belt
No. PS88DXX
Ship Wt: 6.50 lb (2.95 kg)
L in em an' s Acces s or i es – 2 5 5 0
The Wrangler
• A practical favorite
• 5" cushion section
• Nylon back
• 6-ply tongue and buckle section
• Lightweight, with standard comfort
• Bashlin’s S-shaped D-rings
• All-leather cushion
No. PSC1511NDXX
Ship Wt: 5.25 lb (2.38 kg)
The Nylon Deluxe
• Familiar design in a shifting “D” nylon belt
• Neoprene-impregnated nylon back
• Light, durable and flexible in extreme temperature
ranges
• Comfortable 5" leather cushion section
• Tongue and buckle is 6-ply nylon
• Tool loops are leather
No. PS160NDXX
Ship Wt: 6.00 lb (2.72 kg)
Rest-A-Back
• Bashlin’s Back Support Tool Belts help relieve strain and
fatigue
• Use chart to determine proper size
• To properly size Padded Rest-A-Back tool belts, add 2"
to your standard “D” measurement
• See Page 2555
No. PS88BDXX
Ship Wt: 8.50 lb (3.83 kg)
Belt
Size
D18
D19
D20
D21
D22
D23
Upper Tongue
Adjustment
29-36"
30-37"
31-38"
32-39"
33-40"
34-41"
Belt
Size
D24
D25
D26
D27
D28
D29
D30
Upper Tongue
Adjustment
35-42"
36-43"
37-44"
38-45"
39-46"
40-47"
41-48"
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2556
September 2012
Pole Straps
• Bashlin’s 50 Series and 78 Series pole straps are offered
here
• “L” style snaphook has lengthy field history
• It has a lock on the back to be released prior to
opening the gate
!
▲
WARNING
Always visually confirm the strap is on the D-ring
with the gate closed and locked before allowing
the strap to support your body weight. Do not
just listen for the “click”.
50 Series
Features & Applications
50 Series
• 6-ply 1-3/4" neoprene coated nylon material
• Uses a tongue buckle adjustment
Length
5' 6"
6'
6' 6"
7'
Catalog No.
PS51N2HL
PS52N2HL
PS53N2HL
PS54N2HL
Ship Wt
3.75 lb (1.7 kg)
3.75 lb (1.7 kg)
4.00 lb (1.8 kg)
4.00 lb (1.8 kg)
!
▲
WARNING
The 50 series straps have red wear indicators
in the center to help determine when it is time
to replace them. When you see red it is time to
remove the strap from service.
78 Series
Features & Applications
78 Series
• Bashlin’s pliable latigo leather straps feature a nylon
insert
• Stitching is deeply imbedded in the leather for longer
wear
Length
5' 6"
6'
6' 6"
7'
Catalog No.
PSC78X2HL
PSC78A2HL
PSC78B2HL
PSC78C2HL
Ship Wt
4.25 lb (1.9 kg)
4.25 lb (1.9 kg)
4.50 lb (2.0 kg)
5.00 lb (2.3 kg)
!
▲
WARNING
Double action locking snaphooks reduce, but
do not eliminate, the possibility of accidental
disengagement. Caution and proper work
methods including keeping the Snap/D ring area
free from foreign objects must be practiced at
all times. Disabling the gate locks may cause
accidents, injury or death.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
September 2012
Page 2557
L in em an' s Acces s or i es – 2 5 50
Features & Applications
Features & Applications
Full Body Harnesses
!
▲
WARNING
1. The user must be properly trained prior to using
Bashlin products.
2. Use the proper product for the job.
3. Inspect the harness before each use.
4. Wear the harness tight. It must be tight enough
that the buckles hold the material properly and will
not disengage accidentally. If the harness is loose, the
material can hook on items in the work area, or in the
worst case will not perform properly in the event of an
arrested fall.
5. Check the buckles, and tighten the straps each time
before going aloft.
L in em an' s Acces s or i es – 2 5 5 0
6. Store the harness properly in a storage bag for
longer wear.
PS647TDS
• Bashlin harnesses are normally made from 10,000 lb.
test woven nylon web
• Webbing is in contrasting colors (usually orange on the
torso and black on the legs) for easier donning
• Meet or exceed all appropriate ANSI, ASTM, and OSHA
requirements
• Hardware features a corrosion-resistant coating
• Splices are lock stitched with nylon thread of a
contrasting color for easy inspection
• Each standard harness is tagged per ANSI/ASTM
requirements with labels shown
!
▲
CAUTION
Bashlin harnesses must be sized and adjusted
properly to function properly.
Sizing
• Bashlin harness is sized according to torso of the
individual
• This involves measuring height and chest, then finding
correct size on chart, according to harness style
• Height is first consideration
• Move to larger size if chest measurement is too large
for corresponding height
• If chest measurement is too small for corresponding
height, choose size dictated by height
PS647TDS Tower Harness
Features & Applications
• Bashlin’s newest tower harness
• For climbing and suspension applications
• Has leather lining on waist and seat strap
• Back pad is 6" wide
• Waist belt uses grommet-style closure
• Please state size: S, M, L, XL
No. PS647TDS_ _ Tower Harness
with back and shoulders D rings
Size
PS683XAP
"S" Small
"M" Medium
"L" Large
"XL" Extra Large
Ship Wt: 8 lb (3.63 kg)
Height
5'4" - 5'7"
5'8" - 5'11"
6' - 6'3"
6'3"+
Chest
28" - 38"
38" - 48"
48" - 58"
58"+
Example: PS647TDSXL (= Extra Large)
PS683XAP Climbing Harness
Features & Applications
• “X”-style harness is available with the 656CM tool belt
• Belt can be easily removed from harness when not
needed
• Features front attachment point for work positioning
on ladders or rescue
• Please state size, and belt “D” size
No. PS683XAP_ _ Climbing Harness with a 3" nylon loop for
lanyard in back
Ship Wt: 8 lb (3.65 kg)
▲
!
CAUTION
Connection to the front loop of the PS683XAP
harness can be made with carabiners or by
looping web or rope through the eye. Snaphooks
that may cut the material are not to be used.
Size
Height
Chest
34" - 36"
"S" Small
5'4" - 5'7"
36" - 40"
"M" Medium
5'8" - 5'11"
42" - 44"
"L" Large
6' - 6'3"
46" - 48"
"XL" Extra Large
6'4" - 6'6"
48" - 52"
"2X" Double Extra Large
6'6"+
52"+
"3X" Triple Extra Large
6'6"+
Example: PS683XAPL (= Large)
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2558
September 2012
Fall Arrest Lanyard
Features & Applications
• Bashlin shock-absorbing 2000 Series lanyards are
recommended for most fall arrest applications
• Include an integral polyester core that absorbs forces
as it expands
• 1" tublular nylon web with polyester shock absorbing
core, 1-6650 snaphook and a loop end
WARNING
Limiting the lanyard length to 6' will not ensure a free
fall of 6' or less. The lanyard length, anchor point and
work location together will determine the free fall
distance.
!
▲
CAUTION
Lanyards may be connected to D-Rings on harnesses
with web/rope loops, and properly dimensioned
carabiners or snaphooks. 3" nylon loop back
attachments require web/rope loops or properly
dimensioned carabiners. Snaphooks are not to be used
with such attachment points.
No. PS28056HL Shock absorbing lanyard
Ship Wt: 1.5 lb (0.68 kg)
!
▲
CAUTION
The maximum and standard length for Bashlin
2000 Series fall arrest lanyard is 6 feet. This is to
aid the user in compliance with OSHA’s maximum
6 feet free fall for personal fall arrest systems.
Pole Climbers
Features & Applications
• Bashlin pole climbers meet ASTM - F887 requirements
• Include #2 gaff guard and #5 gaff gauge standard
• Nylon straps are standard on Bashlin climbers
!
▲
WARNING
Climbers are to be used by trained personnel only.
BD14 Series
• Bashlin’s aluminum alloy offset climber
• Features a replaceable, forged steel gaff
• Lightweight climber reduces fatigue and adds climbing
comfort
• Comparable steel climbers weigh 30% more
Number
PSBD141N
PSBD142N
PSBD143N
PSBD144N
PSBD145N
Description
Ship Wt:
Bottom straps attached
4.25 lb (1.93 kg)
Bottom straps attached,
4.75 lb (2.15 kg)
and top straps
Bottom straps attached,
top straps and #110D pads 5.25 lb (2.38 kg)
Bottom straps attached,
top straps and #130D pads 5.50 lb (2.49 kg)
Bottom straps attached,
top straps and #140DS pads 5.75 lb (2.61 kg)
ALUMINUM
PSBD14 SERIES
BD16B Series
• Rugged, steel alloy adjustable climber
• Features replaceable gaff, offset design, roomy ankle
area, and triangular strap ring
PSBD16B1N Bottom straps attached
5.50 lb (2.49 kg)
PSBD16B2N Bottom straps attached,
and top straps
6.00 lb (2.72 kg)
PSBD16B3N Bottom straps attached,
top straps and #110D pads 6.50 lb (2.95 kg)
PSBD16B4N Bottom straps attached,
top straps and #130D pads 6.75 lb (3.06 kg)
PSBD16B5N Bottom straps attached,
top straps and #140DS pads 7.00 lb (3.18 kg)
STEEL
PSBD16B SERIES
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
September 2012
Page 2559
L in em an' s Acces s or i es – 2 5 50
!
▲
PS28056HL
Climber Pads, Straps
PS105 Series Pads
Features & Applications
PS105BC
• The original “spur-stay” climber pad
• Designed to reduce kick-back and twisting of shank
• Insert holds climber for comfort and better gaff
penetration
• An excellent choice for the lineman who occasionally
climbs
• Available with a straight or angled metal section
PSC130D
Straight Use on Angled Use on Ship Wt:
PS105A PSBD16 PS105AC PSBD16 1.5 lb (0.68 kg)
PS105B PSBD14 PS105BC PSBD14 1.5 lb (0.68 kg)
L in em an' s Acces s or i es – 2 5 5 0
PSC130D Pad
Features & Applications
• L-shaped design
• Light padding for added comfort
No. PSC130D (padded)
Ship Wt: 0.7 lb (0.32 kg)
Climber Straps
Features & Applications
• Bashlin nylon climber straps are durable, pliable, and
comfortable
• Double riveted and feature a protective buckle shield
Number Description Ship Wt:
PSC85N Top straps - 11/16" x 24"
0.6 lb (0.27 kg)
PSC85N
PS86N
PS86N One piece lower straps
0.6 lb (0.27 kg)
- 11/16" x 28"
PS87N Two piece lower straps - 11/16" x 28"
(original style, to be used on the tri
angular ring of Bashlin climbers.
Must be assembled.)
0.7 lb (0.27 kg)
PSC89N Two piece lower straps
with split ring - 11/16" x 28" 0.7 lb (0.27 kg)
PS87N
PSC89N
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2560
September 2012
15kV Hot Stick Work only
Recommended Hot Line Tools List
Page 1 of 2
R eco mmen d ed Hot L i n e To ol s L i s ts – 2 600
Item
Qty.
Catalog No.
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
1
PSC4050299XXX
1
12
1
1
2
4
2
1
1
1
6
2
2
1
1
600'
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
6
1
1
1
C4002365
M1904
C4033178
H1917
C4002335
H17605
M4660
T3060025
C4170144
C4170146
C4002320
PSC3090467
C4001175
T4001938
T4001708
C4000799
T4001265
22302
M1849
T4001258
C4170589
C4170139
C4170140
C4170141
C3050008
T161340H
T16845H
T165640H
T165650H
WPH3
C4030293
C4033068
C4031022EM
H185525
C4030185
T4033009
C4031085
H17604
M1860
C4031114
M44559
M445519
M445523
P4030369P
C4032213
M445529B
M445550
Tool trailer walk in type with side door on curb side. See Cat.
Section 2500 for details.
Cleaning kit
Wiping cloth
Hot stick tester
Bond patching kit
Dry film lubricant
Tool hanger
Tool rack
Tarp
Tool bucket large
Tool bucket small
Silicone spray
Nylon hoist
Hoist link stick
Transformer gin
Crossarm gin
Composite braided rope
Fid & pusher
Snatch block, 1,000# capacity
Hand line hook
Nylon blocks w/150' composite braid rope
Nylon sling 5' DT
Nylon sling 13⁄4" x 3'
Nylon sling 13⁄4" x 4'
Nylon sling 13⁄4" x 5'
Cant hook
Wire grip
Wire grip
Wire grip
Wire grip
Wire puller hook
Grip-all clampstick
Wire holding stick
Telescoping measuring disconnect
Tie stick
All angle cog wrench
Torque extension stick for hydraulic powered tools
Socket set
Universal pole
Crossarm tool hanger
Universal tool kit
Disconnect head
Cotter key pusher
Hack saw
Hack saw blade
Pruning saw
Clamp stick head
Skinning knife
Catalog
Section
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
1100
1100
1200
1200
1250
NS
1250
1250
NS
NS
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
2102
2106
2109
2116
2116
2117
2117
2119
2119
2120
2121
2122
2122
2122
2121
2122
2123
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2602
November 2013
15kV Hot Stick Work only
Item
Qty.
Catalog No.
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
4
1
4
4
3
1
3
2
4
2
3
2
1
1
M445563
M1899
T4031101
M445585
M445587
C4030834
C4031071
C4032861
H18716
H21064
H46458
H464510
H464712
H464716
M47403W
M47405W
C4000073
M17285
M4743
M1846W
M18474
M4744
M4760W
M47602
C4001016
PSC4000075002
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
2
1
3
3
3
3
8
4
4
4
3
2
2
2
6
12
1
1
1
1
1
2
4
4
24
C4000517
T4002272
H47144
J1541502
S16007
PSC6010341
C4060181GA
C4060182
M49371
M49372
M49376
C4060097
C4060102
M4933
C4060084GA
C4060305
H1876
C4033374
T6000641
T6000865
C4170151
C4032999
C4060346
C4060348
C4060531
Page 2 of 2
Description
Cleaning brush
Cleaning brush replacements
Adjustable insulator fork
Hammer
Ball socket adjuster
Hot Rodder, large
Hot Rodder, small
Hydraulic cutters
Light duty cutters
Tree trimmer
Wire tong 11⁄2" x 8'
Wire tong 11⁄2" x 10'
Wire tong 21⁄2" x 12'
Wire tong 21⁄2" x 16'
Wire tong saddle 11⁄2"
Wire tong saddle 21⁄2"
Wire tong saddle extension
Wire tong pole clevis
Wire tong block clamp
Rope snubbing bracket
Extension chain
Crossarm type saddle
Lever lift
Arbor adapter
Epoxiglas® lever lift
Dual auxiliary arm with four M48057 insulators and four
C4000268 instead of standard M480517
Crossarm conductor support
Corner restraint bracket
Roller link stick
Insulated jumper set
Insulated hanger
Temporary cutout tool
Conductor cover
Insulator cover
Pole cover 9" x 1'
Pole cover 9" x 2'
Pole cover 9" x 6'
Pole top cover
Crossarm end cover
Crossarm guard
Spiral cover
Flexible line hose
Phasing tester
Digital voltage indicator
Ground set
Grounding set storage bag
Line hose bag
Blanket canister
Blanket, solid
Blanket, slotted
Hot stick blanket pins
Catalog
Section
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2150
2150
2150
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2250
2300
2300
2300
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2450
2450
3000
3000
2500
2500
2400
2400
2400
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 2603
Reco mmen d ed Hot L i n e To ol s L i s t s – 2600
Recommended Hot Line Tools List
15kV Rubber Glove Work from an Insulated Platform Board
Recommended Hot Line Tools List
R eco mmen d ed Hot L i n e To ol s L i s ts – 2 600
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
Qty.
2
2
2
1
12
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
6
4
4
24
2
2
1
1
300'
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
2
13
1
1
1
2
2
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
12
24
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
Catalog No.
C4021042
C4021055
C4021164
C4002365
M1904
C4002335
M4660
T3060025
C4170151
C4170144
C4170146
C4032999
C4002320
C4060346
C4060348
C4060530
PSC3090323
C4001175
T4001938
T4001708
C4000799
T4001265
22302
C4170139
C4170140
T161340H
T16845H
T165640H
C4030293
C4033068
C4032980
M47405W
M48057
H48628
H480060
H480072
C4000517
T4001939
T4002272
H47144
J1541522
S16007
C4031631
C4001907
C4000600
P4060185
C4060305
M4933
C4060102
M49371
M49372
M49376
C4060097
H1876
Page 1 of 1
Description
®
Epoxiglas insulated platform 4'
Railing for 4' platform
Pivot for 4' platform
Cleaning kit
Wiping cloth
Dry film lubricant
Tool racks
Tarp
Line hose bag
Tool bucket large
Tool bucket small
Blanket canister
Silicone spray
Blanket, solid
Blanket, slotted
Blanket pin
Nylon hoist
Hoist link stick
Transformer gin
Crossarm gin
Composite braided rope 1⁄2"
Fid & pusher
Snatch block
Nylon sling
Nylon sling
Wire grip
Wire grip
Wire grip
Grip All clampstick
Wire holding stick
Ratchet cable cutter
Wire tong saddles
Insulators
Rubber glove arm
Extension arm
Extension arm
Temporary crossarm conductor support
Pole mounted conductor support
Corner restraint bracket
Roller link stick
Insulated jumper set 15'
Insulated hanger
Load pick up tool
Tension puller switching tool
Tie back clamp
Insulator hood
Flexible line hose
Crossarm guard
Crossarm end guard
Pole cover 9" x 1'
Pole cover 9" x 2'
Pole cover 9" x 6'
Pole top cover
Phasing tester set
Catalog
Section
2350
2350
2350
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2400
2400
2400
1100
1100
1200
1200
1250
NS
2250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
2120
2100
2150
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2250
2300
2300
2300
2300
2250
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2450
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2604
November 2013
15kV Hot Stick Work & Rubber Glove Work
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
Qty.
Catalog No.
1
PSC4050299XXX
1
12
1
1
2
4
2
1
1
1
6
2
2
1
1
600'
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
C4002365
M1904
C4033178
H1917
C4002335
H17605
M4660
T3060025
C4170144
C4170146
C4002320
PSC3090467
C4001175
T4001938
T4001708
C4000799
T4001265
22302
M1849
T4001258
C4170589
C4170139
C4170140
C4170141
C3050008
T161340H
T16845H
T165640H
T165650H
WPH3
C4030293
C4033068
C4031022EM
H185525
C4030185
T4033009
C4031085
H17604
M1860
C4031114
M44559
M445519
M445523
P4030369P
C4032213
M445529B
M445550
M445563
M1899
T4031101
M445585
M445587
C4030834
Page 1 of 2
Description
Tool trailer walk in type with side door on curb side. See Cat. Section
2500 for details.
Cleaning kit
Wiping cloth
Hot stick tester
Bond patching kit
Dry film lubricant
Tool hanger
Tool rack
Tarp
Tool bucket large
Tool bucket small
Silicone spray
Nylon hoist
Hoist link stick
Transformer gin
Crossarm gin
Composite braided rope
Fid & pusher
Snatch block, 1,000# capacity
Hand line hook
Nylon blocks w/150' composite braid rope
Nylon sling 5' DT
Nylon sling 13⁄4" x 3'
Nylon sling 13⁄4" x 4'
Nylon sling 13⁄4" x 5'
Cant hook
Wire grip
Wire grip
Wire grip
Wire grip
Wire puller hook
Grip-all clampstick
Wire holding stick
Telescoping measuring disconnect
Tie stick
All angle cog wrench
Torque extension stick for hydraulic powered tools
Socket set
Universal pole
Crossarm tool hanger
Universal tool kit
Disconnect head
Cotter key pusher
Hack saw
Hack saw blade
Pruning saw
Clamp stick head
Skinning knife
Cleaning brush
Cleaning brush replacements
Adjustable insulator fork
Hammer
Ball socket adjuster
Hot Rodder, large
Catalog
Section
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
1100
1100
1200
1200
1250
NS
1250
1250
1250
NS
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 2605
Reco mmen d ed Hot L i n e To ol s L i s t s – 2600
Recommended Hot Line Tools List
15kV Hot Stick Work & Rubber Glove Work
Recommended Hot Line Tools List
Item
Qty.
Catalog No.
R eco mmen d ed Hot L i n e To ol s L i s ts – 2 600
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
1
1
1
1
2
2
4
1
4
4
3
1
3
2
4
2
3
2
1
1
C4031071
C4032861
H18716
H21064
H46458
H464510
H464712
H464716
M47403W
M47405W
C4000073
M17285
M4743
M1846W
M18474
M4744
M4760W
M47602
C4001016
PSC4000075002
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
2
1
3
3
3
3
8
4
4
4
3
2
2
2
6
12
1
1
6
1
1
1
1
1
4
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
12
2
4
4
24
6
C4000517
T4002272
H47144
J1541511
S16007
PSC6010341
C4060181GA
C4060182
M49371
M49372
M49376
C4060097
C4060102
M4933
C4060084GA
C4060305
H1876
C4033374
C6001734
T6000641
T6000865
C4170151
C4032980
H48628
M48057
C4031631
C4021164
C4021173
C4021055
C4020023
C4021042
C4021043
C4060305
C4032999
C4060346
C4060348
C4060530
C4002320
Page 2 of 2
Description
Hot Rodder, small
Hydraulic cutters
Light duty cutters
Tree trimmer
Wire tong 11⁄2" x 8'
Wire tong 11⁄2" x 10'
Wire tong 21⁄2" x 12'
Wire tong 21⁄2" x 16'
Wire tong saddle 11⁄2"
Wire tong saddle 21⁄2"
Wire tong saddle extension
Wire tong pole clevis
Wire tong block clamp
Rope snubbing bracket
Extension chain
Crossarm type saddle
Lever lift
Arbor adapter
Epoxiglas® lever lift
Dual auxiliary arm with four M48057 insulators and four
C4000268 wireholders
Crossarm conductor support
Corner restraint bracket
Roller link stick
Insulated jumper set 15'
Insulated hanger
Temporary cutout tool
Conductor cover
Insulator cover
Pole cover 9" x 1'
Pole cover 9" x 2'
Pole cover 9" x 6'
Pole top cover
Crossarm end cover
Crossarm guard
Spiral cover
Flexible line hose
Phasing tester
Auto-ranging voltage indicator
Ground clamp
Ground set
Grounding set storage bag
Line hose bag
Ratchet hand cutters
Rubber glove auxiliary arm
Insulators for item # 100
Load pick up tool
Platform pivot for 4'
Platform pivot for 6'
Railing for 4'
Railing for 6'
Insulated 4' platform
Insulated 6' platform
Flexible line hose
Blanket canister
Blankets, solid
Blankets, slotted
Hot stick blanket pins
Silicone Spray
Catalog
Section
2100
2150
2150
2150
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
NS
2200
2200
2250
2300
2300
2300
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2450
2450
3000
3000
3000
2500
2150
2200
2200
2310
2357
2357
2357
2357
2356
2356
2408
2513
2409
2409
2409
2513
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2606
November 2013
15kV Hot Stick, Rubber Glove & Underground Work
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
Qty.
Catalog No.
1
PSC4050299XXX
1
12
1
1
2
4
2
1
1
1
6
2
2
1
1
600'
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
C4002365
M1904
C4033178
H1917
C4002335
H17605
M4660
T3060025
C4170144
C4170146
C4002320
PSC3090467
C4001175
T4001938
T4001708
C4000799
T4001265
22302
M1849
T4001258
C4170589
C4170139
C4170140
C4170141
C3050008
T161340H
T16845H
T165640H
T165650H
WPH3
C4030293
C4033068
C4031022EM
H185525
C4030185
T4033009
C4031085
H17604
M1860
C4031114
M44559
M445519
M445523
P4030369P
C4032213
M445529B
M445550
M445563
M1899
T4031101
M445585
M445587
C4030834
C4031071
C4032861
H18716
H21064
H46458
H464510
Page 1 of 2
Description
Tool trailer walk in type with side door on curb side. See Cat. Section
2500 for details.
Cleaning kit
Wiping cloth
Hot stick tester
Bond patching kit
Dry film lubricant
Tool hanger
Tool rack
Tarp
Tool bucket large
Tool bucket small
Silicone spray
Nylon hoist
Hoist link stick
Transformer gin
Crossarm gin
Composite braided rope
Fid & pusher
Snatch block, 1,000# capacity
Hand line hook
Nylon blocks w/150' composite braid rope
Nylon sling 5' DT
Nylon sling 13⁄4" x 3'
Nylon sling 13⁄4" x 4'
Nylon sling 13⁄4" x 5'
Cant hook
Wire grip
Wire grip
Wire grip
Wire grip
Wire puller hook
Grip-all clampstick
Wire holding stick
Telescoping measuring disconnect
Tie stick
All angle cog wrench
Torque extension stick for hydraulic powered tools
Socket set
Universal pole
Crossarm tool hanger
Universal tool kit
Disconnect head
Cotter key pusher
Hack saw
Hack saw blade
Pruning saw
Clamp stick head
Skinning knife
Cleaning brush
Cleaning brush replacements
Adjustable insulator fork
Hammer
Ball socket adjuster
Hot Rodder, large
Hot Rodder, small
Hydraulic cutters
Light duty cutters
Tree trimmer
Wire tong 11⁄2" x 8'
Wire tong 11⁄2" x 10'
Catalog
Section
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
1100
1100
1200
1200
1250
NS
1250
1250
1250
NS
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2200
2200
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 2607
Reco mmen d ed Hot L i n e To ol s L i s t s – 2600
Recommended Hot Line Tools List
15kV Hot Stick, Rubber Glove & Underground Work
Recommended Hot Line Tools List
Item
Qty.
Catalog No.
R eco mmen d ed Hot L i n e To ol s L i s ts – 2 600
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
4
1
4
4
3
1
3
2
4
2
3
2
1
1
H464712
H464716
M47403W
M47405W
C4000073
M17285
M4743
M1846W
M18474
M4744
M4760W
M47602
C4001016
PSC4000075002
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
2
1
3
3
3
3
8
4
4
4
3
2
2
2
6
12
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
12
2
4
4
24
2
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
C4000517
T4002272
H47144
J1541511
S16007
PSC6010341
C4060181GA
C4060182
M49371
M49372
M49376
C4060097
C4060102
M4933
C4060084GA
C4060305
H1876
C4033374
T6000641
T6000865
C4170151
C4032980
H48628
M48057
C4031631
C4021164
C4021173
C4021055
C4020023
C4021042
C4021043
C4060305
C4032999
C4060346
C4060348
C4060531
C4031822
C4030704
C4031762
T4030428
T4030602
C4030803
C4030547
T6002233
C6000759
T6003091
C6000729
T6000865
Page 2 of 2
Description
Wire tong 21⁄2" x 12'
Wire tong 21⁄2" x 16'
Wire tong saddle 11⁄2"
Wire tong saddle 21⁄2"
Wire tong saddle extension
Wire tong pole clevis
Wire tong block clamp
Rope snubbing bracket
Extension chain
Crossarm type saddle
Lever lift
Arbor adapter
Epoxiglas® lever lift
Dual auxiliary arm with four M48057 insulators and four C4000268
wireholders
Crossarm conductor support
Corner restraint bracket
Roller link stick
Insulated jumper set (15 ft.)
Insulated hanger
Temporary cutout tool
Conductor cover
Insulator cover
Pole cover 9" x 1'
Pole cover 9" x 2'
Pole cover 9" x 6'
Pole top cover
Crossarm end cover
Crossarm guard
Spiral cover
Flexible line hose
Phasing tester
Auto-ranging voltage indicator
Ground set
Grounding set storage bag
Line hose bag
Ratchet hand cutters
Rubber glove auxiliary arm
Insulators for item # 100
Load pick up tool
Platform pivot for 4'
Platform pivot for 6'
Railing for 4'
Railing for 6'
Insulated 4' platform
Insulated 6' platform
Flexible line hose
Blanket canister
Solid blankets
Slotted blankets
Hot stick blanket pins
Elbow puller
Grippers 15 kV
D.C. Hipot adapter
Bushing adapter
Elbow adapter
Energized cable sensor
Line/Fault Locator
Penetrator clamp with ground set
Temporary underground ground set
Grounded parking stand
Grounding elbow
Storage bag for items #122-123-124
Catalog
Section
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
N/S
2200
2200
2250
2300
2300
2300
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2450
2450
3010
3000
2500
2150
2200
2200
2300
2350
2350
2350
2350
2350
2350
2400
2500
2400
2400
2400
2100
2100
2450
2450
2450
2450
2450
3000
3000
3000
3000
3000
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2608
November 2013
25kV Rubber Glove Work from an Insulated Platform Board
Item
Qty.
Catalog No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
2
2
2
1
12
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
6
4
4
24
2
2
1
1
300'
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
2
13
1
1
1
2
2
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
12
24
2
2
2
2
2
1
C4021043
C4020023
C4021173
C4002365
M1904
C4002335
M4660
T3060025
C4170151
C4170144
C4170146
C4032999
C4002320
C4060346
C4060348
C4060530
PSC3090323
C4002399
T4001938
T4001708
C4000799
T4001265
22302
C4170139
C4170140
T161340H
T16845H
T165640H
C4030293
C4033068
C4032980
M47405W
M48057
H48628
H480060
H480072
C4000517
T4001939
T4002272
H47144
J2521522
S16007
C4001907
C4000600
P4060185
C4060308
M4933
C4060102
M49371
M49372
M49376
C4060097
T4032261
Page 1 of 1
Description
Epoxiglas® insulated platform 4'
Railing for 6' platform
Pivot for 6' platform
Cleaning kit
Wiping cloth
Dry film lubricant
Tool racks
Tarp
Line hose bag
Tool bucket large
Tool bucket small
Blanket canister
Silicone spray
Blanket, solid
Blanket, slotted
Blanket pin
Nylon hoist
Hoist link stick
Transformer gin
Crossarm gin
Composite braided rope 1⁄2"
Fid & pusher
Snatch block
Nylon sling
Nylon sling
Wire grip
Wire grip
Wire grip
Grip All clampstick
Wire holding stick
Ratchet cable cutter
Wire tong saddles
Insulators
Rubber glove arm
Extension arm
Extension arm
Temporary crossarm conductor support
Pole mounted conductor support
Corner restraint bracket
Roller link stick
Insulated jumper set 25kV 15' long
Insulated hanger
Tension puller switching tool
Tie back clamp
Insulator hood
Flexible line hose
Crossarm guard
Crossarm end guard
Pole cover 9" x 1'
Pole cover 9" x 2'
Pole cover 9" x 6'
Pole top cover
Phasing tester set
Catalog
Section
2350
2350
2350
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2400
2400
2400
1100
1100
1200
1200
1250
NS
2250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
2100
2100
2150
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2250
NS
2300
2300
2250
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2450
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 2609
Reco mmen d ed Hot L i n e To ol s L i s t s – 2600
Recommended Hot Line Tools List
25kV Rubber Glove Work from an Insulated Bucket Truck
Recommended Hot Line Tools List
Item Qty.
Catalog No.
R eco mmen d ed Hot L i n e To ol s L i s ts – 2 600
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
1
12
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
4
4
24
6
2
2
1
1
300'
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
11
1
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
15
15
12
1
C4002365
M1904
C4002335
M4660
T3060025
C4170151
C4170144
C4170146
C4032999
C4060346
C4060348
C4060530
C4002320
PSC3090451
C4001175
T4001938
T4001708
C4000799
T4001265
22302
M1849
C4170589
C4170139
C4170140
C4170141
T161340H
T16845H
T165640H
C4030293
C4033068
C4032980
M47405W
H48628
H480060
H480072
C4000517
T4001939
M48057
T4002272
H47144
J2521522
S16007
PSC6010342
M49371
M49372
M49376
C4060097
C4060102
M4933
C4060305
C4060308
P4060185
T4032261
Page 1 of 1
Description
Cleaning kit
Wiping cloth
Dry film lubricant
Tool racks
Tarp
Line hose bag
Tool bucket large
Tool bucket small
Blanket canister
Blanket, solid
Blanket, slotted
Blanket pin
Silicone lubricant
Nylon hoist 3⁄4 + 11⁄2 ton
Hoist link stick
Transformer gin
Crossarm gin
Composite braided rope 1⁄2"
Fid & pusher
Snatch block
Hand line hook
Nylon sling 13⁄4" x 5' DT
Nylon sling 13⁄4" x 3'
Nylon sling 13⁄4" x 4'
Nylon sling 13⁄4" x 5'
Wire grip
Wire grip
Wire grip
Grip All clampstick
Wire holding stick
Ratchet cable cutter
Wire tong saddle
Rubber glove auxiliary arm
Extension arm
Extension arm
Crossarm conductor support
Temporary conductor support
Insulators
Corner restraint bracket
Roller link stick
Insulated jumper set 25kV – 15' long
Insulated hanger
Temporary cutout
Pole cover 9" x 1'
Pole cover 9" x 2'
Pole cover 9" x 6'
Pole top cover
Crossarm end guard
Crossarm guard
Flexible line hose 20kV
Flexible line hose 30kV
Insulator hood
Phasing tester set
Catalog
Section
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2400
2400
2400
2500
1100
1100
1200
1200
1250
NS
1250
1250
NS
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
2100
2100
2150
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2250
NS
2300
2300
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2450
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2610
November 2013
35kV Rubber Glove Work from an Insulated Platform Board
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
2
2
2
1
12
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
6
4
4
24
2
2
1
1
300'
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
2
13
1
1
1
2
2
1
3
3
3
3
3
12
24
2
2
2
2
2
2
12
1
1
C4021042
C4021055
C4021164
C4002365
M1904
C4002335
M4660
T3060025
C4170151
C4170144
C4170146
C4032999
C4002320
C4060346
C4060348
C4060530
PSC3090323
C4002399
T4001938
T4001708
C4000799
T4001265
22302
C4170139
C4170140
T161340H
T16845H
T165640H
C4030293
C4033068
C4032980
M47405W
M48057
H48628
H480060
H480072
C4000517
T4001939
T4002272
H47144
J3511533
S16007
C4000574
C4000600
C4060557
C4060342
M4933
C4060102
M49371
M49372
M49376
C4060097
C4060340
H1876
H18764
Page 1 of 1
Description
Epoxiglas® insulated platform 4'
Railing for 4' platform
Pivot for 4' platform
Cleaning kit
Wiping cloth
Dry film lubricant
Tool racks
Tarp
Line hose bag
Tool bucket large
Tool bucket small
Blanket canister
Silicone spray
Blanket, solid
Blanket, slotted
Blanket pin
Nylon hoist
Hoist link stick
Transformer gin
Crossarm gin
Composite braided rope 1⁄2"
Fid & pusher
Snatch block
Nylon sling
Nylon sling
Wire grip
Wire grip
Wire grip
Grip All clampstick
Wire holding stick
Ratchet cable cutter
Wire tong saddle
Insulators
Rubber glove arm
Extension arm
Extension arm
Temporary crossarm conductor support
Pole mounted conductor support
Corner restraint bracket
Roller link stick
Insulated jumper set 15'
Insulated hanger
Tension puller
Tie back clamp
Insulator hood
Flexible line hose
Crossarm guard
Crossarm end guard
Pole cover 9" x 1'
Pole cover 9" x 2'
Pole cover 9" x 6'
Pole top cover
Coupler
Phasing tester set
Extension resistors
Catalog
Section
2350
2350
2350
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2400
2400
2400
1100
1100
1200
1200
1250
NS
2250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
2100
2100
2150
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2250
2300
2300
2250
2250
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2450
2450
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 2611
Reco mmen d ed Hot L i n e To ol s L i s t s – 2600
Recommended Hot Line Tools List
Item Qty.
Catalog No.
15, 25 & 35kV Hot Stick Work only
Recommended Hot Line Tools List
R eco mmen d ed Hot L i n e To ol s L i s ts – 2 600
Item
Qty.
Catalog No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
1
PSC4050299XXX
1
12
1
1
2
5
2
1
1
6
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
600'
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
C4002365
M1904
C4033178
H1917
C4002335
H17605
M4660
T3060025
C4170151
C4002320
C4170144
C4170146
C4032999
PSC3090467
C4001175
C4002399
T4001938
T4001708
C4000799
T4001265
T4001258
22302
M1849
C4170589
C4170139
C4170140
C4170141
C3050008
WPH3
T161340H
T16845H
T165640H
T165650H
C4030293
C4033068
C4031022EM
H185525
C4030185
T4033009
C4031085
H17604
M1860
C4031114
M44559
M445523
P4030369P
C4032213
M445529B
M445550
M445563
M1889
T4031101
Page 1 of 2
Description
Tool trailer walk in type with side door on curb side. See Cat.
Section 2500 for details.
Cleaning kit
Wiping cloth
Hot stick tester
Bond patching kit
Dry film lubricant
Tool hanger
Tool rack
Tarp
Line hose bag
Silicone spray
Tool bucket large
Tool bucket small
Blanket canister
Nylon hoist
Hoist link stick 12"
Hoist link stick 18"
Transformer gin
Crossarm gin
Composite braided rope 1⁄2"
Fid & pusher
Nylon blocks w/150' composite braid rope
Snatch block, 1,000# capacity
Hand line hook
Nylon sling 5' x 13⁄4" DT
Nylon sling 3' x 13⁄4"
Nylon sling 4' x 13⁄4"
Nylon sling 5' x 13⁄4"
Cant hook
Wire puller hook
Wire grip
Wire grip
Wire grip
Wire grip
Grip-all clampstick
Wire holding stick
Telescoping measuring disconnect
Tie stick
All angle cog wrench
Torque extension stick for hydraulic powered tools
Socket set
Universal pole
Crossarm tool hanger
Universal tool kit
Disconnect head
Hack saw
Hack saw blade
Pruning saw
Clampstick head
Skinning knife
Cleaning brush
Cleaning brush replacements
Adjustable insulator fork
Catalog
Section
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
1100
1100
1100
1200
1200
1250
NS
1250
1250
1250
NS
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2612
November 2013
15, 25 & 35kV Hot Stick Work only
Item
Qty.
Catalog No.
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
4
1
4
4
4
4
1
4
2
3
1
2
1
C4030175
C4030834
C4031071
C4031416
C4031417
C4032861
H18716
H21064
H46458
H464510
H464712
H464716
M47403W
M47405W
C4000073
M4743
M17285
M18474
M1846W
M4760W
C6001016
M47602
PSC4000075002
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
2
2
1
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
12
6
4
4
3
2
2
2
12
6
12
1
1
1
1
1
4
4
24
C4000517
M48057
T4002272
H47144
C4000574
J1541502
J3511502
S16007
C4031631
PSC6010342
C4060181GA
C4060182
M49371
M49372
M49376
C4060097
C4060102
M4933
C4060084GA
C4060046
C4060305
H18761
H18764
C4033374
T6000641
T6000865
C4060346
C4060348
C4060531
Page 2 of 2
Description
Plastic insulator tool
Hot Rodder, large
Hot Rodder, small
Tie wire claw
Utility head
Hydraulic cutters
Hot cutter light duty
Tree trimmer
Wire tong 11⁄2" x 8'
Wire tong 11⁄2" x 10'
Wire tong 21⁄2" x 12'
Wire tong 21⁄2" x 16'
Wire tong saddle 11⁄2"
Wire tong saddle 21⁄2"
Saddle extension
Wire tong block clamp
Wire tong pole clevis
Extension chain
Rope snubbing bracket
Lever lift
Epoxiglas® lever lift
Arbor adapter
Dual auxiliary arm with four M48057 insulators and four
C4000268 roller wire holders
Temporary crossarm support
Insulator
Corner restraint bracket
Roller link stick
Hot stick tension puller
Insulated jumper set (15 ft.)
Insulated jumper set (15 ft.)
Insulated hanger
Load pick up tool
Temporary cutout
Conductor cover
Insulator cover
Pole cover 9" x 1'
Pole cover 9" x 2'
Pole cover 9" x 6'
Pole top cover
Crossarm end cover
Crossarm guard
Spiral cover
Insulator cover
Flexible cover
Phasing tester
Extension resistors
Auto-ranging voltage indicator
Ground set
Storage bag for ground set
Blanket, solid
Blanket, slotted
Hot stick blanket pin
Catalog
Section
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2150
2150
2150
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
N/S
2200
2200
2200
2250
2250
N/S
N/S
2300
2300
2300
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2450
2450
2450
3000
3000
2400
2400
2400
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 2613
Reco mmen d ed Hot L i n e To ol s L i s t s – 2600
Recommended Hot Line Tools List
15, 25 & 35kV Hot Stick & Rubber Glove Work
Recommended Hot Line Tools List
Item
R eco mmen d ed Hot L i n e To ol s L i s ts – 2 600
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
Qty.
Catalog No.
1
PSC4050299XXX
1
12
1
1
2
5
2
1
1
6
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
600'
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
C4002365
M1904
C4033178
H1917
C4002335
H17605
M4660
T3060025
C4170151
C4002320
C4170144
C4170146
C4032999
PSC3090467
C4001175
C4002399
T4001938
T4001708
C4000799
T4001265
T4001258
22302
M1849
C4170589
C4170139
C4170140
C4170141
C3050008
WPH3
T161340H
T16845H
T165640H
T165650H
C4030293
C4033068
C4031022EM
H185525
C4030185
T4033009
C4031085
H17604
M1860
C4031114
M44559
M445523
P4030369P
C4032213
M445529B
M445550
M445563
M1889
T4031101
C4030175
C4030834
C4031071
C4031416
C4031417
C4032861
H18716
Page 1 of 2
Catalog
Section
Description
Tool trailer walk in type with side door on curb side. See Cat. Section
2500 for details.
Cleaning kit
Wiping cloth
Hot stick tester
Bond patching kit
Dry film lubricant
Tool hanger
Tool rack
Tarp
Line hose bag
Silicone spray
Tool bucket large
Tool bucket small
Blanket canister
Nylon hoist
Hoist link stick 12"
Hoist link stick 18"
Transformer gin
Crossarm gin
Composite braided rope 1⁄2"
Fid & pusher
Nylon blocks w/150' composite braid rope
Snatch block, 1,000# capacity
Hand line hook
Nylon sling 5' x 13⁄4" DT
Nylon sling 3' x 13⁄4"
Nylon sling 4' x 13⁄4"
Nylon sling 5' x 13⁄4"
Cant hook
Wire puller hook
Wire grip
Wire grip
Wire grip
Wire grip
Grip-all clampstick
Wire holding stick
Telescoping measuring disconnect
Tie stick
All angle cog wrench
Torque extension stick for hydraulic powered tools
Socket set
Universal pole
Crossarm tool hanger
Universal tool kit
Disconnect head
Hack saw
Hack saw blade
Pruning saw
Clampstick head
Skinning knife
Cleaning brush
Cleaning brush replacements
Adjustable insulator fork
Plastic insulator tool
Hot Rodder, large
Hot Rodder, small
Tie wire claw
Utility head
Hydraulic cutters
Hot cutter light duty
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
1100
1100
1100
1200
1200
1250
NS
1250
1250
1250
NS
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2150
2150
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2614
November 2013
15, 25 & 35kV Hot Stick & Rubber Glove Work
Item
Page 2 of 2
Qty.
Catalog No.
Description
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
1
2
2
4
1
4
4
4
4
1
4
2
3
1
2
1
H21064
H46458
H464510
H464712
H464716
M47403W
M47405W
C4000073
M4743
M17285
M18474
M1846W
M4760W
C4001016
M47602
PSC4000075002
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
2
2
1
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
12
6
4
4
3
2
2
2
12
6
12
1
1
1
12
1
1
4
4
24
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
12
12
6
1
1
1
C4000517
M48057
T4002272
H47144
C4000574
J1541522
J3511533
S16007
C4031631
PSC6010342
C4060181GA
C4060182
M49371
M49372
M49376
C4060097
C4060102
M4933
C4060084GA
C4060046
C4060305
H18761
H18764
C4033374
C6001734
T6000641
T6000865
C4060346
C4060348
C4060530
C4032980
H48628
M48057
C4021042
C4021043
C4021055
C4020023
C4021164
C4021173
C4060308
C4060342
C4060340
C4032505
C4032506
C4032507
Tree trimmer
Wire tong 11⁄2" x 8'
Wire tong 11⁄2" x 10'
Wire tong 21⁄2" x 12'
Wire tong 21⁄2" x 16'
Wire tong saddle 11⁄2"
Wire tong saddle 21⁄2"
Saddle extension
Wire tong block clamp
Wire tong pole clevis
Extension chain
Rope snubbing bracket
Lever lift
Epoxiglas® lever lift
Arbor adapter
Dual auxiliary arm with four M48057 insulators and four C4000268
roller wire holders
Temporary crossarm support
Insulator
Corner restraint bracket
Roller link stick
Hot stick tension puller
Jumper set 15kV (15 ft.)
Jumper set 35kV (15 ft.)
Insulated hanger
Load pick up tool
Temporary cutout
Conductor cover
Insulator cover
Pole cover 9" x 1'
Pole cover 9" x 2'
Pole cover 9" x 6'
Pole top cover
Crossarm end cover
Crossarm guard
Spiral cover
Insulator cover
Flexible cover
Phasing tester
Extension resistors
Auto-ranging voltage indicator
Ground clamp
Ground set
Storage bag for ground set
Blanket, solid
Blanket, slotted
Hot stick blanket pin
Ratchet hand cutters
Rubber glove auxiliary arm
Insulator
Insulated 4' platform
Insulated 6' platform
Railing for 4' platform
Railing for 6' platform
Pivot for 4' platform
Pivot for 6' platform
Flexible line hose 30kV
Extended lip flexible line hose
Coupler
Hot line applicator tool
Hot line applicator tool
Hot line applicator tool
Catalog
Section
2150
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
N/S
2200
220
2200
2250
2250
NS
NS
2300
2300
2300
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2450
2450
2450
3000
3000
3000
2400
2400
2400
2150
2200
2200
2350
2350
2350
2350
2350
2350
2400
2400
2400
2100
2100
2100
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 2615
Reco mmen d ed Hot L i n e To ol s L i s t s – 2600
Recommended Hot Line Tools List
15, 25 & 35kV Hot Stick, Rubber Glove & Underground Work
Recommended Hot Line Tools List
Item Qty.
Catalog No.
R eco mmen d ed Hot L i n e To ol s L i s ts – 2 600
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
1
PSC4050299XXX
1
12
1
1
2
5
2
1
1
6
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
600'
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
4
1
4
C4002365
M1904
C4033178
H1917
C4002335
H17605
M4660
T3060025
C4170151
C4002320
C4170144
C4170146
C4032999
PSC3090467
C4001175
C4002399
T4001938
T4001708
C4000799
T4001265
T4001258
22302
M1849
C4170589
C4170139
C4170140
C4170141
C3050008
WPH3
T161340H
T16845H
T165640H
T165650H
C4030293
C4033068
C4031022EM
H185525
C4030185
T4033009
C4031085
H17604
M1860
C4031114
M44559
M445523
P4030369P
C4032213
M445529B
M445550
M445563
M1889
T4031101
C4030175
C4030834
C4031071
C4031416
C4031417
C4032861
H18716
H21064
H46458
H464510
H464712
H464716
M47403W
Page 1 of 2
Catalog
Section
Description
Tool trailer walk in type with side door on curb side. See Cat. Section
2500 for details.
Cleaning kit
Wiping cloth
Hot stick tester
Bond patching kit
Dry film lubricant
Tool hanger
Tool rack
Tarp
Line hose bag
Silicone spray
Tool bucket, large
Tool bucket, small
Blanket canister
Nylon hoist
Hoist link stick 12"
Hoist link stick 18"
Transformer gin
Crossarm gin
Composite braided rope 1⁄2"
Fid & pusher 1⁄2"
Nylon blocks w/150' composite braid rope
Snatch block, 1,000# capacity
Hand line hook
Nylon sling 5' x 13⁄4" DT
Nylon sling 3' x 13⁄4"
Nylon sling 4' x 13⁄4"
Nylon sling 5' x 13⁄4"
Cant hook
Wire puller hook
Wire grip
Wire grip
Wire grip
Wire grip
Grip-all clampstick
Wire holding stick
Telescoping measuring disconnect
Tie stick
All angle cog wrench
Torque extension stick for hydraulic powered tools
Socket set
Universal pole
Crossarm tool hanger
Universal tool kit
Disconnect head
Hack saw
Hack saw blade
Pruning saw
Clampstick head
Skinning knife
Cleaning brush
Cleaning brush replacements
Adjustable insulator fork
Plastic insulator tool
Hot Rodder, large
Hot Rodder, small
Tie wire claw
Utility head
Hydraulic cutters
Hot cutter light duty
Tree trimmer
Wire tong 11⁄2" x 8'
Wire tong 11⁄2" x 10'
Wire tong 21⁄2" x 12'
Wire tong 21⁄2" x 16'
Wire tong saddle 11⁄2"
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
1100
1100
1100
1200
1200
1250
NS
1250
1250
1250
NS
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2150
2150
2150
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2616
November 2013
15, 25 & 35kV Hot Stick, Rubber Glove & Underground Work
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
4
4
4
1
4
2
3
1
2
1
M47405W
C4000073
M4743
M17285
M18474
M1846W
M4760W
C4001016
M47602
PSC4000075002
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
2
2
1
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
12
6
4
4
3
2
2
2
12
6
12
1
1
1
12
1
1
4
4
24
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
12
12
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
C4000517
M48057
T4002272
H47144
C4000574
J1541522
J3511522
S16007
C4031631
PSC6010342
C4060181GA
C4060182
M49371
M49372
M49376
C4060097
C4060102
M4933
C4060084GA
C4060046
C4060305
H18761
H18764
C4033374
C6001734
T6000641
T6000865
C4060346
C4060348
C4060530
C4032980
H48628
M48057
C4021042
C4021043
C4021055
C4020023
C4021164
C4021173
C4060308
C4060342
C4060340
C4032505
C4032506
C4032507
C4031762
C4031763
T4030602
T4030428
T4030857
T4030856
C4030803
C4030547
T6002233
C6000729
T6002131
C6001927
T6003091
T6003092
Page 2 of 2
Description
Wire tong saddle 21⁄2"
Saddle extension
Wire tong block clamp
Wire tong pole clevis
Extension chain
Rope snubbing bracket
Lever lift
Epoxiglas® lever lift
Arbor adapter
Dual auxiliary arm with four M48057 insulators and four C4000268
roller wire holders
Temporary crossarm support
Insulators
Corner restraint bracket
Roller link stick
Hot stick tension puller
Jumper set 15kV (15 ft.)
Jumper set 35kV (15 ft.)
Insulated hanger
Load pick up tool
Temporary cutout
Conductor cover
Insulator cover
Pole cover 9" x 1'
Pole cover 9" x 2'
Pole cover 9" x 6'
Pole top cover
Crossarm end cover
Crossarm guard
Spiral cover
Insulator cover
Flexible cover 20kV
Phasing tester
Extension resistors
Auto-ranging voltage indicator
Ground clamp
Ground set
Storage bag for ground set
Blanket, solid
Blanket, slotted
Hot stick blanket pin
Ratchet hand cutters
Rubber glove auxiliary arm
Insulator
Insulated 4' platform
Insulated 6' platform
Railing for 4' platform
Railing for 6' platform
Pivot for 4' platform
Pivot for 6' platform
Flexible line hose 30kV
Extended lip flexible line hose
Coupler
Hot line applicator tool
Hot line applicator tool
Hot line applicator tool
DC Hipot adapter
DC Hipot adapter
Elbow adapter 15kV
Bushing adapter 15kV
Bushing adapter 15-25-35kV
Elbow adapter 15-25-35kV
Energized cable sensor
Line/Fault locator
Penetrator clamp & ground set
Underground distribution ground set 15kV
Underground distribution ground set 25kV
Underground distribution ground set 35kV
Grounded parking stand 15kV
Grounded parking stand 25kV
Catalog
Section
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
N/S
2200
2200
2200
2250
2250
NS
NS
2300
2300
2300
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2450
2450
2450
3000
3000
3000
2400
2400
2400
2150
2200
2200
2350
2350
2350
2350
2350
2350
2400
2400
2400
2100
2100
2100
2450
2450
2450
2450
2450
2450
2450
2450
3000
3000
3000
3000
3000
3000
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 2617
Reco mmen d ed Hot L i n e To ol s L i s t s – 2600
Recommended Hot Line Tools List
Item Qty.
Catalog No.
15 thru 69kV, 477kcmil & smaller, Hot Stick Work only
Recommended Hot Line Tools List
Item Qty.
Catalog No.
R eco mmen d ed Hot L i n e To ol s L i s ts – 2 600
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
1
PSC4050299XXX
1
12
1
1
2
5
2
1
1
6
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
600'
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
C4002365
M1904
C4033178
H1917
C4002335
H17605
M4660
T3060025
C4170151
C4002320
C4170144
C4170146
C4032999
PSC3090467
C4001175
C4002399
T4001938
T4001708
C4000799
T4001265
T4001258
22302
M1849
C4170589
C4170139
C4170140
C4170141
C3050008
WPH3
T161340H
T16845H
T165640H
T165650H
C4030293
C4033068
C4031022EM
H185525
C4030185
T4033009
C4031085
H17604
M1860
C4031114
M44559
M445523
P4030369P
C4032213
M445529B
M445550
M445563
M1889
T4031101
C4030175
Page 1 of 2
Description
Tool trailer walk in type with side door on curb side. See Cat.
Section 2500 for details.
Cleaning kit
Wiping cloth
Hot stick tester
Bond patching kit
Dry film lubricant
Tool hanger
Tool rack
Tarp
Line hose bag
Silicone spray
Tool bucket, large
Tool bucket, small
Blanket canister
Nylon hoist
Hoist link stick 12"
Hoist link stick 18"
Transformer gin
Crossarm gin
Composite braided rope 1⁄2"
Fid & pusher 1⁄2"
Nylon blocks w/150' composite braid rope
Snatch block, 1,000# capacity
Hand line hook
Nylon sling 5' x 13⁄4" DT
Nylon sling 3' x 13⁄4"
Nylon sling 4' x 13⁄4"
Nylon sling 5' x 13⁄4"
Cant hook
Wire puller hook
Wire grip
Wire grip
Wire grip
Wire grip
Grip-all clampstick
Wire holding stick
Telescoping measuring disconnect
Tie stick
All angle cog wrench
Torque extension stick for hydraulic powered tools
Socket set
Universal pole
Crossarm tool hanger
Universal tool kit
Disconnect head
Hack saw
Hack saw blade
Pruning saw
Clampstick head
Skinning knife
Cleaning brush
Cleaning brush replacements
Adjustable insulator fork
Plastic insulator tool
Catalog
Section
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
1100
1100
1100
1200
1200
1250
NS
1250
1250
1250
NS
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2618
November 2013
Recommended Hot Line Tools List
Item Qty.
Catalog No.
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
4
1
4
4
4
4
1
6
2
3
1
2
1
C4030834
C4031071
C4031416
C4031417
C4032861
H18716
H21064
H46458
H464510
H464712
H464716
M47403W
M47405W
C4000073
M4743
M17285
M18474
M1846W
M4760W
C6001016
M47602
PSC4000075002
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
2
2
1
3
2
1
1
2
1
1
3
3
3
1
1
1
12
6
4
4
3
2
3
2
2
12
3
12
4
4
24
1
1
1
12
1
1
C4000517
M48057
T4002272
H47144
H47152
C4010410
M1942
M19483
H18408
C6000000
J1541522
J3511522
PSC6010342
C4021079
C4021173
C4020024
C4060181GA
C4060182
M49371
M49372
M49376
C4060097
C4060092
C4060102
M4933
C4060084GA
C4060046
C4060305
C4060346
C4060348
C4060530
H18761
H18762
C4033374
C6001734
T6000641
T6000865
Page 2 of 2
Description
Hot Rodder, large
Hot Rodder, small
Tie wire claw
Utility head
Hydraulic cutters
Hot cutter light duty
Tree trimmer
Wire tong 11⁄2" x 8'
Wire tong 11⁄2" x 10'
Wire tong 21⁄2" x 12'
Wire tong 21⁄2" x 16'
Wire tong saddle 11⁄2"
Wire tong saddle 21⁄2"
Saddle extension
Wire tong block clamp
Wire tong pole clevis
Extension chain
Rope snubbing bracket
Lever lift
Epoxiglas® lever lift
Arbor adapter
Dual auxiliary arm with four M48057 insulators and four
C4000268 roller wire holders
Temporary crossarm support
Insulators
Corner restraint bracket
Roller wire holder
Link stick
Distribution strain carrier
Steel chain
Ratchet wrench
Insulator cradle
Static ground
Jumper set 15kV (15 ft.)
Jumper set 35kV (15 ft.)
Temporary cutout
Insulated platform 8'
Platform pivot
Platform railing for 8'
Conductor cover
Insulator cover
Pole cover 9" x 1'
Pole cover 9" x 2'
Pole cover 9" x 6'
Pole top cover
Post insulator cover
Crossarm end cover
Crossarm guard
Spiral cover
Insulator cover
Flexible line hose
Blanket, solid
Blanket, slotted
Hot stick blanket pin
Phasing set
Extension resistors
Auto-ranging voltage indicator
Ground clamp
Ground set
Bag for ground set
Catalog
Section
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
NS
2200
2200
2200
2250
2250
2250
2250
2250
2250
2250
NS
NS
2300
2350
2350
2350
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2405
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2450
2450
2450
3000
3000
3000
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 2619
Reco mmen d ed Hot L i n e To ol s L i s t s – 2600
15 thru 69kV, 477kcmil & smaller, Hot Stick Work only
69kV, 477kcmil & smaller - No Underbuild, Hot Stick Work only
Recommended Hot Line Tools List
Item
R eco mmen d ed Hot L i n e To ol s L i s ts – 2 600
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
Page 1 of 2
Catalog No.
Description
1
PSC4050299XXX
1
12
1
1
2
5
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1200'
1
4
4
2
4
2
2
4
4
4
4
1
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
6
C4002365
M1904
C4033178
H1917
C4002335
H17605
M4660
T3060025
C4170151
C4170144
C4170146
PSC3090467
C3081190
C3080925
C4170346
C3080856
C4000799
T4001265
T4001258
22302
C4176067
M1849
C4170588
C4170589
C4170139
C4170140
C4170141
C4170142
C3050008
T161340H
T16845H
T165640H
T165650H
C4030293
C4033068
C4033069
C4031022EM
H185525
C4030186
C4031085
H17604
H176010
M1860
C4031114
M445519
M445523
P4030369P
Tool trailer walk in type with side door on curb side. See Cat.
Section 2500 for details.
Cleaning kit
Wiping cloth
Hot stick tester
Bond patching kit
Dry film lubricant
Tool hanger
Tool rack
Tarp
Line hose bag
Tool bucket, large
Tool bucket, small
Nylon hoist
Gasoline capstan, 1,000# capacity
Universal bracket
Chain clamp
Rope lock device
Composite braid rope
Fid & pusher 1⁄2"
Nylon blocks w/150' composite braid rope
Snatch block, 1,000# capacity
Snatch block, 2,500# capacity
Hand line hook
Nylon sling 3' x 1" DT
Nylon sling 5' x 13⁄4" DT
Nylon sling 3' x 13⁄4"
Nylon sling 4' x 13⁄4"
Nylon sling 5' x 13⁄4"
Nylon sling 6' x 13⁄4"
Cant hook
Wire grip
Wire grip
Wire grip
Wire grip
Grip-all clampstick
Wire holding stick 6'
Wire holding stick 8'
Telescoping measuring stick
Tie stick
All angle cog wrench
Socket set
Universal pole 11⁄4" x 8'
Universal pole 11⁄4" x 10'
Tool hanger
Universal tool kit
Cotter key pusher
Hack saw
Hack saw blade
Qty.
Catalog
Section
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
1100
1150
1150
1150
1150
1250
NS
1250
1250
1250
1250
NS
NS
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2620
November 2013
69kV, 477kcmil & smaller - No Underbuild, Hot Stick Work only
Item
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
Page 2 of 2
Qty.
Catalog No.
Description
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
4
2
4
4
4
4
4
1
6
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
C4032213
T4031101
M445585
M445587
C4030834
C4030126P
C4030175
C4032861
H18716
H46458
H464510
H464712
H464716
M47403W
M47405W
C4000073
M4743
M18474
M1846W
M4760W
C4001016
M47602
T4002272
H47152
H47144
C4010410
M19483
H18408
C6000000
C4033374
C4021079
C4020024
C4021173
M49371
M49372
C4060102
M4933
Pruning saw
Adjustable insulator fork
Hammer
Ball socket adjuster
Hot Rodder tool
Ball socket adjuster plastisol coated
Plastic insulator tool
Hydraulic cutters
Wire cutters light duty
Wire tong 11⁄2" x 8'
Wire tong 11⁄2" x 10'
Wire tong 21⁄2" x 12'
Wire tong 21⁄2" x 16'
Wire tong saddle 11⁄2"
Wire tong saddle 21⁄2"
Saddle extension
Wire tong block clamp
Extension chain
Rope snubbing bracket
Lever lift
Epoxiglas® Lever lift
Arbor adapter
Corner restraint bracket
Link stick 11⁄4" x 4'
Roller link stick
Distribution strain carrier
Ratchet wrench
Insulator cradle
Static ground
Auto-ranging voltage indicator
Insulated platform 8'
Platform railing
Platform pivot
Pole cover 9" x 1'
Pole cover 9" x 2'
Crossarm end guard
Crossarm guard
Catalog
Section
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
NS
2100
2100
2100
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2250
2250
2250
2250
2250
2250
2450
2350
2350
2350
2400
2400
2400
2400
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 2621
Reco mmen d ed Hot L i n e To ol s L i s t s – 2600
Recommended Hot Line Tools List
69kV, 477kcmil & smaller - with Underbuild, Hot Stick Work only
Recommended Hot Line Tools List
Page 1 of 2
Catalog
Section
Catalog No.
R eco mmen d ed Hot L i n e To ol s L i s ts – 2 600
Item
Qty.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
1
PSC4050299XXX
1
12
1
1
2
5
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1200'
1
4
4
2
4
2
2
4
4
4
4
1
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
C4002365
M1904
C4033178
H1917
C4002335
H17605
M4660
T3060025
C4170151
C4170144
C4170146
PSC3090467
C3081190
C3080925
C4170346
C3080856
C4000799
T4001265
T4001258
22302
C4176067
M1849
C4170588
C4170589
C4170139
C4170140
C4170141
C4170142
C3050008
T161340H
T16845H
T165640H
T165650H
C4030293
C4033068
C4033069
C4031022EM
H185525
C4030186
C4031085
H17604
H176010
M1860
C4031114
M445519
Tool trailer walk in type with side door on curb side. See Cat.
Section 2500 for details.
Cleaning kit
Wiping cloth
Hot stick tester
Bond patching kit
Dry film lubricant
Tool hanger
Tool rack
Tarp
Line hose bag
Tool bucket, large
Tool bucket, small
Nylon hoist
Gasoline capstan, 1,000# capacity
Universal bracket
Chain clamp
Rope lock device
Composite braid rope
Fid & pusher
Nylon blocks w/150' composite braid rope
Snatch block, 1,000# capacity
Snatch block, 2,500# capacity
Hand line hook
Nylon sling 3' x 1" DT
Nylon sling 5' x 13⁄4" DT
Nylon sling 3' x 13⁄4"
Nylon sling 4' x 13⁄4"
Nylon sling 5' x 13⁄4"
Nylon sling 6' x 13⁄4"
Cant hook
Wire grip
Wire grip
Wire grip
Wire grip
Grip-all clampstick
Wire holding stick 6'
Wire holding stick 8'
Telescoping measuring stick
Tie stick
All angle cog wrench
Socket set
Universal pole 11⁄4" x 8'
Universal pole 11⁄4" x 10'
Tool hanger
Universal tool kit
Cotter key pusher
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
1100
1150
1150
1150
1150
1250
NS
1250
1250
1250
1250
NS
NS
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2622
November 2013
69kV, 477kcmil & smaller - with Underbuild, Hot Stick Work only
Item
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
Page 2 of 2
Qty.
Catalog No.
Description
1
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
4
2
4
4
4
4
4
2
3
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
12
6
12
3
2
4
4
24
M445523
P4030369P
C4032213
T4031101
M445585
M445587
C4030834
C4030126P
C4030175
C4032861
H18716
H46458
H464510
H464712
H464716
M47403W
M47405W
C4000073
M4743
M18474
M1846W
M4760W
C4001016
M47602
T4002272
H47152
H47144
C4010410
M19483
H18408
C6000000
C4033374
C4021079
C4020024
C4021173
M49371
M49372
C4060102
M4933
C4060181GA
C4020182
C4060084GA
C4060046
C4032999
C4060346
C4060348
C4060531
Hack saw
Hack saw blade
Pruning saw
Adjustable insulator fork
Hammer
Ball socket adjuster
Hot Rodder tool
Ball socket adjuster plastisol coated
Plastic insulator tool
Hydraulic cutters
Wire cutters light duty
Wire tong 11⁄2" x 8'
Wire tong 11⁄2" x 10'
Wire tong 21⁄2" x 12'
Wire tong 21⁄2" x 16'
Wire tong saddle 11⁄2"
Wire tong saddle 21⁄2"
Wire tong saddle extension
Wire tong block clamp
Extension chain
Rope snubbing bracket
Lever lift
Epoxiglas® Lever lift
Arbor adapter
Corner restraint bracket
Link stick 11⁄4" x 4'
Roller link stick
Distribution strain carrier
Ratchet wrench
Insulator cradle
Static ground
Auto-ranging voltage indicator
Insulated platform 8'
Platform railing
Platform pivot
Pole cover 9" x 1'
Pole cover 9" x 2'
Crossarm end guard
Crossarm guard
Conductor cover
Insulator cover
Conductor cover spiral
Insulator cover
Blanket canister
Blanket
Slotted blanket
Hot stick blanket pin
Catalog
Section
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
NS
2100
2150
2150
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2250
2250
2250
2250
2250
2250
2450
2350
2350
2350
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2500
2400
2400
2400
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 2623
Reco mmen d ed Hot L i n e To ol s L i s t s – 2600
Recommended Hot Line Tools List
69 thru 161kV, 477kcmil & smaller
- No Underbuild, Hot Stick Work only
Recommended Hot Line Tools List
Item Qty.
Catalog No.
R eco mmen d ed Hot L i n e To ol s L i s ts – 2 600
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
1
PSC4050299XXX
1
12
1
1
2
5
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1200'
1
4
4
2
4
2
2
4
4
4
4
1
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
C4002365
M1904
C4033178
H1917
C4002335
H17605
M4660
T3060025
C4170151
C4170144
C4170146
PSC3090467
C3081190
C3080925
C4170346
C3080856
C4000799
T4001265
T4001258
22302
C4176067
M1849
C4170588
C4170589
C4170139
C4170140
C4170141
C4170142
C3050008
T161340H
T16845H
T165640H
T165650H
C4030293
C4033068
C4033069
C4031022EM
H185525
C4030186
C4031085
H17604
H176010
M1860
C4031114
M445519
Page 1 of 2
Description
Tool trailer walk in type with side door on curb side. See Cat.
Section 2500 for details.
Cleaning kit
Wiping cloth
Hot stick tester
Bond patching kit
Dry film lubricant
Tool hanger
Tool rack
Tarp
Line hose bag
Tool bucket, large
Tool bucket, small
Nylon hoist
Gasoline capstan, 1,000# capacity
Universal bracket
Chain clamp
Rope lock device
Composite braid rope
Fid & pusher
Nylon blocks w/150' composite braid rope
Snatch block, 1,000# capacity
Snatch block, 2,500# capacity
Hand line hook
Nylon sling 3' x 1" DT
Nylon sling 5' x 13⁄4" DT
Nylon sling 3' x 13⁄4"
Nylon sling 4' x 13⁄4"
Nylon sling 5' x 13⁄4"
Nylon sling 6' x 13⁄4"
Cant hook
Wire grip
Wire grip
Wire grip
Wire grip
Grip-all clampstick
Wire holding stick 6'
Wire holding stick 8'
Telescoping measuring stick
Tie stick
All angle cog wrench
Socket set
Universal pole 11⁄4" x 8'
Universal pole 11⁄4" x 10'
Tool hanger
Universal tool kit
Cotter key pusher
Catalog
Section
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
1100
1150
1150
1150
1150
1250
NS
1250
1250
1250
1250
NS
NS
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2624
November 2013
Recommended Hot Line Tools List
Item Qty.
Catalog No.
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
1
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
4
2
4
4
4
4
4
2
3
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
4
2
1
1
3
M445523
P4030369P
C4032213
T4031101
M445585
M445587
C4030834
C4030126P
C4030175
C4032861
H18716
H46458
H464510
H464712
H464716
M47403W
M47405W
C4000073
M4743
M18474
M1846W
M4760W
C4001016
M47602
T4002272
H47152
H47144
C4010410
M19483
H18408
C6000000
C4033375
C4021079
C4020024
C4021173
M49371
M49372
C4060102
M4933
H4718
C4012144
C4011721
E4012068P
H45403002
91
92
93
2
1
1
M47241
H47232
H47234
Page 2 of 2
Description
Hack saw
Hack saw blade
Pruning saw
Adjustable insulator fork
Hammer
Ball socket adjuster
Hot Rodder tool
Ball socket adjuster plastisol coated
Plastic insulator tool
Hydraulic cutters
Wire cutters light duty
Wire tong 11⁄2" x 8'
Wire tong 11⁄2" x 10'
Wire tong 21⁄2" x 12'
Wire tong 21⁄2" x 16'
Wire tong saddle 11⁄2"
Wire tong saddle 21⁄2"
Wire tong saddle extension
Wire tong block clamp
Extension chain
Rope snubbing bracket
Lever lift
Epoxiglas® Lever lift
Arbor adapter
Corner restraint bracket
Link stick 11⁄4" x 4'
Roller link stick
Distribution strain carrier
Ratchet wrench
Insulator cradle
Static ground
Auto-ranging voltage indicator
Insulated platform 8'
Platform railing
Platform pivot
Pole cover 9" x 1'
Pole cover 9" x 2'
Crossarm end guard
Crossarm guard
Link stick 11⁄2" x 4'
Adjustable strain pole
Cold end yoke
Small extended trunnion
Pole 11⁄2"-diameter x 10' with butt swivel on end and
plastisol cap on other
Adjustable hook assembly
Fork suspension tool attachment
Trolley wheel
Catalog
Section
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
NS
2100
2100
2100
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2250
2250
2250
2250
2250
2250
2450
2350
2350
2350
2400
2400
2400
2400
2250
2250
2250
2250
NS
2250
2250
2250
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 2625
Reco mmen d ed Hot L i n e To ol s L i s t s – 2600
69 thru 161kV, 477kcmil & smaller
- No Underbuild, Hot Stick Work only
69 – 161kV, 477kcmil & smaller
- with Underbuild, Hot Stick Work only
Recommended Hot Line Tools List
Item Qty.
Catalog No.
R eco mmen d ed Hot L i n e To ol s L i s ts – 2 600
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
1
PSC4050299XXX
1
12
1
1
2
5
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1200'
1
4
4
2
4
2
2
4
4
4
4
1
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
6
1
1
C4002365
M1904
C4033178
H1917
C4002335
H17605
M4660
T3060025
C4170151
C4170144
C4170146
PSC3090467
C3081190
C3080925
C4170346
C3080856
C4000799
T4001265
T4001258
22302
C4176067
M1849
C4170588
C4170589
C4170139
C4170140
C4170141
C4170142
C3050008
T161340H
T16845H
T165640H
T165650H
C4030293
C4033068
C4033069
C4031022EM
H185525
C4030186
C4031085
H17604
H176010
M1860
C4031114
M445519
M445523
P4030369P
C4032213
T4031101
Page 1 of 2
Description
Tool trailer walk in type with side door on curb side. See Cat.
Section 2500 for details.
Cleaning kit
Wiping cloth
Hot stick tester
Bond patching kit
Dry film lubricant
Tool hanger
Tool rack
Tarp
Line hose bag
Tool bucket, large
Tool bucket, small
Nylon hoist
Gasoline capstan, 1,000# capacity
Universal bracket
Chain clamp
Rope lock device
Composite braid rope
Fid & pusher
Nylon blocks w/150' composite braid rope
Snatch block, 1,000# capacity
Snatch block, 2,500# capacity
Hand line hook
Nylon sling 3' x 1" DT
Nylon sling 5' x 13⁄4" DT
Nylon sling 3' x 13⁄4"
Nylon sling 4' x 13⁄4"
Nylon sling 5' x 13⁄4"
Nylon sling 6' x 13⁄4"
Cant hook
Wire grip
Wire grip
Wire grip
Wire grip
Grip-all clampstick
Wire holding stick 6'
Wire holding stick 8'
Telescoping measuring stick
Tie stick
All angle cog wrench
Socket set
Universal pole 11⁄4" x 8'
Universal pole 11⁄4" x 10'
Tool hanger
Universal tool kit
Cotter key pusher
Hack saw
Hack saw blade
Pruning saw
Adjustable insulator fork
Catalog
Section
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
1100
1150
1150
1150
1150
1250
NS
1250
1250
1250
1250
NS
NS
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2626
November 2013
Recommended Hot Line Tools List
Item Qty.
Catalog No.
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
4
2
4
4
4
4
4
2
3
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
4
2
1
2
3
M445585
M445587
C4030834
C4030126P
C4030175
C4032861
H18716
H46458
H464510
H464712
H464716
M47403W
M47405W
C4000073
M4743
M18474
M1846W
M4760W
C4001016
M47602
T4002272
H47152
H47144
C4010410
M19483
H18408
C6000000
C4033375
C4021079
C4020024
C4021173
M49371
M49372
C4060102
M4933
H4718
C4012144
C4011721
E4012068P
PSH45403002
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
2
1
1
12
6
12
3
2
4
4
24
M47241
H47232
H47234
C4060181GA
C4060182
C4060084GA
C4060046
C4032999
C4060346
C4060348
C4060530
Page 2 of 2
Description
Hammer
Ball socket adjuster
Hot Rodder tool
Ball socket adjuster plastisol coated
Plastic insulator tool
Hydraulic cutters
Wire cutters light duty
Wire tong 11⁄2" x 8'
Wire tong 11⁄2" x 10'
Wire tong 21⁄2" x 12'
Wire tong 21⁄2" x 16'
Wire tong saddle 11⁄2"
Wire tong saddle 21⁄2"
Wire tong saddle extension
Wire tong block clamp
Extension chain
Rope snubbing bracket
Lever lift
Epoxiglas® Lever lift
Arbor adapter
Corner restraint bracket
Link stick 11⁄4" x 4'
Roller link stick
Distribution strain carrier
Ratchet wrench
Insulator cradle
Static ground
Auto-ranging voltage indicator
Insulated platform 8'
Platform railing
Platform pivot
Pole cover 9" x 1'
Pole cover 9" x 2'
Crossarm end guard
Crossarm guard
Link stick 11⁄2" x 4'
Adjustable strain pole
Cold end yoke
Small extended trunnion
Blank pole to be 11⁄2" x 10' with butt swivel on end and
plastisol cap on other
Adjustable hook assembly
Fork suspension tool attachment
Trolley wheel
Conductor cover
Insulator cover
Spiral conductor cover
Insulator cover
Blanket canister
Blanket, solid
Blanket, slotted
Hot stick blanket pin
Catalog
Section
2100
2100
2100
NS
2100
2100
2100
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2250
2250
2250
2250
2250
2250
2450
2350
2350
2350
2400
2400
2400
2400
2250
2250
2250
2250
NS
2250
2250
2250
2400
2400
2400
2400
2500
2400
2400
2400
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 2627
Reco mmen d ed Hot L i n e To ol s L i s t s – 2600
69 – 161kV, 477kcmil & smaller
- with Underbuild, Hot Stick Work only
R ubb er I n s u l at i n g G l oves & Sl eeve s – 26 50
Lineman grade gloves & sleeves™
Table of Contents
From the name you trust and the brand you depend on:
Chance Lineman Grade Gloves and Sleeves
Chance natural rubber insulating gloves and sleeves are available in several ASTM voltage classes and a full range of sizes.
Manufactured for your ultimate protection and comfort, Chance Lineman Grade Gloves and Sleeves deliver the innovation and
dependability you demand.
Subject
Page
Responsible Manufacturing and Quality Assurance
2653
Guidelines for Inspection and Care
2654
General Reference: Ratings, Labels, Sizing, Protectors
2656
Rubber Insulating Gloves
Low Voltage Class 00 & 0
2657
High Voltage Class 1, 2, 3, 4
Straight Cuff
2658
Bell Cuff
2659
High Voltage Class 2, 3, 4
Contour Cuff
Leather Protector Gloves & Cotton Glove Liners
2660
2661
Rubber Insulating Sleeves & Accessories
High Voltage Class 2, 3, 4
Storage/Service Bags
2662
2663
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2652
June 2014
Chance® Rubber Insulating Gloves and Sleeves
Green & Made With Environmentally-Responsible Processes
Aqueous Dip Process
• Water-based method avoids Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs)
• VOCs are flammable and harmful to the environment
• Aqueous Process helps rubber products retain elasticity, flexibility and
great insulation inherent to natural rubber
Biomass Boilers
Rub b e r I ns u l at i n g G l oves & Sl eeves – 2650
• Steam for Chance® rubber glove production is generated by Biomass boilers
• No oil or natural gas is burned in the process
• Process burns environmentally friendly byproducts from palm oil industry
• This bio-fuel makes the boiler emissions effectively carbon neutral
Waste Water High-Tech Treatment
• State-of-the-art water treatment system
• Makes all waste water used in glove-making process safe for reuse or
discharge
ISO 14001 Certified For Environmental Management
• Designed for high achievement and low impact on environment
• Manufacturing plant in Malaysia that produces Chance rubber gloves has
earned ISO 14001 certification
• Plant also won environmental-responsibility award from Malaysian
government
Superior Quality Assurance
Critical Measures Taken To Ensure Worker Safety
Top-Quality Assurance
• Chance rubber gloves are manufactured in an ISO 9001-certified facility
• Industry-leading technological innovations
• Promotes product safety
• Reduces environmental impact
100% Visually & Electrically Tested
• Every pair of gloves is visually inspected inside and outside
• Electrically proof tested for 3 minutes per ASTM D120
Full Product Traceability
• Every glove is marked with electrical-testing/born-on date
• Includes lot code on outside of glove
• Safety stamp on inside of glove
• These three markings indicate manufacturing location and process
Certified Chemical & Physical Laboratory
• Rubber compounds and finished gloves are closely analyzed and inspected
• This is completed using the ISO 17025 certified laboratory in the factory
Quality Assurance Inspections
• QA visual and electrical checks are performed on all gloves
• Every glove shipment is inspected at our distribution center in Centralia,
Missouri
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
June 2014
Page 2653
Rubber Glove Inspection Tips
Do!
R ubb er I n s u l at i n g G l oves & Sl eeve s – 26 50
• Follow company work procedures and safety rules
• Inspect gloves and sleeves daily for damage
• Wear proper leather protectors over rubber gloves
• Wash gloves or sleeves with mild soap and rinse
thoroughly with water
• Let gloves or sleeves air dry at room temperature or less
than 120° F (49° C)
• Store gloves and sleeves in a protective bag
Don’t!
• Wear jewelry or sharp objects when using rubber gloves
or sleeves
• Wear damaged gloves or sleeves
• Store gloves or sleeves inside out, folded, or ways
causing stretching or compression
• Store gloves or sleeves near sources of UV, Ozone or
heat
• Allow gloves or sleeves to contact petroleum-based
products (oil, gas, solvent, hand creams)
•Checking or
cracks due to
UV or ozone
•Splits, cuts or
holes from
snags and
punctures
•Grooves
worn due to
rope burns
or heat
exposure
Reduce Hand Fatigue
with Chance® Rubber Gloves
Straight fingers relative
to palm
help prevent
fatigue of tendons
in back of hands
Natural
rubber
formula
provides
excellent
flexibility &
electrical
insulation
Oval-shaped fingers help provide
“No-Dead-Spots” feel & better
dexterity
Straight wrist
in natural rest
position helps
avoid fatiguing
forearms
& hands
•Weak creases
resulting from
being left too
long inside
out or folded
•Electrical
puncture
Wide cuff
for improved
comfort &
air-flow
ASTM label assures every glove has been made & tested to
ASTM D120
•“Blooms” or
“swells” from
chemicals, oils
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2654
June 2014
Perform daily and periodic tests
Manual Inflation:
per ASTM F 1236
See industry reference: ASTM F1236
Standard Guide for Visual Inspection
of Electrical Protective Rubber Products
1 Grasp glove
Rub b e r I ns u l at i n g G l oves & Sl eeves – 2650
Mechanical Inflators
ASTM F 1236 maximum inflation limits:
• Type I 2 times normal size
• Type II 11⁄4 times normal size
2 Stretch to
seal closed
Test gloves both
Outside
and
Inside
Out
3 Press and
roll tightly
6 Hold close to ear,
4 Twirl glove,
squeeze to add
pressure, listen
and feel for
pinhole leaks
rotating on
rolled ends
7 Turn glove inside out and repeat process
5 Entrap air
by holding
in one hand
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
June 2014
Page 2655
Lineman grade gloves
™
General Reference
From the name you trust and the brand you depend on:
Chance Lineman Grade Gloves
R ubb er I n s u l at i n g G l oves & Sl eeve s – 26 50
• Insulating gloves should be used by properly trained personnel
• Comply with ASTM D120 standards for rubber insulating gloves for each voltage rating
• Table below summarizes rubber insulating gloves ratings and labels per ASTM
Selecting
the right
size for you
• Selecting the right
size ensures a
comfortable wear
without sacrificing
dexterity
• Allow approximately an additional
0.5" if liners will be used
Class
Max. Use
Voltage
AC / DC
00*
*Gloves
only
500 / 750
0
1,000 / 1,500
Proof Test
Voltage
AC / DC
Label Color
2,500 / 10,000
Beige
5,000 / 20,000
Red
1
We’re
taking
responsibility…
7,500 / 11,250
10,000 / 40,000
White
2
17,000 / 25,500
20,000 / 50,000
• Gloves are manufactured
using environmentally conscious processes
Yellow
3
• Processes make the most efficient use of raw materials
and natural resources
26,500 / 39,750
30,000 / 60,000
Green
• When workers wear our
gloves they are also helping
limit VOC and CO2 emissions
4
36,000 / 54,000
40,000 / 70,000
Orange
Leather Protector Considerations
CLEARANCE TABLE FOR LEATHER
PROTECTORS PER ASTM F496
• Must meet ASTM specification F696
• Should always be worn over rubber insulating gloves
• This prevents mechanical damage to the rubber gloves,
except for those conditions detailed in ASTM F496
• Protector must be properly sized and shaped
Leather
Protector
to avoid deformation or damage
Glove
• Minimum distances between gauntlet Flashover
and cuff are listed in the table shown Distance
For more details on leather protectors or
rubber gloves, please refer to ASTM D120,
F496 and F696.
Rubber
Insulating
Glove
Cuff
Glove
Class
Leather
Protector
Cuff
Minimum Distance Between
Protectors and Rubber Gloves
in.
mm
00, 0
1/2
13
1
1
25
2
2
51
3
3
76
4
4
102
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2656
June 2014
Lineman grade gloves
™
Straight Cuff - ASTM Class 00, 0
Features & Applications
• Constructed for high dielectric and physical strength
• Exceed ASTM D120
• Available in straight cuff lengths of 11" and 14"
• Type I Chance Gloves come in red, yellow, black or
black-yellow
• The ultimate source of protection expected from the
Chance name
• Offers a new level of comfort and flexibility
Rub b e r I ns u l at i n g G l oves & Sl eeves – 2650
Ergonomic innovation. Superior products. Timely solutions.
Just a few of the reasons the industry turns to Hubbell Power Systems and the Chance brand.
Color: BLACK UNDER YELLOW
Size
Class 0
14”
7
8
8.5
9
9.5
10
10.5
11
12
PSC014BY7
PSC014BY8
PSC014BY8H
PSC014BY9
PSC014BY9H
PSC014BY10
PSC014BY10H
PSC014BY11
PSC014BY12
Color: RED
Size
7
8
8.5
9
9.5
10
10.5
11
12
Class 00
11”
11”
Class 0
14”
PSC0011R7
PSC0011R8
PSC0011R8H
PSC0011R9
PSC0011R9H
PSC0011R10
PSC0011R10H
PSC0011R11
PSC0011R12
PSC011R7
PSC011R8
PSC011R8H
PSC011R9
PSC011R9H
PSC011R10
PSC011R10H
PSC011R11
PSC011R12
PSC014R7
PSC014R8
PSC014R8H
PSC014R9
PSC014R9H
PSC014R10
PSC014R10H
PSC014R11
PSC014R12
Color: YELLOW
Size
11”
14”
11”
14”
7
8
8.5
9
9.5
10
10.5
11
12
PSC0011Y7
PSC0011Y8
PSC0011Y8H
PSC0011Y9
PSC0011Y9H
PSC0011Y10
PSC0011Y10H
PSC0011Y11
PSC0011Y12
PSC0014Y7
PSC0014Y8
PSC0014Y8H
PSC0014Y9
PSC0014Y9H
PSC0014Y10
PSC0014Y10H
PSC0014Y11
PSC0014Y12
PSC011Y7
PSC011Y8
PSC011Y8H
PSC011Y9
PSC011Y9H
PSC011Y10
PSC014Y10H
PSC011Y11
PSC011Y12
PSC014Y7
PSC014Y8
PSC014Y8H
PSC014Y9
PSC014Y9H
PSC014Y10
PSC014Y10H
PSC014Y11
PSC014Y12
Color: BLACK
Size
7
8
8.5
9
9.5
10
10.5
11
12
Class 00
Class 0
Class 00
Class 0
11”
14”
11”
14”
PSC0011B7
PSC0011B8
PSC0011B8H
PSC0011B9
PSC0011B9H
PSC0011B10
PSC0011B10H
PSC0011B11
PSC0011B12
PSC0014B7
PSC0014B8
PSC0014B8H
PSC0014B9
PSC0014B9H
PSC0014B10
PSC0014B10H
PSC0014B11
PSC0014B12
PSC011B7
PSC011B8
PSC011B8H
PSC011B9
PSC011B9H
PSC011B10
PSC011B10H
PSC011B11
PSC011B12
PSC014B7
PSC014B8
PSC014B8H
PSC014B9
PSC014B9H
PSC014B10
PSC014B10H
PSC014B11
PSC014B12
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
June 2014
Page 2657
Lineman grade gloves
™
Straight Cuff - ASTM Class 1, 2, 3, 4
From the name you trust and the brand you depend on:
Chance Lineman Grade Gloves
R ubb er I n s u l at i n g G l oves & Sl eeve s – 26 50
Features & Applications
• Constructed for high dielectric and physical strength
• Exceed ASTM D120
• Available in straight cuff lengths of 14", 16” and 18"
• Type I Chance Gloves come in black or two contrasting
colors
• The ultimate source of protection expected from the
Chance name
• Offers a new level of comfort and flexibility
Ergonomic innovation. Superior products. Timely solutions.
Just a few of the reasons the industry turns to Hubbell Power Systems and the Chance brand.
Color Black
Class 1
Class 2
Size 14"
16"
14"
16"
8 PSC114B8 PSC116B8 PSC214B8 PSC216B8
8.5 PSC114B8H PSC116B8H PSC214B8H PSC216B8H
9
PSC114B9 PSC116B9 PSC214B9 PSC216B9
9.5 PSC114B9H PSC116B9H PSC214B9H PSC216B9H
10 PSC114B10 PSC116B10 PSC214B10 PSC216B10
10.5 PSC114B10H PSC116B10H PSC214B10H PSC216B10H
11 PSC114B11 PSC116B11 PSC214B11 PSC216B11
12 PSC114B12 PSC116B12 PSC214B12 PSC216B12
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Color Red under Black
Class 1
Class 2
Class 3
Class 4
Size 14"
16"
14"
16"
18"
16
18"
16"
18"
8 PSC114RB8 PSC116RB8 PSC214RB8 PSC216RB8 PSC218RB8 PSC316RB8 PSC318RB8
-
8.5 PSC114RB8H PSC116RB8H PSC214RB8H PSC216RB8H PSC218RB8H PSC316RB8H PSC318RB8H
-
9 PSC114RB9 PSC116RB9 PSC214RB9 PSC216RB9 PSC218RB9 PSC316RB9 PSC318RB9 PSC416RB9 PSC418RB9
9.5 PSC114RB9H PSC116RB9H PSC214RB9H PSC216RB9H PSC218RB9H PSC316RB9H PSC318RB9H PSC416RB9H PSC418RB9H
10 PSC114RB10 PSC116RB10 PSC214RB10 PSC216RB10 PSC218RB10 PSC316RB10 PSC318RB10 PSC416RB10 PSC418RB10
10.5 PSC114RB10H PSC116RB10H PSC214RB10H PSC216RB10H PSC218RB10H PSC316RB10H PSC318RB10H PSC416RB10H PSC418RB10H
11 PSC114RB11 PSC116RB11 PSC214RB11 PSC216RB11 PSC218RB11 PSC316RB11 PSC318RB11 PSC416RB11 PSC418RB11
12 PSC114RB12 PSC116RB12 PSC214RB12 PSC216RB12 PSC218RB12 PSC316RB12 PSC318RB12 PSC416RB12 PSC418RB12
Color Yellow under Black
Class 1
Class 2
Class 3
Class 4
Size 14"
16"
14"
16"
18"
16"
18"
16" 18"
8 PSC114YB8 PSC116YB8 PSC214YB8 PSC216YB8 PSC218YB8 PSC316YB8 PSC318YB8
-
-
8.5 PSC114YB8H PSC116YB8H PSC214YB8H PSC216YB8H PSC218YB8H PSC316YB8H PSC318YB8H
-
9 PSC114YB9 PSC116YB9 PSC214YB9 PSC216YB9 PSC218YB9 PSC316YB9 PSC318YB9 PSC416YB9 PSC418YB9
9.5 PSC114YB9H PSC116YB9H PSC214YB9H PSC216YB9H PSC218YB9H PSC316YB9H PSC318YB9H PSC416YB9H PSC418YB9H
10 PSC114YB10 PSC116YB10 PSC214YB10 PSC216YB10 PSC218YB10 PSC316YB10 PSC318YB10 PSC416YB10 PSC418YB10
10.5 PSC114YB10H PSC116YB10H PSC214YB10H PSC216YB10H PSC218YB10H PSC316YB10H PSC318YB10H PSC416YB10H PSC418YB10H
11 PSC114YB11 PSC116YB11 PSC214YB11 PSC216YB11 PSC218YB11 PSC316YB11 PSC318YB11 PSC416YB11 PSC418YB11
12 PSC114YB12 PSC116YB12 PSC214YB12 PSC216YB12 PSC218YB12 PSC316YB12 PSC318YB12 PSC416YB12 PSC418YB12
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2658
June 2014
Lineman grade gloves
™
Bell Cuff - ASTM Class 1, 2, 3, 4
Features & Applications
• The ultimate source of protection expected from the
Chance name
• Offers a new level of comfort and flexibility
• Constructed for high dielectric and physical strength
• Exceed ASTM D120
• Available in bell cuff lengths of 14", 16” and 18"
• Type I Chance Gloves come in two contrasting colors
Ergonomic innovation. Superior products. Timely solutions.
Just a few of the reasons the industry turns to Hubbell Power Systems and the Chance brand.
Color Red under Black
Class 1
Size 14"
16"
Class 2
14"
16"
18"
Class 3
16"
18"
Class 4
16"
18"
9 PSC114BCRB9 PSC116BCRB9 PSC214BCRB9 PSC216BCRB9 PSC218BCRB9 PSC316BCRB9 PSC318BCRB9 PSC416BCRB9 PSC418BCRB9
9.5 PSC114BCRB9H PSC116BCRB9H PSC214BCRB9H PSC216BCRB9H PSC218BCRB9H PSC316BCRB9H PSC318BCRB9H PSC416BCRB9H PSC418BCRB9H
10 PSC114BCRB10 PSC116BCRB10 PSC214BCRB10 PSC216BCRB10 PSC218BCRB10 PSC316BCRB10 PSC318BCRB10 PSC416BCRB10 PSC418BCRB10
10.5 PSC114BCRB10H PSC116BCRB10H PSC214BCRB10H PSC216BCRB10H PSC218BCRB10H PSC316BCRB10H PSC318BCRB10H PSC416BCRB10H PSC418BCRB10H
11 PSC114BCRB11 PSC116BCRB11 PSC214BCRB11 PSC216BCRB11 PSC218BCRB11 PSC316BCRB11 PSC318BCRB11 PSC416BCRB11 PSC418BCRB11
12 PSC114BCRB12 PSC116BCRB12 PSC214BCRB12 PSC216BCRB12 PSC218BCRB12 PSC316BCRB12 PSC318BCRB12 PSC416BCRB12 PSC418BCRB12
Color Yellow under Black
Class 1
Size 14"
16"
Class 2
14"
16"
18"
Class 3
16"
18"
Class 4
16"
18"
9 PSC114BCYB9 PSC116BCYB9 PSC214BCYB9 PSC216BCYB9 PSC218BCYB9 PSC316BCYB9 PSC318BCYB9 PSC416BCYB9 PSC418BCYB9
9.5
10
10.5
11
12
PSC114BCYB9H PSC116BCYB9H PSC214BCYB9H PSC216BCYB9H PSC218BCYB9H PSC316BCYB9H PSC318BCYB9H
PSC114BCYB10 PSC116BCYB10 PSC214BCYB10 PSC216BCYB10 PSC218BCYB10 PSC316BCYB10 PSC318BCYB10
PSC114BCYB10H PSC116BCYB10H PSC214BCYB10H PSC216BCYB10H PSC218BCYB10H PSC316BCYB10H PSC318BCYB10H
PSC114BCYB11 PSC116BCYB11 PSC214BCYB11 PSC216BCYB11 PSC218BCYB11 PSC316BCYB11 PSC318BCYB11
PSC114BCYB12 PSC116BCYB12 PSC214BCYB12 PSC216BCYB12 PSC218BCYB12 PSC316BCYB12 PSC318BCYB12
PSC416BCYB9H PSC418BCYB9H
PSC416BCYB10 PSC418BCYB10
PSC416BCYB10H PSC418BCYB10H
PSC416BCYB11 PSC418BCYB11
PSC416BCYB12 PSC418BCYB12
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
June 2014
Page 2659
Rub b e r I ns u l at i n g G l oves & Sl eeves – 2650
From the name you trust and the brand you depend on:
Chance Lineman Grade Gloves
Lineman grade gloves
™
Contour Cuff - ASTM Class 2, 3, 4
From the name you trust and the brand you depend on:
Chance Lineman Grade Gloves
Features & Applications
R ubb er I n s u l at i n g G l oves & Sl eeve s – 26 50
• The ultimate source of protection expected from the
Chance name
• Offers a new level of comfort and flexibility
• Constructed for high dielectric and physical strength
• Exceed ASTM D120
• Available in contour cuff length of 18"
• Type I Chance Gloves come in two contrasting colors
Ergonomic innovation. Superior products. Timely solutions.
Just a few of the reasons the industry turns to Hubbell Power Systems and the Chance brand.
Color Red under Black
Class 2
Size
18"
Class 3
18"
Class 4
18"
8 PSC218CRB8
8.5
PSC218CRB8H
9 PSC218CRB9 PSC318CRB9 PSC418CRB9
9.5
PSC218CRB9H
PSC318CRB9H
PSC418CRB9H
10
PSC218CRB10
PSC318CRB10
PSC418CRB10
10.5
PSC218CRB10H
PSC318CRB10H
PSC418CRB10H
11
PSC218CRB11
PSC318CRB11
PSC418CRB11
12
PSC218CRB12
PSC318CRB12
PSC418CRB12
Color Yellow under Black
Class 2
Size
18"
Class 3
18"
Class 4
18"
8 PSC218CYB8
8.5
PSC218CYB8H
9 PSC218CYB9 PSC318CYB9 PSC418CYB9
9.5
PSC218CYB9H
PSC318CYB9H
PSC418CYB9H
10
PSC218CYB10
PSC318CYB10
PSC418CYB10
10.5
PSC218CYB10H
PSC318CYB10H
PSC418CYB10H
11
PSC218CYB11
PSC318CYB11
PSC418CYB11
12
PSC218CYB12
PSC318CYB12
PSC418CYB12
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2660
June 2014
• Crafted to fit properly over all industry-standard rubber insulating gloves
• Full compliance with ASTM F696 Standard Specification for Leather Protectors
for Rubber Insulating Gloves and Mittens
Low-Voltage Leather Protectors
• Goatskin – soft, flexible, strong
• Nylon strap with non-metallic buckle
Size
Catalog No.
10-inch Length
*13-inch Length
PSCGLP10GN7
PSCGLP13GN7
8 - 8 ⁄2
PSCGLP10GN8
PSCGLP13GN8
9 - 9 ⁄2
PSCGLP10GN9
PSCGLP13GN9
10 - 10 ⁄2
PSCGLP10GN10
PSCGLP13GN10
11
PSCGLP10GN11
PSCGLP13GN11
7
1
1
1
12
PSCGLP10GN12
PSCGLP13GN12
*13” have high-visibility polymeric/leather cuff
High-Voltage Leather Protectors
• Cowhide – durable and flexible
• Hi-visibility polymeric/leather cuff
• Nylon strap with non-metallic buckle
Size
Catalog No.
12-inch Length
14-inch Length
8 - 81⁄2
PSCGLP12CN8
PSCGLP14CN8
9 - 91⁄2
PSCGLP12CN9
PSCGLP14CN9
10 - 10 ⁄2
PSCGLP12CN10
PSCGLP14CN10
11
PSCGLP12CN11
PSCGLP14CN11
12
PSCGLP12CN12
PSCGLP14CN12
15-inch Length
*16-inch Length
8 - 81⁄2
PSCGLP15CN8
PSCGLP16CN8
9 - 9 ⁄2
PSCGLP15CN9
PSCGLP16CN9
10 - 10 ⁄2
PSCGLP15CN10
PSCGLP16CN10
11
PSCGLP15CN11
PSCGLP16CN11
12
PSCGLP15CN12
PSCGLP16CN12
1
1
1
PSCGLP13GN10
PSCGLP10GN9
CLEARANCE TABLE FOR LEATHER
PROTECTORS PER ASTM F496
Glove
Class
Minimum Distance Between
Protectors and Rubber Gloves
in.
mm
00, 0
1/2
13
1
1
25
2
2
51
3
3
76
4
4
102
PSCGLP15CN9
PSCGLP16CN9
*16” fit straight and contour-cuff rubber gloves
Glove Liners
• 100% cotton for warmth and comfort under rubber
insulating gloves
• One size to fit most
• Two weight/length choices
• Reversible to fit either hand
PSCGLLWCLU
Lightweight
Wrist length
10" Length
PSCGLLECMU
Medium Duty
Extended cuff
12" Length
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
June 2014
Page 2661
Rub b e r I ns u l at i n g G l oves & Sl eeves – 2650
Leather Protector Gloves
Lineman grade sleeves
™
Rubber Insulating Sleeves - ASTM Class 2, 3, 4
From the name you trust and the brand you depend on:
Chance Insulating Sleeves
Features & Applications
R ubb er I n s u l at i n g G l oves & Sl eeve s – 26 50
• The ultimate source of protection expected from the
Chance name
• Offers a new level of comfort and flexibility
• Constructed for high dielectric and physical strength
• Exceed ASTM D1051
• Available in sizes Regular, Large and Extra Large
• Extra-Curved Sleeves are dipped
• Come in yellow or two contrasting colors
Ergonomic innovation. Superior products. Timely solutions.
Just a few of the reasons the industry turns to Hubbell Power Systems and the Chance brand.
Class 2
Size Yellow
Red
under Yellow
R
L
XL
Class 3
Yellow
under Black
Class 4
Yellow
Red
Yellow
under Yellow under Black
Yellow
Red
under Yellow
Yellow
under Black
PSC2RYEC PSC2RRYEC
PSC2RYBEC
PSC3RYEC
PSC3RRYEC PSC3RYBEC
PSC4RYEC PSC4RRYEC
PSC4RYBEC
PSC2LYEC PSC2LRYEC
PSC2LYBEC
PSC3LYEC
PSC3LRYEC
PSC4LYEC
PSC4LYBEC
PSC2XLYEC PSC2XLRYEC
PSC2XLYBEC
PSC3XLYEC PSC3XLRYEC PSC3XLYBEC
PSC3LYBEC
PSC4LRYEC
PSC4XLYEC PSC4XLRYEC PSC4XLYBEC
Chance Lineman Grade Sleeves are manufactured using environmentally
conscious processes that make the most efficient use of raw materials
and natural resources. When you wear our sleeves you are also helping limit VOC and CO2 emissions.
Join us in taking responsibility
SLEEVE STRAPS
and BUTTONS
Features & Applications
• Two straps and four buttons required to properly wear
each pair of sleeves
• Straps are 15 in. (381 mm) in length
• Buttons are two-piece, screw-type
Strap Set
(includes 2 Straps & 4 Buttons)
Cat. No. PSCS1
Sleeve Buttons
(includes 4 pair)
Cat. No. PSC4060600
Straps ONLY (2 pieces)
Cat. No. PSC4060610
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2662
June 2014
Canvas Storage Bags
• Durable cotton canvas with self-hemmed seams
• Snap-button closures
• Brass grommet drain holes on the bottom to aid ventilation
and drying
Snaphook on each bag
Rub b e r I ns u l at i n g G l oves & Sl eeves – 2650
• For suspending from belt or in storage
• Leather reinforced tab is stitched
to the back of each bag
Canvas
SLEEVE BAG
• 30" L x 13" Top
• For flat storage of rubber sleeves
• Specially designed for extra-curved sleeves
• Velcro® strap inside at top to hang sleeves in place
Canvas
GLOVE BAG
PSCGLB30CCS
• 18" L x 8" Top
• For flat storage of rubber gloves
PSCGLB18CCG
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
June 2014
Page 2663
GLOVE BAG
Features & Applications
• 18" L x 8" Top
• One-piece front and back, bar-tacked at all corners
• Double-nylon stitching, Velcro flap fasteners
• Gusset has 4-inch top tapering to 2-inch bottom
• Gloves not included
Snaphook on each bag
• For suspending from belt or in storage
• Leather reinforced tab is stitched
to the back of each bag
R ubb er I n s u l at i n g G l oves & Sl eeve s – 26 50
SLEEVE BAG
Features & Applications
C4170148
• 27" L x 12" Top – 7" Bottom
• For flat storage of rubber sleeves
• Bar-tacked corners
• Velcro flap fasteners
• Double-nylon stitching
• Sleeves not included
COMBINATION
GLOVE and SLEEVE BAG
Features & Applications
• 18" L x 8" Top
• Separate storage for rubber gloves and sleeves
• Single flap, double nylon stitching, Velcro fasteners
• Gloves and Sleeves not included
C4170149
C4170150
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 2664
June 2014
Temporary Grounding Equipment
Safe Working Practices
There are many reasons for temporary grounding to
protect personnel working on de-energized circuits,
including:
1. Induced voltage from adjacent energized lines
2. Fault-current feedover from adjacent lines
3. Lightning strikes anywhere on the circuit
4. Switching-equipment malfunction or human error
5. Accident-initiated contact with adjacent lines
Since any one of the above could result in re-energizing
the circuit, most utilities treat these potential dangers
as ever-present and impose strict temporary-grounding
work rules. Their crews’ experience often voices these
watchwords for the wise to heed:
“If you can’t see both ends, it’s hot” and “If it isn't
grounded, it isn’t dead.“
Vital Procedure Recommendations
Step One: Testing
• With a test instrument, confirm the circuit to be worked
has been de-energized intentionally before ground sets
are applied
Step Two: Cleaning
• For a good connection, scrub oxides and contaminants
from conductor, buswork or lattice contact points
• Chance universal wire brushes make this easy
• Serrated-jaw clamps also aid by penetrating surface
contaminants
Step Three: Connecting
G rou n d i n g Eq u i p m ent – 3 0 00
• Chance insulated Grip-All clampsticks are the proper
tools to apply grounding clamps
• Various clampstick lengths and styles are available in
Catalog Section 2100, “Insulated Hand Tools”
To indicate energized conditions on overhead lines, (from left) Chance Auto Ranging Voltage Indicator, Digital
Voltage Detector and Multi-Range Voltage Detector. At far right, Energized Cable Sensor performs the same function
on URD cable with an exposed concentric neutral and elbows without test points.
See Catalog Section 2450, “Instruments and Meters,” for details and ordering information.
General Practices
• On de-energized distribution lines, Chance recommends Double-Point grounding
• This grounding is at both structures adjacent to worksite: Connect all three phases via ground set, then connect to
ground rod.
• Plus a personal ground at the worksite, from any one phase to a cluster bar well below the worker’s feet
• On a system without a neutral, Chance recommends connecting down leads to screw ground rods installed at least
20 feet from all structures and barricaded
• Only for maintenance tasks during which grounds need not be replaced does Chance find acceptable the SinglePoint grounding method (at only the worksite: Connect all phases together and grounding plus personal ground,
as above)
• Where adequate phase-to-phase clearances permit, Chance accepts the practice of grounding only the phase being
worked (in the same manner as personal ground, above)
Grounding Set Ratings
Reference:
Derived from
ASTM F 855,
Standard
Specifications
for Temporary
Protective
Grounds to be
Used on Deenergized Electric
Power Lines and
Equipment
Copyright ASTM
Reprinted with
permission.
Short Circuit PropertiesA
Withstand Rating,
Ultimate Rating/Capacity,B
Minimum
Symmetrical kA RMS, 60 Hz
Symmetrical kA RMS, 60 Hz
30
Continuous
Cable Size
15
30
6
15
cycles
Current
with Ferrule
cycles
cycles
cycles
cycles
(500
60
Rating, A
Installed
(250
(500
Copper Cable
(100
(250
MS)
cycles
RMS,
Equal or
MS)
MS)
Size
MS)
MS)
(1 S)
60 Hz
Grade
Larger Than
1
14
10
#2
29
18
13
9
200
#2
2
21
15
1/0
48
30
21
15
250
1/0
3
27
20
2/0
61
38
27
19
300
2/0
4
34
25
3/0
76
48
34
24
350
3/0
5
43
30
4/0
96
60
43
30
400
4/0
250 kcmil or
250 kcmil
6
54
39
two 2/0
114
72
51
36
450
or two 2/0
350 kcmil or
350 kcmil
54
two 4/0
159
101
71
50
550
or two 4/0
7
74
A Withstand and ultimate short circuit properties are based on performance with surges not exceeding 20% asymmetry factor
(see Appendices X3 and X4, ASTM F 855).
B Ultimate rating represents a symmetrical current which the clamp shall carry for the specified time.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 3002
March 2013
• Temporary grounding practices should be reviewed on
a regular basis
• As part of a total maintenance program, routine
reviews should be scheduled apart from sessions to set
new practices for system upgrades and additions
• These basics should be included on a review checklist:
1. Clamp designs specific to each application,
2. Cable sized for fault-current potential (see table on
page 3002) and minimum-slack lengths
3. How construction affects placement of grounds
4. Work procedures outlined above
5. Inspect and test each grounding set
Chance Grounding-Set Tester
• Ideal for performing function
#5 above
• Checks the resistance in a
protective ground set
• Can help locate problems
often remedied by simple
repairs
• How-to video is included with
the tester
• See Catalog Section 2450, “Instruments and Meters,”
for details and ordering information
Selecting grounding clamps and cable
The Chance grounding line comprises both ready-made sets and separate components for your specific needs.
Among the options and criteria to consider:
• Functional fit—Sizes of the clamp types in this section
fault-current magnitude and full-time duration.
appear in ascending order of maximum-main-line size.
Certified test reports are available on request
By design, many clamps serve a wide size range for
• Coordinated connectors—Terminal (either pressuretheir conductor type (cable, bus or tower)
type or threaded-type) selected for clamps dictates the
• Adequate capacity—Published ratings for both clamps
and cable must withstand maximum-potential system
How to order a Grounding Set
cable ferrule type (either plain or threaded) to match
• On-site handling—Application clearances and fit (for
overhead conductors and ground wires, transmission
tower shapes, URD apparatus or substation buswork)
affect clamp and cable dimensions
In addition to the specifying criteria above, each part of a grounding set requires certain choices:
1. Clamps
• ASTM designations for Type, Class and Grade given
for clamps shown in this section
2. Ferrules
• Copper or aluminum
1. Clamps
• Plain or threaded
3. Cable
• Length required to reach application distances
2. Ferrules
• ASTM Type I with black or yellow elastomer jackets
for temperatures from -40°F (-40°C) through +194°F
(+90°C)
• ASTM Type III with clear thermoplastic jacket for
temperatures from +14°F (-10°C) through +140°F
(+60°) should be used only in well-ventilated areas
4. Support Stud
• This option recommended on only one clamp to help
control lifting the set to the first clamp attachment
point
5. Shrink Tubing
• This translucent option recommended for stress
relief and inspection of cable strands between
3. Cable
ferrule and jacket.
4. Support Stud
5. Shrink Tubing
Installation information
• Several training aids available on request
• Chance videos and technical manuals provide details on proper installation
• Consult your Chance representative for any additional assistance
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
March 2013
Page 3003
G rou n d i n g Eq u i p m ent – 3 0 00
Safety Reviews
C-Type Grounding Clamps
G rou n d i n g Eq u i p m ent – 3 0 00
T6000465
Bronze body,
Smooth jaws,
Bronze eyescrew
with fine threads,
Tapped for 5⁄8-11 UNC threaded ferrule
or T6000466,
Drilled for 5⁄8-11 UNC threaded ferrule
C6001754
Aluminum body,
Smooth jaws,
Bronze eyescrew
with Acme threads,
Tapped for 5⁄8-11 UNC
threaded ferrule
C6002275
Aluminum body,
Smooth jaws,
Bronze eyescrew
with Acme threads,
Bronze pressure-type
terminals
Catalog Number
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Continuous Current (AMPS)
Fault Current - 15 Cycles (AMPS)
Fault Current - 30 Cycles (AMPS)
MECHANICAL RATINGS
Recommended Torque (in.-lb.)
Main Line Range - Max.
Main Line Range - Min.
Jumper Range - Max.
Jumper Range - Min.
Weight Each
ASTM Designation
T6000790
Bronze body,
Smooth jaws,
Bronze T-handle/eyescrew
with fine threads,
Tapped for 5⁄8-11 UNC
threaded ferrule
C6002271
Bronze body,
Smooth jaws,
Bronze eyescrew
with fine threads,
Tapped for 5⁄8-11 UNC
threaded ferrule
C6002276
Aluminum body,
Serrated jaws,
Bronze eyescrew
with Acme threads,
Bronze pressure-type
terminals
T6002708
Aluminum body,
Serrated jaws,
Bronze eyescrew
with Acme threads,
Tapped for 5⁄8-11 UNC
threaded ferrule
C6001959
Bronze body,
Smooth jaws,
Bronze T-handle/eyescrew
with fine threads,
Tapped for 5⁄8-11 UNC
threaded ferrule
C6001743
Aluminum body,
Smooth jaws,
Bronze eyescrew
with fine threads,
Tapped for 5⁄8-11 UNC
threaded ferrule
C6001959
T6000465
T6000466
T6000790
C6002271
C6001754
C6002275
C6002276
T6002708
C6001743
250
21,000
15,000
400
43,000
30,000
350
27,000
20,000
400
43,000
30,000
400
43,000
30,000
400
43,000
30,000
400
43,000
30,000
200
477 kcmil
ACSR
(0.814”)
#6 Sol. Cu.
(0.162”)
1/0 Grd. Cable
w/Threaded
Stud
#2 Grd. Cable
w/Threaded
Stud
1 1/2 lb./0.7kg.
Type I
Class A
Grade 2
250
250
250
1033 kcmil
ACSR
(1.25”)
250
250
250
750 kcmil
1033 kcmil
1033 kcmil
Str. Cu.
ACSR
ACSR
636 kcmil ACSR
(1.25”)
(1.25”)
(0.998”)
#6 Sol. Cu.
#8 Sol. Cu.
#8 Sol. Cu.
#8 Sol. Cu.
(0.162”)
(0.128”)
(0.128”)
(0.128”)
4/0 Grd. Cable 2/0 Grd. Cable 4/0 Grd. Cable 4/0 Grd. Cable
w/Threaded
w/Threaded
w/Plain
w/Plain
Stud
Stud
Plug
Plug
#2 Grd. Cable #2 Grd. Cable #2 Grd. Cable #2 Grd. Cable
w/Threaded
w/Threaded
w/Plain
w/Plain
Stud
Stud
Plug
Plug
2 lb./0.9kg.
1 lb./0.5kg.
1 1/4 lb./0.6 kg. 1 1/4 lb./0.6kg.
Type I
Type I
Type I
Type I
Class A
Class A
Class A
Class B
Grade 5
Grade 3
Grade 5
Grade 5
1033 kcmil
ACSR
(1.25”)
1000 kcmil Cu.
1590 kcmil
ACSR (1.50”)
#8 Sol. Cu.
(0.128”)
4/0 Grd. Cable
w/Threaded
Stud
#2 Grd. Cable
w/Threaded
Stud
1 1/4 lb./0.6kg.
Type I
Class B
Grade 5
#6 Sol. Cu.
(0.162”)
4/0 Grd. Cable
w/Threaded
Stud
#2 Grd. Cable
w/Threaded
Stud
1 1/2 lb./0.7kg.
Type I
Class A
Grade 5
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 3004
March 2013
C6002281
Aluminum body,
Smooth jaws,
Bronze eyescrew
with Acme threads
Bronze pressure-type terminal
C6002255
Aluminum body,
Smooth jaws,
Bronze eyescrew
with Acme threads,
Tapped for 5⁄8-11 UNC threaded
ferrule
G36051
Aluminum body,
Smooth jaws,
Bronze eyescrew
with Acme threads,
Bronze pressure-type terminal
C6000386
*Mounted Clamp
Aluminum body,
Serrated jaws,
Bronze eyescrew
with Acme threads,
Bronze pressure-type terminal
Catalog Number
C6002281
C6002282
Aluminum body,
Serrated jaws,
Bronze eyescrew
with Acme threads
Bronze pressure-type terminal
C6002255
C6002282
C6002256
C6002256
Aluminum body,
Serrated jaws,
Bronze eyescrew
with Acme threads,
Tapped for 5⁄8-11 UNC threaded
ferrule
T6003203
Aluminum body,
Smooth jaws,
Bronze eyescrew
with Acme threads,
Tapped for 5⁄8-11 UNC
threaded ferrule
*C6000386
G36051
T6000658
Aluminum body,
Smooth jaws,
Bronze eyescrew
with Acme threads,
Drilled for 5⁄8-11 UNC
threaded ferrule
T6003203
T6000658
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
Fault Current - 15 Cycles (amps)
Continuous Current (amps)
43,000
43,000
43,000
43,000
43,000
43,000
43,000
43,000
Fault Current - 30 Cycles (amps)
30,000
30,000
30,000
30,000
30,000
30,000
30,000
30,000
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
Main Line Range - Max.
2" O.D. Bus
2" O.D. Bus
2" O.D. Bus
2" O.D. Bus
2" O.D. Bus
2" O.D. Bus
2" O.D. Bus
2" O.D. Bus
Main Line Range - Min.
#6 Sol. Cu.
(0.162”)
#6 Sol. Cu.
(0.162”)
#6 Sol. Cu.
(0.162”)
#6 Sol. Cu.
(0.162”)
#6 Sol. Cu.
(0.162”)
#6 Sol. Cu.
(0.162")
#6 Sol. Cu.
(0.162”)
#6 Sol. Cu.
(0.162”)
Jumper Range - Max.
4/0 Grd.
Cable
w/Plain Plug
4/0 Grd.
Cable
w/Threaded
Stud
4/0 Grd.
Cable
w/Plain Plug
4/0 Grd.
Cable
w/Threaded
Stud
4/0 Grd.
Cable
w/Plain Plug
4/0 Grd.
Cable
w/Plain Plug
4/0 Grd.
Cable
w/Threaded
Stud
4/0 Grd.
Cable
w/Threaded
Stud
Jumper Range - Min.
#2 Grd. Cable
#2 Grd. Cable
#2 Grd. Cable #2 Grd. Cable
#2 Grd. Cable
#2 Grd. Cable
#2 Grd. Cable #2 Grd. Cable
w/Threaded
w/Threaded
w/Threaded w/Threaded
w/Plain Plug
w/Plain Plug
w/Plain Plug w/Plain Plug
Stud
Stud
Stud
Stud
MECHANICAL RATINGS
Recommended Torque (in.-lb.)
Weight Each
ASTM Designation
2 lb./0.9kg.
13⁄4 lb./0.8kg.
2 lb./0.9kg.
13⁄4 lb./0.8kg.
*
Type I
Class A
Grade 5
Type I
Class A
Grade 5
Type I
Class B
Grade 5
Type I
Class B
Grade 5
Type II
Class B
Grade 5
13⁄4 lb./0.8kg. 13⁄4 lb./0.8kg. 13⁄4 lb./0.8kg.
Type I
Class A
Grade 5
Type I
Class A
Grade 5
Type I
Class A
Grade 5
*C6000386 has 1-1/4" x 6' Epoxiglas® Pole and total weight of 33⁄4 lb. (1.7 kg.).
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
March 2013
Page 3005
G rou n d i n g Eq u i p m ent – 3 0 00
C-Type Grounding Clamps
C-Type Grounding Clamps
G rou n d i n g Eq u i p m ent – 3 0 00
G33672
Aluminum body,
Smooth jaws,
Bronze eyescrew
with Acme threads,
Bronze pressure-type threads
C6001733
Aluminum body,
Smooth jaws,
Bronze eyescrew
with Acme threads,
Tapped for 5⁄8-11 UNC threaded ferrule
C6000375
Aluminum body,
Serrated jaws,
Bronze eyescrew
with Acme threads,
Dual drilled for 5⁄8-11 UNC threaded ferrule
Bus-Bar Grounding Clamps:
G3369
Aluminum body,
Smooth jaws,
Bronze eyescrew
with Acme threads,
Bronze pressure-type terminal
Catalog Number
C6000337
Aluminum body,
Smooth jaws,
Bronze eyescrew
with Acme threads,
Bronze pressure-type terminal
G33672
C6001733
C6000375
G3369
C6000337
400
400
400
400
400
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Continuous Current (AMPS)
Fault Current - 15 Cycles (AMPS)
43,000
43,000
†70,000
43,000
43,000
†60,000
Fault Current - 30 Cycles (AMPS)
30,000
30,000
†50,000
30,000
30,000
†60,000
250
250
300
300
300
6-5⁄8” O.D. Bus
MECHANICAL RATINGS
Recommended Torque (in.-lb.)
Main Line Range - Max.
2-1⁄2” O.D. Bus
2-1⁄2” O.D. Bus
3” O.D. Bus
4” x 4” Square
4.5” O.D. Bus
Main Line Range - Min.
#4 Str. Cu.
(0.232”)
#4 Str. Cu.
(0.232”)
0.50” O.D.
Bus
4/0 Str. Cu.
(0.500”)
3-1⁄2” O.D. Bus
Jumper Range - Max.
4/0 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
4/0 Grd. Cable
w/Threaded Stud
4/0 Grd. Cable
w/Threaded Stud
4/0 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
4/0 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
Jumper Range - Min.
#2 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
#2 Grd. Cable
w/Threaded Stud
#2 Grd. Cable
w/Threaded Stud
#2 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
#2 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
Weight Each
2-3⁄8 lb./1.1kg.
2-3⁄8 lb./1.1kg.
3 lb./1.4kg.
5-1⁄4 lb./2.4kg.
6 lb./2.7 kg.
Type I
Class A
Grade 5
Type I
Class A
Grade 5
Type I
Class B
Grade 7
Type I
Class A
Grade 5
Type I
Class A
Grade 6
ASTM Designation
†Rating
with twin-grounding cables.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 3006
March 2013
G18102
Aluminum body,
Bronze upper jaw,
Smooth jaws,
Bronze eyescrew
with fine threads,
Bronze pressure-type terminal
G36221
Aluminum body,
Smooth jaws,
Bronze eyescrew
with fine threads,
Bronze pressure-type terminal
HG37061
*Mounted Clamp
Aluminum body,
Smooth jaws,
Bronze eyescrew
with fine threads,
Bronze pressure-type terminal
Catalog Number
G18102
T6000806
Aluminum body,
Serrated jaws,
Bronze eyescrew
with fine threads,
Bronze pressure-type terminal
G36221
*HG37061
T6000806
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Continuous Current (AMPS)
300
400
400
400
Fault Current - 15 Cycles (AMPS)
27,000
43,000
34,000
43,000
Fault Current - 30 Cycles (AMPS)
20,000
30,000
25,000
30,000
250
250
300
300
Main Line Range - Max.
250 kcmil Str. Cu.
4/0 ACSR
(0.574”)
566 kcmil Cu.
900 kcmil ACSR
(1.162”)
566 kcmil Cu.
900 kcmil ACSR
(1.162”)
1590 kcmil ACSR
(1.625”)
Main Line Range - Min.
#6 Sol. Cu.
(0.162”)
#6 Sol. Cu.
(0.162”)
#6 Sol. Cu.
(0.162”)
0.5”
Jumper Range - Max.
2/0 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
4/0 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
4/0 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
4/0 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
Jumper Range - Min.
#2 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
#2 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
#2 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
#2 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
1-1⁄2 lb./0.6 kg.
1-1⁄2 lb./0.6 kg.
*
1-3⁄4 lb./0.8 kg.
Type I
Class A
Grade 3
Type I
Class A
Grade 5
Type II
Class A
Grade 4
Type I
Class B
Grade 5
MECHANICAL RATINGS
Recommended Torque (in.-lb.)
Weight Each
ASTM Designation
*HG37061 has 11⁄4" x 6' Epoxiglas® Pole and total weight of 31⁄2 lb. (1.6 kg.).
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
March 2013
Page 3007
G rou n d i n g Eq u i p m ent – 3 0 00
Snap-On (Duckbill-type) Grounding Clamps
Snap-On (Duckbill-type) Grounding Clamps
G rou n d i n g Eq u i p m ent – 3 0 00
C6000198
*Mounted Clamp
Aluminum body,
Serrated jaws,
Bronze eyescrew
with Acme threads,
Tapped for 5⁄8-11 UNC threaded ferrule
C6001734
Aluminum body,
Smooth jaws,
Bronze eyescrew
with fine threads,
Tapped for 5⁄8-11 UNC threaded ferrule
C6000197
Aluminum body,
Serrated jaws,
Bronze eyescrew
with Acme threads,
Tapped for 5⁄8-11 UNC threaded ferrule
Catalog Number
C6001757
Aluminum body,
Smooth jaws,
Bronze eyescrew
with fine threads,
Tapped for 5⁄8-11 UNC threaded ferrule
C6000434
Aluminum body,
Serrated jaws,
Bronze eyescrew
with fine threads,
Bronze pressure-type terminal
C6001734
*C6000198
C6000197
C6001757
C6000434
400
400
400
400
400
Fault Current - 15 Cycles (AMPS)
43,000
43,000
43,000
43,000
43,000
Fault Current - 30 Cycles (AMPS)
30,000
30,000
30,000
30,000
30,000
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Continuous Current (AMPS)
MECHANICAL RATINGS
Recommended Torque (in.-lb.)
250
250
250
250
250
Main Line Range - Max.
566 kcmil Cu.
900 kcmil ACSR
(1.162”)
950 kcmil Cu.
1510 kcmil ACSR
(1.506”)
950 kcmil Cu.
1510 kcmil ACSR
(1.506”)
2.5”
950 kcmil Cu.
1510 kcmil ACSR
(1.506”)
Main Line Range - Min.
#6 Sol. Cu.
(0.162”)
#6 Sol. Cu.
(0.162”)
#6 Sol. Cu.
(0.162”)
0.75”
#6 Sol. Cu.
(0.162”)
Jumper Range - Max.
4/0 Grd. Cable
w/Threaded Stud
4/0 Grd. Cable
w/Threaded Stud
4/0 Grd. Cable
w/Threaded Stud
4/0 Grd. Cable
w/Threaded Stud
4/0 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
Jumper Range - Min.
#2 Grd. Cable
w/Threaded Stud
#2 Grd. Cable
w/Threaded Stud
#2 Grd. Cable
w/Threaded Stud
#2 Grd. Cable
w/Threaded Stud
#2 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
1-1⁄2 lb./0.7 kg.
*
1-1⁄2 lb./0.7 kg.
2-1⁄4 lb./1.0 kg.
1-1⁄2 lb./0.7 kg.
Type I
Class A
Grade 5
Type II
Class B
Grade 5
Type I
Class B
Grade 5
Type I
Class A
Grade 5
Type I
Class B
Grade 5
Weight Each
ASTM Designation
*C6000198 has 11⁄4" x 6' Epoxiglas® Pole and total weight of 31⁄2 lb. (1.6 kg.).
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 3008
March 2013
G3405
3-Cluster Set
G3803
3-Cluster Set
with C-Type Aluminum-body clamps,
with Snap-On (Duckbill-type) Aluminum-body clamps,
Smooth jaws, Bronze eyescrews with Acme threads,
and 3-phase Aluminum cluster bar
with Bronze Pressure-type terminals
Smooth jaws, Bronze eyescrews with fine threads,
and 3-phase Aluminum cluster bar
with Bronze Pressure-type terminals
Important Note:
Cluster Sets are furnished as shown above. The center clamp is bolted to the cluster bar.
Typical fourth ground clamp
(not included in 3-Cluster Set,
must be ordered as separate item)
These drawings illustrate how Cluster Sets are to be connected, with grounding cable and a fourth clamp which
must be ordered separately.
For cable and ferrules, see page 3018-3019.
Catalog Number
G3405
G3803
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Continuous Current (AMPS)
350
400
Fault Current - 15 Cycles (AMPS)
27,000
34,000
Fault Current - 30 Cycles (AMPS)
20,000
25,000
MECHANICAL RATINGS
Recommended Torque (in.-lb.)
250
250
Main Line Range - Max.
400 kcmil Str. Cu.
636 kcmil ACSR
(.998”)
566 kcmil Cu.
900 kcmil AC
Main Line Range - Min.
#8 Sol. Cu.
(0.12”)
#6 Sol. Cu.
(0.162”)
Jumper Range - Max.
2/0 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
4/0 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
Jumper Range - Min.
#2 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
#2 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
Weight Each
4 1⁄2 lb./2 kg.
6 5⁄8 lb./3 kg.
Type I
Class A
Grade 3
Type I
Class A
Grade 4
ASTM Designation
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
March 2013
Page 3009
G rou n d i n g Eq u i p m ent – 3 0 00
Cluster Grounding Clamps
Tower & Flat-Face Grounding Clamps
G rou n d i n g Eq u i p m ent – 3 0 00
C6002232
Bronze body,
Serrated jaws,
Bronze eyescrew
with Acme threads,
Drilled for 5⁄8-11 UNC threaded ferrule
or T6003196,
Tapped for 5⁄8-11 UNC threaded ferrule
G33633SJ
Aluminum body,
Serrated jaws,
Bronze eyescrew
with fine threads,
Bronze pressure-type terminal
C6001735
Aluminum body,
Serrated jaws,
Bronze eyescrew
with fine threads,
Tapped for 5⁄8-11 UNC threaded ferrule
C6002231
Bronze body,
Serrated jaws,
Bronze T-handle
with Acme threads,
Drilled for 5⁄8-11 UNC threaded ferrule
or T6003195,
Tapped for 5⁄8-11 UNC threaded ferrule
G33634SJ
Aluminum body,
Serrated jaws,
Bronze T-handle
with fine threads,
Bronze pressure-type terminal
T6001798
Aluminum body,
Serrated jaws,
Bronze T-handle
with Acme threads,
Tapped for 5⁄8-11 UNC threaded ferrule
Catalog Number
C6002232
G33633SJ
C6001735
C6002231
G33634SJ
T6001798
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Continuous Current (AMPS)
400
400
400
400
400
400
Fault Current - 15 Cycles (AMPS)
43,000
27,000
27,000
43,000
27,000
27,000
Fault Current - 30 Cycles (AMPS)
30,000
20,000
20,000
30,000
20,000
20,000
MECHANICAL RATINGS
Recommended Torque (in.-lb.)
Main Line Range - Max.
Main Line Range - Min.
250
250
250
250
250
250
11⁄2” Angles
11⁄2” Flat
11⁄2” Angles
11⁄2” Flat
11⁄2” Angles
11⁄2” Flat
11⁄2” Angles
11⁄2” Flat
11⁄2” Angles
11⁄2” Flat
11⁄2” Angles
11⁄2” Flat
1⁄ ”
8
1⁄ ”
8
1⁄
8”
Jumper Range - Max.
4/0 Grd. Cable
w/Threaded Stud
2/0 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
Jumper Range - Min.
#2 Grd. Cable
w/Threaded
Stud
#2 Grd. Cable
w/Plain
Plug
#2 Grd. Cable
w/Threaded
Stud
2 lb./0.9 kg.
15⁄8 lb./0.7 kg.
Type I
Class B
Grade 5
Type I
Class B
Grade 3
Weight Each
ASTM Designation
1⁄
8”
4/0 Grd. Cable
2/0 Grd. Cable
w/Threaded Stud w/Threaded Stud
1⁄ ”
8
1⁄
8”
2/0 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
2/0 Grd. Cable
w/Threaded Stud
#2 Grd. Cable
w/Threaded
Stud
#2 Grd. Cable
w/Plain
Plug
#2 Grd. Cable
w/Threaded
Stud
11⁄2 lb./0.7 kg.
2 lb./0.9 kg.
15⁄8 lb./0.7 kg.
11⁄2 lb./0.7kg.
Type I
Class B
Grade 3
Type III
Class B
Grade 5
Type III
Class B
Grade 3
Type III
Class B
Grade 3
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 3010
March 2013
G33631
Bronze body,
Serrated jaws,
Bronze eyescrew
with fine threads,
Bronze pressure-type terminal
C6000085
Aluminum body and retainer,
Bronze scrubber-type contact pads,
Bronze T-handle
with fine threads,
Bronze pressure-type terminal
G33632
Bronze body,
Serrated jaws,
Bronze T-handle
with fine threads,
Bronze pressure-type terminal
Catalog Number
C6001783
Bronze body,
Serrated jaws and retainers,
Tapped for 5⁄8-11 UNC threaded ferrule
G33631
G33632
C6000085
C6001783
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Continuous Current (AMPS)
400
400
400
400
Fault Current - 15 Cycles (AMPS)
27,000
27,000
43,000
43,000
Fault Current - 30 Cycles (AMPS)
20,000
20,000
30,000
30,000
MECHANICAL RATINGS
Recommended Torque (in.-lb.)
250
250
250
Main Line Range - Max.
11⁄2” Angles
11⁄2” Flat
11⁄2” Angles
11⁄2” Flat
4” Structural
Angles
Main Line Range - Min.
1⁄ ”
8
1⁄ ”
8
2” Structural
Angles
1⁄ ”
8
Jumper Range - Max.
2/0 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
2/0 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
4/0 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
4/0 Grd. Cable
w/Threaded Stud
Jumper Range - Min.
#2 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
#2 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
#2 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
#2 Grd. Cable
w/Threaded Stud
Weight Each
21⁄2 lb./1.1 kg.
21⁄2 lb./1.1 kg.
33⁄4 lb./1.1 kg.
5 lb./2.25 kg.
Type I
Class B
Grade 3
Type III
Class B
Grade 3
Type III
Class B
Grade 5
Type III
Class B
Grade 5
ASTM Designation
300
3⁄ ”
4
x 5”Angles or
Flats
5⁄ ” Rod
8
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
March 2013
Page 3011
G rou n d i n g Eq u i p m ent – 3 0 00
Tower & Flat-Face Grounding Clamps
All-Angle Grounding Clamps
Aluminum Bodies with Serrated Jaws
For installation ease, jaws pivot 75° left or right.
†HG42296SJ
*Bronze Pressure Terminal
(Clamp same as G42291SJ)
G42291SJ
*Pressure Terminal
* For adapter to convert to threaded terminal, see Page 3019.
Catalog Number
G42291SJ
†HG42296SJ
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Continuous Current (AMPS)
G rou n d i n g Eq u i p m ent – 3 0 00
400
400
Fault Current - 15 Cycles (AMPS)
43,000
43,000
Fault Current - 30 Cycles (AMPS)
30,000
30,000
MECHANICAL RATINGS
Recommended Torque (in.-lb.)
Main Line Range - Max.
Main Line Range - Min.
Jumper Range - Max.
Jumper Range - Min.
Weight Each
ASTM Designation
250
250
954 kcmil ACSR
(1.196”)
954 kcmil ACSR
(1.196”)
#2 Cu. (.258”)
#2 Cu. (.258”)
4/0 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
#2 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
4/0 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
#2 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
2 lb./0.9 kg.
41⁄4 lb./2.0 kg.
Type I
Class B
Grade 5
Type II
Class B
Grade 5
†Mounted Clamps supplied with 11⁄4" x 6' Epoxiglas® Pole.
G422810SJ
*Bronze Pressure Terminal
†HG422816SJ
*Bronze Pressure Terminal
(Clamp same as G4228-10SJ)
C6001732
T6001693
Tapped for 5⁄8-11 UNC threaded ferrule Tapped for 5⁄8-11 UNC
threaded ferrule
(Two single serrated jaws,
for pothead and bus applications)
* For adapter to convert to threaded terminal, see Page 3019.
Catalog Number
G422810SJ
†HG422816SJ
T6001693
C6001732
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Continuous Current (AMPS)
400
400
400
400
Fault Current - 15 Cycles (AMPS)
43,000
43,000
43,000
43,000
Fault Current - 30 Cycles (AMPS)
30,000
30,000
30,000
30,000
MECHANICAL RATINGS
Recommended Torque (in.-lb.)
Main Line Range - Max.
Main Line Range - Min.
Jumper Range - Max.
Jumper Range - Min.
Weight Each
ASTM Designation
250
250
250
250
2.88”
2.88”
2.88”
2.88”
#2 Cu. (.258”)
#2 Cu. (.258”)
#2 Cu. (.258”)
#2 Cu. (.258”)
4/0 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
#2 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
4/0 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
#2 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
4/0 Grd. Cable
w/Threaded Stud
#2 Grd. Cable
w/Threaded Stud
4/0 Grd. Cable
w/Threaded Stud
#2 Grd. Cable
w/Threaded Stud
31⁄4 lb./1.5 kg.
51⁄4 lb./2.4 kg.
31⁄4 lb./1.5 kg.
31⁄4 lb./1.5 kg.
Type I
Class B
Grade 5
Type II
Class B
Grade 5
Type I
Class B
Grade 5
Type I
Class B
Grade 5
†Mounted Clamps supplied with 11⁄4" x 6' Epoxiglas® Pole.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 3012
March 2013
Apparatus Grounding Clamps
Ball-and-socket design for multiple uses
Fault Current Ratings
43,000 Amps — 15 cycles
30,000 Amps — 30 cycles
Recommended Installing Torques:
Eyescrew 250 inch-pounds *Ball Stud 300 inch-pounds
Long stud shank accepts
most types of grounding
clamps
Socket clamps provide
multi-angle attachment of
grounds
Clamp C6002100
Drilled for 5⁄8-11 UNC
threaded ferrule
or
Clamp C6002101
Tapped for 5⁄8-11 UNC
threaded
ferrule
______
Clamp T6002320
Tapped for 5⁄8-11 UNC
threaded
ferrule
______
Clamp C6002300 with
pressure
terminal
______
for plain-plug ferrule
for threaded stud ferrule on #2 to 4/0 groundon #2 to 4/0
ing cable
grounding cable
for threaded stud ferrule
Weight, each clamp on this page: 1 lb. / 0.45 kg.
on #2 to 4/0
grounding cable
41⁄4"
*Standard
Ball Stud C6002102
5⁄ "
8
21⁄8"
(1⁄2-13UNC)
Weight, each:
lb. / 0.23 kg.
113⁄16"
3.3"
11⁄2"
1⁄
2
*Female-Thread
Ball Stud T6002867
5⁄ "
8
1"
internal threads (1⁄2-13UNC)
dia. shank
dia. shank
Weight, each:
2 lb./0.23 kg.
1⁄
*Long Ball Stud T6002364 3" nominal shank length
Weight, each: 3⁄4 lb./0.34 kg.
7"
5⁄ " dia. shank
8
(1⁄
23⁄4"
2-13UNC)
315⁄16"
*Ball-studs do not interchange with system on page 3014.
Grounding Stud Cover – fits onto 1" ball-studs of Apparatus Grounding Clamps above
Features & Applications
• Flexible cover fits only C6002102 or T6002364 ball-studs
• Made with same material as Chance line hose
• Nonconductive cover may help prevent flashover on
ball studs installed in enclosed switchgear, switchyards
or substations
• Cover is not intended for personnel protection and
should not be considered as insulative cover-up
equipment
• Resilient ozone/corona-resistant thermo-plastic
elastomer does not absorb water
• Special formulation resists aging/checking and retains
high-visibility orange color
Catalog No.
Description
Weight
C4060416
Grounding Stud Cover
1 oz. (28 g.)
• Snap-fit keeps cover
in place
• 5⁄8"-I.D. loop at top
permits hot-line
tools to “pop” it on
and off
• Chance silicone
lubricant C4002320
or C4170287 may
ease installation
and removal
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
March 2013
Page 3013
G rou n d i n g Eq u i p m ent – 3 0 00
• For restricted-space applications and as a truckgrounding system, this compact design delivers a highcurrent rating usually associated with only large clamps
• Applies to a wide range of switching equipment,
including:
o Industrial metalclad gear
o Substations – indoors and out
o Distribution – overhead and underground
• For trucks, a *ball stud permanently mounts on each
body
• For three-phase livefront set, see page 3015
• Two clamp styles and three ball-stud lengths adapt to
many applications
• Clamp bodies, eyescrews and *ball-studs are bronze
alloy
• Tin-plated ball-studs have nominal 1"-diameter ball
and stud to fit NEMA terminal pads
• Lockwasher and nut are silicone bronze
• ASTM Designation of Type I, Class A, Grade 5 for any of
these clamps is met if associated grounding-cable sets
are fitted with 5⁄8" copper ferrules as on page 3019
Three-Way Grounding Clamp for *ball-stud, conductors, busbars
• Compact design delivers high-current rating associated
with large clamps
• For grounding trucks or other equipment, *ball stud
permanently mounts on each body with furnished
lockwasher, flat washer and nut
• Removable stud has recessed-hex end fitting for
through-mounting versatility
• Clamp body is aluminum
• Acme-threaded eyescrew and *ball-stud are bronze
alloy
• Tin-plated ball-stud has 20mm (0.788") diameter ball,
7⁄8"-hex fitting and 1-1⁄2"-long 1⁄2"-13 threads to fit
NEMA terminal pads
• ASTM Designation of Type I, Class A, Grade 5 is met if
associated grounding-cable sets are fitted with copper
ferrules as on page 3018
Clamp Main Line Range
G rou n d i n g Eq u i p m ent – 3 0 00
Features & Applications
• By supporting other clamps in three-phase sets, ball
studs reduce installation labor
• This can contribute to safety and minimize the number
of clamp connections per conductor in an overhead
grounding scheme
• *Ball-studs mount without furnished washers in holes
of lower clamp boss
• The tapped holes ship with plastic plugs
• Clamp terminal is tapped for 5⁄8"-11 UNC threadedstud ferrules on grounding cable from #2 through 4/0
• Versatile clamp serves such temporary-grounding uses as:
o A truck-grounding system
o On industrial metalclad switchgear
o Substation buswork, indoors and out
o Overhead, underground and substation switches
o Three-phase ground sets with special, multi-angle
*ball studs
• Bare Conductors from #8 Sol. Cu. through 636 ACSR
• Flat Busbar through 1⁄4" x 1-1⁄4" maximum
• Ball-Stud 20mm (0.788") only
Fault current ratings:
43,000 amps — 15 cycles
30,000 amps — 30 cycles
Recommended Installing Torques:
Eyescrew 250 inch-pounds *Ball Stud 300 inch-pounds
Catalog No.
C6002316
C6002317
Description
Weight, each
Three-Way Clamp Body only
11⁄2 lb./0.68 kg.
*20mm (0.788") diameter Ball
Stud with flat washer, lockwasher 3⁄8 lb./0.2 kg.
and nut
*Ball-stud does not interchange with system on
page 3013.
Penetrator clamps, ground
sets for underground cable
Features & Applications
C6001625
C6001626
T6002233
T6001922
• For temporary grounding of underground distribution
• Cable with jacket over concentric neutral, special
clamps help ensure contact with center conductor
• Chisel-point clamp main-line capacity is 1-1⁄2"
• C-Type clamp in Chisel Sets fits conductors from #6
(0.162") to 636 kcmil ACSR (0.998")
• Spike-point clamp main-line capacity is 2-1⁄2"
• C-type clamp in Spike Set fits conductors from #6
(0.162") to 2" O.D. bus
• Screw-type copper-clad ground rod in sets indicated is
24" long for easy handling
• Helix (spiral) and handle are bronze
• Each set includes:
o 6-ft. of #2 copper clear-jacket ground cable and
ferrules
o A penetrator clamp (choice of hardened-steel 1⁄2"wide chisel or conical spike)
o C-type grounding clamp
Catalog No.
C6001626
P6001623P
T6002234
C6001625
T6001922
P6001969P
T6002233
Description
Chisel Clamp only
Replacement Chisel Point
Chisel Set with Ground Rod
Chisel Set without Ground Rod
Spiked Clamp only
Replacement Spike Point
Spiked Set with Ground Rod
Weight, each
13⁄4 lb./0.8 kg.
2 oz./0.09 kg.
93⁄4 lb./4.4 kg.
41⁄2 lb./2 kg.
13⁄4 lb./0.8 kg.
2 oz./0.09 kg.
8 lb./3.6 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 3014
March 2013
Underground Distribution Grounding Sets
Grounded Parking Bushing Sets for Single- or Three-Phase Switches & Transformers
• Set includes a loadbreak bushing and bronze ground clamp T6000466 connected by a 4’ yellow 1/0 cable
• Tin-plated copper connector joins cable to bushing
• Threaded copper ferrule connects the cable to the clamp
• Fault current rating for each set: 10,000 amps for 10 cycles
Catalog No.
T6003091
T6003092
*Application
15kV
25 & 35kV small interface
Weight, each
8 lb. / 3.6 kg.
9 lb. / 4.09 kg.
Grounding Elbow Sets for Single- or Three-Phase Switches & Transformers
• Set includes:
o Yellow-jacketed elbow for the voltage-class indicated below
o Six feet of 1/0 copper grounding cable with yellow jacket
o Bronze ground clamp T6000466
• Fault current rating for each set: 10,000 amps for 10 cycles
15kV set
25 & 35kV small interface set
35 kV large interface set
4 lb./1.80 kg.
6 lb./2.7 kg.
8 lb./3.63 kg.
Three-Phase Grounding Elbow Sets for Switches & Transformers
• Each of these sets consists of:
o A three-way terminal block assembly
o Three 6’ lengths of 1/0 copper ground cable with yellow jacket
o A bronze ground clamp T6000466
o Three yellow elbows
• Fault current rating for each set: 10,000 amps for 10 cycles
C6003102
15kV set
C6003103
25 & 35kV small interface set
PSC6003103003 35kV large interface set
14.5 lb./6.5 kg.
15 lb./6.75 kg.
16 lb./7.25 kg.
Replacement Parts: Grounding Elbow ONLY
215GEHSG 15kV - elbow only
1.9 lb./0.88 kg.
225GEHSG 25 & 35kV small interface - elbow only 2.0 lb./0.9 kg.
235GEHSG 35kV large interface - elbow only
4.0 lb./1.8 kg.
All Copper Connector ONLY
200LUGC6
200LUGC7
for 1/0 Grounding Cable
for 2/0 Grounding Cable
1.8 oz./40 g.
1.8 oz./40 g.
Elbow Probes ONLY
215LBP
225LBP
235LBP
15 kV Probe
25 kV Probe
35 kV Probe
5.3 oz./150.3 g.
7.0 oz./198.4 g.
1.0 lb./0.45 kg.
Temporary Grounding Sets for Live-Front Switches and Transformers
C6000758
C-Clamp Set
15 lb./6.8 kg.
Fault current ratings: 21,000 amps for 15 cycles or 15,000 amps for 30 cycles
C-clamps are Cat. No. T600-0466.
C6000758
• Each C-Clamp set includes:
ASTM Type I,
o A three-way aluminum terminal block
Class A, Grade 2
o Four bronze ground clamps
o Three 6’ lengths of 1/0 copper clear-jacket ground cable with threaded-stud ferrules
T6002246
Ball Socket Set
16.5 lb./7.4 kg.
Fault current ratings: 27,000 amps for 15 cycles or 20,000 amps for 30 cycles
T6002246
• Each Ball-Stud set includes:
ASTM Type I,
o A three-way copper terminal block
Class A, Grade 3
o Four bronze ground clamps
o Three 6’ lengths of 2/0 copper clear-jacket ground cable with threaded-stud ferrules
T6002375
Flat-Face Clamp Set
15.5 lb./7 kg.
Fault current ratings: 21,000 amps for 15 cycles
or 15,000 amps for 30 cycles
T6002375
Each set Includes:
ASTM Type III,
• A four-way bronze terminal block
Class B, Grade 2
• One 6’ and three 4’ lengths of 1/0 copper clear-jacket ground cable with
shrouded plain-plug copper ferrules
• Three aluminum ground clamps with bronze eyescrews (G33633SJ)
• One with bronze T-handle (G3363-4SJ)
*For storage bag T6000865, see page 3021.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
March 2013
Page 3015
G rou n d i n g Eq u i p m ent – 3 0 00
C6000729
T6002131
C6001927
Overhead Distribution Grounding Sets
with Pressure-Type Terminals
Features & Applications
E
D
• These complete sets of ground clamps, cable and
accessories
• All equipment needed for many types of distribution
structures in easy-to-use kits Ferrules are factory
crimped to the grounding cable
• Each kit comes with C6002276 clamps
• Can be used on conductors ranging from #8 to 1033
kcmil ACSR
A
C
These kits were designed for use on the following types of
structures:
7.2/12.5 kV.........................A1 through C24
14.4/24.9 kV.......................VA1 through VC9-3
46 kV ...........................TP1 through TP5
69 kV ...........................TS1 through TS3-2
The tables below list the components completely assembled in
each of the Distribution Grounding Sets.
G rou n d i n g Eq u i p m ent – 3 0 00
#2 Grounding Cable Set* (44 lb./20 kg.)
Catalog No. T6000641 consists of:
B
Item
A
F
B
C
Chance grounding clamps, ferrules and cable meet ASTM F 855.
D
E
F
Description
Serrated jaw, "C" Clamp
Cat. No. C6002276
Ground Cluster Support
#2 Copper Ground Cable
Cat. No. S6449
#2 Plain Plug Ferrules
Clamp Support Stud
Screw Ground Rod
Quantity
10
1
60 ft.
10
3
1
Information
For Plain Plug ferrules
Cat. No. T6001549
3 Cables 6 ft. long
1 Cable 12 ft. long
1 Cable 30 ft. long
Cat. No. C6002626
Cat. No. G3626
Cat. No. G3370
1/0 Grounding Cable Set* (58 lb./26 kg.)
Catalog No. T6003094 consists of:
G3370
Item
A
B
C
G3626
D
E
F
Description
Serrated jaw, "C" Clamp
Cat. No. C6002276
Ground Cluster Support
1/0 Copper Ground Cable
Cat. No. S7568
1/0 Plain Plug Ferrules
Clamp Support Stud
Screw Ground Rod
Quantity
10
1
60 ft.
10
3
1
Information
For Plain Plug ferrules
Cat. No. T6001549
3 Cables 6 ft. long
1 Cable 12 ft. long
1 Cable 30 ft. long
Cat. No. C6002627
Cat. No. G3626
Cat. No. G3370
2/0 Grounding Cable Set* (60 lb./27 kg.)
Catalog No. T6003095 consists of:
C6002276
Main Line Range
Maximum 1033 kcmil ACSR (1.25")
Minimum #8 Solid Copper (0.128")
Item
A
B
C
D
E
F
Description
Serrated jaw, "C" Clamp
Cat. No. C6002276
Ground Cluster Support
2/0 Copper Ground Cable
Cat. No. S6450
2/0 Plain Plug Ferrules
Clamp Support Stud
Screw Ground Rod
Quantity
10
1
60 ft.
10
3
1
Information
For Plain Plug ferrules
Cat. No. T6001549
3 Cables 6 ft. long
1 Cable 12 ft. long
1 Cable 30 ft. long
Cat. No. C6002628
Cat. No. G3626
Cat. No. G3370
4/0 Grounding Cable Set* (77 lb./35 kg.)
Catalog No. T6003096 consists of:
Item
A
B
C
D
E
F
T6001549
Description
Serrated jaw, "C" Clamp
Cat. No. C6002276
Ground Cluster Support
4/0 Copper Ground Cable
Cat. No. S6451
4/0 Plain Plug Ferrules
Clamp Support Stud
Screw Ground Rod
Quantity
10
1
60 ft.
10
3
1
Information
For Plain Plug ferrules
Cat. No. T6001549
3 Cables 6 ft. long
1 Cable 12 ft. long
1 Cable 30 ft. long
Cat. No. C6002629
Cat. No. G3626
Cat. No. G3370
*For storage bag T600-0865, see page 3021.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 3016
March 2013
Cutout Grounding Clamps
Features & Applications
• Bronze clamp used to ground bottom hinge contact
on cutouts used on distribution riser poles or where
grounding is required
• Fits these cutouts:
o Chance F2, F3, and C Cutouts
o Westinghouse LDX, Southern States B-80
o Southern States Series 63
o Joslyn; S&C Type SX
o McGraw-Edison LMO, and GE Durabute
• Clamp can be installed with or without grounding
cable
• Serves as a warning and helps avoid accidental closing
of cutout
• Clamp’s drilled terminal accepts threaded-stud cable
ferrules
• Also accepts threaded L-Stud and T-Stud Terminals (3⁄4"
diameter bronze) for use with conventional groundclamp cable sets
• Fault Current rating: 20,000 amps for 30 cycles
C6000785
G rou n d i n g Eq u i p m ent – 3 0 00
C600-0785
with T-Stud
T6002408
T-Stud Terminal
C6000862
Switch Blade Grounding Clamps
Features & Applications
• Attaches temporary ground to open switch during deenergized maintenance
• Helps keep ground lead away from energized switch
jaw
• Shaped to fit blades of Chance Type M3 Disconnect
switches
• Drilled terminal accepts threaded-stud ferrules on
grounding cable from #2 through 4/0
• Also accepts threaded L-Stud Terminal (3⁄4" diameter
bronze) for use with conventional ground-clamp cable
sets
C6000841
L-Stud Terminal
ASTM Designation:
Type I, Class A, Grade 5
Fault Current ratings: 30,000 amps for 30 cycles
43,000 amps for 15 cycles
with L-Stud Terminal: 20,000 amps for 30 cycles
Recommended torque: 250 inch pounds
3⁄ x 1⁄ " flat through 21⁄ " x 1⁄ " flat
Main Line Range:
4"
8
2
4
Catalog No.
Description
Weight, each
C6002145
Plain eyescrew Switch
Clamp
31⁄2 lb./1.7 kg.
C6002146
T-handle/eyescrew Clamp
31⁄2 lb./1.7 kg.
C6000841
L-Stud Terminal only
1 lb./0.5 kg.
C6002145
Plain Eyescrew
C6002146
T-handle/eyescrew
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
March 2013
Page 3017
Substation Grounding Sets
with Pressure-Type Terminals
Features & Applications
G rou n d i n g Eq u i p m ent – 3 0 00
• For grounding substation bus when de-energized for
maintenance
• Makes workmen’s job safer and easier
• Large capacity bus clamps are available in mounted
versions
• Reaches any manageable height
• Increases worker’s lifting capabilities
• Plastisol coated, Shepherd Hook Lift Stick, with block
and rope assembly
• Reduces capacity clamps on overhead bus
• Two sizes of mounted clamps are available:
o C6000618 has 6-5⁄8" bus capacity, utilizing a
C6000337 ground clamp mounted on 1-1⁄4" x 9 ft.
Epoxiglas® Pole
o C6000619 has 4" bus capacity, utilizing a G3369
ground clamp mounted on 1-1⁄4" x 8'10" Epoxiglas®
Pole
• Cables, ferrules and small grounding clamps should be
ordered separately
C6000619
C6000618
Accessories
C6000617 — Lift Hook Assembly, 11⁄4" x 8'8" Epoxiglas®
pole, includes block and rope assembly.
C6000620 — 11⁄4" x 12' Extension Pole (middle section).
C6000621 — 11⁄4" x 8' Bottom Pole.
Catalog Number
C6000618
C6000619
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Continuous Current (AMPS)
400
400
Fault Current - 15 Cycles (AMPS)
43,000
43,000
Fault Current - 30 Cycles (AMPS)
30,000
30,000
MECHANICAL RATINGS
Recommended Torque (in.-lb.)
Main Line Range - Max.
Main Line Range - Min.
Jumper Range - Max.
Jumper Range - Min.
Weight Each
ASTM Designation
250
250
65⁄8” Angles
41⁄2” Angles
41⁄2” Round
Bus
4/0 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
#2 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
1/0 Str. Copper
(0.368”)
4/0 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
#2 Grd. Cable
w/Plain Plug
10 lb./4.5 kg.
91⁄4 lb./4.2 kg.
Type II
Class A
Grade 5
Type II
Class A
Grade 5
C6000617
C6000621
Bottom Pole
C6000620
Extension Pole
T6000891
Electro-Static Precipitator
Grounding Tool Set
Simple Safety Procedures
• Drains off static charges that remain on collector
plates after electrostatic-precipitator pollution-control
equipment is de-energized
• When electrical system of precipitator is de-energized:
o First, secure the tool’s grounding clamp to a known
ground
o Next, use insulated handle to bring the Copper hook
in contact with the precipitator collector plates
o Contact hook hangs from collector plates (with the
grounding clamp still attached to ground) while
service is performed on precipitator
o When maintenance is completed, use insulated
handle to remove contact hook from collector plates
o Finally, remove the ground clamp before reenergizing the precipitator
• Epoxiglas® handle (42" x 1-1⁄4") meets OSHA electrical
requirements
• Gives operator sufficient added reach needed to make
contacts
• Contact hook of 98%-conductive Copper is doublebolted to handle
• T-handle aluminum grounding clamp with serrated
flat-face jaw ensures proper bonding
• Jaws open to 1-1⁄2" for attachment to grounded
structural angles, flats or rods
• Extra-flexible (1638 strands) Copper grounding cable,
7 ft., with clear jacket fitted with copper terminal at
each end gives high current-carrying capability
Catalog No.
T6000891
Description
Electrostatic Grounding Set
Weight, each
7 lb./3.2 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 3018
March 2013
Chance grounding ferrules and cable meet
requirements of ASTM F 855; see table, page 3002.
Grounding Ferrules
See ordering tables for crimping-die sizes applicable.
Selection Criteria
Unshrouded ferrules
• Shrouded ferrules overlap onto the grounding cable
jacket for stress relief to the terminal. Two crimps
secure the ferrule against the bare strands and one
crimp applies on the jacket
• Unshrouded ferrules are available with shrink tubing
that overlaps the bare cable conductor and jacket for
stress relief
• Available either factory-installed in pairs on any cable
length specified or as separate individual units, the
ferrules install simply with a hydraulic crimping tool.
Complete illustrated installation instructions come with
the ferrules and include a table for the crimping die
sizes to use
Two crimps
Cable
Shrouded ferrules
Section A
Sect. B
Cable
Copper ferrules
Shrouded plain copper ferrules
Burndy Die No.†
1 unit each,
or equivalent
not installed
Catalog No.
Sect. A
Sect. B
C6002630
U165
U166
C6002631
U165
U168
C6002632
U165
U-L
C6002633
U166
U-L
Cable
Size,
AWG
#2
“1/0”
“2/0”
“4/0”
Unshrouded plain copper ferrules
1 unit each,
Burndy Die No.†
not installed
or equivalent
Catalog No.
C6002614
U165
C6002615
U165
C6002616
U165
C6002617
U166
Shrouded threaded copper ferrules
C6002622
U165
U166
C6002623
U165
U168
C6002624
U165
U-L
C6002625
U166
U-L
#2
“1/0”
“2/0”
“4/0”
Unshrouded threaded copper ferrules
C6002606
U165
C6002607
U165
C6002608
U165
C6002609
U166
Cable
Size,
AWG
#2
“1/0”
“2/0”
“4/0”
Threaded-stud type for tapped or drilled grounding-clamp terminals
#2
“1/0”
“2/0”
“4/0”
Tin-Plated Copper ferrules
Plain-plug type for pressure-type grounding-clamp terminals
Shrouded plain tin-plated copper ferrules
C6003119
U165
U166
C6003120
U165
U168
C6003121
U165
U-L
C6003122
U166
U-L
#2
“1/0”
“2/0”
“4/0”
Unshrouded plain tin-plated copper ferrules
C6003111
U165
#2
C6003112
U165
“1/0”
C6003113
U165
“2/0”
C6003114
U166
“4/0”
Threaded-stud type for tapped or drilled grounding-clamp terminals
Shrouded threaded tin-plated copper ferrules
C6003115
U165
U166
C6003116
U165
U168
C6003117
U165
U-L
C6003118
U166
U-L
†Anderson
#2
“1/0”
“2/0”
“4/0”
Unshrouded threaded tin-plated copper ferrules
C6003107
U165
#2
C6003108
U165
“1/0”
C6003109
U165
“2/0”
C6003110
U166
“4/0”
die-less VERSA-CRIMP™ compression tools require no dies and are capable of making these crimped connections. If using
another crimp tool brand, contact that manufacturer for Burndy die equivalents.
Copper Grounding Cable
• Extra-flexible for handling ease yet strong and tough
for long wear
• Jacketing is smooth, abrasion, weather and oil resistant
• In accordance with applicable ASTM Specifications,
marked with AWG size approximately every 4 feet
• Yellow and black jackets are T-prene rubber compound
with -20°F recommended low temperature
• Clear jackets (which allow visual inspection of strand
conditions) are ultraviolet-inhibited Poly Vinyl Chloride
(PVC)
• Recommended low temperature for PVC-jacketed cable
is 0°F
• Extra-flexible cables, because of their extra-fine strands
• Require termination ferrules when used with ground
clamps
Either aluminum or copper ferrules may be used with copper
cable.
Catalog
Size
Diameter Approx. O.D. Approx. Wt.
Strands*
Number
AWG
(Inches)
(Inches)
(lb./1,000 ft.)
Yellow-Jacket Copper Cable
S6116
#2
665
0.32
0.55
280
S6117
“1/0”
1045
0.41
0.66
425
S6118
“2/0”
1330
0.47
0.73
520
S6119
“4/0”
2109
0.59
0.87
760
Clear-Jacket Copper Cable
S6449
#2
665
0.344
0.53
289
S7568
“1/0”
1050
0.445
0.63
520
S6450
“2/0”
1323
0.487
0.70
546
S6451
“4/0”
2107
0.616
0.84
841
Black-Jacket Copper Cable
S3713
#2
665
0.32
0.55
280
S3715
“1/0”
1045
0.41
0.66
425
S3712
“2/0”
1330
0.47
0.73
510
S3714
“4/0”
2109
0.59
0.87
760
*Varies with manufacturer.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
March 2013
Page 3019
G rou n d i n g Eq u i p m ent – 3 0 00
Plain-plug type for pressure-type grounding-clamp terminals
Aluminum ferrules
Plain-plug type for pressure-type grounding-clamp terminals
Shrouded plain aluminum ferrules
1 unit each,
not installed
Catalog No.
C6002626
C6002627
C6002628
C6002629
†
Burndy Die No.
or equivalent
Sect. A Sect. B
U165
U166
U165
U168
U165
U-L
U249
U-L
Cable
Size,
AWG
#2
1/0
2/0
4/0
Features & Applications
• Visual inspection of
cable condition through
clear heat-shrink tube
determines breakage or
corrosion that otherwise
requires continuity test
• Factory-assembled units
expose 1⁄2" of cable
strands at junction point
Factory-crimped, above
G rou n d i n g Eq u i p m ent – 3 0 00
Unshrouded plain aluminum ferrules
1 unit each,
not installed
Catalog No.
C6002610
C6002611
C6002612
C6002613
†
Burndy Die No.
or equivalent
U165
U165
U165
U249
Cable
Size,
AWG
#2
1/0
2/0
4/0
Shrink tubing for plain ferrules
Features & Applications
• Clear heat-shrink tubes limit corrosion
• Excludes moisture
• Stress-relief for cable jacket and ferrule-to-stranding
connection
Lengths
Part No.
5"
P6001593P
7"
P6001982P
9"
P6002069P
†
Anderson die-less VERSA-CRIMP® compression tools require no dies and are capable of making these crimped
connections. If using another crimp tool brand, contact that manufacturer for Burndy die equivalents.
Threaded-stud type for tapped or drilled grounding-clamp terminals
Shrouded threaded aluminum ferrules
1 unit each,
not installed
Catalog No.
C6002618
C6002619
C6002620
C6002621
†
Burndy Die No.
or equivalent
Sect. A Sect. B
U165
U166
U165
U168
U165
U-L
U249
U-L
Cable
Size,
AWG
#2
1/0
2/0
4/0
• Visual inspection of cable
condition through clear
heat-shrink tube allows
inspection for breakage or
corrosion that otherwise
requires continuity test
• Factory-assembled units
expose 1⁄2" of cable strands
at junction point
Factory-crimped, above
Unshrouded threaded aluminum ferrules
1 unit each,
not installed
Catalog No.
C6002602
C6002603
C6002604
C6002605
†
Burndy Die No.
or equivalent
U165
U165
U165
U249
Cable
Size,
AWG
#2
1/0
2/0
4/0
Shrink tubing for threaded ferrules
Features & Applications
• Clear heat-shrink tubes limit corrosion
• Excludes moisture
• Stress-relief for cable jacket and ferrule-to-stranding
connection
Part No.
P6001593P
P6001982P
P6002069P
Lengths
5"
7"
9"
†
Anderson die-less VERSA-CRIMP® compression tools require no dies and are capable of making these crimped connections.
If using another crimp tool brand, contact that manufacturer for Burndy die equivalents.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 3020
March 2013
Features & Applications
Typical Application
• Threaded-terminal adapters for pressure-type
grounding-clamp terminals
• Simply retrofit bolt-on adapters to convert clamps with
pressure-type terminals to accept 5⁄8-11 UNC threaded
ferrules
Typical Application
Catalog Number
C6001584
“eyebolt” style,
includes shakeproof washer
and nut
C6001700
includes steel retainer
straps for cable
C6001584
C6001700
Clamp Applications
C Type, Snap-On Flat-Face
All-Angle Clamps
Storage Bag for Temporary Grounding Clamps-and-Cable Sets
Features & Applications
• Easy-to-see, bright-yellow protective bag
• Made of double vinyl-laminated open-weave nylon
cloth
• Lightweight and durable with nylon stitching
throughout
• Full-separating closure constructed with heavy-duty
snaps
• Heavy webbing handles
• 18" L x 12" W x 15" D
Catalog No.
T6000865
Description
Grounding Storage Bag
Weight
3 lb.
Support Studs
G3626
G3627
Features & Applications
• Can be installed on most Ground Clamps
• Replaces restraining strap immediately below terminal
• Serves as a mechanical parking stand for a second
clamp
• Helps prevent "parked" clamp from making contact
with conductor or ground
• Particularly beneficial in three-phase grounding
applications
Catalog No.
G3626
G3627
Description
Stud for Rear Mount
Stud for Side Mount
Size of Stud
7⁄16" x 21⁄2"
7⁄16" x 3"
Weight
lb./.2 kg.
3⁄4 lb./.3 kg.
1⁄2
Dielectric Compound No. 7
Dielectric Compound No. 7, a silicone base material, is
made for use with load break disconnects and other
electrical connecting and terminating devices.
Cat. No. C4170287..................................... 2 oz. Tube
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
March 2013
Page 3021
G rou n d i n g Eq u i p m ent – 3 0 00
Conversion Terminals
Cable Splice
for cables with plain-plug ferrules
Features & Applications
• Use for splicing grounding cable when extensions are
required
• Thumb screw makes attachment easy
T6000252
Splice fits #2 through 4/0 grounding
cable with plain ferrules
Catalog No.
T6000252
Description
Grounding Cable Splice
Weight
11⁄2 lb./0.7 kg.
Terminal Blocks, 4-Way
G rou n d i n g Eq u i p m ent – 3 0 00
G47541
for four
plain plug ferrules
for cables with plain-plug ferrules
and threaded ferrules
Features & Applications
• Attach ground leads from grounding clamps to a
common ground
• Accommodates 4/0 grounding cables
Catalog No.
Weight
Description
G47541
4-Way Terminal Blocks for Plain Plug Ferrules 2 lb./0.9 kg.
T6001964 4-Way Terminal Blocks for Threaded Ferrules 1 lb./0.45 kg.
T6001964
for four 5⁄8-11 UNC
threaded ferrules
Cluster Support, 1-terminal type
Features & Applications
• Hangs grounding sets on the pole to facilitate lifting
clamps—one at a time to the conductors
• Accepts plain ferrules on #2 to 4/0 grounding cable
• Copper bar length is 11"
Catalog No.
C6000152
Description
Ground Cluster Support
C6000152
Weight
91⁄2 lb./4.3 kg.
T6001549
for poles only
Cluster Bars
for wood, steel and concrete poles and
tower angles
Features & Applications
• Compact 5" aluminum-alloy bar (5⁄8" dia.) accepts
C-type or duckbill clamps
• For phase-to-phase grounding technique
• Adjustable wheel binder and 36" chain for pole
applications
• Hook style for attachment to tower angles
Catalog No.
T6001549
T6001737
Description
Pole-Mount Grounding Cluster Bar
Tower-Mount Grounding Cluster Bar
Weight
71⁄2 lb./4.09 kg.
9 lb./4.09 kg.
T6001549
T6001737
(For tower angles only)
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 3022
March 2013
Storage Reel for Grounding Cable
Catalog No.
C4176086
Description
Portable Cable Reel
Reel Capacity
225 ft.
185 ft.
145 ft.
100 ft.
Weight
18 lb./8 kg.
Temporary Ground Rod
Features & Applications
• Hole in outer flange for cable to feed through
• Rewind handle has galvanized-pipe extension for
temporarily parking clamps
• Portable reel quickly pays-out/takes-up,
• Helps keep ground sets clean and neat, ready for use
• Handles are comfortable, turned aluminum
• Lightweight unit can be carried to remote sites
• Tubular-steel frame can be U-bolted to deck of truck
• Galvanized drum has ribbed flanges to resist flexing
and beaded rims to eliminate sharp edges
• Reel is for storage only
• Cable and clamps should be removed completely from
reel before use
• Failure to do so could result in a dangerous voltage
drop and violent mechanical reactions
• A label on the unit gives this warning
Features & Applications
• Screw Ground Rod provides a temporary ground
• For when a system ground is not available
• When installed, 6' spiraled ground rod develops less
resistance than straight ground rods
• Actual effectiveness depends upon soil properties
• Reusable Ground Rod is copper-clad steel
• Helix (spiral) and handle are bronze
• For truck-grounding applications, see kit below
Catalog No.
G3370
Description
Screw Ground Rod
Weight
73⁄4 lb./3.5 kg.
Truck Grounding Set
Features & Applications
• Provides means to drain off capacitance or static
charges
• For winch trucks and aerial devices
• Flat -face clamp is for secure attachment to the truck
bed at an area cleaned for electrical contact
• C-type clamp is for secure attachment to ground rod
• This grounding method should not be considered
adequate protection to personnel against conductor
contact
• For truck-grounding with ball/socket-clamp, see page
3103
Truck Grounding Set
Catalog No. T6001971
(total weight 35 lb./15.75 kg.)
consists of:
Component
Qty.
Screw Ground Rod
1
Flat Face Ground Clamp
1
C-Type Ground Clamp
1
#2 Copper Grounding Cable 50 ft.
*Shrouded Alum. Ferrules
2
Storage Reel
1
Description
Cat. No. G3370, see above
Cat. No. T6001798, see page 3010
Cat. No. C6001754, see page 3004
Cat. No. S6116, see page 3018
Cat. No. C6002618, see page 3019
Cat. No. C4176086, see above
*Threaded ferrules are factory-installed on ends of cable.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
March 2013
Page 3023
G rou n d i n g Eq u i p m ent – 3 0 00
Cable Size
#2
1/0
2/0
4/0
Truck Safety Barricade
T3060006
Features & Applications
G rou n d i n g Eq u i p m ent – 3 0 00
Catalog No.
T3060006
Description
Truck Safety Barricade
Weight
21 lb./9.5 kg.
Grounding Simulator Kit
Features & Applications
• Keeps workers and onlookers away from truck when it
is being used in proximity to energized conductors
• Six rods, made of bright orange Epoxirod®, provide
a 6-foot air space around the entire perimeter of the
truck
• Safety barricade also includes six pieces of 3-inch long
steel tubing (to be welded to truck by the customer)
• Tubing holds barricade rods, 150 feet of yellow rope
and a canvas storage bag
• Entire kit requires less storage than traffic cones and
can be quickly installed and removed at each job site
• Demonstrates principles for temporary grounding
practices
• Portable instructional aid provides working model of
three-phase system circuit
• Powered by a step-down transformer
• Plugs into a 110-volt 60-cycle household source
• Special light/buzzer unit simulates lineworker in
maintenance on de-energized line
• Insulated wires with alligator clip at each end serve as
grounding cable and clamp sets (10 included)
• Miniature grounding cluster bar is included for pole
mounting
Modular design quickly sets up and takes down for
storage in rugged transport case.
Operation
Durable & Accurate
• Durable, aluminum pipe poles
• Wood crossarms
• Electrically correct, aluminum poles effect the
conductivity which should be assumed for actual poles
• Leads from the poles and neutral connect to ground
side on source (transformer)
• To quickly test any proposed configuration, depress
transformer foot switch to energize a fault on the
system
• If the light glows and the buzzer sounds on the
“worker,” this indicates the grounding system in place
fails to provide protection
• If no such signals occur, the scheme of grounding
connections does create a protective zone of equalized
potential at the worksite
Ordering Information
Catalog No.
C6001950
Description
Weight
Grounding Simulator Kit 23 lb. / 10.5 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 3024
March 2013
Standard (Orange) Equi-Mat®
Personal Protective Ground Grid
Features & Applications
• Complies with OSHA 1910.269 for equipotential requirements near vehicles,
underground gear, overhead switches and in substations
• Meets ASTM F2715 Standard
Portable, lightweight, high performance
G rou n d i n g Eq u i p m ent – 3 0 00
• An easy way to help establish an equipotential zone for a lineworker
• For standing on during various energized and de-energized work practices
• Properly applied, it accomplishes compliance with Occupational Safety and
Health Administration (OSHA) 1910.269:
o “Equipotential Zone. Temporary protective grounds SHALL be placed
at such locations and arranged in such a manner as to prevent each
employee from being exposed to hazardous differences in electrical
potential.”
• Can be taken anywhere needed, is simple to use, maintain and store
• Consists of a high-ampacity tinned-copper-braid cable sewn in a grid pattern
onto a vinyl/polyester fabric
• Cable terminals permit connecting mat's grid in series with an electrical
ground and subject system component or vehicle
• Simply rinsing with water comprises all the care the mat requires
• Mat may be folded and stored in a tool bag to help keep it clean and
protected
• Complete instructions are included with each unit
. . . continued on the next page . . .
Basic Equi-Mat® Personal Protective Ground Grid
Each Basic Unit includes a Long Ball Stud and illustrated
instructions.
Size
Catalog No.
Single 1⁄4" Perimeter Braid
24" x 24"
PSC6003080* (Bucket)
58" x 58"
C6002850
58" x 120"
C6002851
120" x 120"
C6002852
Weight
5 lb. / 2.3 kg.
8 lb. / 3.6 kg.
13 lb. / 5.9 kg.
20 lb. / 9.1 kg.
*For use in bottom of personnel bucket of lift truck.
Pre-Packaged Kits
Each Pre-Packaged Kit includes Ground Grid (size below
with Long Ball Stud and illustrated instructions) plus
Ground Set T6002841 and Storage Bag C4170147.
Kit
Catalog No.
C6002989
C6002990
C6002991
Equi-Mat® Personal Protective Ground Grid
Size
58" x 58"
58" x 120"
120" x 120"
Weight
per Kit
19 lb. / 8.6 kg.
27 lb. / 12.2 kg.
30 lb. / 13.6 kg.
Accessory Items
Long Ball Stud T6002364
included with each Basic Equi-Mat® Personal
Protective Ground Grid (Catalog page 3013)
Ground Set T6002841 included with Kits only
Consists of 6 ft. long #2 cable with ferrules applied,
Ball Socket clamp (C6002100)
and C-Type clamp (T6000465)
Storage Bag
C4170147
included with Kits only
Catalog pages 2512-13
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
March 2013
Page 3025
Standard (Orange) Equi-Mat®
Personal Protective Ground Grid
Features & Applications
• Complies with OSHA 1910.269
• For equipotential requirements near vehicles,
underground gear, overhead switches and in substations
Applications
Padmounted Transformers and Switches
• Complies with OSHA 1910.269
• Protects workers operating and maintaining padmounted
transformers and switchgear
• Proper use of EQUI-MAT Personal Protective Ground Grid
in these applications creates an equipotential zone
G rou n d i n g Eq u i p m ent – 3 0 00
• This is the same as a cluster bar (chain binder) does in
overhead grounding practices
Bottom of Personnel Bucket on Lift Truck
• Use only 24" x 24" Catalog No. PSC6003080
Mechanical Equipment (Vehicles, etc.) Grounding
• Provides compliance with OSHA 1910.269
• Protects workers around mechanical equipment which
could become energized, such as utility vehicles and
portable generators
• For proper application, EQUI-MAT Personal Protective
Ground Grids are attached to the vehicle (for example)
at locations where workers could contact the vehicle
• This extends the equipotential area around the vehicle
Simple to join multiples for larger areas
• Cascading (or joining together) two or more mats is
easy
• Connecting tab and hardware furnished with each mat
Overhead Distribution and Transmission Switches
• EQUI-MAT Personal Protective Ground Grid can help
eliminate step and touch potential
• Connect it to the handle of an overhead switch and stand
on it when opening or closing the switch
Line Apparatus Work
• Similar uses for installing, maintaining or operating
regulators, reclosers, capacitor banks
Suspect Substation Grids
• If station ground mat integrity is questionable, apply the
EQUI-MAT Personal Protective Ground Grid
• Connected in series, the conductive grids become one
• For larger area, place lug connector tabs of two
adjacent mats on the supplied bolt or threaded shank
of a ball stud and secure with supplied washer and nut
(Left) To join mats, conductive
grids simply connect at tabs
with bolt, washer and nut
included with each mat. Tabs
have shrink tube for stress
relief. (Right) Ball stud can
join mats and connect to
ground set clamps.
Long ball stud accepts various grounding clamps as shown
below and at right: Ball/Socket, C Type and Duckbill.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 3026
March 2013
Slip-Resistant (Black) Equi-Mat®
Personal Protective Ground Grid
Features & Applications
• Complies with OSHA 1910.269 for equipotential requirements near vehicles, underground gear, overhead switches
and in substations
• Meets ASTM F2715 Standard
• An easy way to help establish an equipotential zone
for a lineworker
• For standing on during various energized and deenergized work practices
• Properly applied, it accomplishes compliance with
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
1910.269:
o “Equipotential Zone. Temporary protective grounds
SHALL be placed at such locations and arranged in
such a manner as to prevent each employee from
being exposed to hazardous differences in electrical
potential.”
• Can be taken anywhere needed, is simple to use,
maintain and store
• Consists of a high-ampacity tinned-copper-braid cable
sewn in a grid pattern onto a vinyl/polyester fabric
• Cable terminals permit connecting mat's grid in
series with an electrical ground and subject system
component or vehicle
• Simply rinsing with water comprises all the care the
mat requires
• Mat may be folded and stored in a tool bag to help
keep it clean and protected
• Complete instructions are included with each unit
Slip-Resistant material
• For rain, snow and ice conditions
• Napped surface offers superior footing
• For dry conditions, consider the Standard (Orange)
EQUI-MAT® Personal Protective Ground Grid, available
in the same sizes and kits
. . . continued on the next page . . .
Slip-Resistant Equi-Mat® Personal Protective Ground Grid
Each Unit includes Ground Grid, Long Ball Stud and
illustrated instructions
Catalog No.
Single 1⁄4" Perimeter Braid
PSC6003345
PSC6003346
PSC6003347
Size
58" x 58"
58" x 120"
120" x 120"
Weight
8 lb. / 3.6 kg.
13 lb. / 5.9 kg.
20 lb. / 9.1 kg.
Pre-Packaged Slip-Resistant Equi-Mat® Kits
Each Kit includes Ground Grid (size below with Long Ball
Stud and illustrated instructions) plus
Ground Set T6002841 and Storage Bag C4170147
Kit
Catalog No.
PSC6003348
PSC6003349
PSC6003350
Equi-Mat® Personal Protective Ground Grid
Weight
per Kit
Size
19 lb. / 8.6 kg.
58" x 58"
27 lb. / 12.2 kg.
58" x 120"
30 lb. / 13.6 kg.
120" x 120"
Accessories
Long Ball Stud T6002364
included with each Basic Equi-Mat® Personal
Protective Ground Grid (Catalog page 3013)
Ground Set T6002841 included with Kits only
Consists of 6 ft. long #2 cable with ferrules applied,
Ball Socket clamp (C6002100)
and C-Type clamp (T6000465)
Storage Bag C4170147
included with Kits only
Catalog pages 2512-13
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
March 2013
Page 3027
G rou n d i n g Eq u i p m ent – 3 0 00
Portable, lightweight, high performance
Features & Applications
Slip-Resistant (Black) Equi-Mat®
Personal Protective Ground Grid
• Complies with OSHA 1910.269 for equipotential requirements near vehicles, underground gear, overhead switches
and in substations
Padmounted Transformers and Switches
• Complies with OSHA 1910.269
• Protects workers operating and maintaining padmounted transformers and switchgear
• Proper use of EQUI-MAT Personal Protective Ground
Grid in these applications creates an equipotential
zone
• This is the same as a cluster bar (chain binder) does in
overhead grounding practices
G rou n d i n g Eq u i p m ent – 3 0 00
Mechanical Equipment (Vehicles, etc.) Grounding
• Provides compliance with OSHA 1910.269
• Protects workers around mechanical equipment which
could become energized, such as utility vehicles and
portable generators
• For proper application, EQUI-MAT Personal Protective
Ground Grids are attached to the vehicle (for example)
at locations where workers could contact the vehicle
• This extends the equipotential area around the vehicle
Overhead Distribution and Transmission Switches
• EQUI-MAT Personal Protective Ground Grid can help
eliminate step and touch potential
• Connect it to the handle of an overhead switch and
stand on it when opening or closing the switch
Line Apparatus Work
• Similar uses for installing, maintaining or operating
regulators, reclosers, capacitor banks
Suspect Substation Grids
• If station ground mat integrity is questionable, apply
the EQUI-MAT Personal Protective Ground Grid
Simple to join multiples for larger areas
• Cascading (or joining together) two or more mats is
easy
• Connecting tab and hardware furnished with each mat
• Connected in series, the conductive grids become one
• For larger area, place lug connector tabs of two adjacent mats on the supplied bolt or threaded shank of a
ball stud and secure with supplied washer and nut
(Left) To join mats, conductive
grids simply connect at tabs
with bolt, washer and nut
included with each mat. Tabs
have shrink tube for stress
relief. (Right) Ball stud can
join mats and connect to
ground set clamps.
Long ball stud accepts various grounding clamps as shown
below and at right: Ball/Socket, C Type and Duckbill.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 3028
March 2013
Rotating Ground Adapters for Reels
Tested and Meets ASTM F 855 Standard
Applications
• Provide system protection while conductor is pulled
from reels for stringing operations By design, the
system adds conductor grounding but does not replace
other grounding practices
• This includes items such as Equi-Mat® personal
protective ground grids (Chance Catalog Section 3000)
• System serves as intended path to ground for static
discharge and accidental energizing from downed
lines, equipment contact, adjacent conductors and
lightning
• Rotating Ground Adapter slides on reel mandrel and
three locking bolts secure it
• Outer collar contact connects to the end of the
conductor from inside the reel
• Adapter’s inner collar contact connects to a permanent
or screw-in ground rod (not included, see Chance
Catalog Section 3000)
< Bronze
Vise-type connectors
Ball-stud connectors>
PST6003438
Single Reel Grounding Set
GR253X
GR43BS2
Rotating Ground Adapters
Rotating Ground Adapters for Reels
——————— Ordering Information ———————
Catalog No.
Rotating Grounding Adapters
GR253X
GR43BS2
ASTM Grade:
Fault Rating
Pipe Dia.
Maximum
Connector
Range
Weight
ASTM Grade 1:
14kA @ 15 cycles
10kA @30 cycles
ASTM Grade 5:
43kA @15 cycles
30kA @30 cycles
3-3/16"
Bronze Vise Type
3 Sol. to 4/0 Str.
2-11/16"
Two 1"-diameter
Ball Studs
See Ball Stud
Clamp in Chance
Cat. Section 3000
Single Reel Grounding Set
PST6003438
Connector
Type
Assembled Bill of Materials
Grade 3:
27kA @15 cycles
20kA @30 cycles
(Ratings for this set are
limited to those for the
2/0 grounding cable.)
2-11/16"
4 ea. C6001754 C-type ground clamps,
2 ea. T6002320 ball stud ground clamps,
1 ea. GR43BS2 rotating ground adapter,
6 ea. Ferrules (aluminum),
6 ea. Shrink tubes,
63 ft. S6118 yellow neoprene 2/0 cable
(1 @ 50 ft., 1 @ 10 ft., 1 @ 3 ft.)
9.8 lb. (4.4 kg.)
12.75 lb.
(5.8 kg.)
53.75 lb.
(24.4 kg.)
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
March 2013
Page 3029
G rou n d i n g Eq u i p m ent – 3 0 00
Installation
Three-Phase Boom Lifts
• Jib-mounted • Winch-driven
• Constant-load monitor • 1,200-lb. rating*
Features & Applications
Tru c k Acces s or i es – 4 1 5 0
• Hot-line tool set enables a material-handler boom
truck to lift single- or three-phase system conductors
• Operator remains in bucket, positioned to perform
such routine jobs as replacing insulators, crossarms or
poles
• Each complete unit includes:
o 10' Vertical orange Epoxiglas® mast (4" x 4")
o 10' Horizontal gray Epoxirod® support arm (2-1/2"
dia.) with four Heavy-Duty Roller-type Wireholders
for conventional crossarm construction
o 6' Horizontal gray Epoxirod support arm (2-1/2" dia.)
with one additional Wireholder for center mast for
armless construction
o Storage bags for all components above
• Wireholders latch easily from bucket with hookstick
• 12" Epoxirod link insulates each latch-release lanyard
• For crossarm construction: 10’ arm attaches at mast top
• Fourth wireholder furnished for crossarm-mounted
neutral, not shown
• For armless construction: 6’ arm attaches at proper
level on series of mounting holes on mast
Maximum Ratings, all units
• Vertical load per wireholder: 300 lb.
• *Balanced vertical load: 1,200 lb., includes tool itself
Wireholders latch easily from bucket with hookstick.
12" Epoxirod link insulates each latch-release lanyard.
Center
wireholder,
used alone,
permits singlephase lifts.
See the next page for
Ordering Information.
Jib Sleeve,
available
separate
and in
custom sizes
Winch line connects to mast base to
raise conductors and provide working
clearances for operator.
Boom adapter can pin
at various angles. Builtin scale continuously
monitors load uplift.
Nylon rollers ensure
smooth mast travel.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 4152
November 2013
Three-Phase Boom Lifts
Complete Units
Features & Applications
Weight each: 225 lb. / 102 kg.
Catalog No.
C4001612
C4001613
C4001664
C4001677
C4001709
C4001710
C4001711
C4002719
Truck Application
Asplundh: 33/4"-dia. jib
Telelect: 41/4"-dia. jib
ALTEC®: 4"-dia. jib
Hi-Ranger model 5H*: 27/8"-dia. jib
Teco or Holan: 4" x 4"-sq. jib
Pitman: 4" x 5"-sq. jib
R.O. Products: 51/4"-dia. jib
No Jib Sleeves included. See below
for correct size.
*For Hi-Ranger model 6H with top-mounted winch,
order E4002215 Jib Sleeve, listed below.
Jib Sleeves ONLY
Jib Adapters – Material Handlers
Catalog No.
Asplundh
E4001651
—————
Telelect
E4001652
—————
Hi-Ranger
model 5H
E4001679
—————
RO Products
E4001715
Lift-All
E4002293
—————
Teco/Holan
E4001689
—————
Pitman
E4001714
Jib Application
Weight
E4001651
33/4"-dia.,
as Asplundh
15 lb./6.75 kg.
E4001652
41/4"-dia.,
as Telelect
15 lb./6.75 kg.
E4001678
4"-dia., as
ALTEC®
20 lb./9.09 kg.
E4001679
27/8"-dia.,
as Hi-Ranger model 5H
15 lb./6.75 kg.
E4001689
4" x 4"-sq., as Teco or Holan
20 lb./9.09 kg.
E4001714
4" x 5"-sq. as Pitman
20 lb./9.09 kg.
E4001715
51/4"-dia.,
20 lb./9.09 kg.
E4001953
E4002215
4" x 4" Reach All
E4002262
as R.O. Products
20 lb./9.09 kg.
4" x 4"-sq., as Hi-Ranger model 6H 22 lb./10.8 kg.
with top-mounted winch
43/4"-dia., as Telelect on over-
15 lb./6.75 kg.
center model trucks
E4002293
T4002647
22 lb./10.8 kg.
31/2"-sq., as Lift-All
4" x 4"
PST4003111 4" x 4"
44 lb./21.6 kg.
ALTEC®
ALTEC® Adapter
fits AM55 20 lb./9.09 kg
For Other Sizes, Consult Factory
• Slotted opening in longest two models at left accepts rope
sheave for operation by winch mounted on top of boom tip
• Sleeve E4001678 works on ALTEC® rigs with winch mounted
on top or bottom of boom tip
ALTEC® >
E4001678
—————
Telelect >
E4002262
< Hi-Ranger model 6H
E4002215
—————
<
Reach-All
E4001953
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 4153
Tru c k Acces s or i es – 4 1 5 0
• Each complete unit includes a jib sleeve in size listed in
addition to:
o 10' Vertical orange Epoxiglas® mast (4" x 4")
o 10' Horizontal gray Epoxirod® support arm (2-1/2"
dia.) with four Heavy-Duty Roller-type Wireholders
for conventional crossarm construction
o 6' Horizontal gray Epoxirod support arm (2-1/2" dia.)
with one additional Wireholder for center mast for
armless construction
o Storage bags for all components above
Boom Mounted Auxiliary Arm
Features & Applications
Square Mast
Tru c k Acces s or i es – 4 1 5 0
• 4" x 4" mast is fitted with a quick mounting assembly
• Assembly attaches to booms from 5-7/8" x 7-3/8" to
12" x 12", both square and rectangular
• Working end of mast will accept several accessories
such as:
o An Epoxiglas® Auxiliary Arm
o Single lifting wire holder
o Sheave for gin work
• Auxiliary Arm may be swiveled to and locked into any
desired position
• Single lifting wire holder may also be swiveled to
maintain conductor alignment
• Gin sheave will not swivel and is pinned stationary to
keep the plane of the sheave in the vertical position at
all times
• For use above 15kV, add M48057 insulator to each
wireholder; see Page 4155
For three phase applications.
The auxiliary arm may be
rotated to align the wire
holders with the conductors,
then locked in position.
Easy mounting with
our two intermeshing
castings with single
pivot stud.
OPTIONAL ADAPTER
for Round Booms, see pages
4163 & 4164
The single lifting wire
holder may be rotated
for alignment with the
conductor.
Max. Side load per Wireholder: 100 lb.
Max. Vertical Load per Wireholder C4000268:
Arm Length
With Braces
10'
200 lb.
Mechanical Rating
Balanced Vertical Load
Unbalanced Vertical Load
1000 lb.
800 lb.
C4000747
Wireholder
C4000746
Sheave
The sheave will take a 3/4inch diameter rope. The
maximum load for the
gin is 800 lb.
Catalog
No.
Weight
Description
C4000744 Mast Assy., 10' Arm & Braces
130 lb./58.5 kg.
for Booms 57/8" x 73/8" to 12" x 12"
C4000745 Mast Assembly without Arm
90 lb./41 kg.
C4000746 Rope Sheave Assembly
8 lb./ 3.6 kg.
C4000747 Single Wire Holder
13 lb./ 5.9 kg.
C4001469 9"-dia. Boom Adapter (Altec®)
40 lb./18 kg.
C4001877 8"-dia. Boom Adapter (Altec®)
40 lb./18 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 4154
November 2013
Boom Auxiliary Arm
Features & Applications
• Consists of a boom mast and arm of Epoxiglas®
construction
• For mounting on insulated boom
• For use on light construction when handling multiple
conductors
• Two-legged mast can be mounted on square or
rectangular shaped booms designed to handle 2,000
lbs. or more
10' Assembly with braces
Bipod-Arm clamp only
Arm Brace Assembly only
4' Bipod Mast only
with boom clamps
C4000351 21/2" x 10' Horizontal Arm
120 lb/54.0 kg.
121/2 lb./ 5.6 kg.
83/4 lb./ 3.9 kg.
64 lb./28.8 kg.
13 lb./10.35 kg.
H486310
with Braces
(fits Booms
5" x 7" to
10" x 10")
OPTIONAL ADAPTERS for Round Booms
(as on Altec® trucks), see
Catalog Page 4160
For 21/2" Arm
C4000690
with 21/2"
opening
C4000268
with 2" opening
AUXILIARY ARM ATTACHMENTS
• Fork type wireholders — With 1" or 1-1/2" opening,
counter balanced latch, which closes automatically
behind the conductor to hold it in the wireholder.
Complete with 2-1/2" pole clamp
• C-Type Wireholder — For rubber glove work, the
Chance “C”-type Wireholder is suspended for a 2-1/2"
dia. temporary crossarm above the conductor as a
hook to receive the conductor after it is untied
M48057
C4001669
for 3" dia. Jib
M480516
• Roller Wireholder — Seven Delrin plastic rollers offer
protection to conductors while raising the conductor
above the work area. Accommodates conductors
up to and including 1-1/2 inches in dia. The gate is
held closed by a spring-loaded latch which must be
manually opened
• Insulators— Epoxy based, available as separate items
or can be added to existing auxiliary arm wireholders
to upgrade for 34.5 kV use
M480517
E4000008
Catalog
No.
E4000008P
M480515
M480517
M480516
C4000690
C4000268
M48057
Description
11/2" Fork Wireholder, no Insulator
1" Fork Wireholder, with Insulator
1" Fork Wireholder, no Insulator
C-Type Wireholder, no Insulator
Roller Wireholder, no Insulator
Roller Wireholder, no Insulator
Epoxy Insulator, 7/16" threads
Weight
21/2 lb./1.1 kg.
51/2 lb./2.5 kg.
2 lb./ .9 kg.
21/2 lb/1.1 kg.
41/2 lb/2.0 kg.
41/2 lb/2.0 kg.
11/4 lb./0.55 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 4155
Tru c k Acces s or i es – 4 1 5 0
H486310
H48633
H48634
H4863
• If boom units of lesser ratings are employed, the lifting
and maneuvering application of this unit must be
reduced accordingly
• Mechanical rating for a balanced vertical load is 1,000
pounds maximum or a limit of the boom arm in the
position used, whichever is the least
• 10' arm, recommended for brace use only, is rated at
200 lbs. per conductor holder
• Chance C4000268 roller wireholders are used on the
Boom Auxiliary Arm and Mast
• Each wireholder is rated for 100 lb. max. side load
Swivel-Base Truck Mount
for 12V, 115V, 230V & Hydraulic 1,000-lb. Series 90 Capstan Hoists
NOTE: For Hitch-Receiver Mount, see Catalog Section 1150
Sets At Angles Needed For A Variety Of Jobs
• Turntable design permits proper alignment without repositioning service
vehicle
• Heavy-gauge steel base bolts direct to truck body
• Bracket can be pinned at every 15° interval around circular base for:
o Stringing
o Tensioning
o Sagging conductors
o Pulling in cable
o Hoisting equipment
o Setting poles
o Pulling vehicles
• To remove hoist and bracket from swivel base, simply remove four bolts
• C-bracket also can be bolted down for fixed-angle
! WARNING
Tru c k Acces s or i es – 4 1 5 0
This is not a personnel lifting device. A label on the unit warns against lifting people
or loads directly above people.
Utilize truck as portable power source
• Only 12V, 115V, 230V and Hydraulic 1,000-lb.-rated
hoists are recommended for truck mounting
• See page 1153 to order
For transport, hoist can remain
mounted.
Swivel Bracket C3080903
C-Bracket C3080890
Swivel Bracket only
Catalog No.
C3080903
Weight, each
18 lb. (8.1 kg.)
C-Bracket only — complete with mounting bolts
C3080890
5 lb. (2.25 kg.)
Truck Visual Barrier
Weather Shield for 12-Volt DC hoist only
— complete with band clamp
C3080909
1 lb. (0.45 kg.)
T3060006
Features & Applications
• Alerts workers and onlookers to stay away from
truck when it is being used in proximity to energized
conductors
• Six rods, made of bright-orange Epoxirod®, provide a
6’ air space around the entire perimeter of truck
• Kit also includes:
o Six pieces of 3” long steel tubing (to be welded to
truck by the customer) to hold the barricade rods
o 150 feet of yellow rope
o A canvas storage bag
• Entire kit requires less storage than traffic cones
• Can be quickly installed and removed at each job site
Catalog No.
T3060006
Description
Truck Visual Barrier
Weight
21 lb./9.5 kg.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 4156
November 2013
Truck Grounding Set
Features & Applications
Storage Reel
• Drains off capacitance or static charges from winch
trucks and aerial devices
• This grounding method should not be considered
adequate protection for personnel against conductor
contact
(Catalog No. C4176086)
To help keep ground set clean and ready for use, reel
features tubular-steel frame which can be bolted to
deck. Reel is for storage only. Cable and clamps must be
removed completely from reel before use. Failure to do
so could result in a dangerous voltage drop and violent
mechanical reactions. A label on the unit gives this
warning.
Screw Ground Rod
(Catalog No. G3370)
When installed, 6’ copper-clad rod develops less
resistance than straight ground rods. Helix (spiral
section), T-handle and wingnut are bronze for high
conductivity
(Catalog No. T6001798)
For secure attachment to the truck bed at an area
cleaned for electrical contact, clamp features bronze
T-handle, aluminum body and serrated jaws with range
for 1/8" to 1-1/2" angles or flats. Ratings: 400 amps
continuous current; 25,000 amps fault current for 15
cycles and 30 cycles
C-Type Ground Clamp
(Catalog No. C6001754)
For connection to vertical shaft of ground rod, clamp
features smooth jaws and bronze eyescrew. Ratings: 350
amps continuous current; 28,000 amps fault current for
15 cycles and 20,000 amps fault current for 30 cycles
Grounding Cable and Ferrules
(Catalog No. S6116 & C6002618)
For easy handling, extra-flexible #2 copper cable
features fine stranding and tough yellow T-prene rubber
compound jacket for all-temperature uses down to
-20°F. Cable length is 50 feet. Two shrouded aluminum
ferrules come factory-installed on the cable to secure the
threaded studs in the clamp terminals
ORDERING INFORMATION
Catalog No.
T6001971
Description
Truck Grounding Set
Weight
35 lb./15.75 kg.
Swivel Wireholder Jib Extensions
for Telelect trucks*
Features & Applications
• Feature a Large Swivel-Type Roller Wireholder with
2-1⁄2" x 3-3⁄8" opening mounted on 3" dia. orange
Epoxiglas® jib extension
• Tested per ASTM F711 and OSHA
3" Heavy Wall Epoxiglas® Pole with 31" of
clear glass (minimum).
Jib Extension Rated Working Load: 300 lb.
ORDERING INFORMATION
Catalog No.
PST4002818
PST4002819
PST4002820
PST4002821
Fits Jib Size
4" x 4"
33/8" x 5"
3" Round
41/2" Round
Weight
28 lb. / 12.72 kg.
29 lb. / 13.2 kg.
27 lb. / 12.3 kg.
28 lb. / 12.72 kg.
*To fit other brands of trucks, contact Hubbell Power Systems with detailed specifications.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 4157
Tru c k Acces s or i es – 4 1 5 0
Flat Face Ground Clamp
Small Roller
Wireholder
C4000268
Bi-Pod Three-Phase Arm
H486310
Epoxiglas® Arm
21/2" x 10'
C4000351
Center Wireholder
and Arm Clamp
C4000520
for Square Booms 5" x 7" to 10" x 10"
Tru c k Acces s or i es – 4 1 5 0
Combination Swivel
Wireholder/Sheave
for ALTEC® trucks*
Combination Swivel
Wireholder/Sheave
Jib Extension
for ALTEC® trucks*
Features & Applications
for ALTEC® trucks*
with 4" x 4" square jib
Cat. No. T4002530
(23 lb. / 10.43 kg.)
for ALTEC® trucks*
with 3" diameter jib
Cat. No. T4002529
(23 lb. / 10.43 kg.)
Features & Applications
• Eliminates changeovers from Wireholder (for picking
up a phase conductor) to Rope Sheave (for lifting
items)
• Each combination unit attaches directly to jib
• Rated Working Load: 800 lbs.
• Both units feature a Large Swivel-Type Roller
Wireholder with 2-1⁄2" x 3-3⁄8" opening and a 7"-dia.
Sheave to accept up to 3⁄4"-dia. rope
• Eliminates changeovers from
Wireholder (for picking up
a phase conductor) to Rope
Sheave (for lifting items)
31"
• Includes 3"-dia. heavy-wall jib
clear glass
• Rated Working Load: 800 lbs.
(minimum)
• Features a Large Swivel-Type
Roller Wireholder with 2-1⁄2"
x 3-3⁄8" opening and a 7"-dia.
Sheave to accept up to 3⁄4"-dia.
rope
WARNING: ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD. Winch rope can
conduct electricity from this device to metal parts on the
bucket support. Can cause electrocution death or severe
for ALTEC® trucks* with 4" x 4" square jib
injury. Always remove winch rope from this device
Cat. No. PST4003059
when the wireholder is used to support an energized
conductor.
39 lb. / 17.7 kg.)
*To fit other brands of trucks, contact Hubbell Power Systems with detailed specifications.
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 4158
November 2013
Boom Adapters for ALTEC® trucks
C4001467 for 9"-diameter booms
C4001878 for 8"-diameter booms
Tru c k Acces s or i es – 4 1 5 0
(for use with Bi-Pod assembly in H486310 Three-Phase Arm)
8" or 9"
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 4159
Boom Adapters for ALTEC® trucks
with 8" slide pad on reinforcement collar
T4002486BI for 10"-diameter booms
C4002393 for 9"-diameter booms
C4002392 for 8"-diameter booms
(for use with Bi-Pod assembly in H486310 Three-Phase Arm)
Tru c k Acces s or i es – 4 1 5 0
8", 9" or 10"
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 4160
November 2013
Three-Phase Boom Assembly
C4000744
(for Square Booms 5" x 7" to 10" x 10")
P
P
P
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 4161
Tru c k Acces s or i es – 4 1 5 0
P
Three-Phase Boom Assemblies
for ALTEC® trucks
T4001753 w/o Boom Adapter
P
Tru c k Acces s or i es – 4 1 5 0
P
P
P
P
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 4162
November 2013
Boom Adapters for ALTEC® trucks
with 8" slide pad on reinforcement collar
T4002486 for 10"-diameter booms
C4002377 for 9"-diameter booms
C4002376 for 8"-diameter booms
Tru c k Acces s or i es – 4 1 5 0
(for 4" x 4" mast in T4001753 Three-Phase Boom Assembly)
8", 9" or 10"
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 4163
Boom Adapters for ALTEC® trucks
C4001469 for 9"-diameter booms
C4001877 for 8"-diameter booms
(for 4" x 4" mast in T4001753 Three-Phase Boom Assembly)
Tru c k Acces s or i es – 4 1 5 0
8" or 9"
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 4164
November 2013
Tru c k Acces s or i es – 4 1 5 0
Auxiliary Arm
T4001824
with 3"-diameter mast
for ALTEC® trucks
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 4165
Auxiliary Arm
T4001854
with 3"-diameter mast
& Epoxiglas® pole
for ALTEC® trucks
Tru c k Acces s or i es – 4 1 5 0
3 HOLES
0.781" DIA.
12"
12"
E4001827
2.5"
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 4166
November 2013
Tru c k Acces s or i es – 4 1 5 0
Auxiliary Arm
T4001855
with 3"-diameter mast
& solid Epoxirod® pole
for ALTEC® trucks
3 HOLES
0.781" DIA.
12"
3" x 67.5" HEAVY
WALL MAST
E4001827
E4001827
12"
2.5"
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 4167
Support Arms
with fitting for 3"-diameter mast
No Braces Required
T4001856
with Epoxiglas® pole as in T4001854 Auxiliary Arm for ALTEC® trucks
Tru c k Acces s or i es – 4 1 5 0
with solid
Epoxirod®
T4001857
pole as in T4001855 Auxiliary Arm for ALTEC® trucks
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 4168
November 2013
Small Roller Wireholder
2" opening
P4000249P
Gate
P4000256P
Keepers
P4001592P
Latch
P4001593P
Latch Spring
P001001P
Roll Pin
P4000253P
Roller
P4000250P
Roller Axle
P4000254P
Roller
P4000256P
Keepers
Wireholder
only
C4000270
with
clamp for
21/2" arm
C4000268
0.60"-long stud
7/ -14 UNC-2A
16
threads
Epoxy insulator
M48057
with clamp
&
insulator
C4000269
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 4169
Tru c k Acces s or i es – 4 1 5 0
P4000255P
Roller
P4000252P
Roller Axle
067137P
Pin 5/16" x 3"
P4000266P
Gate Spring
P4000251P
Roller Axle
Large Roller Wireholder
21/2" opening
• with
clamp for
21/2" arm
C4000690
Tru c k Acces s or i es – 4 1 5 0
with
Swivel
Ferrule
C4000747
• with
clamp for
3" arm
PSC4002937
PSC4000690002
Clamp Assembly only
P4001593P
Latch Spring
P4001592P
Latch
P0010287P
Roll Pin
P4000685P
Roller Axle
P4000688P
Roller
P4000255P
Roller
P4000686P
Roller Axle
P4000689P
Bushing
21⁄2"
0.781" dia.
for
3"-dia.
Jib
C4001669
P4000256P
Keepers
P4000682P
Gate P4000256P
Keepers
P4000266P
Gate Spring
067137P
Pin 5/16" x 3"
P4000684P
Roller Axle
P4000687P
Roller
P4000256P
Keepers
Wireholder
only
C4000691
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 4170
November 2013
Tru c k Acces s or i es – 4 1 5 0
Heavy-Duty
Roller Wireholder
M48061
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 4171
ALTEC® Jib Adapter: 3" Round — P4001594P
Tru c k Acces s or i es – 4 1 5 0
ALTEC® Jib Adapter: 4" x 4" Square — P4002536P
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 4172
November 2013
Tru c k Acces s or i es – 4 1 5 0
Hi-Ranger Jib Adapter
Cat. No. T4001932
FOR USE WITH CHANCE
T4001856
T4001857
C4000746
C4000747
Support Arm
Support Arm
Rope Sheave Assembly
Large Roller Wireholder
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 4173
Small Roller Wireholder
with Hi-Ranger Adapter
Cat. No. T4001931
Tru c k Acces s or i es – 4 1 5 0
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 4174
November 2013
Large Roller Wireholder
with Hi-Ranger Adapter
Cat. No. T4001929
Tru c k Acces s or i es – 4 1 5 0
LARGE ROLLER WIREHOLDER
CAT. NO. E4002228P
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 4175
Wireholder Assembly
Cat. No. PST4002856
Tru c k Acces s or i es – 4 1 5 0
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 4176
November 2013
Tru c k Acces s or i es – 4 1 5 0
Heavy-Duty Roller Wireholder
with Hi-Ranger Adapter
Cat. No. T4001930
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 4177
Holan Jib Adapter
Cat. No. T4001927
Tru c k Acces s or i es – 4 1 5 0
FOR USE WITH CHANCE
T4001856
T4001857
C4000746
C4000747
Support Arm
Support Arm
Rope Sheave Assembly
Large Roller Wireholder
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 4178
November 2013
Tru c k Acces s or i es – 4 1 5 0
Small Roller Wireholder
with Holan Adapter
Cat. No. PST4001945
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 4179
Large Roller Wireholder
with Holan Adapter
Cat. No. PST4001926
Tru c k Acces s or i es – 4 1 5 0
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 4180
November 2013
Tru c k Acces s or i es – 4 1 5 0
Heavy-Duty Wireholder
with Holan Adapter
Cat. No. T4001912
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 4181
Telelect Jib Adapter
Cat. No. T4001946
Tru c k Acces s or i es – 4 1 5 0
FOR USE WITH CHANCE
T4001856
T4001857
C4000746
C4000747
Support Arm
Support Arm
Rope Sheave Assembly
Large Roller Wireholder
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 4182
November 2013
Tru c k Acces s or i es – 4 1 5 0
Small Roller Wireholder
for Telelect Jib
Cat. No. T4001941
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 4183
Large Roller Wireholder
for Telelect Jib
Cat. No. T4001942
Tru c k Acces s or i es – 4 1 5 0
LARGE ROLLER WIREHOLDER
CAT. NO. E4002228P
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 4184
November 2013
Tru c k Acces s or i es – 4 1 5 0
Heavy-Duty Wireholder for
Telelect Jib
Cat. No. T4001943
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 4185
Tru c k Acces s or i es – 4 1 5 0
3"-diameter Jib
T4001525
for ALTEC® trucks
Rated Working Load
1,000#
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 4186
November 2013
Tru c k Acces s or i es – 4 1 5 0
13.50
16.50
1.031 DIA HOLE
(3-PLACES)
18.00
60.00
4" x 4" Jib
T4001764
for HOLAN trucks
Rated Working Load
1,200#
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
November 2013
Page 4187
17/32" DIA.
THRU HOLE
7/8" DIA.
THRU HOLE
BOTH ENDS SEALED
Tru c k Acces s or i es – 4 1 5 0
4" x 4" Jib
T4001933
for Reach-All trucks
Phone: 573-682-5521 Email: hpsliterature@hubbell.com Web: hubbellpowersystems.com
Page 4188
November 2013
CHANCE® Tools and Grounding Catalog | 2012
About Hubbell Power Systems
Hubbell Power Systems (HPS) manufactures a wide
variety of transmission, distribution, substation, OEM and
telecommunications products used by utilities. HPS products
are also used in the civil construction, transportation, gas
and water industries. Our product line includes construction
and switching products, tools, insulators, arresters, pole line
hardware, cable accessories, test equipment, transformer
bushings and polymer precast enclosures and equipment pads.
NOTICE: For the latest revision of our Catalog and Literature, visit our web site: www.hubbellpowersystems.com
Because Hubbell has a policy of continuous
product improvement. We reserve the right
to change design and specifications without
notice.
©
Copyright 2012 Hubbell Incorporated
Printed in U.S.A. 10/12RPXXM
Bulletin 07-1299
www.hubbellpowersystems.com
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.7 Linearized : No Create Date : 2012:11:28 08:51:56-06:00 Creator : Adobe InDesign CS5.5 (7.5) Modify Date : 2014:08:01 09:02:31-05:00 Has XFA : No XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 5.2-c001 63.139439, 2010/09/27-13:37:26 Instance ID : uuid:9512969a-4d63-4f94-b9e0-7f650a3ed3a3 Document ID : xmp.did:0580117407206811AE568CF5B63630E4 Original Document ID : adobe:docid:indd:c88f6a5a-ccbd-11dc-8a13-90a4ad291bba Rendition Class : proof:pdf History Action : saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved History Instance ID : xmp.iid:8CEA7E1027206811A961B4B6A4BA1808, xmp.iid:8DEA7E1027206811A961B4B6A4BA1808, xmp.iid:FA7F117407206811AB08FF0BC7840FE2, xmp.iid:0480117407206811AE568CF5B63630E4, xmp.iid:0580117407206811AE568CF5B63630E4, xmp.iid:0680117407206811AE568CF5B63630E4, xmp.iid:0780117407206811AE568CF5B63630E4, xmp.iid:74737E0E1F206811822A93641ABE1E63, xmp.iid:75737E0E1F206811822A93641ABE1E63, xmp.iid:9382FD0921206811822A93641ABE1E63, xmp.iid:A42A01590B206811822AEF1DB2496F0C, xmp.iid:096F3BDB072068118083E1222081E973, xmp.iid:1F632A5E082068118083E1222081E973, xmp.iid:AB0525480A2068118083E1222081E973, xmp.iid:0580117407206811822A8E1E2F2B3AFA History When : 2010:10:11 15:09:26-05:00, 2010:10:11 15:09:26-05:00, 2010:10:13 11:16:37-05:00, 2010:12:21 09:17:19-06:00, 2010:12:21 09:17:19-06:00, 2010:12:21 09:31:06-06:00, 2010:12:21 09:33:57-06:00, 2012:06:26 11:39:59-05:00, 2012:06:26 11:39:59-05:00, 2012:06:26 11:57:38-05:00, 2012:08:22 16:50:07-05:00, 2012:09:06 13:10:26-05:00, 2012:09:06 13:13:54-05:00, 2012:09:06 13:28:12-05:00, 2012:10:30 13:25:31-05:00 History Software Agent : Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 6.0, Adobe InDesign 7.5, Adobe InDesign 7.5, Adobe InDesign 7.5, Adobe InDesign 7.5, Adobe InDesign 7.5, Adobe InDesign 7.5, Adobe InDesign 7.5, Adobe InDesign 7.5 History Changed : /, /metadata, /, /metadata, /;/metadata, /, /, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata Derived From Instance ID : xmp.iid:0480117407206811AE568CF5B63630E4 Derived From Document ID : adobe:docid:indd:c88f6a5a-ccbd-11dc-8a13-90a4ad291bba Derived From Original Document ID: adobe:docid:indd:c88f6a5a-ccbd-11dc-8a13-90a4ad291bba Derived From Rendition Class : default Metadata Date : 2014:08:01 09:02:31-05:00 Creator Tool : Adobe InDesign CS5.5 (7.5) Page Image Page Number : 1 Page Image Format : JPEG Page Image Width : 256 Page Image Height : 256 Page Image : (Binary data 11353 bytes, use -b option to extract) Doc Change Count : 11 Format : application/pdf Producer : Adobe PDF Library 9.9 Trapped : False Page Count : 301EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools